EasyOfficeTM  
Printable User's Manual

August 15, 2002

Copyright Notice
© 2002 E-Press Corp. and/or its licensors. E-Press EasyOffice, EasyWord, EasySpreadsheet, EasyPresentation, Easy Contact Manager, EasyCalendar, EasyImage, EasyFAX, EasyCalculator, Easy Voice Recognition, Easy Web Page Creator, Easy Bar Coder, Easy Bookkeeper, EasyZip, EasyHelp, EasyOffice Backup, EasySpeaker, EasyVoice4, EasyVoice5, EasyVoice Pro, globe logo and pencil logo are trademarks of E-Press Corp.
All rights reserved.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. The example persons, products, or companies depicted herein are fictitious.
Use of this product is under the license agreement contained within, and subject to certain restrictions and limitations of warranty under such license.

www.e-press.com
support@e-press.com

EasyOffice Printable User's Manual: Contents

I.	Introduction
II.	Using Windows for the First Time
III.	EasyWord 
IV.	EasyCalculator 
V.	Easy Contact Manager 
VI.	EasyCalendar 
VII.	EasySpreadsheet 
VIII.	EasyPresentation 
IX.	EasyVoice 
X.	Easy Web Page Creator
XI.	EasyBarCoder 
XII.	EasyBookkeeper 
XIII.	EasyZip 
XIV.	EasyImage
XV.	EasySpeller and EasyThesaurus
XVI.	EasyOffice Backup 
XVII.	FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)

Introduction
EasyOffice was designed to be so easy-to-use, that a User's Manual would not be necessary.  Nonetheless, some users do want a manual.
This printable User's Manual is produced from the on-line Help files present in the various members of EasyOffice suite. It is more printable than the Help files in that all the Help books have been aggregated together here, and the detailed backgrounds, which would slow down printing, have been removed. Some illustrations remain in this manual, but they should not slow down printing very much. (Feel free to remove them, if they are slowing down your printing.)
This User's Manual is distributed on the EasyOffice CD-ROM as a .boc file, which can be read and printed by EasyWord. 
View a chapter by clicking a tab at the bottom of your screen. To scroll to more tabs, use the arrow buttons on the left side of the tabs.
To print the entire manual at once, go to the File2 menu and click Print ALL Chapters in this Document.
If you do not want to print the entire manual, but only want to print information about a certain program or topic, you can do so. 
To print an entire chapter, open the chapter you want to print by clicking its tab, and then click the Print button. 
To search for a topic in a chapter, press Ctrl+F (hold down the Ctrl key, and then press the F key), and type in the topic. Note the pages the topic is on. Click the Print button, and then specify only these particular pages to print out.
This manual was constructed from the Help files of EasyOffice on the date shown on the cover of the manual. The Help files in the various individual programs of EasyOffice may be more recent than this manual. As well, the most up-to-date Help files will be found at www.e-press.com.

Using Windows for the First Time
Introduction to Windows: Quick but essential tutorial
 
Microsoft Windows is the software that controls the basic operations of your computer. (It is called an 'operating system' because it essentially operates your computer.)
 
Although e-press EasyOffice is very easy to use, you need to know a bit (although not much) about Windows in order to use it. Indeed, most first-time computer users using EasyOffice tend to have difficulties with the Windows portions of EasyOffice programs, eg, selecting an item with the mouse, opening a file, etc, rather than with EasyOffice itself.
 
The Windows tutorial below is not meant to be a technically precise nor comprehensive Windows tutorial, but simply to get you using Windows as easily and as quickly as possible.
 
Click the mouse

'Click the mouse' usually means to click the LEFT mouse button one time.

Double-click the mouse

'Double-click the mouse' usually means to quickly click two times the LEFT mouse button.
 
Many first-time computer users have trouble with this operation. Not to worry. Practice a few times below (eg, double-clicking program icons), and you will soon master this important Windows skill.
 
Tip: If you can't master the art of double-clicking, often you can accomplish the same thing by: 1. Clicking once.  2. Then pressing the ENTER key.
 
(Note: Some users set up Windows  to emulate a Web interface. Putting the mouse over an icon is like the first 'click', and then when you actually click the mouse, it is as if the icon has been double-clicked, and the program runs.)

Right-click the mouse

'Right-click the mouse' usually means to click the RIGHT mouse button one time (versus when we simply say to 'click the mouse' which means to click the LEFT mouse button).

Icons

The little pictures on the screen are called icons. Although most EasyOffice icons have descriptive text, many Windows icons do not. However, if you move the mouse over an icon and wait a second or two, some descriptive text may appear.
 
An icon can represent a program. If you double click an icon, the program will usually start running.

The 'X' in the corner of the screen

Many first-time users are not sure what the 'X' in the corner of the screen is. The 'X' in the corner of the screen means 'exit the program'. If you click this 'X', the program will usually close and you will exit from the program.
 
For example, find the icon 'My Computer' on your desktop. (The 'desktop' is the main screen that your computer starts with.)  
 
Double-click the 'My Computer' icon. The My Computer window appears now.
 
If you now click the 'X' in the corner of the My Computer window, then My Computer closes and you exit back to the desktop.

How do I make the Windows box larger?
 
Double-click the 'My Computer' icon. The My Computer window box appears. It may or may not fill the entire screen of your computer.
 
Beside the 'X' in the corner of the window, you will see a square (or if the window is already full size, you will see double overlapping squares). If you put the mouse over this square, it may say 'Maximize'. Click the 'Maximize' icon.
 
If the window box was small, then clicking the 'Maximize' icon (ie, the square beside the 'X'), will enlarge the window box to fill the entire screen.
 
If the window box was already large, then clicking the 'Maximize' icon will shrink down the window box.

The Minimize Icon
 
Beside the 'Maximize' icon you will see a lone dark line. This is the 'Minimize' icon. If you put the mouse over this icon, you may see displayed 'Minimize'.
 
Click the 'Minimize' icon. The My Computer window disappears from the screen. But it is not gone. If you look at the bottom of the screen, you will see small button labeled 'My Computer'.
 
If you click this small button labeled 'My Computer', then the My Computer window box re-appears.

 
Opening Files
 
Opening and saving files in Windows causes much confusion for first-time computer users. But it is actually quite simple. Let's give it a try.
 
On your desktop (ie, the main screen Windows starts with) put your mouse over the EasyWord icon. Now double-click the EasyWord icon. (Or if you have problems double-clicking, single-click it, and then press the ENTER key.)
 
An hourglass (or other wait symbol) will appear. Be patient for a few seconds (especially if you have an old or slow computer). 
 
EasyWord will probably start off with a tutorial. Click the red 'Exit' button on the Tutorial to get rid of it.
Let's open a file now.
 
On the right side you will see various rectangular buttons listed. Put the mouse over the button that says 'Retrieve a Document' and click it. The Windows 'Open' or 'Open File' box now appears.
 
To 'open' a file, essentially means to retrieve a file saved on your disk (or actually anywhere on your network or Internet), into the program you are using now.
 
Let's 'open' (ie, retrieve) the file holding the sample Abraham Lincoln letter. Put the mouse over the file 'sample letter - Abraham Lincoln'. Click the mouse and in the Filename box appears 'sample letter - Abraham Lincoln'. Since we want to open (ie, retrieve) this file, click the 'Open' button. The sample Abraham Lincoln letter now appears in EasyWord.
 
(Instead of clicking the 'Open' button, you could have simply double-clicked the selection 'sample letter - Abraham Lincoln'.  As you become more familiar with the mouse, you will find that double-clicking often saves you steps.)

Saving Files

To clear the Abraham Lincoln letter from the screen of EasyWord, simply click the 'Close Document' square button on top of the letter.
 
Let's start a new document now. On the right-hand side, you will see a rectangular button that says 'Start a New Document'. Go ahead and click it. A blank page appears on the screen of EasyWord.
Now type in a line of text. For example, you can type in "Hello... I am using the computer."
 
You have now created a new document, actually. Now let's go ahead and save this document.
 
On the right-hand side, you will see a rectangular button that says 'Save this Document'. Go ahead and click it. The 'Save As' box now appears on the screen.
 
In the filename you will see a default name such as 'Document1' or 'Document2'. However, you should really choose your own name. 
 
Press the BACKSPACE key and the highlighted default name 'Document xx' disappears. Now type in a name you want to call the file containing your document. For example, you could type in 'my first saved document'.
 
Now click the 'Save' button. The document we just created is now saved as the file 'my first saved document'.
 
Click the square 'Close Document' button and the screen clears. Now click the rectangular 'Retrieve a Document' button. The 'Open' box appears.
 
In the 'Open' box you will see listed the file 'my first saved document'. Click this file and then click 'Open'. Your saved document 'my first saved document' is then retrieved into EasyWord and appears on the screen.

EasyWord: Contents

I.	Introduction to EasyWord
i.	Introduction
ii.	EasyWord Tutorial
iii.	What is a File? A Document?
iv.	“There are Two Cursors“
II.	View and Window Options
v.	Zooming
vi.	Whitespace
vii.	Page View
viii.	Switching Between Documents
ix.	Same Document in Two Windows Simultaneously
x.	“I can't see enough of my document“
III.	Menus, Toolbars, and Shortcuts
xi.	Easy Mode and Advanced Mode
xii.	Easy Buttons
xiii.	Quick-task Menu
xiv.	Menu and Toolbar Customization
xv.	Horizontal Ruler
xvi.	Status Bar
xvii.	Keystroke Shortcuts
xviii.	International Characters
xix.	International Buttons Toolbar
xx.	Typographical Quotes
IV.	Voice Options
xxi.	Choosing a Speaker
xxii.	Reading Back Text
xxiii.	Real-time Speaker
xxiv.	Real-time Voice Spell Checker
V.	Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Sheets
xxv.	Starting a New Document
xxvi.	Retrieving a Document
xxvii.	Saving a Document
xxviii.	Closing a Sheet
xxix.	Passwords: Encrypting Your Files
xxx.	Saving and Retrieving ZIP Files
xxxi.	Heuristic File Retrieval System
xxxii.	“When I click 'Retrieve', program does not work...“
xxxiii.	Microsoft Word Viewer
xxxiv.	Forcing EasyWord to Open a File
xxxv.	Automatic Savings/Backups
xxxvi.	Automatic Data Recovery
xxxvii.	Templates
xxxviii.	Compatible File Formats
xxxix.	My Documents and Other Default Directories
xl.	Backing Up Files
VI.	Editing a Document
xli.	Entering Text in a Document
xlii.	Selecting Text
xliii.	Moving Around in a Document
xliv.	Drag and Drop
xlv.	Cut, Copy and Paste
xlvi.	Power Copy and Paste / AutoText
xlvii.	AutoCapitalization
xlviii.	Undo
xlix.	FailSafe Undo System
l.	Insert Key: Overwrite Mode
li.	Finding and Replacing Text
lii.	Find on Web
VII.	Text and Paragraph Options
liii.	Formatting Text
liv.	Text and Text Background Colors
lv.	Changing the Case
lvi.	Setting Text Alignment
lvii.	Line Spacing
lviii.	Indentation
lix.	Setting Paragraph Tabs
lx.	Setting Tabs for Decimal Points
lxi.	Default Tab Settings
lxii.	Bullets and Lists
lxiii.	Columns
lxiv.	Styles
lxv.	Default Font and Paragraph Settings
lxvi.	“The 'Bold' (or 'Underline') button is stuck“
lxvii.	Character spacing off with Chinese/Japanese characters
VIII.	Page Options
lxviii.	Starting a New Page
lxix.	Page Orientation
lxx.	Setting Margins
lxxi.	Background Color
lxxii.	Page Numbers
lxxiii.	Headers and Footers
lxxiv.	Endnotes
IX.	Inserting
lxxv.	Inserting Tables
lxxvi.	Inserting the Date or Time
lxxvii.	Inserting Symbols and Foreign Characters
lxxviii.	Inserting AutoShapes
lxxix.	Inserting Charts
lxxx.	Inserting 3D EasyText
lxxxi.	Inserting Bookmarks
lxxxii.	Inserting Comments 
lxxxiii.	Inserting From Text Files
lxxxiv.	Inserting From RTF and DOC Files
lxxxv.	Inserting Text Boxes
lxxxvi.	Inserting Sounds and Sketches
lxxxvii.	Inserting Hyperlinks
lxxxviii.	Drawing a Line
lxxxix.	Inserting Objects
X.	Pictures
xc.	Inserting Pictures
xci.	Inserting From Scanners and Cameras
xcii.	Drawing and Inserting Pictures
xciii.	Moving Inserted Pictures
xciv.	Resizing Inserted Pictures
xcv.	Deleting Pictures
xcvi.	Editing Inserted Pictures
xcvii.	Using EasyImage
xcviii.	Editing Pictures with EasyImage
xcix.	Editing Pictures with Windows Paint
c.	Inserting Text Beside Pictures / WordWrapping
XI.	Chapters
ci.	Inserting Chapters
cii.	Viewing Chapters
ciii.	Renaming Chapters
civ.	Deleting Chapters
cv.	Moving Chapters
cvi.	Page Numbers in Chapters
cvii.	Converting to Non-Chapter Document
cviii.	Printing Chapters
XII.	Indexes
cix.	Marking Index Entries
cx.	Inserting Indexes
cxi.	Updating Indexes
XIII.	Tables of Contents
cxii.	Introduction to TOCs
cxiii.	Creating TOCs from Chapters
cxiv.	Marking TOC Entries
cxv.	Inserting TOCs
cxvi.	Updating TOCs
XIV.	Spelling, Grammar, and Word Counts
cxvii.	Spelling Checker
cxviii.	Setting Spelling Checker Options
cxix.	Spelling Dictionary and User Dictionary
cxx.	Full Definition Dictionary vs. the Spelling Dictionary
cxxi.	Grammar Checker
cxxii.	Thesaurus
cxxiii.	AutoCorrect
cxxiv.	Word Count
XV.	Printing
cxxv.	Setting Paper Size and Source
cxxvi.	Print Preview
cxxvii.	Printing a Document
cxxviii.	Printing Envelopes
cxxix.	Printing Labels
cxxx.	“My letter/envelope/label is not printing correctly“
cxxxi.	“The last sentence in my document is getting cut off“
XVI.	Mail Merge
cxxxii.	Go to Contact Manager
cxxxiii.	Mail Merge: Form Letters
cxxxiv.	Mail Merge: Form Envelopes
cxxxv.	Mail Merge: Form Labels
XVII.	Sending as E-mail or FAX
cxxxvi.	Sending a Document as E-mail
cxxxvii.	Sending a Document as a FAX
cxxxviii.	Fixing FAX Modem Problems
XVIII.	PDF Files
cxxxix.	Saving as a PDF File
cxl.	Viewing PDF Files
cxli.	Editing PDF Files
cxlii.	“Printing a PDF Files fomr the Print Box did not work“
cxliii.	PDF Installation Notes
XIX.	More Information
cxliv.	EasyCalculator
cxlv.	File Associations
cxlvi.	Compatibility with Microsoft Word and Other Products
cxlvii.	'Need a newer version...' Error Messages
cxlviii.	What is EasyWord Tester?
cxlix.	What is SimpleWord?
cl.	Acknowledgements

Introduction to EasyWord

Introduction
EasyWord™ is a powerful member of the EasyOffice family that lets you create professional-looking word processing documents, quickly and easily.
EasyWord will create 100% compatible Microsoft Word (*.doc) files, as well as being able to read most Microsoft Word (*.doc) files. As well, EasyWord can create RTF, TXT, HTML and PDF files.

EasyWord Tutorial
The EasyWord Tutorial guides you through the basic steps of creating a document. 
•	To view the tutorial, go to the Help menu, and click EasyWord Tutorial.
•	To view the tutorial each time you start the EasyWord program, go to the Help menu, and check off Start Tutorial at Startup. If you do not want the tutorial to come up each time you start the program, un-check this option.

What is a File? A Document?
Anything that you write in Easy Word becomes a document. These documents are stored in your computer, and are also called files. The term 'file' is usually used to refer to stored documents. When a file is retrieved into EasyWord and is displayed on the monitor, then it is often called a document.
The name that you have chosen for the document you are working on, is highlighted on the bottom Toolbar, and also appears in the top left-hand corner above the File1 menu. In Easy Mode, many of Easy Word's formatting options are located on the buttons on the top and on the right of the screen.

"There are Two Cursors"
Beginners are sometimes confused with word processing in Windows because of the two cursors present.
One cursor shows where your mouse is, and is typically an arrow. If you move your mouse, this cursor will also move. The other cursor shows your position in your current document. This cursor is usually a flashing, vertical line in EasyWord (but can be modified by Windows or by the version of EasyWord that you have). As you type, you will see that this second cursor moves, and follows every character you insert.
If you scroll up or down in the document with the mouse, perhaps to another page, the mouse cursor moves where you scroll to. The second cursor does not move. It is still where it was before (usually after the last character you inserted).
For example, if you scroll up five pages in a document, and want to start typing there, you must click your mouse in order to move the second cursor (from where it was before) to the new position (where the mouse cursor is now). If you scroll up with your mouse and do NOT click, and then start typing where your mouse cursor is, you will automatically be returned to where your second cursor is, i.e., you will not be inserting any text where you put the mouse cursor, but text will be inserted at the pre-existing position of the second cursor. If you scroll up with your mouse and want to start typing at and new position, make sure that you click your mouse and position the second cursor at the new position.

View and Window Options

Zooming
Zooming involves changing the size of your document as you see it on your screen. It will not affect the sizing of your document when it is printed.
To zoom in (enlarge) or zoom out (shrink):
1.	Go to the View menu and click Zoom. If you are using Easy Mode, you can instead click the Zoom button.

1.	A Zoom window will appear.
2.	Choose the amount of your document to display on your screen at one time. Select a percentage, or type your own in the Percentage box.
3.	Sometimes it is convenient to size your document according to the size of your screen. To do so, select Fit Width (so that you will see the entire width of your page on your screen), Fit Text (so that you will see one margin to the other), or Fit Page (so that you will see an entire page of your document at once).
 
Note: If you are in Advanced Mode, there is another way to quickly zoom in and out. A Zoom box is located near the top, right side of the Advanced toolbar (it contains the present zoom percentage). Click the down arrow on this box to select another zoom percentage.

Whitespace
Sometimes, it is helpful to see where blank spaces are in your document. 
EasyWord allows you to see whitespace symbols, rather than blank space, when you press the space bar, Tab key, or Enter key. While these symbols appear on your screen, they will not be printed out with your document.

	The paragraph symbol appears wherever you hit the Enter key.	
	A dot  appears wherever you hit the space bar. 	
	An arrow appears wherever you hit the Tab key. 	
	This symbol appears in the cells of a table.	

To show or hide the whitespace symbols:
•	Go to the View menu, and check off (or un-check) Show/hide whitespace view. Or,
•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with a paragraph symbol.
	
Page View
At the bottom, left corner of your document are two small buttons that allow you to change how your document is viewed on your screen.
The page viewing options are:
•	Normal View: Your document will fill the entire screen.
•	Centered Page View: Your document will fill part of the screen, so that you can see both the left and right edges of your page. The document will be centred on your screen.

Switching Between Documents
You can open one, or two, or five (or more if your computer's resources can support it, and depending on the version of EasyWord) documents at once.
The tabs at the bottom of the screen show each open document's name (shown below).

Switching between documents is easy - simply click on the tab below of the document you want to appear on your screen. You can switch back to your old document at any time.
When you switch to another document, your previous document will not be closed. It will still be open, in active memory, waiting for you, and its name will still be displayed in a tab at the bottom of the screen. Documents do not close by themselves. When you no longer need a document, your should close it. See Closing a Document for details.

Tiling and Cascading Windows
It is possible to view more than one document window one the screen at once.  To display all open documents on your screen at once:
1.	Go to the Windows menu at the top of your screen.
2.	Click one of the following:
•	Tile Horizontal: Document windows will be tiled and separated horizontally.
•	Tile Vertically: Document windows will be tiled and separated vertically.
•	Cascade: Document windows will be layered on top on of one another. 
3.	Switch between documents by clicking on the document windows.
If you want to view a document in the full screen instead, double-click the bar at the top of the document window (which displays the name of the document).

Same Document in Two Windows, Simultaneously
You may want to edit and view the SAME document in two windows at the same time. (For example, you are working on a long report and want to copy a passage in the introduction to a later section of the document.)

To view the current document in two windows simultaneously, look at the top of the right scrollbar. You will see at the top a small grip (small rectangle). Pull the grip down with the mouse, and the current document will automatically appear in two windows. You can adjust the size of the top and bottom windows as you would like.

When you are finished modifying your document which is split into two windows, to get it back in one window, take the mouse, and pull the small grip all the way to the top of the right scrollbar. Your document will now be in a single document again.

Please note that additional processing power is  required while your document is simultaneously in two parts (since all parts of the document must be synchronized with each other). As a result, voice readbacks are automatically turned off during this time.  As well, if you load a very large document, unless your computer has a high speed CPU with lots of memory, small delays in editing portions of the document may become apparent.

 “Can I Drag Text from One Window to Another?“
Yes. When you are working with the same document split in two windows simultaneously, you don't have to go to the bother of cutting and then re-pasting text you want to move from one part of the document to the other. Simply highlight the text you want to move, and then drag into the other window into the desired location.
 
“Can I Split the Screen Vertically, i.e., Can I Have the SAME document in two windows side by side?“
Yes. To view the current document in two vertical windows simultaneously, look at the left side of the bottom scrollbar. You will see a small grip (small rectangle). Pull the grip to the side with the mouse, and the current document will automatically appear in two vertical windows. You can adjust the size of the left and right windows as you would like.

When you are finished modifying your document which is split into two windows, to get it back in one window, take the mouse, and pull the small grip all the way to the left of the bottom scrollbar. Your document will now be in a single document again.

“Can I View & Edit the SAME document in four Windows simultaneously?“
Yes. Split the document horizontally and then split it again vertically. The SAME document will now be in four windows simultaneously.

"I can't see enough of my document"
While EasyWord's Easy Buttons are convenient, they take up valuable screen space.
At 640x480 and 800x600 Display Modes (i.e., Screen Resolutions), many users click the Remove/Show Side Buttons button, to remove the side buttons, so that they do not obscure the right-side of  the screen. Other users simply switch to Advanced Mode.

If your monitor is large enough, a better strategy is to increase the Display Mode. For example, at 1024x768 Display Mode, even with the side buttons present, the entire width of a letter-sized page will be displayed without any scrolling required.

To change your Display Mode, click Start, Settings, Control Panel, Display, Settings. In the Screen Area box, adjust your screen size up to '1024 by 768 pixels'. If your 'Colors' are set at '16 colors' or '256 colors', you should also increase 'Colors' up to 'High Color (16 bit)'.

 

Menus, Toolbars, and Shortcuts

Easy Mode and Advanced Mode
EasyWord has two modes:  Easy Mode and Advanced Mode.
EasyWord functions the same, whether you are in Easy Mode or Advanced Mode. You can switch back and forth between Easy Mode and Advanced Mode - it will not affect your document at all. The difference between Easy Mode and Advanced Mode is ease-of-use. Easy Mode is easier, particularly for beginners, to use. Buttons are larger and self-explanatory. (Note: If you right-click twice or click the Show All Buttons button, most functions will be represented by a large, self-explanatory Easy buttons.) In Advanced Mode, however, EasyWord looks more like a typical word processor. Icons are smaller, and most users will choose functions from the drop-down menus. For users experienced on other Windows word processing programs, Advanced Mode may feel more familiar to them.

Switching Between Modes
If you are in Easy Mode and would like to switch to Advanced Mode, click the button labeled Advanced Mode (shown below).  Alternately, you can check off Advanced Mode under the View menu. 

In Advanced Mode, you can switch back to Easy Mode at any time. Simply click the EZ button (shown below), or go to the View menu and select Easy Mode.

Easy Buttons
EasyWord is designed to be easy for you to use. Easy buttons are available for quick access to many of EasyWord's main features. 
  If you are in Easy Mode and would like to see all of the Easy buttons, simply click the Show All Buttons button (shown below).  You may also show all of the buttons by pressing F10 on your keyboard, or by right-clicking your mouse twice. (Note: By default, right-clicking once will bring up the Quick-task Menu.)

 A good portion of the screen will fill with buttons. You can rapidly choose features, such as Superscript, Double Underline, or Insert a Symbol.  If you click Show All Buttons (or press F10, or double right-click) again, the extra buttons will disappear, and you will have the screen space back to use.

  Many users enjoy having the important square buttons on the top and the important rectangular buttons on the right side of the screen. However, once you become experienced with EasyWord, you will probably want the extra space on the right side of the screen to be available for your document. Simply click Remove/Show Side Buttons (shown below), and the rectangular side buttons will disappear. When you want them back, simply click the button again.

   If you prefer an interface more typical of Windows word processing programs, or you simply want to get more free screen space by eliminating the top square buttons, choose Advanced Mode. A more typical Windows-like screen will rapidly appear. To get the Easy buttons back, simply click EZ and they will very rapidly return.

Customizing Visible Rows and Columns of Easy Buttons
Go to the View drop-down menu and select Only show specific toolbar rows of 'Easy' icons.  A box will pop up, allowing you to check off the rows that you would like to be visible, and to un-check those which you prefer to hide.

 Right-clicking to Show All Buttons
Some users like to right-click once, rather than twice, to show all of the Easy buttons. In this case, the Quick-task menu will not pop up as it usually does upon a right-click. To take advantage of this option, click the View menu, and check off ''Show All Buttons' when I right-click. If you would like to turn this option off, click the View menu, and check off Pop up menu when I right-click.  Now, a single right-click will bring up the Quick-task menu, and a double right-click will show or hide the Easy buttons.

 "Sometimes, when I right-click the mouse a second time, all the buttons appear, but they are greyed-out until I actually click the mouse again."
This does not happen often, but may happen depending on the specific state of the various flags and settings within EasyWord at the moment. It is not serious. Even if you do nothing, it will go away.

Quick-task Menu 
While working on your document, there may be common tasks that you need to perform frequently, such as adding a new word to your spelling dictionary, looking up a word in the definition dictionary, copying text, or pasting text.

If you right-click (i.e., click the right mouse button once), the quick-task menu will pop up. It includes the following functions:

•	Cut: Cuts the selected text and/or objects.
•	Copy: Copies the selected text and/or objects.
•	Paste: Pastes what you have previously copied.
•	PowerCopy: Copies selection to the PowerCopy list.
•	PowerPaste: Allows you to paste a selection from the PowerCopy list.
•	Add word to dictionary: Adds the word just in front of the cursor to the spelling dictionary. The next time EasyWord encounters this word, it will not be considered a spelling error. (Note: A word can also be added by simply pressing the F7 key.)
•	Spelling Check: The document will be checked for spelling errors. Alternative spellings for words not correctly spelled will be suggested. (Note: The keystroke shortcut for the spelling check is Ctrl+F7.)
•	Font: Allows you to change the font size and type, font attributes (italic, bold, strike out,  single/double underline), font position (superscript, subscript), and font position (superscript, subscript).
•	Highlight: Turns yellow highlighting on and off.
•	Paragraph: Allows you to change the line spacing, text alignment (left, right, centered, justified), indentation, and distances.
•	Bullets: Allows you to select various bullets or auto-numbering for lists.
•	Hyperlink: Inserts a hyperlink to a file, an e-mail address, or a Web Page.
•	Automatically capitalize first word of sentence: Check off to turn on,  and un-check to turn off.
•	Undo AutoCapitalization: Removes the capitalization of the first letter of the previous word. For example, if automatic capitalization is turned on, and you type the sentence, "I got my Ph.D. In English from the University,"  the lower case 'i' of 'in' will automatically change to upper case. If you click Undo AutoCapitalization when your cursor is just after the word 'In', the upper case 'I' will be changed to a lower case 'i'.
•	Thesaurus: Brings up the thesaurus and looks up synonyms of the word just before the cursor. (Note: The keystroke shortcut is Shift+F7)
•	Dictionary: Brings up the reference dictionary and looks up the definition of the word just before the cursor.
•	Perform Automatic Backups: If for security purposes you do NOT want Automatic Backups of your current document to be made, un-check this option.
•	Perform Ancestors Backups: If for security purposes you do NOT want Ancestors Backups of  your current document to be made, un-check this option.
•	Save with Password: For security purposes, you may want your current document saved with a password. If so, click here when you are saving your document.
•	Show all Buttons: Shows all of  the Easy buttons (or, hides the buttons if they are currently visible).
•	(or right click again): Clicking this will show all of the Easy buttons (or, hide them if they are currently visible). It's purpose is to remind you that you can accomplish the same thing by simply right-clicking the mouse again.
By default, a Quick-task Menu will pop up when you right-click once. If you right-click a second time, 'Show All Buttons' will occur (i.e. the many function buttons will appear)
Menu and Toolbar Customization
 Under the View menu, you will find the following features:
•	A choice between Advanced Mode and Easy Mode for the default toolbars.
•	Toolbar: The option to show (by checking off) or hide (by un-checking) the:
•	Ruler Bar
•	Status Bar
•	Side Toolbar: Vertical column of Easy buttons.
•	Form Letter Bar
•	Standard Bar: In Advanced Mode, displays icons for basic functions such as saving, copying, and printing.
•	Format Bar: In Advanced Mode, displays icons for format options such as font size, indentation, bullets, and text alignment.  
•	Toolbar Styles: A choice between Modern and Classic toolbar buttons.
•	Customize International Buttons: Allows you to change the International Buttons toolbar.
 
Toolbar Customization in Easy Mode
In Easy Mode, you can choose the rows of buttons that you would like to see on the screen.  Go to the View menu, and select Only show specific toolbar rows of 'Easy' icons'.  A box will pop up, allowing you to check off the rows of buttons that you would like to be visible, and to un-check those which you prefer to hide.
 
Toolbar Customization in Advanced Mode
In Advanced Mode, you can customize individual buttons, just like with other Windows-based word processing programs.  To customize a toolbar:
1.	Double-click the toolbar you would like to customize. An alternate method is to go to View --> Toolbars and select Customization.
2.	You can add or remove buttons from the toolbar by selecting a button under Current toolbar buttons and then clicking Add or Remove.
3.	To change the position of a button in a toolbar, click Move Up or Move Down.
4.	If you select Show Text Labels under Text options, a description for each button will appear underneath it in the toolbar (or to the right if you select Selective Text on Right.
5.	Under Icon options, you can choose to have either small icons or large icons.
 
Notes on EasyOffice's' Menus and Toolbars
EasyOffice was designed from the ground up to be easy to use. In psychological and cognitive tests with inexperienced computer users, many areas of difficulty were identified and addressed in EasyOffice. For example, many beginners felt overwhelmed with the need to effectively memorize the functions of various icons, especially when there were more than 7 icons. For example, many beginners became extremely confused with the need to follow steps implicit in many operating system operations.

On the other hand, experienced computer users, were effectively conditioned to respond well to the Microsoft Windows paradigm, and were most happy when given a GUI (Graphical User Interface) that looked like Microsoft Word or Excel.

EasyOffice has been designed to be easy to use, and to provide a pleasant computing experience to the spectrum of computer users, from beginner to experienced. One area, where this design becomes apparent is in our menus and toolbars, which sometimes look and act a bit different  than the usual Windows paradigm.

In any area where a menu selection can cause confusion for a user, a dialog box further explaining the course of action, will pop up. However, to avoid annoying experienced users, many dialog boxes can be checked off not to appear again.

Many programs have 'Easy' and 'Advanced' modes, which really refer to the toolbars. In Easy Mode, icons contain descriptive text that attempts to tell you exactly what the icon does. In Advanced Mode, icons look more like the usual Windows icons. Whatever mode you use is remembered by the program, so that the program will automatically default to that mode.

It is found with both beginners and experienced users that changing the position of an icon leads to confusion. Many users map and store in their minds the position of an icon, especially with repeated use, rather than its appearance. As such, movement of icons' position and menu listings' position is limited.

Beginner users found it more effective when buttons actually looked like buttons, while experienced users preferred the Microsoft Internet Explorer type of buttons. Thus, toolbars can be customized between 'classic' and 'modern' icon buttons.

Non-English users (and English users trying to write a foreign language) wanted an easy way to enter accented characters. Although the Microsoft accent entry scheme is supported, a toolbar displaying various accented characters is also provided. This toolbar can easily be customized if needed.

In EasyWord, there were, of course, too many large 'Easy' icons to display at once. EasyWord can be customized so that all the icons are shown if the mouse is right-clicked (popular with some beginners). However, even on the default menu that appears with right-clicking, the option is given to right-click again and bring up all the 'Easy' icons. This preserves the functionality of right-clicking (e.g., usually to look up a word in the dictionary, etc.) and still provides a quick way to see all the 'Easy' icons.

At lower resolutions, the many large 'Easy' icons take up valuable screen space. Thus, customization of which toolbars of icons are displayed is allowed. As well, at lower resolutions, different toolbars of icons are automatically shown than at higher screen resolutions.

Horizontal Ruler
The horizontal ruler, located just above your document, shows the length of the typing line. It can be used to adjust the left and right margins, change column widths, and set tabs and indents. Its unit of measurement is inches.
To show the horizontal ruler:
•	Go to the View menu choice on the top of the screen.
•	Click Toolbars.
•	Check off Ruler Bar. A horizontal ruler will appear at the top of the document.
To hide the ruler:
•	 Go back to View.
•	Click Toolbars.
•	Click Ruler Bar and it will become un-checked. The ruler bar will then disappear.

In Easy Mode, you can also click the Add/Remove Ruler button to show or hide the ruler.
 
Setting Margins
On the horizontal ruler are two triangles (or, arrowheads) - one on the right side, and one on the left side. (The arrow on the left is split, which is useful for indenting paragraphs, as discussed below. When setting margins, treat the left arrow as a whole arrow. To move the left arrow as a whole arrow, drag it from the bottom.) Drag the left arrow to the position where you want to have the left margin. Similarly, drag the right arrow to the position where you want to have the right margin.

 Setting Paragraph Indents
You can use the horizontal ruler to precisely indent a paragraph to anywhere in your document:
•	Select (highlight) the paragraph(s) you want to precisely indent.
•	On the left side of the horizontal ruler is a split triangle that looks like an arrowhead pointing to the right. Drag the top half of this triangle to the position where you want the first line of each selected paragraph to be indented to. Drag the bottom half of this triangle to the position where you want the body of each selected paragraph to be indented to.
•	On the right side of the ruler is a full triangle that looks like an arrowhead pointing to the left. Drag this triangle to the position where you want the right margin of each selected paragraph to be set.
 
Setting Tabs
The horizontal ruler can be used to set paragraph tabs. Along the ruler, angled arrows point to each tab stop position.

To move an existing tab stop, drag an angled arrow to another position (i.e., put the cursor over the arrow, hold down the left mouse button, and move your mouse). This will become the new position for the tab.

To create a new tab stop, click on the horizontal ruler. Note that you must click within the page margins, between the arrow on the left pointing to the right and the arrow on the right pointing to the left. By default, the alignment of the your new tab stop will be set to left. Your new tab stop can also be dragged to another position along the ruler.
 
Status Bar
The status bar, located at the bottom of your screen, displays useful information while you are working on a document.
 This information includes:
•	The current page, line, and column that you are working on in your document.
•	The present Zoom percentage.
•	If you are in Overwrite Mode, you will see OVR.
•	If Caps Lock is turned on, you will see CAPS.
•	If Num Lock is turned on, you will see NUM.
 
Showing and Hiding the Status Bar
To show or hide the status bar:
•	In Easy Mode, click the Add/Remove Status Bar button.
•	You may also go to Toolbars under the View menu, and check off (or, un-check to hide) Status Bar.

Keystroke Shortcuts
Keystroke shortcuts exist for many of the commonly used features of EasyWord.
Keystroke shortcuts offer you the advantage of allowing you to perform various editing functions directly from the keyboard, without having to use the mouse. After using these keystroke shortcuts several times, you will start to learn them. As well, when you place the cursor over the buttons on your screen, if you wait a second, the shortcut will be displayed momentarily.
	Function	Keystroke	
Font	Bold	Ctrl+B	
	Italic	Ctrl+I	
	Underline	Ctrl+U	
Edit	Select All	Ctrl+A	
	Find	Ctrl+F	
	Continue Find (Down)	Ctrl+PageDown	
	Continue Find (Up)	Ctrl+Up	
	Find and Replace	Ctrl+H	
	Cut	Ctrl+X	
	Copy	Ctrl+C	
	Paste	Ctrl+V	
	Undo	Ctrl+Z	
	Redo	Ctrl+Y	
File	Save	Ctrl+S	
	Open	Ctrl+O	
	New	Ctrl+N	
	Print	Ctrl+P	
Text Alignment	Left	Ctrl+L	
	Center	Ctrl+E	
	Right	Ctrl+R	
Language	Spell Checker	Ctrl+F7	
	Thesaurus	Shift+F7	
	Add to Dictionary	F7	
Indexes	Insert Index Entry	Alt+Shift+X	
	Insert TOC Entry	Alt+Shift+O	
	New	Ctrl+N	
	Print	Ctrl+P	
Other	Page Break	Ctrl+Enter	
	EasyWord Help	F1	
	Show/Hide Easy Buttons	F10	

Note: You do not have to enter the capitalized form of the above letters. Nor should you be entering a plus (+) sign.  For example, the shortcut for bold (Ctrl+B) means press the Ctrl key and the B key at the same time.

International Characters
You can insert an International Character by entering a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut keystroke:

To enter this character:	Use these keystrokes:	
à, è, ì, ò, ù  À, È, Ì, Ò, Ù 	 Ctrl+` followed by any of these letters	
á, é, í, ó, ú, ý Á, É, Í, Ó, Ú, Ý	Ctrl+' followed by any of these letters	
 â, ê, î, ô, û Â, Ê, Î, Ô, Û	Ctrl+Shift+^ followed by any of these letters	
ã, ñ, õ Ã, Ñ, Õ	Ctrl+Shift+~ followed by any of these letters	
ä, ë, ï, ö, ü, ÿ  Ä, Ë, Ï, Ö, Ü, Ÿ	Ctrl+Shift+:  followed by any of these letters	
å, Å	Ctrl+Shift+@ followed by a or A	
æ, Æ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by a or A	
œ, Œ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by o or O	
'ç, Ç	Ctrl+, followed by c or C	
'ð, Ð	Ctrl+' followed by d or D	
¿	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+?	
ß	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by s	
¡	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+!	
ø, Ø	Ctrl+/  followed by o or O	
€	Ctrl+$	

For example, to place a circumflex accent (^) above a letter, hold the Ctrl key and the Shift key, and then press the ^ key. Let go of the keys, and then enter whatever letter you want. The ^ accent will appear on top of the letter. (This is summarized as: Ctrl+Shift+^)

Note: The shortcut for the Euro € and the open and closed curly quotes (also called typographical quotes) are not standard Microsoft International Character shortcuts, but defined here for EasyOffice, due to the demand we have had for such shortcuts.
 
Note:  In small fonts, if you insert an accent on a capital letter, the accent may not display completely on your screen, but should print out okay. If necessary, to double-check the accent on a capital letter, highlight the letter and temporarily click on a larger font.
 
Language Notes
European Languages: You can use any English (or other European language) version of Windows to enter characters from most European languages. All European languages can co-exist in EasyWord.

Japanese: For best results, please use a Japanese version of Microsoft Windows, or a version that supports Japanese; Japanese and English characters can co-exist in EasyWord.

Traditional Chinese:   For best results, please use a Traditional Chinese version of Microsoft Windows, or a version that supports Traditional Chinese; Traditional Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyWord.

Simplified Chinese: For best results, please use a Simplified Chinese version of Microsoft Windows, or a version that supports Simplified Chinese; Simplified Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyWord.

Korean: For best results, please use a Korean version of Microsoft Windows, or a version that supports Korean; Korean and English characters can co-exist in EasyWord.
 
International Buttons Toolbar
The International Buttons Toolbar allows you to easily insert international characters and other special symbols into your document.

To show the International Buttons toolbar:
•	Go to the View menu. Under Toolbars, check off International Buttons. Or, if you are using Easy Mode, click the Show Symbols button (shown below). 

•	A box containing 30 international characters and other symbols will pop up on your screen. To insert a character into your document at any time, simply click it.
 
Customizing the International Buttons Toolbar
Depending on your version of EasyOffice, the Show Symbols Button defaults to commonly used European-language characters.
However, you can assign whatever character you like to any of the buttons: 
1.	Under the View menu, select Customize International Character Buttons.
2.	Choose which button you want to edit. (You must choose a button if you want to edit. If you simply enter the character you want to appear, it will be ignored since the computer doesn't know which button you want changed.)
3.	Enter the character you want this button to represent.
•	You can enter an international character here by using the standard keyboard shortcuts (See International Characters). For example, to produce an æ, enter Ctrl+& on your keyboard, followed by the Akey.
•	You can also enter an international character by using its keystroke code number, if you know it. For example, to enter an æ, hold down the Alt key and type the code 0230.
•	The character must be an ASCII character present within the font that you are using. Unfortunately, at present, there is no way to customize the buttons with complex UNICODE characters.
4.	Click OK. The character you entered will appear on the button you chose.
If you want to restore the default bit-mapped graphics present on these buttons, click Restore default settings.

Tip: If you want to know the code numbers for the various characters present in the font you are using, under the Windows Start menu, go to Programs --> Accessories --> System Tools, and then click on Character Map. The keystroke code will be shown on the bottom right of the screen.

Stability Advisory: Certain versions of Windows may become unstable if the graphics inside the button are changed in the middle of the program. EasyWord will automatically detect any instability, and if found, will advise you that it is allowing mapping of the international character to the button, but is not dynamically changing the graphics of the button. 

Typographical Quotes
Curly open and closed quotation marks are called 'typographical quotes'. EasyWord can automatically convert normal quotes ( ") to typographical quotes. As you type, the first quote is converted to an open quote, will the closing quote is converted to a closed quote.

If you do not want EasyWord to convert normal quotes to typographical quotes automatically, go to the Format drop-down menu, and un-check Automatically change regular quotes to typographer's quotes.

Note: Typographical quotes must exist in the font you are using in order to be displayed. For instance, the 'Arial' font has no typographical quotes, while 'Times New Roman' does.
 
Keystroke Shortcuts
“ (curly open quote): Ctrl+[ 
” (curly closed quote): Ctrl+]

Voice Options

Choosing a Speaker
Three different voices that can read your text back to you - Mary, Mike, and Sam.

To change the speaker:
•	Go to the Dictation menu, and check off either Mary's Voice, Mike's Voice, or Sam's Voice.
•	Or, if you are in Easy Mode, use the Easy buttons to choose your speaker.

 

 

Reading Back Text
EasyWord™ is capable of reading back your document to you.
 
If you would like your ENTIRE document read back to you, ensure that no text is currently selected. If you only want part of your document to be read back, select the text that you would like to hear.

To have your text read back to you, do one of the following:
•	Under the Dictation menu, click Read Text Aloud. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the button labeled Read Text. Or,

•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with a speech bubble.

You will now hear your document being read back to you!

Note: If your document is currently being read aloud, and you would like to stop the reading, click the Read Text button again, and the speech will stop.

Real-time Speaker
EasyWord™ can read your document to you while you type.

To use this feature, go to the Dictation menu, and check off Real-time Speaker. Your text will now be read back to you, as you type it!

To turn this feature off, simply un-check Real-time Speaker.

Real-time Voice Spell Checker
If you make a spelling mistake as you're typing a document, EasyWord™ can notify you of the error by reading the incorrect word back to you, right after you type it.

To activate this feature:

1.	Under the Tools menu, ensure that Real-time Spell Checking is checked.
2.	Under the Tools menu, ensure that Voice Readbacks for Spelling Error is checked.

Now, if you make a spelling error, you will hear the incorrect word being spoken to you!
 
"I find it annoying that when I import a new document filled with many strange words, EasyWord starts trying to read all the words not in its dictionary. What should I do?"
To turn this feature off, go to the Tools drop-down menu, and un-check Voice Readbacks for Spelling Error.  

Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Documents

Starting a New Document
To start a new, blank document, do one of the following:

•	If you are in Easy Mode, click the Start a New Document button. Or,

•	If you are in Advanced Mode, click the button with a blank page. Or,

•	Go to the File1 menu and click New. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+N on your keyboard.

A new blank document will be displayed, and ready for you to start writing!

You can start as many new documents as you like. Each document you have open is represented by a tab at the lower-left corner of the screen, as shown below. If you click on one of these tabs, the document will be displayed for you to work on.

Retrieving a Document
To retrieve a document that you have previously been working on:
•	In Easy Mode, click the Retrieve a Document button. Or,

•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with an open folder. Or,

•	Go to the File1 menu and click Open. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+O on your keyboard.  

If you are not using the Heuristic File Retrieval System, an Open box will appear, allowing you to select the document you wish to open.  Here, you can:
1.	Search for a file by selecting folders or directories in the Look in box.
2.	Choose to only see files of one type by selecting a type from the Files of type box. This may be useful if you know the type of the file that you are looking for.  To see files of all types, ensure that All Files is selected.
3.	Select a file by clicking it once, then clicking the Open button. You may instead click the file once and hit the Enter key.  Double-clicking on a file should also cause it to open.
Your document will be retrieved, and ready for you to modify. 

Saving a Document
To save your document to disk, do one of the following:
•	In Easy Mode, click the Save this Document button. Or,

•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with a floppy disk. Or,

•	Go to the File1 menu and click Save. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+S on your keyboard.

If your document already has a name (i.e., it was retrieved, or it has already been saved), then there is nothing else to do. EasyWord will automatically save your document to the same location, with the same name.

If your document is a new document which you have not yet named, a Save As box will pop up. Here, you can:

1.	Type the name of your file in the File name box.  EasyWord will provide a name for your document, such as 'Document1' or a name based on the first words of your document. Although you can save your file with this name, it is recommended to use a more unique name of your own choosing. If 'Document1' (or other given name) is already highlighted, there is no need to click on it with your mouse - simply start typing and the highlighted 'Document1' (or other name) will disappear.
2.	Choose to save your document in another directory or folder by selecting one from the Save in box. EasyWord will normally try to save your file in the My Documents folder; however, you have the option of saving it in a different location. Move to other folders following standard Windows commands. Press the Up One Level folder-like icon to move up a level in the folder hierarchy. Or press the down arrow in the Save In box to select another folder at that level, or to move down in the folder hierarchy.
In the Save In box, you can also switch from your main hard drive (usually C:\) to a floppy drive (usually A:\), or to a CD-ROM drive (usually D:\, E:\, or F:\). For example, to save a file on a floppy disk, insert the floppy disk into your computer, and use the Save In box to select your floppy drive (A:\).
3.	Choose the type of file that you wish to save your document as by selecting one from the Save as type box. EasyWord will usually be set to save your document as a Rich Text Format (.rtf) file, or possibly an MS Word (.doc) file. You can, however, change the file type.
EasyWord is capable of saving your document in the following formats (for more information, see Compatible File Formats):
•	 Microsoft Word Format (*.doc): Compatible with Microsoft Word. Some features, such as objects, comments, and bookmarks, will be lost.
•	HTML Web Page Format (*.htm): Used on Internet Web sites, and by an increasing number of different software programs.
•	Rich Text Format (*.rtf): Industry-standard file. Produced and read by almost all word processing programs, including Microsoft Word.
•	Text Format (*.txt): Contains only characters, without any images or formatting commands. 
•	Compressed RTF (* .zip): See Saving and Retrieving ZIP Files.
•	PDF Format (* .pdf): See Saving as a PDF File.
•	Big Document Format (*.boc): Used when saving large documents that contain Chapters. See Inserting Chapters.
Also, EasyWord allows you to save a file with any extension you want; for example, you could name your file MyReport.fun. EasyWord does not care what extension your filename has - it will figure out what type of file it is reading. 
4.	When you are ready to save your file, click the Save button.
 
Save As
Sometimes, you may want to save a file that you have already saved under a different name, or in another location.  You might retrieve a file from your disk that you want to modify, but still wish to keep the old file as is. For example, you retrieve a file with the name 'Sales Letter to ABC Company'. You then modify this document  (for instance, you change the name and address on the letter, since it will be going to the XYZ company). If you press Save this Document (or, if you select Save from the File1 menu), it will be saved as 'Sales Letter to ABC Company'. The old 'Sales Letter to ABC Company' file will be overwritten. To prevent this from happening, you must Save As.  To do so, you can:
•	In Easy Mode, click  the 'Save as' Document button. Or

•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with floppy disk and a red dot. Or,

•	Go to the File1 menu and click Save As. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+S on your keyboard.  
In the previous example, you would see 'Sales Letter to ABC Company' in the File name box. You can simply type the new name under which the document should be saved, (i.e., 'Sales Letter to XYZ Company') and click Save. 
Now, your document has effectively been renamed 'Sales Letter to XYZ Company'. You can click Save this Document (or, go to File1 -> Save) whenever you like, and the document on the screen will automatically be saved to the 'Sales Letter to XYZ Company' file. The 'Sales Letter to ABC Company' file will not be affected.
 
Automatic Savings
An extensive automatic backup system is built into EasyWord. Under default settings, every twenty minutes, your document is automatically saved to a backup file. The previous backup file is copied to the 'Grandfather Backup File'. The previous 'Grandfather Backup File' is copied to the 'Great-grandfather Backup File'. If the 'Ancestors' settings is turned on (the default is OFF), then the previous 'Great-grandfather Backup File' is copied to the 'Ancestors Backups' folder.

Closing a Document
To close your current document:
•	In Easy Mode, click the Close Document button. Or,

•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with a file folder. Or,

•	Go to the File1 menu and click Close Current Document.
If you have modified the document but have not saved it yet, then EasyWord will ask you if you want to save it. 
 
Note: To close all document windows at once, go to the File1 menu, and click Close ALL Documents.

Passwords: Encrypting Your Files
EasyWord has the useful feature of being able to save and retrieve encrypted ZIP files.  Encrypting a file is simply saving a .zip file with a password, so that only individuals who know the password can open your document.
Encrypting is especially useful if you save your important .zip files to a floppy disk which can easily be lost or stolen.  This password is a simple safety measure to help keep your personal documents confidential.
To encrypt a ZIP file:
1.	To begin, do one of the following:
•	Go to the File1 menu and click Save with Password. Or,
•	Right-click once, so that the Quick-task Menu pops up, and select Save with Password. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click on Save with Password button. 

2.	A warning will appear to inform you that your file will be compressed, and can only be retrieved if you remember your password.  Click OK...proceed with encryption to continue.
3.	A Set Password window will appear for you to type in your secret password.  Type your password in the Password box, then confirm your password by typing it again in the field below.  Click OK.
4.	This will automatically save your current document as a .zip file. If you save your document as another type, it will NOT be encrypted.
To open an encrypted ZIP file, do the following:
1.	Tell EasyWord to retrieve a document, as you would normally. (If you have trouble, refer to Retrieving a Document)
2.	Select the file you want to open.  
3.	Click on Open when you have found the ZIP file you want retrieved. 
4.	A window will appear asking you to enter the password.  You must know the password for this specific file in order to open it!  Click OK.
5.	 EasyWord will automatically decompress and open your encrypted document.
Note: You may also use an industry standard ZIP program (i.e., WinZip) in order to encrypt your files.  EasyWord will open encrypted files saved in a program such as WinZip (and vice versa), as long as you know the password.  
 
Security Considerations
If, for security purposes, you don't want a copy of a secure file being inadvertently being made, make sure to turn of the Automatic Backups and Ancestors Backups. You can do so by going to the File1 menu, or by right-clicking to access the Quick-task menu. Then, to turn the backups off, un-check:
•	Perform Automatic Backups
•	Perform Ancestors Backups

Saving and Retrieving ZIP Files
EasyWord has the useful feature of being able to save and retrieve ZIP files.  This is especially useful if you create large documents, and you wish to save it to a floppy disk which has limited memory space. 
ZIP files are files which have been compressed so they take up less memory.  For example, if you create a document and save it as an RTF file in EasyWord, the file size may be too large to save on a floppy disk.  By saving it as a ZIP file, you can substantially reduce the file size.
When a document is saved as a ZIP file, EasyWord will automatically compress the file (make the file size smaller).  When a ZIP file is opened, EasyWord will automatically decompress the file (makes the file size bigger).  Normally, a separate program, such as WinZip, would be needed to save and retrieve ZIP files; however, EasyWord is able to do this automatically.  If you use a program like WinZip, the ZIP files you create in EasyWord can be opened with WinZip, and vice versa.
To save a document as a ZIP file:
1.	Go to the File1 menu, and click select Save As Zip. Or, in Easy Mode, click the Save as Zip File button. (Note: You can also just save the file as you normally would, but when the Save As window pops up, select Compressed RTF (*.zip) from the Save As Type box.)

2.	Enter a name for your document in the File name box. When you are finished, click Save. (If you have trouble, refer to Saving a Document.)
3.	Your document will automatically be compressed and saved as a ZIP file.
To retrieve a ZIP file, open it as you would any other file:
1.	Click on the Retrieve a Document button. Or, go to the File1 menu and click Open. You may also use the Ctrl+O keyboard shortcut.  
2.	Select the file you want to open. (If you have trouble, refer to Retrieving a Document)
3.	Click on Open when you have found the ZIP file you want retrieved. EasyWord will automatically decompress and open your document.

Heuristic File Retrieval System
The EasyOffice Heuristic File Retrieval System is designed to help you quickly find the files you need. Research by e-press corp. has found that many users, from beginner to experienced, spend much of their computer time looking for various files they need to work with.
Using the EasyOffice Heuristic File Retrieval System
To use the system, you first must tell EasyWord to retrieve (open) a document. The EasyOffice Heuristic File Retrieval System box will appear. (Note: If you do NOT want to use the Heuristic File Retrieval System this time, and would rather use the ordinary Windows 'Open' box, click 'Please show me the usual Windows 'File Open' box instead'.)
In a split-second EasyOffice will follow a particular artificial intelligence program in order to heuristically match your current document with other similar documents that you may have on your computer. The two best such matches are displayed at the top of the Heuristic File Retrieval box. If one of these is the file your are looking for, then click it, and the file will be automatically retrieved and loaded into EasyWord.
Underneath these heuristic matches, are listed the four last documents you opened. Often, persons need to work with a document that they were working with just a little while ago (or a day ago), and hence these choices are presented to you. If one of these documents is the file you want then click it, and it will be retrieved and loaded into EasyWord.
Underneath these last four documents, is a choice to quickly bounce back to the last directory you were working in. If you click this choice, then you will quickly be put back into this last directory, and the Windows 'Open' box will display the files in this directory.
Underneath this last directory choice, is a choice to go to My Documents folder, where the Windows 'Open' box will display the files in this directory.
Underneath this My Documents choice, is a choice to search your computer for a particular file. Various search engines may be used, but at the present time, EasyWord is shipped using the Windows Find: All Files search utility. (When using the Find: All Files search utility, make sure to specify the correct folder -- or even the whole computer -- for the Look in box.)
Underneath the Search, please choice, are quick buttons to quickly retrieve the last automatic backup made, the last grandfather backup made, or to go to the Ancestors Backups.
 
Turning the EasyOffice Heuristic File Retrieval System ON and OFF
If you would like the Heuristic File Retrieval System to be activated, go to Heuristic File Retrieval System under the File1 menu, and ensure that Use Heuristic File Retrieval System is checked off.  
To turn the system off, go to Heuristic File Retrieval System under the File1 menu, and un-check  Use Heuristic File Retrieval System.  If you un-check this setting, then by default, the ordinary Windows 'Open' box will appear when you retrieve documents.

 'Large amount of data to search' message appears
It takes time to perform heuristic file retrieval operations. If there is a large amount of data to search in the current folder, then after you tell EasyWord to retrieve a document, a 'Large amount of data to search...' box pops up.
If you really want a heuristic match to be performed, click Go ahead and perform heuristic search.  However, if you don't want to wait for the heuristic search to be performed, click Do not perform heuristic search, but bring up rest of Heuristic File box.  In the latter case, the normal Heuristic File Retrieval box appears, but no choices are listed under heuristic search.
To avoid seeing the 'Large amount of data to search' box each time, go to Heuristic File Retrieval System under the File1 menu. Check off Do heuristic search regardless of amount of data if you always want searches to be performed, or Avoid heuristic search if time delay will occur during search if you would rather not search though large amounts of data.

Using the Windows 'Open' Box
While even modestly experienced Windows users know extremely well how to use the Windows 'Open' box to retrieve a file, beginners are often intimidated by this box.
For example, you click the choice to go to My Documents. The 'Open' box displays the files contained in the My Documents. You can move to other folders following standard Windows commands. Press the up-one-level folder-like icon to move up a level in the folder hierarchy. Press the down arrow in the Look In box to choose another folder at that level or move down in the folder hierarchy.
You can switch from your main hard drive (usually C:\) to a floppy drive (usually A:\) or to CD-ROM drive (usually D:\, E:\, or F:\) in the Look In box. If you want to, for example, retrieve a file saved on a floppy disk, then insert the floppy disk into your computer. Then use the Look In box to select your floppy drive a:.
Once you have found the file you want to retrieve, you can simply double-click it. You can also click the file once, and then click the Open button.
Instead of using the mouse and the Look In box, if you already know the name of the file you want to retrieve, you can enter it in the box File Name. If the file is in another folder, then you have to enter the full path (i.e. the folder name and the file name). If you want to quickly move to the floppy disk drive without using the Look In box, then you can simply enter a: in the File Name box and press Enter.
If there are too many files in the folder of all different types, you may want to display only certain types of files.  Beside Files of Type, you will see a drop-down arrow. Click this to select different types of files to open in Easy Word.
EasyWord is designed to open .doc files ("MS word" files; produced by Microsoft® Word), .rtf files ("Rich Text Format" files; industry-standard files produced by just about every word processing program), .txt files ("Text Format" files; contain only characters without any formatting commands) and .html files ("Web Page" files; these are the files used on Internet Web sites, and now used by more and more different software programs).
 
Improved Heuristic Search Algorithms
This version of EasyWord ships with the basic, preliminary heuristic search algorithm. Be sure to download upgrades (Commercial UserID may be required) from www.e-press.com of EasyWord, which will automatically upgrade the heuristic search algorithm.
 
Voice Option
To turn on the system's voice option, go to Heuristic File Retrieval System under the File1 menu, and check off Use Voice with Heuristic Systems.

"When I click 'Retrieve', program does not work..."
You may not be able to retrieve documents if the heuristic file retrieval system is turned on and it does not work on your computer.
Reasons why the heuristic file retrieval system may not be working on your computer:
•	You have a very large number of files for the heuristic system to consider, and it is overwhelmed by them. (You did not click the box to bypass the system in such a case, and then the system starts the long process of analyzing your files.)
•	You have a very large number of files for the heuristic system to consider, and it is overwhelmed by them. (You did click the box to bypass the system, but nonetheless, it still got bogged down in your files.)
•	There is another problem with the heuristic file system on your computer's particular configuration.
In such a case, please simply TURN OFF the heuristic file retrieval system.  To do so, go to Heuristic File Retrieval System under the File1 menu, and un-check Use Heuristic File Retrieval System.

Microsoft Word Viewer
Although EasyWord can produce files 100% compatible with Microsoft Word,  there may be times when you need to read or print an Word file which contains an advanced feature not supported by EasyWord.
The Microsoft Word Viewer is useful for such times, and is included with EasyOffice.
If, in EasyWord, you try to retrieve a Word file that is not supported by EasyWord (for example, a Word 2.0 file), the Word Viewer will automatically be used to open the file for you. You can then view or print it.
If, in EasyWord, you retrieve a Word file that EasyWord can open, but the document is not displayed to your liking, you can try to open the file with the Word Viewer instead. To open a file with Word Viewer, go to the File1 menu, and select Open with Word Viewer. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, simply click the Word Viewer button. The file will then automatically be opened in the Word Viewer. When you exit the Word Viewer, the file will automatically be re-opened in EasyWord.
 
Other Notes on Word Viewer
If an actual copy of Microsoft Word is detected on your computer, then the Word Viewer will not be installed, but instead, the actual copy of Microsoft Word will be used for viewing Word files when requested. If you un-install this copy of Microsoft Word at a later date, not to worry. The Word Viewer will automatically be installed.
The Microsoft Word Viewer is included with the CD-ROM version of EasyOffice, but space does not allow inclusion with the downloadable versions.

Forcing EasyWord to Open a File
Normally, if a document file contains non-standard formatting, EasyWord may refuse to open the file, and instead call the Microsoft Word Viewer to open the file. Usually, this is very useful.
However, there may be times when you really want EasyWord to open the file. For example, you may wish to edit the file. In such a case, you can force EasyWord to open the file. To do so, go to the File1 menu and select Open with EasyWord even if not compatible.
Forcing EasyWord to open a file will usually work, although some graphics may be displayed differently than they would appear in Microsoft Word. However, sometimes forcing EasyWord to open a non-compatible file can cause EasyWord to crash. If it does, you will not be able to edit the file within EasyWord, and you will have to restart EasyWord. 
Before forcing EasyWord to open a non-compatible file, please make sure all other documents are closed, so that you won't lose anything in progress.

Automatic Saving/Backups
An extensive automatic backup system is built into EasyWord.
Under default settings, every 20 minutes, your document is automatically saved to a backup file. The previous backup file is copied to the Grandfather Backup file. The previous Grandfather Backup file is copied to the Great-Grandfather Backup file.
You can adjust the time setting, to make backups more or less frequently. As well, you can easily turn backups OFF (default is ON).
If the AncestorsTM settings is turned on (default is OFF), then each time a backup is made, a copy is also deposited in the Ancestors Backups folder.  (If there are no changes in the document, then in order to conserve disk space, no copy will be deposited in the Ancestors Backups folder.)
In addition, when you save your document, a similar process occurs: your document is automatically saved to a backup file. The previous backup file is copied to the Grandfather Backup file. The previous Grandfather Backup file is copied to the Great-Grandfather Backup file. If the Ancestors Backups setting is turned on (default is OFF), then the current file is also copied to the Ancestors Backups folder; thus, if you exit the program, a backup copy of the file is preserved in the Ancestors Backups folder.
 
"I have never played around with the Automatic Backups before, but I just deleted my document by mistake, I can't find it in the recycle bin, and I want it back. What should I do?"
To open a backup file:
1.	Click the File1 drop-down menu at the top of the screen. 
2.	Click Open Backup.
By default, EasyWord will perform automatic backups every 20 minutes.  This means that whatever was in your current document 20 minutes ago was saved as a backup and is now retrieved.
If you select Open Grandfather Backup, you will retrieve what was in your current document 40 minutes ago, while Open Great-Grandfather Backup will retrieve what was in your current document 60 minutes ago.
If Ancestors Backups setting is ON (the default is actually OFF; you must turn this feature ON to use it), a snapshot of your document every 20 minutes has been saved, going back to when you first started working on it - even if that was many years ago. (Note: If there are no changes in your document between each 20 minute interval, then no backup copy is performed for that interval.)
 
"Why do I need Grandfather Backups , Great-Grandfather Backups or Ancestors? A single backup should really suffice. This seems wasteful."
Most of the time, a single backup is all you really need. However, for that occasional (or frequent, depending on how intensively you manipulate files) time, when you want the version before the backup version, you will be very happy to have, for example, the Grandfather Backup. Having three levels of backup does not actually take up that much space, since one backup is continuously replacing another. If  you prefer, you can actually turn OFF automatic backups (un-check Perform Automatic Backups in the File1 menu).
Similarly, when you are looking for some file that you created two months ago, the Ancestors Backups will prove invaluable. The Ancestors Backups use up a lot more disk space since they accumulate, rather than replace each other. However, some points to consider:
•	Ancestors Backups are turned OFF by default. They will not accumulate unless you turn the feature ON (to turn ON, go to the File1 menu, and ensure that Perform Ancestors Backups is checked off).
•	You can easily erase the entire Ancestors Backups folder, whenever you want. You may want to do so periodically, perhaps copying the files in Ancestors Backups to another set of folders for archival storage, if necessary. To erase the contents of this folder, go to the File1 menu, and select Setting of automatic backups, then click Clear Ancestors Backups Folder.
•	Ancestors Backups are not performed if there is no change in your document. If you go away from your computer for an hour, when you come back there will not be any backups performed during this time.
•	If you are working with document  text files, the typical inexpensive hard drive can hold many, many such files. For example, if you are creating letters some 10K in size on average, then Ancestors Backups running all day long during an 8 hour day, will only use up 10K * 8 hours * 3 backups/hour = 1/4 MB per day, or about 70MB over a working year - a small percentage of the capacity on a 10GB hard drive.

"There are so many files in the Ancestors Backups folder. How will I ever find the file I need?"
•	The files are grouped by filename, and are date-stamped and time-stamped. If you know the approximate date the file you need was created, you usually can narrow down to a small group of files the file you are looking for.
•	If you click Search Ancestors for particular text (in the File1 menu), you can search all the Ancestors Backups files for a particular phrase of text (e.g., a name, a part number, etc.) that the document you are looking for contains.
•	By default, Search Ancestors for particular text looks at all the files (*.*) in the Ancestors Backups folder. You can speed up the search by entering the filename, or a portion of the filename, if you know it. Type the filename, or portion of the filename, in the Named box, then click Find Now. 
 
"I have been using Ancestors Backups now for a few months. My Ancestors Backups folder is simply too packed with files, and it slows down my computer every time that folder is accessed. What should I do?"
•	If you don't really need any of the Ancestors Backups files, you can go to the File1 menu, then Settings of automatic backups, and click Clear Ancestors Backups Folder.
Note: This will only be allowed if you are using the default Ancestors Backups folder located in the 'EasyOffice 2001' folder. If you are using another folder for Ancestors Backups, for example, on another computer over your LAN, you will not be allowed to delete that folder.
•	If you want to archive your Ancestors Backups then use Windows Explorer to move them over to another folder.
•	You can reduce the rate of Ancestors Backups being made: Click on the File1 menu, and select Settings of automatic backups. Then, enter a longer interval at which to perform automatic backups. For example, if you perform automatic backups every 60 minutes, instead of the default 20 minutes, you will create one-third as many Ancestors Backups files.
 
"I am working with very large files on a very slow computer. It is annoying when every 10 minutes a box opens up on my screen for a few seconds telling me that an automatic backup is in progress. What should I do?"
•	You can simply turn automatic backups off.  (Click on the File1 drop-down menu, and un-check Perform automatic backups.)
•	You can make automatic backups less frequently, for example, once every 60 minutes, instead of the default once every 20 minutes. (Click on the File1 drop-down menu, then click Settings of automatic backups, and then enter a longer interval at which to perform automatic backups.)
 
Search Engines
Various search engines can be used to search the files in the Ancestors Backups. The default search engine is the Windows' Find: All Files'  search utility.
The Windows Find: All Files will successfully find text strings in RTF (rich text format) files but not in DOC (Word) files. Similarly, it will successfully find text strings in XLS (Excel) files, but not in ESS (EasySpreadsheet) files. (While it will find text strings in XLS files, it will not find numbers in XLS files because the numbers are binary and not stored as text strings.)

Automatic Data Recovery
Provided that FailSafe Undo is turned ON (Edit -> Perform FailSafe Undos is checked off), the last FailSafe Undo snapshot of your document can be restored by selecting Automatic Data Recovery under the File1 menu.
If you accidentally exit EasyWord without saving a document, this is a very helpful feature to use to restore the document.

 

Templates
Templates are useful, predefined documents.
To use a template:
1.	Under the Tools drop-down menu, click Templates. Or, simply click the Templates button.
 
2.	A Select your template window will appear. 
3.	Choose a template (fax, memo, etc.) from the list, and click OK.
4.	A new document will open, and the template will appear with the title, pictures, headings, etc. already in place. 
5.	You can quickly modify the document to your satisfaction and use it. For example, if you are using a fax template, you can type in the name of the party receiving the FAX, and the FAX number.
6.	Save your document as you would any other document (see Saving a Document). 
 
Creating Templates
You can create a document and use it as a template in EasyWord. For example, if you often write business letters, you may want to create a template document with your own letterhead that displays the company name and address. The templates you create will be available in the Templates window (along with EasyWord's templates, such as the fax and memo).
To save your current document as a template:
1.	Go to the File1 menu and click Save As Template.
2.	An Enter Template Name window will appear.
3.	Enter a name for your template, and then click OK.
4.	Your document will be saved as a *.tpl file in the folder Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\TEMPLATES. 
Now, when you click Templates, the template document you created will be listed.
 
"Are there any additional EasyOffice templates?"
Not at the present time. All EasyWord templates offered by e-press corp. are included with the program (and therefore, any new templates will be included in EasyWord upgrades). No downloadable templates files are available on the web site. 

Compatible File Formats
EasyWord can save and retrieve documents in the following formats:
Rich Text Format (*.rtf): This is the default file format used by EasyWord. Rich Text Format is an industry-standard word processing file format.  Documents of this type can be read and produced by almost all word processors, including Microsoft Word. Objects and all other EasyWord features will be saved in this format.
Microsoft Word File Format (*.doc): The EasyWord document files that you save in Word format should, in general, be perfectly compatible with Microsoft Word. In the present version of EasyWord, some features will not be saved in this format, including objects, bookmarks, and hidden comments. 
Text Format (*.txt): This is an industry-standard file format for storing characters. No graphics, font styles and colors, or formatting will be saved.
HTML Web Page Format (*.htm): EasyWord can both read and write industry-standard HTML files.
Compressed RTF Format (*.zip): EasyWord can save and retrieve ZIP files. See Saving and Retrieving ZIP Files for details.
Encrypted Zip Format (*.zip): EasyWord can save and retrieve password-protected encrypted ZIP files. Any standard ZIP program (or EasyWord itself) can un-encrypt and decompress this file. See Passwords: Encrypting Your Files for details.
PDF Format (*.pdf): EasyWord can save, retrieve, and edit Adobe-compatible PDF files. See Saving as a PDF File and VIewing PDF Files for details. 
Big Document Format (*.boc): Used when saving large documents that contain Chapters. See Inserting Chapters.
EasyWord allows you to save files with any extension you want; for example, you could name a file MyReport.fun. EasyWord does not care what extension your file name has - it will figure out what type of file it is reading.
Note: Compatibility with other file formats allows EasyWord to be a versatile tool.  However, this compatibility, particularly the import of Microsoft Word documents, is not complete and should not be relied on in any mission-critical application.  The above information is subject to change without notification.

My Documents and Other Default Directories
EasyWord remembers which directories you use to save and retrieve your files.
When you start using EasyWord for the first time, the default directory for saving and retrieving documents is typically the My Documents folder. 
However, perhaps you normally save documents in a network directory, or in another directory on your computer.
In the present version of EasyWord, when you exit EasyWord, the last directory you used to save your document will become the new default directory.  That is, when you re-start EasyWord the next time and save or retrieve a file, you will be brought to that directory.
Similarly, the last directory you used to insert, retrieve, or save a picture, will become the new default directory for pictures when you re-start EasyWord the next time.

Original settings:
Default directory for documents:  My Documents
Default directory for pictures: Program Files/ Easy Office 2001/ Pics/ More/ bitmaps

Backing Up Files
Easy Office Premium version:  Use EasyOffice Backup
An easy way to back up your EasyWord created  files, is to use EasyOffice Backup (included with EasyOffice Premium). Other ways to back up these files and more technical details are given below.
Document Files
By default, EasyWord will save and retrieve files to the My Documents folder.  When you save a file in EasyWord, you do not have to use the default folder, and can save in any folder of your choice.
If you routinely back up the My Documents folder on your computer, and you save your EasyWord documents to My Documents, then you will automatically be backing up your EasyWord files. If, however, you do not routinely back up the My Documents folder on your computer (perhaps there are hundreds of unneeded files), then you should back up your EasyWord files individually.
EasyWord can save files in the following formats: *.rtf, *.doc, *.txt, *.htm, *.zip, and *.pdf. If there are many documents in your My Documents folder, and you are looking for documents created with EasyWord, be aware that any files with these extensions may have been created with EasyWord. Other programs can create files with similar standard extensions. Also, EasyWord allows you to save a file with any extension you want; for example, you could name your file MeetingIowa.fun. EasyWord does not care what extension your filename has - it will figure out what type of file it is reading.   
An easy way to back up a document is to save the file on a floppy disk. To save on a floppy disk:
1.	Insert a floppy disk into drive A:. 
2.	Go to the File1 menu, and click Save As. 
3.	A Save As window will appear. 
4.	Type A:, followed by the name of your file, in the File name box. For example, if you wanted to name your document MeetingIowa, then type A:MeetingIowa.
5.	Click Save. Your document will be saved on the floppy diskette.
 
Your computer may be on a network. To save a document to another computer on the network:
1.	Go to the File1 menu, and click Save As.
2.	A Save As window  will appear.
3.	Click the down-arrow at the right end of the Save In box. 
4.	A list box will appear. Click Network Neighborhood, and then select the desired computer and folder where you want to save your file. 
5.	Enter a name for your file, such as MeetingIowa, in the File name box. 
6.	Click Save. Your document will be saved in the folder on the computer you chose.
 
Automatic Savings and Ancestors Backups folder
An extensive automatic backup system is built into EasyWord. Under default settings, every twenty minutes, your document is automatically saved to a Backup file. The previous Backup file is copied to the Grandfather Backup file. The previous Grandfather Backup file is copied to the Great-Grandfather Backup file. If the Ancestors settings is turned on (default is OFF), then the previous Great-Grandfather Backup file will be copied to the Ancestors Backups folder.
The Backup file, Grandfather Backup file and Great-Grandfather Backup file are all saved to your local My Documents folder. These files are not normally backed up again (for example, in EasyOffice Backup) or backed up off-site, since they are temporary backup files that are continuously changing.
EasyOffice Backup does not automatically backup the Ancestors Backups folder, due to the very large size it may attain. This is also due to the fact that it is assumed that the originals are elsewhere, and that these are simply backups to be used if the originals are lost, or if you want to see changes in your documents over time. Nonetheless, if these files are important such that they should be backed up, you can do so manually, via EasyZip or via EasyOffice Backup, or even via Windows Explorer (for example, copying the entire folder to a backup folder elsewhere on your network).
For more information on Automatic Backups, see Automatic Savings/Backups.
 
Picture Files
Bit-mapped picture files can be found in the directory Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\PICS\bitmaps
You do not have to backup the supplied picture files of EasyWord. Should these supplied files become damaged on your computer, you can always re-insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the files.
If you have added pictures of your own to these folders, then you should backup these pictures. You can use Windows Explorer (click Start -> Programs -> Windows Explorer)  or a backup utility program (for example, a CD creator utility program) to copy all of the files (this requires a lot of storage space) or just your added files to a floppy diskette (a minimal amount of space available), CD or  another computer on your network.
(If you do not have access to a local network, or a CD writer, you can consider a backup of your files onto various backup services on the Internet. You can also use a backup utility program to write your files onto multiple floppy diskettes.)
 
EasyImage Native, Layered Files
EasyImage native, layered files corresponding to picture files in various EasyWord documents can be found in the directory My Documents\EasyImage Pictures .
 
Template Files
You may have created various templates (e.g., a fax cover page) in EasyWord and have saved them.
Template files are currently saved in the directory  Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Templates . There are a variety of template files in this directory. The template files which you saved have the file extension *.tpl. For example,  a template you have saved as MyFaxCoverPage, would appear in this directory as MyFaxCoverPage.tpl   
You can use Windows Explorer (click Start, Programs, Windows Explorer) to copy the *.tpl files in the directory Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Templates to a floppy disk or another computer on your network.
 
User Dictionary Files
Every time you add a word to the dictionary it is saved in the file:   Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Lex\userdic.tlx
You can use Windows Explorer (click Start, Programs, Windows Explorer) to copy the user dictionary  file Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Lex\userdic.tlx to a floppy diskette or another computer on your network.
 
Program Files
You do not have to backup the program files of EasyWord. Should the program files become damaged on your computer, insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the program files. (If you are technically curious, the program files of EasyWord will be found in the folder: Program Files\ EasyOffice 2001.)

Editing a Document

Entering Text in a Document
You know how to open a document (i.e. start a new document, or retrieve an existing one). You know how to move around the document, and you know how to select text. Let's start entering text in our document.
If it is a new document, you can start typing right away. If it is a retrieved document, you can move the cursor to a position where you want to start typing. Click the mouse and the second cursor moves to that position, and you can begin to type.
•	To start a new paragraph, press Enter.
•	To start a new page, press Ctrl+Enter (hold down the Ctrl key, and then press Enter).
•	To delete any existing text, press Backspace or Delete key. 
•	To delete a large amount of text, select it, and then press the Delete key.

Selecting Text
Selecting text (i.e. highlighting it) is very important for most Windows programs, including EasyWord.
To select text, do the following:
1.	Move your mouse cursor just in front of the text you want to select. 
2.	Click and hold down your left mouse button. Do not let go, and move the mouse over the text you want to select. These words will become highlighted.
3.	Release your mouse button. 
When text is selected, you can copy it, delete it, change the font type and size, change the color, and so on. When you are finished with your selection, click anywhere else in the document to de-select the text.
There are other, sometimes quicker, ways to select text:
•	Double-click on a word to select the whole word.
•	Triple-click in the left margin to select a whole line. This can be tricky to do, and does not work properly on every computer.
•	Click at the beginning of a large section of text you want to highlight. While holding down the Shift key, click at the end of the text you want to select with your mouse.
•	Select text with the arrow keys on your keyboard. Hold down the Shift key, and move the cursor with the arrow keys. The text you move over will be highlighted. For example, if you hold down the Shift key and move up one line at a time with the up arrow key, each line you move over will become selected. 

Selecting an Entire Document
Sometimes, you may want to select all of the text and objects in your document. To select all:
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Select All. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Select All button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+A on your keyboard.

Moving Around in a Document
You can scroll up or down using the arrow buttons on the right of the page, or even using the arrow keys on your keyboard. As well, your computer's mouse may have a scroll wheel built into it.
When you scroll with the arrow buttons on the side of the screen or use your mouse's scroll wheel, the mouse cursor does the scrolling, while the second cursor stays where it is. When you scroll with the arrow keys on your keyboard, you do not move the mouse cursor, but instead move the second cursor. Thus, when you scroll with the arrow keys on your keyboard, you are moving the second cursor to a new spot, where it is ready to insert text.
As your document gets longer, some of your work shifts out of sight. You can easily move any part of a document back into view. Scrolling (using the arrow keys, or arrow buttons to the right of the page) moves the document line by line. Paging moves the document page by page. The tools described here move you around a document, no matter which document view you are in.
To scroll through a document one line at a time, click the up or down arrow on the vertical scroll bar, or use the Up/Down arrow keys on the keyboard.
To scroll quickly through a document, click and hold the up or down scroll arrow on the vertical scroll bar, or press and hold the Up Arrow or Down Arrow key on your keyboard.
To page through the document one screen at a time, press Page Up or Page Down on your keyboard, or use the double-arrow page up/down buttons at the top and bottom of the vertical scrollbar to the right of your screen.

Go To Page
In long documents, it can take too long to scroll to the page that you want. Instead, you can use the Go To Page options:
•	To go to the first page of your document, go to the Edit menu and click Go to First Page. In Easy Mode, you can instead click the Go to 1st Page button.

•	To go to the last page of your document, go to the Edit menu and click Go to Last Page. In Easy Mode, you can instead click the Go to Last Page button.

•	To go to a page of your choice, go to the Edit menu and click Go to Page. In Easy mode, you can instead click the Go to Page button. A Go To/ Go Near window will appear. Here, you can select the page, line, and column that you wish to go to. You are also given the choice of quickly selecting the 1st Page, Middle Page or Last Page.

Note: In very long documents, since the document is not internally stored by page numbers (which change depending on how you format, font, margin, etc the document), the Go To Page function will automatically change to Go Near Page function in order to save time.

Drag and Drop
One of  the advantages of using a word processor in a mouse-based operating system such as Windows (as opposed to, for example, a text-based operating system such as the older MS-DOS), is that you can 'drag-and-drop' blocks of text in your document.
To drag and drop:
1.	Select a portion of text  - hold down the left mouse button and move the mouse over the text you want to select. When you are done, let go of the button.
2.	Click the highlighted portion of text with your left mouse button. While holding down the left mouse button, move the mouse cursor to where you want to drop the text.
3.	Let go of the mouse button. The text you just dragged will be dropped into your document at the new position.

Cut, Copy and Paste
Cutting, copying and pasting text are probably familiar to you if you use other Windows programs. However, if you are unsure about these functions, you should probably spend a few minutes reading this section and trying them out - sooner or later, you will want to copy blocks of text from part of your document to another.
For example, perhaps you have a paragraph that you want to move to another location in your document. You can cut the paragraph and paste it elsewhere in your document.
Cutting and Pasting
To cut and paste:
1.	Select the text, words, paragraphs, or objects you want to cut.
2.	To cut your selection:
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Cut. Or,
•	Click the Cut button. Or, 

•	Right-click your mouse, so that the Quick-task Menu pops up. Then, select Cut. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+X on your keyboard.
3.	Your selection will immediately be cut. It will be removed from your document and placed on an imaginary clipboard in your computer.
4.	Move your mouse cursor to the position where you want to insert your cut selection. Click the mouse so that the second cursor appears. 
5.	To paste the selection:
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Paste. Or,
•	Click the Paste button. Or,

•	Right-click your mouse, so that Quick-task Menu pops up. Then, select Paste. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+V on your keyboard. 
6.	Your selection will be pasted from the imaginary clipboard to your document.
 
Copying and Pasting
Copying is very similar to cutting, except that the original selection is left intact in your document. 
To copy and paste:
1.	Select the text, paragraph, or objects you want to copy. 
2.	To copy your selection:
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Copy. Or,
•	Click the Copy button.

•	Right-click your mouse, so that the Quick-task Menu appears. Then, click Copy. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+C on your keyboard.
3.	A copy will be made, and placed on the imaginary clipboard. Nothing will be removed from your document.
4.	Click at the position where you want to insert the copied selection. 
5.	Paste your selection (as described above in “Cutting and Pasting“ - see Step 5). The selection will be placed into your document at that location. 

AutoText: Power Copy and Paste
A unique and useful feature of EasyWord is the Power Copy and Paste.  This allows you to copy multiple elements to your 'power clipboard', and gives you the ability to choose which element you want to  paste. As well, many users use PowerCopy and PowerPaste as an 'AutoText',  to automatically insert frequently used, repeated text phrases into their document.
To use Power Copy and Paste feature, do the following:
•	First, select (highlight) what you want to copy to your clipboard.  This could be text, images, hyperlinks, etc...
•	Next, click on Power Copy from the easy buttons.  This will copy your the information you highlighted to your clipboard.

•	You can select and copy other things to your clipboard by following the above steps. 
•	Next, move to the area in your document where you want to paste your copied information.  Click on Power Paste.
 
•	A window will appear that lists everything you have previously copied to the clipboard.  Click on what you want power pasted.  Click on Paste,and it will be pasted into your document. 
 Deleting Items from the PowerPaste List
•	You can delete individual items from the PowerPaste list by selecting and clicking the 'Delete' button in the PowerPaste box.
•	If you want the PowerPaste list erased each time you exit EasyWord, then go to Edit drop-down menu, and un-check Don't erase PowerPaste list when exit program.
 
AutoText Usage
The PowerPaste list can be used to store frequently used phrases of text you regularly use, and then you can use PowerPaste to paste as needed.

AutoCapitalization
EasyWord will automatically capitalize the first word of each sentence - if you don't.
If you do not want EasyWord to automatically do so, go to the Format drop-down menu, and un-check Automatically capitalize first word of sentence. You can also un-check this option in the Quick-task Menu, which can be accessed by right-clicking.
 
Undo AutoCapitalization
EasyWord allows you to undo the capitalization of the previously typed word. For example, if automatic capitalization is turned on, and you type the sentence, "I got my Ph.D. In English from the University,"  the lower case 'i' of 'in' will automatically change to upper case. If you click Undo AutoCapitalization when your cursor is just after the word 'In', the upper case 'I' will be changed to a lower case 'i'.
Undo AutoCapitalization is available in the Format drop-down menu and the Quick-task Menu (which appears upon a right-click).

Undo
You may perform an operation and decide that you should not have done it. If the operation is reversible (some are not), you can undo it. 
For example, if you underlined some text, and then decided that you would rather have the text back the way it was before, you can undo it.
The Undo System will not undo every function or operation within EasyWord. The Undo System will, however, undo most of the common functions or operations that you will perform. If you want to be able to undo just about every change, or if you want multiple undo steps, you should turn on the FailSafe Undo System.
To undo your last step:
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Undo. Or,
•	Click the Undo button (shown below for both Easy Mode and Advanced Mode). Or,

•	Press Ctrl+Z on your keyboard.
 
To redo your last undone step:
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Redo. Or, 
•	In Advanced Mode, click the Redo button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+Y on your keyboard.

FailSafe Undo System 
While the regular Undo System will undo common functions and operations that are performed in EasyWord, it does not undo every possible function and operation; in addition, is only able to go one step in either direction. If you need that can undo unlimited steps backwards and forwards, then ensure that the FailSafe Undo System is turned on.
 
The advantage of the FailSafe Undo System is that it creates a FULL copy of your document. Regardless of what functions or operations you perform, the FailSafe Undo System will record a faithful image of your document. When you press Ctrl+Z on your keyboard, the previous image of your document is simply retrieved and loaded into memory. If you press Ctrl+Z again, then the image previous to this one, is simply retrieved and loaded into memory.  Similarly, you can redo steps that you have previously undone by pressing Ctrl+Y.
The disadvantage of the FailSafe Undo System is that it slows down the operation of EasyWord. A delay will occur as you go from operation to operation, or line to line. If you have a small document and a fast computer, this delay may not matter - but it will if your document is large and your computer is slow.
 
To turn the FailSafe Undo System on or off:
1.	Go to the Edit menu.
2.	Check off (to turn on) or un-check (to turn off) Perform FailSafe Undo's.

Insert Key for Overwrite Mode
Beginners sometimes get confused with word processing because of Overwrite Mode. 
If you press the Insert key, EasyWord will go into Overwrite Mode - if you type characters, they will overwrite the letters and numbers already in place.  
If you press the Insert key again, Overwrite Mode is turned off - if you type characters, they will not overwrite anything. If any characters are in front of your cursor when you type, they will be pushed to the right. If you would like to turn to Overwrite Mode back on, simply press the Insert key again.
An alternate method of turning Overwrite Mode on and off is found under the Edit menu. To turn Overwrite Mode on, click Overwrite text in document. To turn Overwrite Mode off, click Overwrite OFF.

Note: If Overwrite Mode is turned on, the letters OVR will appear in the status bar at the bottom of your screen. If there is no status bar, click the Add/Remove Status Bar button, and it will appear.

Finding and Replacing Text
EasyWord allows you to quickly search through a document. This is especially useful for long documents.
Finding Text
To search for a word in your document:
1.	To start a search, do one of the following:
•	In Easy Mode, click the Find button.

•	In Advanced Mode, click the icon that looks like a magnifying glass.
•	Go to the Edit menu, and select Find.
•	Press Ctrl+F on your keyboard.
2.	A Find window will pop up. Type the text that you wish to search for in the Find what box (do NOT press the Enter key). If the Match Case box is checked off, the search will be case-sensitive - that is, lower and upper case letters will be treated differently.  Be sure to type the text exactly as it should appear in your document (e.g., a search for 'easyoffice' will not find 'EasyOffice').  If you do not want the search to be case-sensitive (e.g., a search for 'easyoffice' will also find 'EasyOffice'), un-check the Match Case box.
3.	If you would like to search downwards through your document, ensure that Down is checked off under Direction.  If you would like to search upwards though your document, check off Up.
4.	Click Find Next. Once the text is found, you can click Find Next again to search for the next occurrence of the same text. This is useful for situations where you are looking for a word in a certain paragraph. For example, perhaps you are looking for the word 'contract', but in a paragraph having to do with the date of the sale. Continue clicking Find Next until you find the instance of 'contract' that you are looking for. (Tip: If the Find dialog box obscures your view, simply drag it to the side.)
If you happen to exit the Find window, but still wish to continue your last search, go to the Edit menu and select Find Next. EasyWord will then look for the next occurrence of the text you last searched for, in the same direction.  You may also use keyboard shortcuts to activate this function:
•	Ctrl+PageDown: Continue searching (downwards) in your document for the next occurrence of the search text you last specified.
•	Ctrl+PageUp: Continue searching (but upwards) in your document for the next occurrence of the search text you last specified.

Replacing Text
You may want to find a word (or words) and replace it with another. For example, perhaps you have retrieved a letter to the ABC Company, and now want to create a letter to the XYZ Company. Instead of going through the letter word by word, you can use the Find and Replace features of EasyWord to automatically (or semi-automatically, one by one) replace 'ABC' with 'XYZ'.
To find and replace text:
1.	To start, do one of the following:
•	In Easy Mode, click the Find and Replace button.

•	Go to the Edit menu, and select Replace.
•	Use the Ctrl+H keyboard shortcut.
2.	A Replace window will pop up. Type the text that you would like to find in the Find what box. In the Replace with box, type the text that you would like to replace the Find what text with.
3.	Click Find Next to locate occurrences of your Find what text.
4.	If you would like to replace the located text, click Replace. Replacing words one by one is a very safe method. In the previous example, perhaps there is an occurrence of 'ABC' that should not be replaced by 'XYZ'.
If, however, your document is very long, and you are certain of all replacements, it is possible to automatically replace all occurrences simultaneously. If you would like all of the occurrences of your Find what text to be changed to the Replace with text at once, click the Replace All button.  

Find on Web
The Find on Web Easy button (shown below) brings up a meta-search engine to allow you to perform an Internet search conveniently from EasyWord. You may also start a web search by clicking Find on Web, under the Edit drop-down menu.

To change web page that you will be brought to, go to the Edit menu, and select Set 'Find on Web' web page. A window will pop up, allowing you to type in another web page address.

Text and Paragraph Options

Formatting Text
Formatting refers to the appearance of the text in your document. 
If you would like to change the appearance of text that you have already typed, you must select it before formatting.  If no text is selected, the formatting will be applied to the text that you type thereafter.
For example, if you select a paragraph and press the Bold (or, use the shortcut Ctrl+B), the entire paragraph will become bold. If you select a paragraph, and then select a new font size, the font size of the entire paragraph will be changed.
 
Bold, Italic, and Underline
If you want your text to be bold, click the Bold button. To turn the bold formatting off, simply click the Bold button again.  Similarly, you can click the Italic button to italicize your text, or the Underline button to (single) underline your text.
 
You can turn on any combination of bold, italics and underline (and other format features as well). For example, it is possible to type text that is bold and italicized.
Keyboard shortcuts are also available for these features:
•	Ctrl+B: Turns bold format on/off.
•	Ctrl+I: Turns italic format on/off.
•	Ctrl+U: Turns underline on/off.
 
Font Type and Font Size
To change the font (i.e., the style of the characters displayed on the screen and printed out, such as 'Arial' or 'Times New Roman'), go to the font box near the top, left side of your screen (shown below). This box should display the name of the font that is currently in use.

Click the down arrow in the font box, and box containing a list of fonts will appear. Click on the font that you want to use.
To change the font size, go to the size box, which is beside the font box. This box displays the current font size. Click the down arrow to select a new size. You may also simply delete the current value in the size box, and type in the new size. Most letters and documents are typed in a 10 point or a 12 point size. Fine print is a 6 or 8 point size, while large headings may be 16 point font size.
 
Font Color
To change the color of your text, click on the Color button (shown below). You may instead go to the Format menu, and select Text Color. A dialog box will pop up offering you a choice of colors -- you can even define your own color.

Using the Font Window
To access all of the font formatting options at once, go to the Format menu and select Font.  A Font window will pop up. You can:
•	Select another font type from the Font list.
•	Change the font size by selecting a value from the Size list, or by typing in your own.
•	Change the attributes (bold, underline, etc.) of your text by checking or un-checking the boxes. The Underlining menu gives you the options of single, double, or words only underlining.
•	Change the text Position to superscript or subscript.
•	Change the Color of the text and the text background.
When you are finished formatting your text, click OK.
 
What is 'Paint Format' ?
Under the Edit menu, you will see Paint format of copied text onto other text (it may also be represented by a paintbrush icon on your toolbar).  This selection essentially allows you to do that -- to 'paint' the format (font, color, etc.) of text that you have just copied, onto other highlighted text.
To use this feature:
1.	Select text.
2.	Click the paintbrush icon. Or, go to the Edit menu, and click Paint format of copied text onto other text.
3.	The format of the selected text will be 'painted' onto new text.

Text and Text Background Colors
EasyWord allows you to change the color of your text and your text background.
If you would like to change the color, or background color, of text that you have already typed, you first must select it.  If no text is selected, the color will be applied to the text that you type thereafter.
 
Text Color
To choose a different color for your text, do the following:
1.	In Easy Mode, click on the Color button. In Advanced Mode, click on the down arrow beside the icon that looks like a palette with the letter 'T'. (Both buttons shown below.)
  
2.	A palette with various color choices will appear.
3.	Click on the color you would like your text to be. If you don't see the color that you would like to use, click on More Colors.  Another window will appear, where you can create your own custom color.
An alternate method is to go to the Format menu and select Text Color. A Color window will pop up, where you can select a color, or create your own by clicking Define Custom Colors.  Click OK when you are finished selecting a color.
Note: Easy Mode includes an Easy button that allows you to quickly change your text color to red. If you would like your text to appear in red, click the Red Font button (shown below). To change the text color back to the default black, click the Red Font button again.

Text Background Color
Changing the text background color will result in a 'highlighter' effect.
To change the background color of your text:
•	Go to the Format menu and select Text Background Color.  A Color window will pop up, where you can select a color, or create your own by clicking Define Custom Colors.  Click OK when you are finished selecting a color.
•	In Advanced Mode, you can instead click down arrow beside the Highlight icon (which looks like a paint bucket pouring out some paint -- shown below) on the toolbar. A palette will pop up, allowing you to select a color.  You can also create your own color by clicking More Colors.

EasyWord also allows you to quickly highlight your text in yellow. To do so, you can either:
•	Go to the Format menu and choose Highlight selected text.
•	 In Easy Mode, click the Yellow Background button.

•	In Advanced Mode, click the Highlight icon (paint bucket).
 
Changing the Case
With the click of a button, you can change the case of text you have typed.
To change the case:
 
1.	Click the word that you want to change. Or, if you want to change more than one word at a time, select (highlight) the words.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and select Change Case. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Change Case button (shown below).

3.	A Change Case window will appear. 
4.	You have the choice of lowercase, UPPERCASE, tOGGLE cASE, or the First Letter Of Each Word. Make your selection, then click OK.
5.	The case of the selected word(s) will be changed automatically.

Setting Text Alignment
In EasyWord, text can be aligned in a variety of ways.
•	Left-aligned text is most common, and EasyWord defaults to this setting. The text is aligned at the left margin, but varies at the right margin, hence the name 'left-aligned'. 

•	Right-aligned text does the opposite, aligning the right side of the text, but leaving the left side of the text varying. It is used in special situations. For example, dates in letters are often right-aligned.

•	Full Justified text is aligned at both the left and the right margins. Newspapers and books are often full-justified.
	
•	Centered text is text which is not aligned with either margin, but instead is centered in the middle of the page, line by line. Centered text is typically used for titles.
	
Text alignment can be changed simply by clicking the alignment buttons (as seen above). Text alignment can also be changed by selecting Paragraph under the Format drop-down menu. A Paragraph window will pop up, where you can check off the Alignment of your choice. Click the OK button when you are finished.
If you are typing in new text and you would like to change the text alignment, simply click the Left (may already be on as default), Center, Right, or Full Justify button. For example, if your document is left justified, but you want to center text for a title:
•	Click on the Center button. 
•	Now, type your title. It will automatically be centered. 
•	You can click the Left button, for example, to go back to a left alignment for the rest of your document.
If you have already typed in text in a document, but now want to change the alignment:
•	First select (i.e., highlight) the text. 
•	Click on the Left (may already be on as default), Center, Right, or Full Justify button.

Line Spacing
The default line spacing in EasyWord is single-spacing. To change the spacing for portions of your document:
1.	Select the text you want to change. If no text is selected, the paragraph formatting will be applied to the text that you type thereafter.
2.	Go to the Format menu.
3.	Select Paragraph. A Paragraph format option menu will open.
4.	Make the Line Spacing selection you would like.
•	You can choose Single line, One and half lines, or Two lines.
•	You can enter an exact decimal number of lines of spacing you would like to have in the Free box.
5.	You can make other paragraph changes (such as indents and distances to the next line of text) in this window as well.
6.	When you are finished, click OK. 
 
Hint: To quickly double-space your text (i.e., so that there is a blank line between each line of text), go to the Format menu and check off Double Line Space. If you would like to go back to single-spacing, simply un-check Double Line Space. If you are in Easy Mode, you can also turn double-spacing on and off by clicking the Double Space button (shown below).

Indentation
Typically, when you want to indent the first line of a paragraph, you simply hit the 'Tab' key. There is, however, another way to indent your paragraphs.
To change the paragraph indentation:

1.	Click your mouse on the paragraph you wish to modify (you may also select it). If your cursor is not within a paragraph (or no text is selected), your formatting will be applied to the text that you type thereafter.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and select Paragraph.
3.	A Paragraph window will appear. In the Indents section, you can specify the indentation values for the Left, Right, and First Line of your paragraph. Simply type new values in the boxes (do NOT press Enter).
4.	Click OK when you are finished.

Setting Paragraph Tabs
To indent a paragraph (or other text), you usually press the 'Tab' key on your keyboard. EasyWord includes predefined tabs (i.e., how far the cursor tabs each time you press the Tab key), but you can set your own paragraph tabs.
1.	Select one or more paragraphs that you want to set the tabs for. If no text is selected, the tab settings will be applied to the text that you type thereafter.
2.	Click the Format menu, and select Tabs. This opens a window with the Tab options.
3.	To create a new tab stop, type a value in the Tab stop position box. Do NOT press the Enter key - doing so will hide the Tabs window. After typing in your value, click the Set button. Your new tab will be created.
4.	You can change the alignment of a tab stop. First, click on a tab stop under the Tab stop position box to select it. Then, under Alignment, you have the choice of Left, Center, Right, or Decimal.
5.	To delete a tab stop, ensure that it is selected under the Tab stop position box. Then, click the Clear button.  If you would like to delete all of your tab stops at once, click the Clear All button
6.	When you are finished, click the OK button.
 
Setting Tabs with the Horizontal Ruler
An easier way to set paragraph tabs is to use the Horizontal Ruler. Along this ruler, angled arrows point to each of the tab positions. 
To move an existing tab stop, drag an angled arrow to another position (i.e., put the cursor over the arrow, hold down the left mouse button, and move your mouse) . This will become the new position for that tab. 
To create a new tab stop, click on the horizontal ruler. Note that you must click within the page margins (i.e., between the arrow on the left pointing to the right, and the arrow on the right pointing to the left). By default, the alignment of the your new tab stop will be set to left. Your new tab stop can also be dragged to another position along the ruler.

Setting Tabs for Decimal Points
Typed columns of decimal numbers can be difficult to align. Even if the columns look aligned on the screen, they may not be when you print them out. The numbers may shift, so that the decimal points are not lined up in an orderly manner.
To align a column of decimal numbers, you must set the paragraph tabs:
•	If you are in Easy Mode, click the Tab Set for Decimal Point button (shown below), and the paragraph tab will automatically be set to decimal alignment.  

•	An alternate method, with more tab options, is to select Tabs under the Format menu. A Tabs window will pop up. Select the tab stop that you would like to change under the Tab stop position box. Then, under Alignment, check off Decimal. When you are finished, click the OK button. 

Now, before typing a decimal number, press the Tab key - it will automatically be aligned about its decimal point.
 
Turning Off the Decimal Tab Stops
If you currently have the tab alignment set to Decimal, and would like to change the alignment back to Left (which is the default), go to the Format menu and select Tabs. When the Tabs window pops up, select the tab stop under the Tab stop position box, check off Left (under Alignment), and then click OK. Your tab will be returned to its normal left alignment setting.

Default Tab Settings
If you have changed or cleared tab stops, but now want to restore the default tab settings:
1.	Go to the Format menu and click Tabs.
2.	A Tabs window will appear.
3.	If necessary, clear the tab stops you have changed. Click Clear to clear a selected tab stop, or click Clear All to clear all of the tab stops.
4.	Create Left aligned tab stops at the following positions (in inches):
•	0.79 
•	1.58
•	2.36
•	3.15
•	3.94
•	4.73
•	5.51
To create a tab stop, type a position in the text box, and then click Set.
4.	Click OK.

Bullets and Lists
Bullets and numbered lists are very useful for presenting information in a report.
Bullets and Numbered Lists
Before you begin, ensure that the cursor is positioned where you want your bullets or numbered list to begin. Or, if you would like to apply bullet or list formatting to text that you have already typed, ensure that it is selected.
Now,
 
1.	Under the Format menu, go to Bullets and Numbering. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Bullets and Lists button (shown below). Both methods will bring up the Bullets and Numbering menu.

2.	The Bullets and Numbering menu contains several list format options: numbers (1, 2, 3), upper case letters (A, B, C), lower case letters (a, b, c), uppercase Roman numerals (I, II, III, IV), lower case Roman numerals (i, ii, iii, iv), and Bullets. Click the list format of your choice.
3.	When you type something after a bullet, and then press the Enter key, a new bullet will automatically appear. 
For example, if you select 1,2,3, a numbered list will result. Number '1' will appear as the first bullet. After you type some text, and then press the Enter key, the number '2' will appear as the second bullet. Similarly, when you press Enter again, the number '3' will appear as the third bullet. And so on.
If, however, you select A,B,C, you will obtain 'A' as the first bullet, 'B' as the second,  'C' as the third, and so on.
4.	When you are finished typing a list and would like the automatic bullets and list formatting to stop, simply Backspace the automatic bullet. Now, the text that you type will be formatted as a normal paragraph.
  
Note: If you have more than one numbered list in your document, you will have to restart the numbering. For example, perhaps you have a list numbered '1' through '8' in your document, and wish to start another numbered list later on in the document. The numbering of the new list will start at '9'.  To start the numbering at '1' again, go to the Bullets and Numbering menu (under Format) and select Attributes. Ensure that the numbered list (right box) is selected under Bulleted/Numbered. Then, under Number Format, click Restart numbering. You can also specify the number you would like your list to start at by typing in the Start at box. When you are finished, click the OK button. 
 
Changing the Bullet Symbol
Bullets are typically a round circle. However, you have the option of changing the symbol used for bullets. 
Go to the Bullets and Numbering menu (via the Format menu, or the Bullets and Lists Easy button).  Select Attributes, and a window will pop up. Make sure that the bulleted list (middle box) is selected under Bulleted/Numbered - click on it if it is not. Bullet symbol options are available in the Bullet character section. You can select a symbol that is given, or choose from a larger variety of symbols by clicking the Bullet button. To change the font size of the bullets, click the down arrow in the Font size box, and make a selection. When you are finished, click OK. 
 
Changing Numbered List Attributes
Go to the Bullets and Numbering menu (under Format), and click Attributes. Under Bulleted/Numbered, make sure that the numbered list (right box) is selected.
Formatting options are located in the Number format section. Here, you can:
•	Select a Number Style (e.g. a, b, c or 1, 2, 3). 
•	Change the Character in front and Character after the numbers of your list. By default, a period will follow the list numbers (i.e., 1. 2. 3. and A. B. C.). However, you may prefer to have your list numbers appear in a form such as (1) (2) (3) or #1 #2 #3 instead. 
•	Choose the number (or letter) that you want your list to start at by typing in the Start at box. You also have the option to Restart numbering or Continue list.
 
Levels of Lists and Other Format Options
The level of a list refers to how indented a it is. The first level is closest to the left margin, the second level is pushed somewhat to the right, the third level is pushed even further to the right, and so on. For example:
1.	My Presentation Introduction
2.	Cases Discussed
i.	The Arizona Case
ii.	The New York Cases
a.	Upstate New York
b.	New York City
iii.	The Florida Case
3.	Conclusion
 
In the above example, the '1' is at the first level, the 'i' is at the second level, and the 'a' is at the third level.
To change the level (i.e., indentation) of a list:
•	Press the Tab key to increase the level of indentation (i.e., so that the list is pushed to the right). Press Shift+Tab to decrease the level (i.e., so that the list is pushed to the left).
•	You can also go to the Bullets and Numbering menu (via the Format menu, or the Bullets and Lists Easy button), and select either Increase Level or Decrease Level.
For more indentation and formatting options, select Attributes from the Bullets and Numbering menu. A window will pop up. In the formatting section, you can choose a level from the Level box. The Separating Character box allows you to decide how far the text that you type will be spaced from a bullet. By default, text and bullets are be separated by a tab. You can also specify the Bullet/Number position and the Text position. When you are finished formatting, click OK.  
 
Easy Bullets
If you are in Easy Mode, you have the option of quickly inserting bullets into your document. Note that Easy Bullets are characters, and thus, the Bullets and Numbering menu options do not apply.
Put the cursor where you would like your bullet to be placed. Do not select (highlight) any text - if you do so, your selected text will be replaced by a bullet. Then, click one of the Easy Bullet buttons (shown below), and a bullet will appear on your screen. You are free to type something after the Easy Bullet.

Unlike EasyWord's standard bulleted and numbered lists, a new bullet will not be generated automatically for you when you press the Enter key. If you want another bullet, you must click the Easy Bullet button again.
 
Columns
To have text arranged in columns on your page:

1.	Put your cursor where you want your columns to begin. (Note: Do not select any text -- the text that you have selected will not automatically be put into columns, and your text will be deleted.)
2.	Go to the Format menu, and select Columns. If you are in Easy Mode, you may instead may click the Columns button (or, in Advanced Mode, the button that looks like two columns of text).
 
3.	A Columns window will appear. Specify the Number of Columns, and then click OK.

If you chose to have, for example, two columns, then effectively a table divided into a left part and a right part is inserted. Text which you type in the left cell becomes the left column, while text which you type in the right cell becomes the right column.

Note: The light grey boxes around your columns will NOT print out. If, however, the lines are dark black, then it is a table, and not columns. In this case, the lines might be printed, depending on the table properties selected.
 
To modify columns:
•	Click on a column. The Table toolbar will appear.
•	Many of the table features can be applied to your columns. See the Tables help files.

Styles
Overview
Sometimes, you may want to change the style of text in your document. Instead of having to specifically set what type of  font you want to use, what size of the font you want to use, if you want your characters left-justified or centered, etc., you can instead simply select a style, which already specifies these items.
You select a style from the style box just beside the font box. Different styles, of course, specify different combinations of font, font size, alignment, and so on. It is useful to have various defined styles. For example, in writing a book, you could use a certain style for your chapter headings, another style for your index headings, and another for the body text.
If the chapter headings of this book are 12 point 'Times New Roman', but then you decide that you want them all to be 14 point 'Arial', you need only change the style of the chapter headings to specify 14 point 'Arial', and all the chapter headings will be automatically changed. If you did not use a style for the chapter headings, you would have to go through your entire book, and one by one change the font and font size of each chapter heading.
If multiple authors are working together on a document or a book, styles are a useful way of ensuring that the formatting of different parts of  the document (or the book) remains uniform. As well, many institutions or corporations may utilize styles to ensure uniform formatting of documents throughout the institution or corporation.
 
Creating Your Own Styles
To create your own styles:
1.	Go to the Format drop-down menu, and select Create or Edit a Style.
2.	A Styles box will appear. If you are creating a new style, click the New button. (If you are changing a style that has already been created, select it, and then click the Modify button.)
3.	A New Style window will appear. Type the name of your style in the Name box. You may want your style to use attributes of another style that you have already created (i.e., your new style will have the same features as the old style, except for those which you change). If you do, select the style from the Based on box. You may also always want text a certain style to follow your new style (for example, you might want a normal body text style to follow a heading style). If so, select a style from the Style for the following paragraph box.
4.	Next, you should set the features of your new style. Click the Font button to set the font, font size, color, attributes (bold, italic, strike out, underline), and position (normal, superscript, subscript). Click the Paragraph box to set the line spacing, indentation, and alignment. Click the Tabs button to set positions and alignments of the tab stops. Click the Numbering box to set the automatic number or bullet features for this style. (Note: When you are finished setting the attributes of a certain feature, such as Font, click OK. You will return to the Styles box, where you can select another feature to modify, such as Paragraph.)
5.	When you are finished setting the attributes of your style, click the OK button. You will be brought back to your document, and your new style should be present in the Style Box.
6.	To use a style, place your cursor where you would like the style formatting to begin. Or, select text that you have already typed and would like to change to another style. Then, select the style from the Style Box (shown below).
 
7.	Styles are saved as part of a document, NOT with EasyWord itself. (Indeed, if you save with EasyWord and then open the document with Microsoft Word, your created style will appear in Microsoft Word.)
8.	If there is a set of styles that you would like to create and re-use in other documents, a good tip is: Save a document containing these styles as a template. Then, retrieve the template whenever you want to use this set of styles.
 
Compatibility with Microsoft Word
Styles that you create are compatible with Microsoft Word RTF and DOC files. Similarly, styles created in Microsoft Word can be read by EasyWord.
 
"What is the difference between a 'Paragraph Style' and a 'Character Style'?"
Most of the time, you should simply use styles as 'Paragraph Styles'.
A paragraph style controls the formatting of a paragraph, as mentioned above (i.e., font, font size, alignment, etc.).
A character style controls the formatting of selected text within a paragraph. For example, you may be using a particular paragraph style, but you want selected text within a certain paragraph to have its own style.

Default Font and Paragraph Settings
EasyWord will remember most of your font and paragraph settings.
If you quit EasyWord, and re-start it again, many of the font and paragraph settings from your last session will remain unchanged (that is, they will become the default font and paragraph settings). Between sessions, EasyWord will remember the last:
•	Font Type (Arial, Times New Roman, etc.)
•	Font Size
•	Paragraph Alignment (Left, Right, Centered, Full Justified)
•	Line Spacing (Single, Double, etc.)
•	Indentation (Left, Right, First Line)  
 
However, there are some attributes that EasyWord will NOT remember. These include:
•	Bold, Italic, Underline, Strike Out (Default will remain Normal text) 
•	Superscript, Subscript (Default will remain Normal text)
•	Text Color (Default will remain black)
•	Text Background Color (Default will remain white)

"The 'Bold' (or 'Underline' or ...) Button is Stuck"
A variety of keystroke combinations may make it appear that the Bold (or Underline or other setting) button is stuck. For example, after a phrase which is bold, you then click the Bold button, and it turns off, but then you type a letter, and the Bold button turns on. 
In such cases, there is usually another Bold setting after the phrase, where you are now typing letters.
If you find yourself in such a situation, some useful strategies to quickly deal with this problem (rather than waste time hunting down individual settings):
•	Keep typing whatever you want to, even though everything is appearing Bold. When you get to the end of the paragraph, select (highlight) everything that should not be Bold but should be in normal font. Click the Bold button and then un-click it, and all the text should be in normal font.
•	OR, select (highlight) the supposedly blank space from the end of the where the Bold (or other problematic) font is supposed to end, to the bottom of the page. Then press the Delete key to delete any hidden Bold settings.

"When I try to insert Chinese/Japanese/Korean characters the spacing seems off"
 
•	Chinese/Japanese/Korean Input Method should be active.
•	You need to use a Chinese/Japanese/Korean version of Microsoft Windows in order for EasyWord to best handle the character spacing. 
•	Font selected should properly support UNICODE. Try another font -- this often solves the problem.

Page Options

Starting a New Page
To start a new page:
•	Go to the Insert menu, and click Page Break. Or, 
•	In Easy Mode, click on the Page Break button. In Advanced Mode, click the button with a torn page. Or,
	 
•	Press Ctrl+Enter on your keyboard.
You will then be brought to a new, blank page in your document.
If you are continuously typing, and the page is filling up, it is not necessary to insert a page break. At a certain point, EasyWord will automatically start a new page for you.

Page Orientation
A page can be oriented in two ways: portrait (long edge of the page is vertical), or landscape (long edge is horizontal). Portrait page orientation is used most often.
To change the orientation of your page:
1.	Go to the File2 menu and click Page Setup.
2.	The Page Setup box will appear.
3.	In the Orientation section, check off either Portrait or Landscape.
4.	Click OK.  
 
Note: If you are in Easy Mode, there is a faster way to change the orientation of your page. Simply click the Portrait Printing or Landscape Printing Easy button.

Setting Margins
The standard setting for the margins in Easy Word documents is 1.25  inches on the left and right, and 1 inch on the  top and bottom. You can set new margins for each document you write.
Setting Margins for the entire document:
1.	Go to the File2 menu and click Page Setup.
2.	Enter the new margin values in the margin tables provided. Delete the old values, and replace them with the margin settings that you would like.
3.	Click OK.
 
Note: In Easy Mode, the margin sizes can be changed by clicking the Smaller Margins button (shown below). The margins will be reduced to .75 inches on the left and right, and .5 inch on the top and bottom.  Clicking the Smaller Margins button again will bring the margins back to their default sizes. A Small Margins option can also be found under the Format drop-down menu.

Background Color
Some users prefer to have a background color other than the usual white. 

To change the background color of the entire document (essentially the 'paper background color'), go to the Format menu, and click Paper Background Color. A Color window will pop up, where you can choose a color by clicking it. You can also create your own color by clicking Define Custom Colors. After selecting a color, click OK.

Note: Certain configurations of Windows will not allow paper background color to be saved between EasyWord sessions.  Regardless of what paper background color you selected the last time you used EasyWord, the next time you use EasyWord, the background color will become whatever is specified by Windows. Even if you saved the document with a certain paper background color, when you retrieve it, the background might instead be set to the Window color that you have selected in Windows. You can adjust this Window color via Start -> Systems -> Control Panel -> Display -> Appearance. Under Item, select Window, and choose a color.

Page Numbers
To number the pages in your document:
1.	To begin:
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Page Number. Or
•	In Easy Mode, click the Page Number button.
		
2.	A Page Numbers box will pop up.
3.	Under Position, you can choose whether to display the page number at the top or bottom of the page. Under Alignment, you have the option of displaying the page number on the left side, in the center or on the right side. If you would like your page numbering to begin at a number other than one, you can type the number in the Starting Page Number box.
4.	If you un-check the Show number on first page box, no page number will be displayed on the first page.
5.	Click OK, and page numbers will be inserted into your document.

Headers and Footers
A header is a line (or two or three...) printed at the top of every page. Similarly, a footer is a line (or two or three...) printed at the bottom of every page. Headers and footers are typically used to hold the title of the document, page number, date, etc. 
To add headers and/or footers to your EasyWord document:
1.	To start:
•	Go to the View menu and click Header and Footer. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Header/Footer button.
		
2.	This will bring up a group of buttons across the top of the document.
	
3.	Use the Header/Footer Toggle button to edit either the header or the footer.
4.	Click the First Page to edit the header on the first page, or click the Next Page to edit the header on the other pages.
5.	Type the text you would like in the space outlined by the dotted-line. This space is useful for including information such as your name, or the name of the document. In addition, there are buttons you can click in order to insert the date, time, or page number (which will be calculated for each page).
6.	When your Header/Footer is finished, click the Exit Header/Footer button.
  
Note: Headers/Footers currently do not support the breadth of formatting options supported by the main body of EasyWord documents. Additional header/footer formatting options are planned for future versions of EasyWord.

Endnotes
EasyWord contains easy-to-use endnotes.
To insert an endnote:
1.	Put your cursor where you wish to insert the endnote. Do not select any text - if you do, it will be deleted.
2.	Do one of the following: 
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Endnotes. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Endnotes button.

3.	An Insert Endnote window will appear.
4.	Type the number of your endnote in the Endnote Number box. At the current position of your cursor in your document, this number will appear in superscript. 
5.	Enter the text of your endnote in the text book. This will appear at the end of your document. 
6.	If you would like a horizontal line to appear before the endnote, check off Separate this endnote from the document with a line. This option is recommended for the first endnote to be inserted after your document text.  
7.	Click OK. The endnote will appear at the end of your text, along with its endnote number. This endnote number will also appear at the position specified in your text, in superscript. The endnote will then appear at the end of your text. 
8.	Endnote reference numbers and the endnotes may be manually edited at any time.
 
Note: Due to the real-time multilingual formatting features of EasyWord, and little use of the simple footnotes, the old footnote system is no longer incorporated. Future versions of EasyWord, however, will contain a more advanced bibliographical referencing system.

Inserting

Inserting Tables
To insert a table:
1.	Put your cursor where you want the table to be inserted.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Insert, and click Table. Or,
•	Click the Table button.
		 
2.	 An Insert Table box will appear.
3.	Specify the number of Columns and Rows you want your table to have, and then click OK. A table will be inserted into your document.
4.	Put your cursor anywhere inside the table and click. A table toolbar will appear near the top of your screen.
5.	You can now type data (text or numbers) in the cells of your table. Note that the table toolbar has a button that allows you to insert a checkmark symbol into a cell - a useful symbol to have quick access to.

Moving Through Tables
To move through a table:
•	Use the arrow keys on your keyboard to jump from cell to cell.
•	Press the Tab key to move over a column. If you are in the last cell of a row, pressing the Tab key will bring you to the first cell of the next row.

Inserting Columns and Rows
To insert a new column:
1.	Put your cursor a cell where you want the new column to be inserted.
2.	To insert a new column to the left of your current cell, click Insert Columns to Left on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Insert, and click Column to Left.
3.	To insert a new column to the right of your current cell, click Insert Columns to Right on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Insert, and click Column to Right.
 
To insert a new row:
1.	Put your cursor a cell where you want the new row to be inserted.
2.	To insert a new row above your current cell, click Insert Rows Above on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Insert, and click Row Above.
3.	To insert a new row below your current cell, click Insert Rows Below on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Insert, and click Row Below.

Changing Table Properties
You can change the borders, background colors, vertical text alignment, and cell padding of cells, rows, or entire tables. 
To change table properties:
1.	Select the table, row, or cell(s) that you want to modify.
2.	Click the Table Property button on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, and select Properties. 
3.	A Table Properties window will pop up.
4.	In the Frame section, you can adjust the Line width of the cell borders of the table, row, or cell(s) you have selected.
5.	In the Background section, you can change the background color of your cell(s). Select a color from the list, or choose from a larger selection by clicking the Other button.
6.	You can change the Vertical Alignment of text in your cell(s).
7.	The Text distances section is for the 'padding' of cells. Here, you can set the amount of blank space you want there to be between your text and the wall of a cell.
8.	When you are finished, click the OK button.

Selecting Cells, Rows, and Tables
To select a cell:
1.	Put your cursor in the cell you want to select.
2.	Click the Select Cell button on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Select, and click Cell.
 
To select an entire row of cells:
1.	Put your cursor in one of the cells in the row you want to select.
2.	Click the Select Row button on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Select, and click Row.
 
To select an entire table:
1.	Put your cursor in one of the cells of the table you want to select.
2.	Click the Select Table button on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Select, and click Table.

Deleting Cells, Rows, and Tables
To delete a cell:
1.	Put your cursor in the cell you want to delete.
2.	Click the Delete Cell button on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Delete, and click Cell.
 
To delete an entire row of cells:
1.	Put your cursor in one of the cells in the row you want to delete.
2.	Click the Delete Row button on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Delete, and click Row.

To delete an entire table:
1.	Put your cursor in one of the cells of the table you want to delete.
2.	Click the Delete Table button on the table toolbar. Or, go to the Table menu, put your cursor over Delete, and click Table.

Inserting the Date or Time
To insert the date or time:
1.	To begin:
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Date and Time. Or, 
•	Click on the Date button (shown below, for both Easy and Advanced Mode). 
		 
2.	A Date and Time window will appear. Select a date and/or time format from the Available formats list.
3.	Click OK. The date and/or time will be inserted in your document wherever your cursor is.
EasyWord obtains the date and time information from your computer. If the date and/or time is incorrect, you can make adjustments via Start -> Settings -> Control Panel -> Date/Time.

Inserting Symbols and Foreign Characters
EasyWord includes a large number of symbols, including foreign language characters.
To inserting a symbol or special characters:
1.	To begin:
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Symbol. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Insert Symbol button. 
		
2.	An Insert Symbol window will appear with a variety of symbols - about 200 symbols are given for each font. There are a number of fonts, and the symbols for each of the fonts are somewhat different. Another font can be selected by clicking the Fonts box. For quick access to the 'Wingdings' font, which contains a variety of pictures, click the Wingdings button. 
3.	If you move your mouse cursor over a symbol without clicking, a larger image of the symbol will appear in the top, right corner of the window.
4.	Click on the symbol you would like to insert.  It will be inserted automatically, at your current position in your document.

Inserting AutoShapes
EasyWord allows you to draw and insert shapes via the EasyImage editor.
To draw and insert an AutoShape:
1.	Put your cursor where you wish to insert the AutoShape.
2.	Go to the Insert menu and click Insert Auto/Art Shapes.
3.	The EasyImage editor will open automatically. This editor includes several AutoShape tools, including:
•	Line:  Allows you to draw straight lines. To change the width, color, or other line properties, right-click and select Line Properties. 

•	Rectangle: Allows you to draw various rectangles. To change the color or other properties, right click on the rectangle and select Rectangle Properties.

•	Ellipse: Allows you to draw various ellipses. To change the ellipse properties, right-click and select Ellipse Properties. 

•	Poly-Line: Allows you to draw a multi-segmented line.  A vertex is inserted and a new line segment is started every time you click the mouse. Right-click to stop. To change the properties, right-click on the Poly-line again and select Poly-line Properties. 

•	Polygon: Allows you to draw a polygon. It finishes when the polygon is closed (i.e., you click on an existing vertex). For properties, right-click on the polygon and select Polygon Properties. 

•	Pointer: Allows you to draw arrows. Right-click on the arrow and select Pointer Properties to make modifications.
 
•	Freehand: Allows you to draw a freehand line. For properties, right-click on the freehand line and select Freehand Properties.  

 For more help on how to use this editor, see Using EasyImage.
4.	When you are finished drawing, click Insert edited image below into EasyWord document (at the top of the EasyImage window).
5.	The picture you created will be inserted into your document. Double-click on it any time to return to edit it with EasyImage.  

Inserting Charts
Many users take advantage of EasySpreadsheet to turn sets of data into colorful charts. If you want to then paste such a chart into an EasyWord document, it is easy to do. 
Note: Be sure to save your chart as a bit-map, JPEG, or WMF file.
To insert a chart:
1.	To begin:
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Chart. Or, 
•	In Easy Mode, click the Make a Chart button (located in the right vertical toolbar). 

2.	An Insert Chart window will appear, where you are given the option of retrieving an existing chart, or going to EasySpreadsheet to create your chart.
3.	If you choose Paste into current EasyWord document a chart already exported from EasySpreadsheet, an Open window will appear.
4.	The default directory for charts used by EasyWord is My Documents.
•	If you go to another directory to fetch charts, EasyWord will remember this directory, and make it your default chart directory until you go to another directory.
•	You go to another directory by using the standard directory navigation commands. The Look in box displays directories you can go to, and the Up One Level folder button beside it, takes you up a level in the directory hierarchy.
5.	If you single-click on a listed chart,  a preview thumbnail of the chart is shown in the Preview box. 
6.	 If you double-click on an chart, it will quickly be inserted as a character into your current document, and the Open box will immediately close. Similarly, if you have selected a chart and it is displayed in the Preview box and you click the Insert button, it  will quickly be inserted as a character into your current document, and the Open box will immediately close. Similarly, if you enter the filename of a chart in the Filename box and then press Enter, it  will quickly be inserted as a character into your current document, and the 'Open' box will immediately close.
7.	Let's assume that you have single-clicked on a listed chart, and it now appears in the Preview box. You want to go ahead and insert this chart into your document. Towards the bottom of the Open box it says "Please choose what you want to do:".  You will see below, three buttons with happy faces but slightly different word-wrapping depicted.
•	Re-size and edit chart: If you click this button the chart you have selected is put into the EasyImage image editor. You can re-size the chart here, apply various filters to the chart, mark up the chart, etc. You can also add a text caption to either side of the chart. Once you are done and exit the EasyImage image editor, the edited chart is then automatically inserted at the cursor position of your current document. This chart is Microsoft Word-compatible, and can be edited later from within EasyWord. (EasyWord uses the integrated EasyImage image editor and the saved native layered file formats in order to allow easy editing of bit-mapped and other images. However, the chart actually saved in the EasyWord DOC or RTF file is Microsoft Word-compatible. It is saved as a character within your document. You must use Cut and Paste functions if you want to move the chart around in your document.)
•	Quickly insert chart as a character: If you click this button the chart you have selected is immediately inserted into your current document. It is inserted as a character, and  as a result, will be Microsoft Word-compatible. You must use Cut and Paste functions if  you want to move the chart around in your document. (Since this chart has not been processed by the EasyImage image editor, there is no EasyImage native layered file of this image stored, and as a result, this chart cannot be edited later on from within EasyWord.)
•	Quickly insert chart as an object: This insertion option has the advantage of inserting a chart as an object inside your EasyWord document, and allows real word-wrapping around the chart. As well you can  easily move the chart within EasyWord (hold down the ALT key, press LEFT mouse button and drag chart), and you can quickly resize the chart within EasyWord (hold down the ALT key, move cursor to an edge or corner, a double arrow appears, don't let go of the mouse button, and then drag the edge or corner to re-size the chart as you wish). However, this chart will NOT be Microsoft Word-compatible. If you try to read the saved file in Microsoft Word, this chart will simply not appear. (But, of course, will appear if you read the saved file in EasyWord.)

Creating Charts in EasySpreadsheet
To create a chart in EasySpreadsheet:
1.	In your spreadsheet, select the data you want to use in your chart. (Hold down the left mouse button, and drag your mouse over the cells you want. The selected cells will be highlighted, and a heavy border will appear around them.)
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Chart. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Make a Chart button (in Advanced Mode, click the icon that looks like a bar chart).

3.	A bar chart based on the data you selected will appear on your current sheet. 
 
Chart Designer
In EasySpreadsheet, Chart Designer allows you to adjust many chart options, including the chart type, axis titles, and legends.
To open Chart Designer:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Chart Designer. The Chart Designer window will open.
 
Exporting Charts
To export a chart out of EasySpreadsheet:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button.
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear. 
3.	Click Save As.
4.	The Save As window will appear. Here, specify how you want to save your chart:
•	Save in: Select a folder or directory to save your chart in. If you want to late use the chart in EasyWord, then you should save the chart in EasyWord's default chart directory: My Documents.
•	File name: Type in a name for your chart file. You may want to give a more descriptive name than the default 'Chart'.
•	Save as type: Select a file type for your chart. The default type is *.vtc (Chart File); however, you might want to save the chart as a bit-mapped image, JPEG or Windows Metafile instead.
5.	Click Save. 
6.	Your chart will be saved as an image file in the location you chose. You can insert this file into EasyWord documents, or other programs.
 
More Help in EasySpreadsheet
For more help on charts, see the EasySpreadsheet help files:
1.	In EasySpreadsheet, go to the Help menu, and click Help Contents. Or, simply press the F1 key.
2.	The EasySpreadsheet Help window will appear.
3.	In the Contents section on the left side of the window, click Inserting. 
4.	Click Inserting Charts. Here, you will find a number of help files on inserting and creating charts.

Moving Charts Inserted as Objects
Objects can be moved with your mouse. To move a chart inserted as an object:
1.	Click the chart. A dashed border will appear around the chart. Remember that the chart MUST have been inserted as an object.
2.	While holding down both the Alt key and the left mouse button, drag the chart to its new position.
3.	Note that you can move the chart to the middle of your text, and your text will automatically wrap around the chart. (This will not work if you chose the left side wrapping style.)
 
Moving Charts Inserted from EasyImage / as Characters
Charts inserted from the EasyImage editor or as characters cannot be moved with your mouse; however, they can be moved by cutting and pasting. To move such a chart:
1.	Click the chart. A dashed border will appear around the chart.
2.	Cut the chart. Press Ctrl+X, or click the Cut button, or select Cut from the Edit menu, or right-click and select Cut from the Quick-task Menu.
3.	Click your mouse at the location you want to move your picture to.
4.	Paste the picture. Press Ctrl+V, or click the Paste button, or select Paste from the Edit menu, or right-click and select Paste from the Quick-task Menu.
5.	For further information on cutting and pasting, please see Cut, Copy, and Paste.

Resizing Charts Inserted as Objects
Objects can be resized directly in EasyWord, using your mouse. To adjust the size of a chart inserted as an object:
1.	Click the chart in your document. A dashed border will appear around the chart. Note that if this chart was NOT inserted as an object, it CANNOT be resized.
2.	Hold down the Alt key, and move the mouse to the chart's border. When the cursor is at the chart's border, it will change to a double-headed arrow.
3.	Click and hold down the left mouse button (while continuing to press the Alt key), and drag the chart's border to enlarge or reduce the chart.
4.	Instead of dragging the vertical border, and then the horizontal border, to shrink (or enlarge) the chart, you can drag one of the corners of the chart. Both dimensions will be changed simultaneously.

Resizing Charts Inserted from EasyImage
Charts that were inserted from EasyImage cannot be resized directly in EasyWord; however, they can be resized using the editor itself. To adjust the size of a chart inserted from EasyImage:
1.	Double-click the chart in your document. Note that if this chart was NOT inserted using EasyImage, this method will not work.
2.	EasyImage will automatically open with your chart.
3.	Move the mouse cursor to a black square on an edge or a corner of the chart image. The cursor will change into a double-headed arrow. Drag the edge or corner to change the size of the image as you wish (click and hold down the left mouse button, and without releasing the button, move your mouse).
4.	Moving a side will increase or decrease only one of the dimensions of the image. To change the horizontal and vertical dimensions simultaneously, drag a corner.
5.	When you are finished resizing your chart image, click Insert edited image below into EasyWord document (at the top of the EasyImage window). Your resized image will be inserted into your document.
 
Resizing Charts Inserted as Characters
Charts inserted as characters cannot be resized in EasyWord.  

Deleting Charts
To delete a chart:
1.	Single-click the chart. A dashed border will appear around the chart.
2.	Press the Delete key. The selected chart will be removed from your document.

Inserting 3D EasyText
EasyWord allows you to insert colorful, textured text into your document.
To insert 3D EasyText (WordArt):
1.	Put your cursor where you would like the EasyText to be inserted. Do not select any text - if you do, it will be replaced by the EasyText.
2.	Under the Insert drop-down menu, select 3D EasyText.
3.	A 3D EasyText window will appear.
4.	First, choose a font type under Select the Font you want. You also have the option of Italic and/or Bold font. 
5.	Type the word(s) that you would like to create EasyText for in text box (under Enter your text here). After typing in your text, it should appear in the preview box.
6.	To quickly apply the default gradient settings to your text, click the Gradient or Advanced gradient button.
7.	For further options for the fill effect and color of the text, click Fill Effect. An Area fill effect window will appear, where you can change the:
•	Color: Click one of the colors provided, or create your own by clicking Choose Color. Or, if you would like to choose a color that you have selected in your Windows settings (e.g., the current color of your Desktop), check off Automatic, and make a selection from the list provided.  
•	Gradient: Select a Shading style (horizontal, vertical, diagonal, etc.). You can change the color(s) of this fill effect by clicking the Begin and End boxes - a palette will appear, where you can select a color, or create a custom color by clicking Other.  
•	Texture: Click on a texture in the Gallery to select it. Use the magnifying glass buttons (below the gallery) to zoom in and out. If you would like to add a texture to your gallery, click Add - an Add image to gallery box will appear. Here, click the ... button beside the File Name box to select an existing file.
•	Animated Texture: Click on an animated texture in the Gallery to select it. Again, you can zoom in and out with the magnifying glass buttons. To play the animation, click the play button (it looks like an arrowhead). To stop it, click the pause button (it looks like two parallel lines). If you would like to change the speed of the animation, use the down and up buttons in the Delay box. To add an animated texture to your gallery, click the Add button.  
•	Pattern: Click on one of the Patterns given to select it. To change the color(s) of your pattern, click the Foreground and Background boxes - a palette will appear, where you can choose a color, or create your own by clicking Other. 
•	Advanced gradient: Click on a texture in the Gallery to select it. A variety of galleries are available - click on the Current scheme box to view another one. To zoom in and out, use the magnifying glass buttons. If you would like to edit a gradient (that is not already in your custom gallery):
•	Ensure that the gradient is selected in the Gallery.
•	Click Add to custom.
•	Go to your custom gallery by selecting Custom from the Current scheme box.
•	Select the gradient from the Gallery, and click Edit.
•	An Advanced gradient editor window will appear, where you can edit the gradient. If you would like this edited gradient to be a part of your custom gallery permanently, check off Add permanently to gallery. Click OK when you are finished your alterations. 
A preview of your current fill effect will be shown in the top, right corner of the Area fill effect box. You can also adjust the Transparency (how opaque or see-through the text will be), Antialiasing, and Grayscale. For mapping and merging options, click the Advanced button.
When you are satisfied with your chosen fill effect, click OK.     
5.	To adjust the material properties of the text, click the Material button. A Material properties window will appear, where you can specify the:
•	Ambient color
•	Diffuse color
•	Emissive color
•	Shininess
•	Grayscale
Click OK when you are finished selecting the material properties.
6.	To change the background fill effect (of the area behind the text), click Background Fill Effect. A Background fill effect window will pop up, where you will be given the same options as the text fill effect (please refer to #4).
7.	You can check (to turn on), or un-check (to turn off):
•	 Enable Lighting: If checked, shadows will appear on your text.
•	Jitter (antialias) text: Smoothes the border of the text.
•	 Render grayscale: If checked, will convert the colored text and background to grayscale.
8.	If you would like to rotate your EasyText, you can specify angles in the Rotation and Elevation boxes (do NOT press the Enter key).
•	Rotation: The angle of rotation, in degrees, of the EasyText about the plane of your screen. For text that is horizontal and forwards, specify a rotation angle of 270.
•	Elevation: The angle, in degrees, at which the EasyText is tilted backwards or forwards (away from, or into, the screen). If you do not want the EasyText to be tilted, specify an elevation angle of 90.
Or, to rotate your EasyText manually:
•	Ensure that Use Mouse to adjust angle and position of 3D EasyText is checked off.
•	Click the EasyText preview box, and hold down your mouse button. A hand should appear in the place of your usual arrow cursor. While continuing to hold down the mouse button, drag the text in order to rotate it.
9.	You can also modify the Zoom, Extrusion, and Line Spacing. To do so, simply type a value in the box (do NOT press the Enter key). 
•	Zoom: Changes the size of your text - the larger the zoom value, the larger your EasyText will be. (Default zoom value is 60)
•	Extrusion: Changes the thickness (depth) of your EasyText - the larger the extrusion value, the more depth your EasyText will have. (Default extrusion value is 0.10)
•	Line Spacing: Modifies the amount of space between the lines of your text. (Default line spacing value is 0.10)
10.	When you are finished, you can insert the EasyText into your document. Click either:
•	OK... Insert 3D EasyText into my document (can resize/move by holding ALT key and using mouse): Your EasyText will be inserted into your document as an object. This option allows you to resize and move your EasyText within your document by holding down the Alt key, and dragging the EasyText with your mouse. However, your EasyText object will NOT be Microsoft Word-compatible (i.e., if you save your document as a DOC file, your EasyText image will be lost).
•	OK... Insert 3D EasyText into my document (inserted as character - MS Word-compatible): Your EasyText will be inserted into your document as a character. You will not be able to resize and move your EasyText by dragging it (to move it, you will have to use cut and paste functions). However, your EasyText will be compatible with Microsoft Word (i.e., if you save your document as a DOC file, your EasyText image WILL be supported).
 
Editing EasyText in Your Document
If you would like edit EasyText that you have already inserted into your document:
1.	Double-click on the EasyText in your document.
2.	The EasyText window will appear, allowing you to make your changes.
3.	Click OK when you are finished editing. The EasyText that appears in your document will be updated to reflect your changes.
 
Deleting EasyText
To delete an EasyText Object from your document:
1.	Click on the EasyText once to select it. A black, dashed border should appear.
2.	Press the Delete key. Your EasyText will be removed. 

Inserting Bookmarks
Bookmarks help you move around your document quickly. If you are editing a long document, you may want to use bookmarks to allow you to jump to certain places in the document.
Bookmarks do not print out. They are only there to help you move around in your document.
Note: If you use bookmarks in your document, save it as an RTF file. Bookmarks are not Microsoft Word-compatible, and thus, bookmarks will be lost if you save as a DOC file. 
To insert a bookmark:
1.	Move your cursor to where you want the bookmark to be.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Bookmark. Or,
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Go to Bookmark. Or,
•	In Advanced Mode, click the Bookmark button (shown below). It looks like a page with a red arrow, and by default, should be on the right side of your toolbar.

3.	The Bookmark window will open.
4.	Type the name of your bookmark in the text box provided. 
5.	Click the Add button. Your bookmark will then be in place. 
 
Going to Bookmarks
To go to a bookmark you have inserted:
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Bookmark. Or,
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Go to Bookmark. Or,
•	In Advanced Mode, click the Bookmark button (shown below). It looks like a page with a red arrow, and by default, should be on the right side of your toolbar.

2.	The Bookmark window will open.
3.	Choose a bookmark from the list box. You have the option of sorting the list of bookmarks by Name or Location.
4.	Click Go To Selected Bookmark. You will then be brought to that bookmark's location in your document.

Deleting Bookmarks
To delete a bookmark you have inserted:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Bookmark. Or,
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Go to Bookmark. Or,
•	In Advanced Mode, click on the Bookmark icon (shown below).

2.	The Bookmark window will open.
3.	In the list box, choose the bookmark that you would like to delete.
4.	Click the Delete button. The selected bookmark will be removed.

Inserting Comments
EasyWord allows you to insert hidden comments into your document. They are especially helpful when multiple users are reviewing and editing the same document. While you can view these comments on your screen, they will NOT be printed out.
Note: If you insert comments into your document, save it as a Rich Text Format (RTF) file. At the present time, comments are not Microsoft Word-compatible, and thus, if you save your document as a DOC file, your comments will be lost. 
To insert a comment:
1.	Place your cursor on the word that you would like your comment to be attached to. Do not select any text.
2.	Under the Insert menu, select Comment.
3.	A Hidden Comment window will appear. Type your comment in the text box. (Note: Do not press the Enter key - if you do so, you will be brought back to your document).
4.	You can select the name of the user who is writing the comment from the Comment by or 'Type of Comment' box.
5.	Select the color of the comment from the Comment Color box. In your document, the word that you have attached this comment to will be highlighted in this color. This color will NOT be printed out.
6.	If you would like to insert a voice or sound comment instead, click the Import a Voice Comment button. An Open window will appear, allowing you to select a sound file. Once a sound file has been selected, {EMBED VOICE} will appear in the text box, and a Play button will appear below it. To hear the sound, click Play. (Note: Do NOT erase {EMBED VOICE} from the text box, unless you decide to insert a text comment instead. If you erase {EMBED VOICE}, the sound file will no longer be attached to the comment.)
7.	Click OK...Insert this Hidden Comment, and your comment will be inserted. You will be returned to your document, where the word that you have attached the comment to should be highlighted in the color that you selected.

Viewing Comments
To view a comment:
1.	Put your mouse cursor over the word that a comment has been attached to.
2.	A box that displays the comment will appear. If a voice comment was inserted, the comment will read {EMBED VOICE}.   
 
To hear a voice comment:
1.	Double-click on the word that the comment is attached to.
2.	The Hidden Comments window will appear. Click the Play button to hear the comment.
3.	Click the OK...Insert this Hidden Comment button when you are finished.
 
Editing Comments
To modify a comment:
1.	Double-click on the word that the comment is attached to.
2.	The Hidden Comments window will appear, where you can change the comment text or sound, reviewer name, and comment color. 
3.	Click the OK...Insert this Hidden Comment button when you are finished making your changes.

Printing Comments
To print a comment:
1.	Double-click on the word that the comment is attached to.
2.	The Hidden Comments window will appear. Click the Please Print out this Hidden Comment button.
3.	A Print Setup window will appear, allowing you to set the printer properties. Click OK to print. 
4.	Click OK...Insert this Hidden Comment when you are ready to return to your document.
 
Deleting Comments
To delete a comment:
1.	Double-click on the word that the comment is attached to.
2.	The Hidden Comments window will appear. Click the Delete this Hidden Comment button.
3.	The comment will be removed from your document. The highlighting of the word in your document should disappear.
 
Note: Instead of double-clicking on the word to bring up the Hidden Comments window, you may click on the word once. Then, go to the Insert menu, and select Comment.

Inserting From Text Files
To insert from a text file:
1.	Put your cursor where you want the text to be inserted.
2.	Go to the Insert menu and click Insert From Text File.
3.	An Open window will appear.
4.	Search for a file by selecting folders or directories in the Look in box.
5.	Click on the file you want to insert, and then click Open. The text from the file will be inserted into your document.

Inserting From RTF and DOC Files
To insert text from an RTF or DOC file:
1.	Put your cursor where you want the text to be inserted.
2.	Go to the Insert menu and click Insert From RTF or DOC File.
3.	An Open window will appear.
4.	Search for a file by selecting folders or directories in the Look in box.
5.	Click on the file you want to insert, and then click Open. The text from the file will be inserted into your document.

Inserting Text Boxes
To insert a text box:
1.	Put your cursor where you want to insert the text box.
2.	Go to the Insert menu and click Insert TextBox.
3.	A text box will be inserted into your document.
4.	To enter text into your box, left-click on it, and begin typing. 
 
To modify a text box:
1.	Left-click inside the text box. The Table toolbar will appear.
2.	Many of the table features can be applied to your text box.

Inserting Sounds and Sketches

EasyWord allows you to insert sound recordings, sketches you draw, and other objects into your document.

Note: Your document must be saved as an RTF file, or else the object may be lost. Some objects are not compatible with Microsoft Word, and thus, may be lost if you save as a DOC file.

Recording and Inserting a Sound Recording

1.	Go to the Insert menu and click Insert Sound (as object). Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Insert Sound/Sketch button. 
2.	An Insert Sounds, Sketches, etc. window will appear, asking if you want to insert a sound recording or a sketch. Click Record and insert sound recording.
3.	Text will appear to explain how the Windows Sound Recorder can be used to record sounds and insert them into your document. Click Start to proceed.
4.	Wait for Windows to search for possible objects you can insert. The Insert Object box will then appear. There are many possible objects you can insert into your document on this list (although not all are appropriate). Scroll down to entry Wave Sound and double-click it.
5.	The Windows Sound Recorder will appear. If your computer is properly configured with a microphone, you can record a message (if necessary, you can test your sound system with EasyHelper).
6.	Click the Record button (with a red circle) on the Sound Recorder. Speak into your microphone to record your voice. When done, click the Stop button (with a black square), and then close the Sound Recorder box.
7.	A speaker icon will appear in your document. If the icon is clicked, your recording will be played.

Note: If the choice of Wave Sound (or equivalent Sound Recorder) is not found above, then re-install Windows or upgrade Windows to obtain this feature.

Draw and Insert Sketch

You can use the Windows Bitmap Editor to draw simple sketches and insert them into your document. 
This editor is set up only to draw very simple diagrams for your document. If you need more elaborate drawings, they should be done in a drawing program outside of EasyWord, and then imported into EasyWord via Insert Picture.

1.	Go to the Insert menu and click Insert Sound (as object). Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Insert Sound/Sketch button.
2.	An Insert Sounds, Sketches, etc. window will appear, asking if you want to insert a sound recording or a sketch. Click Draw and insert sketch.
3.	Text will appear to explain how the Windows Bitmap Editor can be used to draw sketches and insert them into your document. Click Start to proceed.
4.	Wait for Windows to search for possible objects you can insert. The Insert Object box will then appear. There are many possible objects you can insert into your document on this list (although not all are appropriate). Scroll down to entry Bitmap Image and double-click it.
5.	A small window with a pencil in it will appear. Here, you can:
•	Hold down your left mouse button and move the pencil to sketch a line.
•	Hold down your right mouse button and move the pencil to erase.
6.	When you are done, move outside the editor window, and double-click. The sketch will be inserted into your document.

Note: If the choice of Bitmap Editor (or equivalent Paintbrush Picture) is not found above, then you have to re-install Windows or upgrade Windows in order to obtain this feature.
Inserting Hyperlinks
EasyWord comes with a feature that allows you to insert a hyperlink into your document.  This link could be to a File, an e-mail address, or a Web Page address.
To insert a hyperlink:
1.	Put your cursor where you would like to insert the hyperlink. Do not select any text.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Hyperlink. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Insert Hyperlink button. Or,
		
•	In Advanced Mode, click the icon with like a chain-link.
	
3.	An Insert Hyperlink window will appear.
4.	In the Text to Display box, type in the text you want to label your hyperlink with. By default, this text will be underlined and colored blue in your document, to show that it can be clicked with the mouse. For example, if you type 'Johnny's e-mail' in the Text to Display box, the hyperlink will appear as Johnny's e-mail in your document. (Note: If you do not want your hyperlink to be underlined and blue, you can format the text as you would any other text when you return to your document.)
5.	In the next field, type the File location, E-mail address, or Web Page address: 
•	For a File, type the location of the file that you want attached to the hyperlink (e.g., C:\MyDocuments\DogPicture.gif).  When you click the hyperlink in your document, your computer will open the file using an appropriate program. (Note: Your computer must be equipped with a program capable of opening the file, or else the file can not be viewed.)
•	For an E-mail address, type a specific e-mail address (e.g., johndoe@e-press.com). When you click the hyperlink in your document, your computer's default e-mail program will be opened, so that you can type and send a message to that address.
•	For a Web Page address, type a specific Web Page address (e.g., www.e-press.com).  When you click the hyperlink in your document, it will open your computer's default web page browser (e.g., Microsoft® Internet Explorer) and automatically go to that address.
6.	Click OK when you are finished. Your hyperlink will be inserted in your document.  

Drawing a Line
You can easily insert a line anywhere in your document.  
A line can be used to separate text or images, in order to clearly organize your document.  However, this should not be confused with underlining text, or starting a new page (inserting a line will NOT start a new page). You can move a line to another position in your document. 
To draw a line:
1.	Put your cursor where you wish to insert the line. Do not select any text.
2.	Go to the Insert menu and click Line. Or, if you are using Easy Mode, click the Custom Line button (shown below).
	
3.	A Line window will pop up (shown below). Here, you can specify the Width of your line (in points), and its Length (in inches).
	
1.	Click OK. The line will be inserted at the location of your cursor in your document.
If you are in Easy Mode, there is a faster way to draw a line. Click one of the Draw Line buttons (shown below), and a line will automatically be inserted into your document. One of these produces a line that will span the width of your page (from left margin to right margin), while the other produces a line that is half of that length. 

Formatting a Line
Some text formatting tools apply to lines as well. To format your line, you first must select (highlight) it. Then:
•	You can change its alignment (left, right, centred, or full justified) in the same way that you would align text (see Setting Text Alignment). 
•	You cannot changed the color of your line. The text background color of your line, however, can be altered.
 
Deleting a Line
To delete a line, simply put your cursor at the right end of the line, and press the Backspace key. Or, you can position your cursor just before the left end of the line, and press the Delete key.
Inserting Objects

EasyWord allows you to insert objects into your document.

To insert an object:

1.	Go to the Insert menu.
•	Click Object to insert an object as a standard object. The object will NOT be compatible with Microsoft Word, and thus, if you save your document as a DOC file, the object will be lost. If you insert as an object, be sure to save as an RTF file.
•	Click Object As Character to insert an object as a character. The object will be compatible with Microsoft Word. If you insert as a character, you may save as a DOC or RTF file.
2.	Wait for Windows to find possible objects you can insert. 
3.	The Insert Object window will appear.
•	To create a new object, select Create New, and then double-click a type from the Object Type list. You can then create a new object, which will be inserted into your document.
•	To insert an existing object, select Create from File. Click the Browse button to search for an object, and then click OK to insert the object.
4.	The object will be inserted into your document. Depending on the object type you chose, it may be inserted as an icon. To view the object, double-click the icon in your document.  

Pictures

Inserting Pictures 
You can easily insert pictures (photographs, clipart, scanned images, etc.) into your document. EasyWord comes with a number of sample pictures. As well, EasyWord comes with EasyImage, which allows editing of your images.
To insert a picture:
1.	Put your cursor where you wish to insert the picture.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Insert menu and click Insert Picture from File or Clipart. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Picture button. Or, 
		
•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with a framed picture.

3.	An Open dialog box will appear.
4.	The default directory for images used by EasyWord is Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Pics\More\bitmaps.
•	You can go to another directory using the standard directory navigation commands. The Look in box displays directories you can go to, and the Up One Level folder button beside it will take you up a level in the directory hierarchy.
•	A gallery of GIF images can be found in the directory Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Pics\More\clipart. (Note: To see the GIF files, ensure that Graphics Interchange Format (*.GIF) is selected from the Files of type box.)
•	If you have moved to other directories, and would like to quickly return to EasyWord's default image directory, click the button to the right of the Preview box. (Beside this button, it reads "To return to EasyWord default directory...")  
•	If you go to another directory to fetch images, EasyWord will remember this directory, and make it your default image directory the next time you insert an image.
5.	The bit-mapped images present in the current directory are listed. You may instead want to see a list of the image files of another type (TIF images, PNG images, JPEG images, GIF images, etc.). To change the image file type, go to the Files of type box, and select another type.
6.	If you single-click on a listed image file, a thumbnail preview of the image will be shown in the Preview box. 
7.	Note that if you double-click on an image, it will quickly be inserted as a character into your current document, and the Open box will immediately close. Similarly, if you have selected an image and it is displayed in the Preview box, and you click the Insert button, it will be inserted as a character into your current document, and the Open box will close. Again, if you have selected an image file (so that its name appears in the Filename box) and press the Enter key, it will be inserted as a character into your current document, and the Open box will close.
8.	There are three methods that EasyWord can use to insert your picture. Let's assume that you have single-clicked on a listed image, it is shown in the Preview box, and you are ready to insert it into your document.
Towards the bottom of the Open box, it says, "Please choose what you want to do:".  Notice the three buttons with happy faces, but slightly different word-wrapping depicted. These represent your three inserting options. To insert the image into your document, click one of the buttons: 
•	Re-size and edit picture: The image you have selected will put into the EasyImage image editor (EasyImage will open automatically). Here, you can resize the image, apply various filters to the image, mark up the image, and so on. You can also add a text caption to either side of the picture. When you are done editing your picture, exit the EasyImage image editor by clicking Insert edited imaged below into EasyWord document. The edited image will automatically be inserted at the cursor position in your current document. This image is Microsoft Word-compatible, and can be edited later from within EasyWord. (EasyWord uses the integrated EasyImage editor and the saved native layered file formats in order to allow easy editing of bit-mapped and other images. However, the image actually saved in the EasyWord DOC or RTF file is Microsoft Word-compatible. It is saved as a character within your document. You must use cut and paste functions if you want to move the picture around in your document.)
•	Quickly insert picture as a character: The image you have selected will immediately be inserted into your current document. It is inserted as a character, and as a result, will be Microsoft Word-compatible. You must use cut and paste functions if  you want to move the picture around in your document. (Since this picture has not been processed by the EasyImage image editor, there is no EasyImage native layered file of this image stored, and as a result, this picture cannot be edited later on from within EasyWord.)
•	Quickly insert picture as an object: This insertion option has the advantage of inserting an image as an object inside your EasyWord document, and allows real word-wrapping around the image. You can easily move the picture within EasyWord - hold down the Alt key, click and hold the LEFT mouse button, and drag the picture. Also, you can quickly resize the picture within EasyWord - hold down the Alt key, move cursor to an edge or corner, a double arrow will appear, do not release the mouse button, and drag the edge or corner to resize the picture as you wish. However, this image will NOT be Microsoft Word-compatible. If you try to read the saved file in Microsoft Word, this image will simply not appear. It will, of course, appear if you read the saved file in EasyWord.)
 
Image File Formats Supported
EasyWord itself directly supports importing the following image formats:
•	Windows Bitmap (.BMP)
•	Graphics Interchange Format (.GIF)
•	Window Bitmap (.DIB)
•	ICON File (.ICO)
•	Enhanced Metafile (.EMF)
•	Tagged Image Format (.TIF)
•	Windows Metafile (.WMF)
•	Portable Network Graphics (.PNG)
•	JPEG  File Interchange Format (.JPG, .JPEG)
EasyImage supports many additional image formats. You can easily  import most images into EasyImage for insertion into your EasyWord document.
 
Inserting a Picture of a Less-Common File Format
1.	Go to the Insert menu, and select Use EasyImage to Insert Picture.
2.	You will automatically be brought to the EasyImage image editor. 
3.	In EasyImage, go to the File menu, and select Open. Or, click the folder icon (directly below the File menu). You may also use the standard Ctrl+O keyboard shortcut.
4.	An Open File window will appear. Select the picture file that is to be inserted, and click Open. 
5.	The picture should appear in EasyImage. You can edit the picture if you would like (e.g., resize it, apply filters, etc.). When you are satisfied with your picture, click Insert edited image below into EasyWord document (located towards the top of the EasyImage window). 
6.	The picture will be converted into a bit-mapped image, and inserted into your current EasyWord document.
 
GIF Format
Unisys holds a patent on the GIF file format, and as such, when a GIF picture is imported, it is automatically converted by Microsoft MFC into a bit-mapped image, which can then legally be used within an EasyWord document.
 
Downloadable Versions
The image programs and filters require some 20 MB of file space. Due to the large size of these files, they are not included with downloadable versions.

Inserting from Scanners and Cameras
While working in EasyWord, you can insert an image from a scanner or digital camera into your document.
To insert an image from a scanner or camera:
1.	Go to the Insert menu, and select From Scanner or Camera.
2.	A Select Source window will appear, with a list of the scanners and cameras installed on your computer.
3.	Choose a scanner or camera source from the list, and click Select.
4.	The source's scanning or image capturing program will open, allowing you to scan or capture the image. 
5.	The image will be inserted as a character. This means that your image CANNOT be resized or dragged with your mouse. To move the image, use cut and paste functions. The image will be Microsoft Word-compatible (for your image to be visible in Microsoft Word, save your document as a DOC or RTF file).
 
Note: If you save your document as a TXT or HTM file, your scanned or captured image will be lost. Remember to save your document as an image-supportable file type: DOC, RTF, PDF, or ZIP.   

Drawing and Inserting Pictures
EasyWord features its own image editor, EasyImage. You can use this editor to draw pictures and insert them into your current document.
To draw and insert an EasyImage picture:
1.	Put your cursor where you wish to insert the picture.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Draw and Insert a New Image.
3.	The EasyImage editor will open automatically. For help on how to use this editor, see Using EasyImage.
4.	When you are finished drawing your picture, click Insert edited image below into EasyWord document (at the top of the EasyImage window).
5.	The picture you created will be inserted into your document. Double-click on it any time to return to edit it with EasyImage.  

Moving Inserted Pictures
Pictures Inserted as Objects
Objects can be moved with your mouse. To move a picture inserted as an object:
1.	Click the picture. Remember that the picture MUST have been inserted as an object.
2.	While holding down both the Alt key and the left mouse button, drag the picture to its new position.
3.	Note that you can move the picture to the middle of your text, and your text will automatically wrap around the picture. (This will not work if you chose the left side wrapping style.)
 
Pictures Inserted from EasyImage / as Characters
Pictures inserted from the EasyImage editor or as characters cannot be moved with your mouse; however, they can be moved by cutting and pasting. To move an EasyImage or character picture:
1.	Single-click the picture. A dashed border will appear around the picture.
2.	Cut the picture. Press Ctrl+X, or click the Cut button, or select Cut from the Edit menu, or right-click and select Cut from the Quick-task Menu.
3.	Click your mouse at the location you wish to move your picture to.
4.	Paste the picture. Press Ctrl+V, or click the Paste button, or select Paste from the Edit menu, or right-click and select Paste from the Quick-task Menu.
5.	For further information on cutting and pasting, please see Cut, Copy, and Paste.

Resizing Inserted Pictures
Pictures Inserted as Objects
Objects can be resized directly in EasyWord, using your mouse. To adjust the size of a picture inserted as an object:
1.	Click the picture in your document. Note that if this picture was NOT inserted as an object, it CANNOT be resized.
2.	A dashed border will appear around the picture. Now, hold down the Alt key, and move the mouse to the picture's border. When the cursor is at the picture's border, it will change to a double-headed arrow.
3.	Click and hold down the left mouse button (while continuing to press the Alt key). You can drag the picture's border to enlarge or reduce the picture.
4.	Instead of dragging the vertical border, and then the horizontal border, to shrink (or enlarge) the picture, you can drag one of the corners of the picture. Both dimensions will be changed simultaneously.
 
Pictures Inserted from EasyImage
Pictures that were inserted from EasyImage cannot be resized directly in EasyWord; however, they can be resized using the editor itself. To adjust the size of a picture inserted from EasyImage:
1.	Double-click the picture in your document. Note that if this picture was NOT inserted using EasyImage, this method will not work.
2.	EasyImage will automatically open with your picture.
3.	Move the mouse cursor to a black square on an edge or a corner of the image. The cursor will change into a double-headed arrow. Drag the edge or corner to change the size of the image as you wish (click and hold down the left mouse button, and without releasing the button, move your mouse).
4.	Moving a side will increase or decrease only one of the dimensions of the image. To change the horizontal and vertical dimensions simultaneously, drag a corner.
5.	When you are finished resizing your image, click Insert edited image below into EasyWord document (at the top of the EasyImage window). Your resized image will be inserted into your document.
 
Pictures Inserted as Characters
Pictures inserted as characters cannot be resized in EasyWord.  

Deleting Pictures
To delete a picture:
1.	Single-click the picture. A dashed border will appear around the picture.
2.	Press the Delete key. The selected picture will be removed from your document.

Editing Inserted Pictures
If you inserted a picture into EasyWord via the EasyImage image editor, you can edit it at any time.
To edit a picture in your document with EasyImage:
1.	Double-click on the picture you wish to edit. Note that you MUST have inserted the picture into your document via EasyImage - if you did not, this method will NOT work.
2.	The EasyImage program will automatically open with your picture.
If you double-click a picture that is in your document (and that was originally inserted via EasyImage image editor), then the EasyImage image editor automatically opens up with native, layered image file corresponding to that picture. 
You can go ahead and further edit the image, filter it, re-size it, etc. When you exit from EasyImage you are automatically returned to EasyWord, where a Microsoft Word-compatible version of your edited image is automatically in your document, in place of the previous image.
 
"Do I have to actually save the native, layered image before exiting EasyImage?"
No. When you exit from EasyImage the following automatically happens:
•	The native, layered EasyImage image is automatically saved.
•	The image in your current document that this image corresponds to is automatically overwritten with a Microsoft Word-compatible version (usually a bit-map) of this image.
 
"Why are images inserted by EasyImage saved in a 'native, layered image file format'?"
Bit-mapped images cannot be easily edited afterwards. Thus, EasyImage saves its images in a native, layered image file format, similar to a Photoshop-like file format, which allows more complete editing later.
Each image in your EasyWord document inserted by EasyImage can be referenced by EasyImage, and allows EasyImage to track down and display the corresponding original native, layered image file from which the image in EasyWord is derived.
 
"Can I edit any image in a Word document, even those not inserted via EasyImage?"
No - if the image was not inserted via EasyImage then there is no native, layered image file for EasyImage to reference to allow further editing of the image.
(However, you can always have EasyImage retrieve the image in question, and then delete the image from your document. Then edit the image as best you can in EasyImage (remember, you will not have the layered image file to work with, but usually only a bit-mapped image), and then  insert the edited image back into your document. The image now become editable in the future via EasyImage.)
 
"Where does EasyImage save its native, layered image files?"
Usually there will be a sub-directory within your My Documents directory titled EasyImage Pictures. 
Within the sub-directory EasyImage Pictures will be further sub-directories corresponding to particular documents you have created. Within each of those sub-directories you will see EasyImage native, layered image and information files with file extensions such as .ann and .cmp  .
 
"What happens if I edit my EasyWord file on another computer that doesn't have a copy of the EasyImage native, layered image files corresponding to the images in my EasyWord file. What happens when I double-click an image in the document?"
You will see a dialog box that will tell you that EasyImage cannot find the native, layered image file corresponding to this image, and thus cannot edit this file.
If you need to edit the file, nonetheless, save the file corresponding to the image outside of EasyWord. (This may or may not be readily possible. In some cases, you will need an image capture utility (e.g., FullShot or many others available via download sites on Internet) to capture this image from your document.) You can then retrieve the image by EasyImage, edit it, and insert it back into your document.
 
Downloadable Versions
The image programs and filters require some 20MB of file space. Due to the large size of these files, they are not included with downloadable versions.

Using EasyImage
 In this topic, we consider how to actually use the EasyImage editor.
Standard Toolbar Functions
Under the File drop-down menu, are standard functions:
•	Open: Retrieve an existing image file. 
•	Save: Save an image file. You can name the image file, choose the location to save it to on your computer, and save it as any of a large variety of image file formats (BMP, JPEG, TIF, etc.). 
•	Print: Print out a copy of your current image. A Print window should appear.
•	A list of recent image files that were previously edited. 
•	Close Picture: EasyImage will be closed, and your current picture will be inserted into your EasyWord document.
The Tool menu corresponds to the 24 rectangular icons in the upper-right-hand corner of the screen. These tools are discussed in more detail below.
 
Changing the Size of an Image
Move the mouse cursor to a black square on an edge or a corner of the image. The cursor will change into a double-headed arrow. Drag the edge or corner to change the size of the image as you wish - click and hold down the left mouse button, and without releasing the button, move your mouse.
Moving a side will increase or decrease only one of the dimensions of the image. If you would rather change the horizontal and vertical dimensions simultaneously, drag a corner.

Tools
The tools are accessible via the 24 rectangular icons in the upper-right-hand corner of the screen. This is your toolbar.
•	Select: Allows you to select shapes, lines, and other objects that you have added to your image. If, for example, you have drawn a rectangle in your image, and would like to resize it, click on the select icon, and then click on the rectangle. Small squares should appear at the corners and on the sides of the rectangle. Drag these squares to resize your rectangle. You can also click on the rectangle and drag it to another location in your image.
•	Line:  Allows you to draw straight lines. To change the width, color, or other line properties, right-click and select Line Properties.
•	Rectangle: Allows you to draw various rectangles. To change the color or other properties, right click on the rectangle and select Rectangle Properties.
•	Ellipse: Allows you to draw various ellipses. To change the ellipse properties, right-click and select Ellipse Properties.
•	Poly-Line: Allows you to draw a multi-segmented line.  A vertex is inserted and a new line segment is started every time you click the mouse. Right-click to stop. To change the properties, right-click on the Poly-line again and select Poly-line Properties. 
•	Polygon: Allows you to draw a polygon. It finishes when the polygon is closed (i.e., you click on an existing vertex). For properties, right-click on the polygon and select Polygon Properties.
•	Pointer: Allows you to draw arrows. Right-click on the arrow and select Pointer Properties to make modifications.
•	Freehand: Allows you to draw a freehand line. For properties, right-click on the freehand line and select Freehand Properties.  
•	Hilite: Allows you to highlight (yellow is default highlight color) an area. Right-click and select Hilite Properties to make modifications.
•	Redact: Puts a rectangular solid layer on the picture. To alter the color or other properties, right-click and select Redact Properties.
•	Text: Allows you to insert text into your image. 
•	Click the Text icon (Aa) with your mouse. Then, move the mouse to the area of the image where you want to insert your text. Left-click the mouse, DO NOT let go of the left mouse button, and move the mouse so as to enlarge a rectangle where the text will be placed. When you are happy with the size of the rectangle, let go of the mouse button. 
•	Now, type in whatever text you would like to appear.
•	When you are finished, right-click and select Text Properties to change the format of the text (color, font, add a hyperlink, etc.).
•	Note: Inserts a yellow 'sticky-note' onto your image. Notes are inserted in the same way as text boxes (see above). To change the note properties (color, font, text, etc.), right-click and select Note Properties.  
•	Stamp: Inserts a bordered 'stamp' onto your picture. Move your mouse to the area of your image where you would like the stamp to be placed. Then, click and hold down your left mouse button, and move it to draw a rectangle. When you let go of the mouse button, your stamp will appear. To change the stamp properties, right-click and select Stamp Properties. 
•	Rubber Stamp: Inserts a rubber-stamp-like impression of a common rubber stamp of your choosing. 
•	When you click on this icon, a drop-down menu of various word choices will appear. Here, select the word that you would like to use for your stamp (Approved, Assigned, Checked, etc.). 
•	After selecting a word, move your mouse to the area of your image where you would like the stamp to be placed. 
•	Then, hold down your left mouse button, and move it to draw a rectangle. 
•	When you release the mouse button, a stamp impression of your selected word will appear within the rectangle.  
•	To change the rubber stamp properties, right-click and select Stamp Properties.
•	Hotspot: Inserts a hotspot symbol. Click this icon, and then move the mouse to the image. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move to the mouse to create a rectangle. Let go of the mouse button, and a burning match-tip appears. To change any of the properties, right-click and select Hotspot Properties.
•	Freehand Hotspot: Inserts a freehand hotspot symbol.  Click this icon and then move the mouse to the image. Left-click, don't let go, and trace out a freehand shape of your choosing. Let go of the mouse button, and a burning match-tip will appear in the shape you traced out. To change any of the properties, right-click and select Freehand Hotspot Properties.
•	Button: Inserts a button filled with text. Click this icon and then move the mouse to the image. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move the mouse to create a rectangle. Let go of the mouse button, and a button filled with text will appear. To change the text and any of the properties, right-click and select Button Properties.
•	Point: Inserts an X inside a circle. Right-click and select Point Properties to modify your point.
•	Audio: Inserts an audio (speaker) symbol. If you right-click and select Audio Properties, and then File, you can choose an audio file to associate with this symbol. However, EasyWord is currently not set up to take advantage of this multimedia feature.
•	Video: Inserts an audio (speaker) symbol. If you right-click and select Video Properties, you can choose a video file to associate with this symbol. However, EasyWord is currently not set up to take advantage of this multimedia feature.
•	Ruler: Inserts a line along with a measurement in millimeters of the line. Click this icon and then move the mouse to where you want the line to start and click the mouse. Do not let go of the left mouse button, and move the mouse to extend the line. Let go of the mouse button when you are done, and a line along with its measured distance will appear. To change its properties, right-click and then select Ruler Properties. 
•	Cross-product: Inserts a cross-product symbol and provides a measurement of the distances. Click this icon and then move the mouse to the image. Left-click, do not let go of the left button, and move to the mouse to create a rectangle (you will actually see the cross-product form as you enlarge). Let go of the mouse button and the cross-product symbol, along with millimeter measurements, will appear. To change its properties, right-click and then click Cross-Product Properties.
•	Protractor: Inserts an angle and then provides a measurement of the angle for your drawing. After clicking the protractor icon, move the mouse to the point where you want the vertex to be, and click once. Now extend the first side of the angle, click. Then, extend the second side of the angle, and click.  To change its properties right-click and select Protractor Properties.
•	Pushpin: Inserts a yellow note that is held up by a pushpin. Click this icon and then move the mouse to the image. Left-click, do not let go of the left button, and move the mouse to create a rectangle. Let go of the mouse button, and a note held up by a pushpin will appear. To change the text and any of the properties, right-click and select Pushpin Properties.
 
Status Bar Information
The information in the Status Bar at the bottom of the screen can be very useful. You will see the path and filename of the image. You will see the pixel size of the image as well as the amount of memory that it is using.
 
Downloadable Versions
The image programs and filters require some 20MB of file space. Due to the large size of these files, they are not included with downloadable versions.

Editing Pictures with EasyImage
Editing Pictures from Within EasyWord
EasyImage is integrated with EasyWord. When you insert a picture into EasyWord, you may be first transferred to EasyImage, to edit the image prior to insertion.
When you exit from EasyImage the following occurs automatically:
1.	The native, layered EasyImage image is automatically saved.
2.	The image in your current document that this image corresponds to is automatically inserted/overwritten with a Microsoft Word-compatible version (usually a bit-map) of this image.
The above happens when you exit from EasyImage. You can exit from EasyImage by any of the following ways:
•	clicking the X in the right corner, Or
•	clicking Click here to insert edited image below into the current EasyWord document (at the top, right-hand side of the menu bar),  Or
•	clicking the File drop-down menu, and clicking Close Picture, Or
•	clicking the File drop-down menu, and clicking Click here to insert edited image below into the current EasyWord document.
 
Editing Pictures as a Stand-Alone Image Editor
If you click File -> Open (or, the Open file folder button), then you can open any image file you wish. 
•	EasyImage is able to retrieve most standard image file formats.
•	GIF images are unfortunately not supported (Unisys holds the patent on GIF images, and does not allow use of GIF images without the payment of additional royalties).
After you finish editing your image, you can save it. Go to the File menu, and click Save. The Save File window will appear. You can select the directory and filename for your saved image. The native, layered file image format ('LEAD 24-bit')  will appear by default in the Save as type box, but you can choose to save the image in a large variety of image formats, including: JPEG, PNG, CALS, DIC, EPS, JBIG, IFF, ITG, IOCA, MODCA, CLP, Dr. Halo, EXIF, FAX, FLC,FPX, GEM, Mac PICT,  MacPaint, PCX, PBM, PGM,PPM, PSD, SUN, SGI, TAG, TIF, OS/2 BMP, Win BMP, WinCursor, WinIcon, Animated Cursor,  Winfax, WMF, EMF, WPG, XBM, XPM, XWD. (Note that within many of these types, a large variety of file formats exists, e.g., TIF 1 bit, TIF 2 bit, TIF 3bit, ... TIF 64 bit.)
 
Editing Pictures as a Stand-Alone Image Editor and then Inserting into EasyWord
•	Click File -> Open (or, the Open file folder button) to retrieve the image you want to edit.
•	You can then save the image in a format EasyWord can read (e.g., bit-mapped or JPEG). Then, go to EasyWord, and have EasyWord open and insert the image.
OR
•	If EasyWord is open along with EasyImage, click Insert edited image below into EasyWord document. The image will be inserted into your current EasyWord document.

Downloadable Versions
The image programs and filters require some 20 MB of file space. Due to the large size of these files, they are not included with downloadable versions.

Editing Pictures with Windows Paint
There may be times when you want to edit your images with the Windows Bit-Mapped Editor ('Paint'). This editor, supplied with Windows, is integrated with EasyOffice to allow you convenient access to it.
•	The Windows Bit-Mapped Editor can save files as bit-map (*.bmp), JPEG (*.jpeg), and GIF (*.gif).
•	You can take an image directly from EasyWord to the Windows bit-mapped editor and then back again.
•	You can take an image from EasyImage to the Windows bit-mapped editor and then back again. The file-format will be converted to bit-map.

Inserting Text Beside Pictures / WordWrapping
In your document, you may want there to be text on either side of an inserted picture. For example, if you are creating a brochure with color pictures, you may want to add picture descriptions beside of each of the pictures.

If you insert a picture as an object (see Inserting Pictures), then word-wrapping is supported. When you type on either side of  the inserted picture, EasyWord will automatically 'wrap' the text around the picture. However, pictures inserted as objects are not Microsoft Word compatible. 
Pictures inserted as characters, either directly or via the EasyImage image editor (see Inserting Pictures), are Microsoft Word compatible. However, true word-wrapping will NOT be supported. 
Since the picture is treated as a character, you can type only a single line of text near the bottom of the picture. In many cases, this may suffice. For example, type a few words of the caption desired to the left of the image. As you type, the image will pushed to the right, just like any character in your line. Then, use the right arrow key to position the cursor just to the right of the image. You can type a caption on the right side of the image.
 
Inserting Captions Beside Pictures
If you inserted an image as a character (directly, or via EasyImage), and want to insert a block of text on either side of the image:
1.	Put your cursor beside the picture you are inserting the caption for. If your cursor is to the left of the picture, the text will be added to the left side; if the cursor to the right of the picture, the text will be added to the right side. 
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Insert Text Beside Non-Wrappable Picture.
3.	An Insert Text Beside a Picture window will appear, providing you with help on inserting captions. Click OK to continue.
4.	The EasyImage image editor will open automatically.
5.	Click the Text button (Aa) in the toolbar on the right side of the EasyImage window.
6.	Left-click the mouse inside the blank image, DO NOT let go of the mouse button, and move the mouse so as to enlarge a rectangle where the text will be placed. When you are happy with the size of the rectangle, let go of the mouse button. 
7.	Type in text. When you are finished typing, left-click outside of your text box.
8.	To format your text, right-click on the text box, so that pop-up menu appears. Go to Text Properties to change the font, color, and other properties.
9.	To resize the entire image, move the mouse cursor to a black square on an outside edge or a corner. The cursor will change into a double-headed arrow. Drag the edge or corner to change the size of the image as you wish (click and hold down the left mouse button, and without releasing the button, move your mouse). Moving a side will increase or decrease only one of the dimensions of the image. To change the horizontal and vertical dimensions simultaneously, drag a corner.
10.	Exit EasyImage (click the X button at the top-right corner of the window, or click Insert edited image below into EasyWord document). The text image will be inserted to the side of your picture.
 
Downloadable Versions
The image programs and filters require some 20MB of file space. Due to the large size of these files, they are not included with downloadable versions.

Chapters

Inserting Chapters
If your document is very large, it is often useful to divide it into chapters. Chapters can be edited, moved, or deleted individually.
A document that contains chapters is saved in the Big Document (BOC) file format. This file format is not compatible with Microsoft Word; however, you can convert a BOC file to a Microsoft Word-compatible DOC file.
To insert chapters in your current document:
1.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Insert Chapter (or, Add Chapter). 
2.	The first two chapters will appear, and your document will placed in one of the chapters. Tabs displaying the names of the chapters (Chapter 1, Chapter 2, etc.) will appear at the bottom of the screen. You can switch between chapters at any time by clicking these tabs.
 
Automatic Chapters
EasyWord can automatically break up your current document into chapters. In the Chapters menu, you have the following options:
•	Automatically break up current document into chapters (new chapter at each bookmark): If you have inserted bookmarks in your document, a new chapter will be created at each bookmark. For help on inserting bookmarks, see Inserting Bookmarks.
•	Automatically break up current document into chapters (15 pages/chapter): A new chapter will be created for every 15 pages of your current document. This is useful for very long documents.
 
Inserting New Chapters
You can insert as many new chapters as you want: 
•	To insert a new, blank chapter as the last chapter in your document, go to the Chapters menu and click Add Chapter.
•	To insert a new, blank chapter before your current chapter, go to the Chapters menu and click Insert Chapter.
 
Inserting Chapters From Files
New chapters can be inserted from TXT, RTF, and DOC files. To insert a new chapter from a file:
1.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Insert From Text/RTF/DOC File as a New Chapter.
2.	An Open window will appear.
3.	Search for the file in another folder or directory by using the Look in box. Change the type of file displayed by selecting a type from the Files of type box.  
4.	Click the file you want to insert, and then click Open. The file will be inserted as a new chapter in your document.

Viewing Chapters
To view another chapter:
•	Click the tab for the chapter you want to view. The chapter tabs are located below your document.
•	If your document contains many chapters, and you cannot see the tab for the chapter you want to view, click the left and right arrow buttons to scroll to more chapter tabs. These buttons are located on the left side of the chapter tabs.

 
Renaming Chapters
To rename a chapter:
1.	Ensure that the chapter you want to rename is currently open. If it is not, click on the tab for the chapter at the bottom of your screen.
2.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Rename Chapter.
3.	A Chapter Name window will appear.
4.	Enter a new name for your chapter in the text box. 
5.	Click OK. The name on the tab will be changed.

Deleting Chapters
To delete an entire chapter:
1.	Ensure that the chapter you want to delete is currently open. If it is not, click on the tab for the chapter at the bottom of your screen.
2.	Go to the Chapters men and click Delete Chapter.
3.	The chapter (and all of its contents) will be removed from your document. 

Moving Chapters
To move a chapter:
1.	Ensure that the chapter you want to move is currently open. If it is not, click on the tab for the chapter at the bottom of your screen.
2.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Move Chapter.
3.	A Move Chapter window will appear.
4.	Specify how you want the chapter to be moved. You can move the chapter to the beginning or end. You may also move your chapter forward or back a certain number of chapters.
5.	Click OK. The chapter will be moved.

Page Numbers in Chapters
If your document contains page numbers, then they can be continued between chapters, or restarted for each chapter.
To have the page numbers continue from chapter to chapter, go to the Chapters menu and check off Page numbering starts from first chapter and continues throughout document.
To have the page numbers restarted for each chapter, go to the Chapters menu and check off Each chapter has own page numbering.

Converting to Non-Chapter Documents
You can convert a document with chapters into a regular, Microsoft Word-compatible document. The contents of each chapter will be placed in one document, and the chapters will be removed.
EasyWord documents that use Chapters features are saved in the Big Document (BOC) format, which is not compatible with Microsoft Word. This method will allow you to save your document in another format, such as RTF or DOC).
To convert your Chapters document to a standard Word document:
1.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Convert current document into non-chapter MS Word-compatible document.
2.	The contents of your chapters will be merged into one document, and the chapters will be removed.

Printing Chapters
Chapters can be printed individually, or all at once.
To print only your current chapter, print it as you usually would:
•	Go to the File2 menu and click Print. Or,
•	Click the Print button. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+P on your keyboard.
To print all of the chapters in your document:
•	Go to the File2 menu and click Print ALL chapters in this document.

Indexes

Marking Index Entries
Before inserting an index, you should mark the index entries. The index entries are the words that you want to include in your index. You need only mark one occurrence of the word - EasyWord can automatically mark the other occurrences of the word in your document.
To mark an index entry:
1.	Select the word (or phrase) that you want to mark.
2.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Insert Index Entry. Or, press Alt+Shift+X on your keyboard.
3.	A Mark Words window will appear. 
4.	The word(s) you selected will appear in the first text box - this is the index entry. You can edit or change the entry by typing in the text box. Also note that if you select other words in your document, they will appear in the box.  
5.	If you want to add a subentry for your index entry, type it in the second text box. In the following example, Printing is the index entry, while Margins, Paper Size, and Properties are the subentries:
Printing
Margins .......................20
Paper Size ....................23
Properties ..............18, 20	
6.	Specify what you want to index by clicking an option:
•	Index these word(s) against the page number in the document: The index entry (or subentry) will be indexed according to the page numbers in your document.
•	Index these word(s) against this text: Instead of page numbers, words will appear beside the entry in your index. In the text box, enter the words you want to appear beside the entry. This is useful for cross-references, as shown below:
Paper Size
See Printing	
•	Index these word(s) against a bookmark-specified page range:
7.	You can format the index entry, if you wish. Check off Bold and/or Italic.
8.	Click Mark or Mark All to mark the index entry:
•	Mark: Only your selection will be indexed. All other occurrences of the word(s) in your document will not be indexed. 
•	Mark All: Your selection and all occurrences of the word(s) in your document after your selection will be indexed. If a word occurs more than once on a page, then only the first occurrence on the page will be marked. 
The marked index entries in your document will be highlighted in yellow. This color will not appear when you print your document.
9.	You can leave the Mark Words window open an continue working on your document. You can also select other words in your document and add another entry. When you are finished using the window, close it by clicking Finished..please close this dialog box.
10.	After marking your index entries, insert an index. See Inserting Indexes.

Inserting Indexes
To insert an index in your document:
1.	If you have not already done so, mark the words you want to index. See Marking Index Entries.
2.	Click your cursor where you want your index to be inserted. An index is typically inserted at the end of a document. (Hint: If you would like your index to be placed on its own page, press Ctrl+Enter to insert a page break.)
3.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Create/Update/Insert Index.
4.	An Index and Tables window will appear.
5.	If it is not already selected, click the Index tab. Here, you can:
•	Choose the Type of index you want to use. Indented will start a new line for each entry, while Run-in will display multiple entries per line.
•	In the Column box, specify the number of columns you want your index to have. For example, if you enter 2, the entries of your index will be arranged in 2 columns.
•	Check off Right align page numbers to have the page numbers aligned to the right. If you would rather have the page numbers beside the entries, un-check this option. If your page numbers are right-aligned, you can choose a Tab leader, which will be used to fill the space between entries and page numbers. 
•	Select a format (Classic, Fancy, etc.) for your index from the Formats box.
•	View a Print Preview of how your index will appear when printed.
4.	Click OK. Your index will be inserted in your document at the position of your cursor, and { INDEX } will appear.
Note: To see what your index will look like when printed, view a Print Preview.

Updating Indexes
If you have added or deleted entries, or if the page numbering has changed, you should update your index.
To update your index:
1.	Select the { INDEX } in your document, then go to the Chapters menu and click Create/Update/Insert Index. Or, simply double-click on the { INDEX } in your document.
2.	The Index and Tables window will appear.
3.	You can modify the appearance of your index, as described in Inserting Indexes.
4.	Click OK to update your index.

Tables of Contents

Introduction to Tables of Contents
There are two ways to generate a Table of Contents (TOC) in EasyWord:
•	With Chapters: If your document uses the Chapters features, EasyWord can automatically generate a Table of Contents based on the names of your chapters. See Creating Tables of Contents from Chapters.
•	Without Chapters: If your document contains sections or chapters that require a Table of Contents but does not use the Chapters features, you can mark the heading of each section or chapter. To insert a Table of Contents without chapters:
i.	Mark the headings you want to include in the Table of Contents. See Inserting Table of Contents Entries.
ii.	Insert your Table of Contents. See Inserting Tables of Contents.
These methods are independent of each other. You may combine both methods in a single document.

Creating Tables of Contents from Chapters
If your document uses the Chapters features, EasyWord can generate a Table of Contents based on the name of each chapter.
To generate a Table of Contents based on the names of your chapters:
1.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Create/Update Table of Contents based on Chapter Names.
2.	A Table of Contents based on the names of your chapters will appear as the first chapter of your document.
3.	Click Create/Update Table of Contents based on Chapter Names again to update your Table of Contents at any time. This is useful if you have added or deleted chapters, or if the page numbering has changed.  

Marking Table of Contents Entries
Before inserting a Table of Contents, you should mark the Table of Contents entries. These entries are typically the headings of the sections or chapters that will be listed in your Table of Contents.
Note: If your document uses the Chapters features, and you want to generate a Table of Contents based on the names of the chapters, you do not need to mark any entries. See Creating Tables of Contents from Chapters for details.
To mark a Table of Contents entry:
1.	Select the word (or phrase) that you want to mark. You will likely want to select the title of a section of your document.
2.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Mark words to be used in generated Table of Contents. Or, press Alt+Shift+O on your keyboard.
3.	A Mark Table of Contents Entry window will appear. 
4.	Your selected text will appear in the Entry box - this is your Table of Contents entry. You can change the entry by typing in the text box. Note also that if you select other text in your document, it will appear in the box.
5.	Specify the level of your entry. The level corresponds to the indentation. This is useful if you want to generate a multi-leveled Table of Contents. In the example below, Printing is at Level 1, Page Setup is at Level 2, and Paper Size is at Level 3.
Introduction ......................... 1
Editing ................................... 2
Selecting Text ................. 2
Copy and Paste .............. 3
Undo ................................ 5
Printing ................................. 6
Page Setup ...................... 6
Paper Size ................... 6
Margins ...................... 8
Orientation ................. 9
Printer Properties ........... 9
Envelopes ......................10	
6.	Click Mark. Your selection will be marked as a Table of Contents entry. It will be highlighted in yellow in your document; however, the color will not appear when printed.
7.	You can leave the Mark Table of Contents Entry window open and continue working on your document. You can also select other words in your document to add another Table of Contents entry. When you are finished using the window, close it by clicking Cancel.
8.	After marking your Table of Contents entries, insert a Table of Contents. See Inserting Tables of Contents.

Inserting Tables of Contents
You can generate a Table of Contents based on the Table of Contents entries you mark. These entries are typically the headings of the sections or chapters that will be listed in your Table of Contents.
Note: If your document uses the Chapters features, and you want to generate a Table of Contents based on the names of the chapters, you do not need to mark any entries, nor does the following method apply. See Creating Tables of Contents from Chapters for details.
To generate a Table of Contents based on your entries:
1.	If you have not already done so, mark the Table of Contents entries you want to be listed. See Marking Table of Contents Entries.
2.	Click your cursor where you want your Table of Contents to be inserted. A Table of Contents is typically inserted at the beginning of a document, after the title page. (Hint: If you would like your Table of Contents to be placed on its own page, press Ctrl+Enter to insert a page break.)
3.	Go to the Chapters menu and click Create/Update/Insert Table of Contents based on marked words.
4.	An Index and Tables window will appear.
5.	If it is not already selected, click the Table of Contents tab. Here, you can:
•	Check off Show page numbers to include page numbers in your Table of Contents. If you would rather not show the page numbers, un-check this option.
•	Check off Right align page numbers to have the page numbers aligned to the right. If you would rather have the page numbers beside the headings, un-check this option. If your page numbers are right-aligned, you can choose a Tab leader, which will be used to fill the space between headings and page numbers. 
•	Select a format (Classic, Fancy, etc.) for your Table of Contents from the Format box.
•	Specify the number of levels to show in the Show levels box.
•	View a Print Preview of how your Table of Contents will appear when printed, and a Web Preview of how your Table of Contents will appear as a web page. 
6.	Click OK. Your Table of Contents will be inserted in your document at the position of your cursor, and { Table of Contents } will appear.
Note: To see what your Table of Contents will look like when printed, view a Print Preview.

Updating Tables of Contents
If you have added or deleted entries, or if the page numbering has changed, you should update your Table of Contents.
Updating TOCs with Chapters
To update a Table of Contents that was based on the names of chapters, go to the Chapters menu and click Create/Update Table of Contents based on Chapter names.
  
Updating TOCs without Chapters
To update a Table of Contents that was based on marked entries:
1.	Select the { Table of Contents } in your document, then go to the Chapters menu and click Create/Update/Insert Table of Contents based on marked words. Or, simply double-click on the { Table of Contents } in your document.
2.	The Index and Tables window will appear.
3.	You can modify the appearance of your Table of Contents, as described in Inserting Tables of Contents.
4.	Click OK to update your Table of Contents.

Spelling, Grammar, and Word Counts

Spelling Checker
EasyWord has an advanced, built-in spelling checker. Your spelling can be checked for mistakes while you type. Research by e-press corporation has found that helping users catch spelling mistakes in real-time greatly assists in the production of quality documents.
Spell Check an Entire Document
To spell check your entire document:
1.	Start the spell check:
•	Go to the Tools menu and click Spelling Check. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Check Spell button. Or, 
		
•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with a red checkmark. Or, 
  	
•	Press Ctrl+F7 on your keyboard.
2.	If there are misspelled words or words not in your dictionary, a Check Spelling window will appear.  
3.	When EasyWord comes to the first word misspelled word in your document, it will be displayed in the Consider Changing box.
4.	If the word is not actually a spelling mistake (for example, perhaps it is a name), then click the Add button. The word will be added to your dictionary.
5.	If the word is not actually a spelling mistake but you do not want to add the word to your dictionary, then click the Ignore button.
6.	If the word is a spelling mistake, you should change it.
•	Possible 'correct' alternatives for the word will be given in the Suggestions box. You can select one of these suggested words, and it will appear in the Change To box. Or,  you can type your own word in the Change To box.
•	Click the Change button, and EasyWord will automatically replace the word in your document with the Change to word.
•	If have made the same spelling error more than once in your sheet, you can correct all of the occurrences simultaneously. Click the Change All button  
7.	At the bottom left of the Check Spelling window is an Options button. If you click the Options button, you will be given choices on how you want the spelling check routine to work. For example, you can have it ignore capitalized words. (See Setting Spelling Checker Options.)
8.	You can cancel the spelling check at any time. Simply click the Cancel button.
9.	When the spelling check is complete, a window will appear to let you know. It will tell you how many errors were detected, and how many of these were changed. Click OK, and you will be brought back to your document.
 
Real-time Spelling Check
As you type, a red, wavy line will appear under words not listed in EasyWord's dictionary. Also, EasyWord can speak misspelled words as they occur.
 If you are a fast touch-typist, you don't have to survey the screen for these red wavy lines. If a word is not in EasyWord's dictionary, the computer will speak it aloud. If the word is a name or other word you would not expect to find in the dictionary, but nonetheless is not a spelling mistake, then you can continue to type away without stopping. (Very useful hint: If the word is not a spelling mistake, then make sure the cursor is on the word, and press F7 (or click Add Word to Dictionary button, or right-click for the Quick-task menu and select Add word to dictionary) to automatically add the word to the dictionary. The red wavy line will disappear, and the word will now be in your dictionary.)
Since EasyWord is checking for spelling mistakes in real-time, and both visually and verbally letting you know about these possible mistakes, when you come to the end of your document, it is not always necessary to spell check the entire document. You may, however, want to double check that your document is free from spelling mistakes (for example, perhaps you became distracted as you were in the process of correcting a spelling mistake, and did not correct it). Also, as mentioned above, spell checking the entire document allows you to add new words (i.e., the ones EasyWord did not find in its dictionary) to EasyWord's dictionary.
 
Turning Real-time Spelling Check On and Off
If you want your spelling errors to be underlined in red while you type:
•	Go to the Tools menu, and ensure that Real-Time Spelling Check is checked off. 
•	If you would like to turn this feature off, simply un-check it (for instance, if you are typing in a language for which there is no dictionary in EasyOffice, you probably would not want the red lines to appear in your document).
If you want EasyWord to speak your spelling errors aloud while you type:
•	Go to the Tools menu. Check off both Real-Time Spelling Check AND Voice Readbacks for Spelling Error. 
•	If you do not want your spelling mistakes to be read aloud while you type, un-check Voice Readbacks for Spelling Error. 
 
French Spelling Checker - Accents Are Important
The French-version of the spelling checker distinguishes between accents. For example, frere will be considered a spelling mistake, while frère will be considered correct. 
 
"Will the Spelling Checker work with programs outside of EasyWord, such as Outlook Express?"
Yes. EasyOffice includes EasySpeller, which allows you to check the spelling of Outlook Express e-mails. See Spell Check with Outlook Express for details.

Setting Spelling Checker Options
To choose your spelling checker options:
1.	If you are currently running the spell check (i.e., the Check Spelling window is open), click the Options button. If not, go to the Tools menu, and click Select Language of Spelling Dictionaries.
2.	An Options window will appear. Here, you can select the types of errors you would like EasyWord to find, and the types you would like to be ignored. For example, you may want the spell check to skip domain names, such as www.e-press.com. You might want to tell the spelling checker to ignore words that contain capitalized letters, words with numbers, or words with mixed case.  You can also ask the spelling checker to auto-correct (i.e., correct automatically, while you type) a variety of spelling mistakes. There are a number of other options such as giving phonetic or typographical suggestions for spelling mistakes, and so on.  
3.	Under Main Dictionary Language, you can choose the dictionary that you want EasyWord to use. EasyWord's dictionaries include:
•	American English
•	American English Medical
•	American English Legal
•	British English
•	British English Medical
•	British English Legal
•	Dutch
•	French (European)
•	French (Canadian)
•	German 
•	Italian
•	Brazilian Portuguese
•	Spanish
•	Swedish
Even though different written language dictionaries may be available, your version of EasyWord may have only come with an English (or other particular language) voice speaker. In such a case, you should probably turn the Voice Reminder for Spelling Error off (un-check it under the Dictation menu). For example, if you are using the German dictionary, you may not want an English speaker reading German spelling mistakes.
4.	Under Suggestions, you can change the speed of the spell checker.
5.	Note that not all options will work on all configurations of operating systems and versions of EasyWord.
6.	Click OK when you are finished setting the spelling checker options. EasyWord will remember these settings between sessions - that is, they will not be changed when you quit EasyWord and re-start it again.

Spelling Dictionary and User Dictionary
EasyWord allows you to add words to your own custom user dictionary.
User Dictionary vs. the Default Predefined Spelling Dictionary
EasyOffice includes predefined spelling dictionaries in various languages. Every time you enter a unique word not listed in the predefined spelling dictionary you are using, and add it to the dictionary (by pressing F7 or clicking Add word to dictionary), the word is not actually added to the predefined spelling dictionary that you are using. It is added to the user dictionary. The filename for the user dictionary is userdic.tlx  .
To access and modify your user dictionary:
1.	Go to the Tools menu, and click Add Words to User Dictionary.
2.	A Dictionaries window will pop up.
3.	Ensure that userdic.tlx is selected in the Files box.
4.	The words which are already in your user dictionary are shown in the Words box. You can scroll through the list of words and delete any words which should not be there (to delete a word, select it, and then click the Delete Word button), as well as add any other words that you would like to (to add a word, type the word in the Words box, and then click the Add Word button).
5.	Although the typical action for each word in your user dictionary will be to ignore or skip (i.e., spelling checker will simply ignore the word, and not treat it as a spelling mistake), other actions are possible. You could, for example, specify to always treat a particular word as a spelling mistake. To change this, action, make a selection from the Action box:
•	Auto change (use case of checked word): In the Other word box, type in the word that you would like to replace the selected word in your Words box with. Now, when you type the word in your document, it will automatically be replaced by the other word (provided that Tools -> Real-Time Spelling Check is checked off). For example, perhaps you have the word 'gonna' in your Words list, and 'going to' in the Other word box. Then, when you type 'gonna' in your document, it will be changed to 'going to' automatically.
•	Conditionally change (use case of other word):
•	Conditionally change (use case of checked word):
•	Ignore (skip): The word will be treated as a correctly spelled word.
•	Exclude (treat as misspelled): The word will be considered a spelling error.
After you set the action for a dictionary word, you must click the Add Word button. If you do not, your changes will not be saved.
6.	Note that you can import and export the list of words in the user dictionary as a standard text file.
7.	Note also that the user dictionary was originally set to the American English dictionary, but will now work with all language dictionaries. If a language association of American English (or other language) appears for the user dictionary in the dialog box, it can be ignored. (Or, you can change language listed by re-adding file and then click 'Any' or other choice for language.)
 
Adding a Word to the User Dictionary
While typing a document, you may notice that EasyWord has considered a word that you have spelled correctly as a spelling error. If the word is one that you use fairly often, it is a good idea to add it to your user dictionary. To do so:
1.	Put your cursor on the word. There is no need to select the text.
2.	To add the word, you can do one of the following:
•	If you are in Easy Mode, click the Add Word to Dictionary button (or, if you are in Advanced Mode, click the icon with an a+). 
 
•	You may instead go to the Tools menu, and select Add a word to the current Spelling Dictionary.
•	Right-click your mouse to access the Quick-task Menu. Then, select Add word to dictionary.
•	Or, simply press the F7 key.
3.	Your word will automatically be added to your user dictionary.
 
"If I erase the user dictionary by accident what should I do?"
•	While in the Dictionaries window, if you erased the user dictionary by selecting userdic.tlx from the Files box and then clicking Remove File, the dictionary may still be on your computer. Click Add File, and an Add Dictionary File window will appear. Search for the userdic.tlx file (it should be in the directory Program Files \ EasyOffice 2001 \ Lex). If you find it, select it and click Open. It will be added to your Files box. If you do not find the file, click Cancel. 
•	If you could not find the userdic.tlx file on your computer, or you deleted the file from your hard drive, you will have to un-install EasyOffice and then re-install EasyOffice in order to set up the user dictionary again.
•	If the user dictionary is deleted, and you tell EasyWord to add a word to the dictionary (by pressing F7 or clicking Add word to dictionary), it will be added to another dictionary file (one of those listed in the Files box, such as correct.tlx). 

Full Definition Dictionary vs. Spelling Dictionary
EasyWord is designed for writers, such as yourself, and contains a number of different language tools. These language tools can all be used independently (e.g., a different spelling dictionary with a different full definition dictionary with a different thesaurus with a different grammar checker, etc.).
EasyWord's language tools include:
Full Dictionary: This is a full dictionary, just like a full size dictionary where you can look up a word's definition, and depending on the word, also see synonyms, antonyms, similar words, and so on. At the present, the full dictionary is only available in English.
Spelling Dictionary:  This is the dictionary EasyWord uses to check your document for spelling mistakes. There may be many different spelling dictionaries with your version of EasyWord, including dictionaries of different languages, dictionaries for variants of a language (e.g., British English vs. American English), technical spelling dictionaries (e.g., medical dictionary, often combined with a language so you don't have to keep switching between the technical spelling dictionary and the language spelling dictionary), and a custom user dictionary. Although separate from the full dictionary, there is, of course, overlap between the spelling dictionary and the full dictionary.
Thesaurus: This is a specialized thesaurus that allows you to look up synonyms quickly from within EasyWord. Although separate from the full dictionary, there is, of course, overlap between the thesaurus and the full dictionary. At present, the specialized thesaurus is only available in English.
Grammar Checker: This is a specialized component that checks the grammar of documents within EasyWord. While no grammar checker (including this one) has enough intelligence to truly understand a language, many users find it useful to pick up the occasional grammatical mistake they would have otherwise made. At present, the grammar checker is only available in English. 
 
Using the Full Definition Dictionary
1.	If you want to look up a word that you have typed in your document, ensure that your cursor is beside it. 
2.	To access the full definition dictionary:
•	Right-click your mouse so that the Quick-task Menu appears, and select Dictionary (look up a word).
•	Instead, go to the Tools drop-down menu, and select Look up a word in the full English dictionary.
•	If you are in Easy Mode, you can also click the Look up in Dictionary button.
•	Or, simply press the F8 key.
3.	The word should be in the Lookup box. If your cursor was not beside a word, the Lookup box will be empty, and a Word Not Found message will appear below. In this case, type in a word into the Lookup box and press the Enter key (or, click the Search button). 
4.	The definition of the word will appear underneath the Lookup box.  If the word, as you entered it, does not exist in the dictionary, a list of words close in spelling will appear below. Double-click on any of these words for a full definition.
5.	The definitions, synonyms, antonyms, etc. that appear for a word are all interconnected. If you double-click one of the words in the definition or synonym list, for example, then the definition for that word will appear.
6.	The Copy button within the dictionary box will NOT copy to EasyWord. If you want to copy something from the dictionary box to your document, then highlight it, and press Ctrl+C on your keyboard. Within your document, press Ctrl+V (or click Paste) to paste it in.

Grammar Checker
The grammar checker is set to catch blatant grammatical errors rather than fine nuances. 
For example, if you type "the pens is good", the grammar checker will tell you that the subject conflicts with the verb, and suggest a modification of the phrase to "the pens are good". As well, the grammar checker will remind you of commonly made mistakes. For example, if you use the word "principal" in your document, the grammar will tell you what both "principal" and "principle" mean.
To check your document's grammar:
1.	To start:
•	Go to the Tools menu and click Grammar Check. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Grammar button. Or,
		
•	Press Alt+F7 on your keyboard.
2.	If your document contains possible grammatical errors, a Check Grammar window will pop up. A list of suggestions will be given. 
3.	If you do not want to change your phrase, click Ignore to ignore the suggested change. 
4.	If you do want to change your phrase, click Change to replace your original phrase with the suggested one.
 
Note: The Grammar Checker may not be present on downloadable versions of EasyOffice.

Thesaurus
A good writer knows that it is a must to keep the reader interested. Repeating the same word several times in the same page or chapter can be boring. 
If you want suggestions for an alternative word, or a word of the opposite meaning:
1.	Click your cursor on the word you wish to look up. (You may also select it.)
2.	To open the Thesaurus:
•	Go to the Tools menu and click Thesaurus. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Thesaurus button. Or,
		
•	Right-click your mouse to access the Quick-task Menu, and click Thesaurus. Or,
•	Press Shift+F7 on your keyboard.
3.	A Thesaurus window will appear. The word you were looking for will appear in the Word box. If your cursor was not near a word, and this field is empty, you can type in a word. (After typing in a word, click Look Up - do not press Enter.)
4.	A list of synonyms will appear. 
5.	If you would instead like an antonym (a word with an opposite meaning):
•	Check off the Antonyms box.
•	Click Look Up, and a list of antonyms will appear.
6.	If you would like to replace your word with one of the synonyms (or antonyms) given, click it with your mouse. It will appear in the Replace with Synonyms box. Or, if you would rather choose your own alternative word,  you can type it in the Replace with Synonyms.
7.	When you are satisfied with your chosen alternative word in the Replace with Synonyms box, click the Replace button. The word in your document will be replaced with this alternative word. 

AutoCorrect
EasyWord can automatically correct common spelling errors for you while you type.

For example, if you type the word acceptible, it will automatically be changed to acceptable. If you type youve, it will be corrected to you've.
In order for AutoCorrect to work, it must be turned on. To turn the AutoCorrect feature on or off:
1.	If you are currently running the spell checker (i.e., the Check Spelling window is open), click Options.
If you are not running the spell checker: 
•	Go to the Tools menu, and click Turn on (or off) AutoFormat/Correct features. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Spell Check Options button.
2.	An Options window will appear.
3.	If you want AutoCorrect to be turned on, ensure that AutoCorrect is checked off. If you would like to turn it off, un-check AutoCorrect.  
 
Viewing and Modifying the AutoCorrect List
AutoCorrect will only change words found in the AutoCorrect List. EasyWord allows you to add words (and their replacement words) to this list. 
To see or modify to the AutoCorrect List:
1.	Go to the Tools menu, and select Add a word to the AutoCorrect dictionary.
2.	A Dictionaries window will appear. Ensure that correct.tlx is selected in the Files box.
3.	A list of the wrongly spelled words will appear under Words. If you click on one of these words, it will appear in the Words box,  and the correct word (used to substitute that word) will appear in the Other word box. You will also see the action to be taken (in this case, likely Auto change) in the Action box.
4.	If you would like to delete a word from the AutoCorrect List, select it from the list. Make sure that it appears in the Words box, and then click Delete Word.
5.	To add a word (and its replacement) to AutoCorrect List:
•	Type the incorrect word in the Words box. (Do NOT press the Enter key.)
•	Type the correct word (that you would like to have replace the incorrect word) in the Other word box.
•	Ensure that Auto change (use case of checked word) is selected from the Action box.
•	Click Add Word. It will be added to your AutoCorrect List (correct.tlx). Now, when you type the incorrect word in your document, it will automatically be changed to the correct one. 
6.	Click Close when you are finished.

Word Count
Sometimes, you may want to know how many words there are in your document. You might also want to know the total number of pages, lines, or characters.
To perform a Word Count of your document:
1.	Go to the Tools menu, and click Word Count. If you are in Easy Mode, you may instead click the Word Count button (shown below).
	
2.	A Word Count window will appear, displaying the total number of pages, words, lines, and characters in your current document.
3.	Click Close to return to your document.

Printing

Setting Paper Size and Source
Before printing, you should ensure that EasyWord knows what size of paper your printer is using.
To specify the paper size and paper source:
1.	Go to the File2 menu and click Page Setup. A Page Setup window will appear. 
2.	The current paper size is displayed in the Size box. Here, you can select the paper size that your printer will be using (e.g., Letter, A4, Legal, etc.). EasyWord will adjust its screens to account for the space on the selected paper.
3.	The paper Source box is useful if you have a printer with multiple trays. Here, you can select the source of the paper to use. For example, perhaps there is a certain type of letterhead in tray1 and different type of paper in tray2.
EasyWord will remember the last paper size that you used. When you re-start EasyWord, the last paper size that you specified in your previous EasyWord session will be the default. For example, perhaps you selected 'Letter' as your paper size, and then closed EasyWord. When you start EasyWord again, the paper size will still be set to 'Letter'. (Exception: Some very non-standard paper sizes may not be able to be stored by EasyWord. In such a case, EasyWord will default to 'Letter' or 'A4' paper size.)
When EasyWord is installed for the first time, the paper size will usually default to 'Letter'. If you need a different paper size, for example A4, then go to Page Setup and specify the new paper size. From then on, when EasyWord starts, it will automatically be set to this paper size.
If your paper size is defaulting to a non-standard size (e.g., A4 and you are in the United States), or if there are other printing settings you want to adjust you can try clicking in the Page Setup dialog box the Printer button and then its Properties button. Or you can try clicking the Start button, followed by Settings followed by Printers. 

Print Preview
To see what your document will look like when it is printed:
•	Go to the File2 menu, and click Print Preview. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Print Preview button. Or,

•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with a piece of paper under a magnifying glass.
 
You document will appear as it will look when printed. Here, you can:
•	View two pages at once by clicking Two Page. (By default, you will view one page at a time.) 
•	Enlarge the page by clicking click Zoom In, or shrink the page by clicking Zoom Out.
•	See the next page in your document by clicking Next Page, or see the previous page by clicking Prev Page.
•	Print your document by clicking Print.
•	Return to your document by clicking Close.

Printing a Document
To print out your current document:
•	Go to the File2 menu and click Print. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Print This Document button. Or,

•	In Advanced Mode, click the button with a printer. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+P on your keyboard.
Depending on your printer, a Print dialog box may appear, giving you further printing options. When you are ready to print, click OK, and your document will start printing.
 
Printing Options
While many users don't bother with the details of the Print box, it's worth spending a few minutes considering these potentially valuable options:
•	If you want to print out certain pages of your document, rather than all the pages, check off the appropriate button in the Print Range section. You can enter the exact page numbers you would like printed. Also, if you have selected text and/or objects in your document and only want your selection to be printed, check off Selection.
•	If you would like more than one copy of your document to print out, then in the Copies section, set the number of copies you would like.
•	In the Printer section of the box, the printer that will do the printing is displayed under Name. This is your default printer, often attached to the LPT1 port of your computer. However, your computer may be on a LAN (local area network), and perhaps you want to print a certain document on a certain other printer. Click the down arrow key at the end of the printer name, and if other valid printers are present, you can choose to print instead to one of these printers.
•	If you click on the Properties button beside the displayed printer name, then a Properties box for will pop up. Here you can usually set portrait or landscape printing, the paper or envelope size being used in the printer, the print resolution (i.e., dots per inch), print quality, and other options. The features available depend on your current printer.
•	There is a box in the Print box called Print to File. If you check off this box, your document will not be sent to an actual printer, but instead, "printed" to a file which the next dialog box which pops up will ask you to name. This may be of use for special applications.

Printing Envelopes
EasyWord can print a variety of envelopes.
To print an envelope:
1.	Go to the Tools menu and click Envelopes. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Envelope button. 
	
2.	A tips window will appear. Click OK to continue.
3.	An Envelope window will appear. Here, you can specify:
•	Envelope Types: Choose the type of envelope you will be putting in your printer.
•	Delivery Address: Type the delivery address that is to be printed on your envelope.
Tip: If you have already typed out the address in a letter, then copy the address while you are in your letter (i.e., select it, and press Ctrl+C). Paste the copied address by clicking the Delivery Address box, then the Paste button. 
If you type out the address while in the Envelope box, you can copy it (by clicking the Copy button), and then paste it into your document.
•	Return Address: If your envelopes are pre-printed with your return address, do not enter anything in this section. However, if you are using blank envelopes and need a return address, type the address here.
When you are finished, click on the OK button.
4.	The envelope will appear in EasyWord as a new document.
5.	Go to File2 and select Print, or click the Print button. You may also use the Ctrl+P keyboard shortcut. The usual Print window will appear.
6.	Your printer must know what type of envelope you are printing. Certain printers will print envelopes for you without any adjustments required. However, many printers will require that you set the envelope size before printing:
•	Click the Properties button.
•	Look for the section where you set the paper size for the printer. You should set the paper size to the envelope you are using (e.g., a #10 envelope is a common size).
•	Click Apply (if the choice exists). Then, click OK.
7.	Ensure that the Orientation of the paper (which is now an envelope) has been set to Landscape. (Exception: If you are using an Epson 670 printer, set the orientation to Portrait.)
8.	Make sure that your envelopes are loaded correctly into your printer. Click OK to print.
 
Epson 670: Keep Portrait Setting
If you are using an Epson 670 printer to print envelopes, set the paper orientation to Portrait.

Labels
EasyWord allows you to print a variety of labels.
To print labels:
1.	Under the Tools menu, select Labels. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Labels button.

2.	A window will appear, giving you a list of choices. The label options include:
•	Print mailing (or other) labels from a list of contacts: For help on this option, see Mail Merge: Form Labels.
•	Print labels from within EasyWord: This option allows you to print sheets of labels.
i.	A Print Labels window will appear.
ii.	Specify the type of label you are using in the Label Types box. It includes common sizes such as 4"x1", 4"x1-1/2", 4"x2", and so on. Avery part numbers are given, but other manufacturers also make labels of these sizes. For help on how to add your own label type, see "Custom Label Sizes", below. 
It is assumed that you are putting a page (or pages) of labels into your printer, i.e., that the labels are not individual, nor on a sprocket-fed reel such as a dot-matrix printer would use.
iii.	In the text box, type (or paste) the text to appear on your labels. You may select a font and font size for the printed text.
iv.	Specify the number of pages of labels that you will be printing.
v.	When you are done, click OK.
•	Quickly print a specific label: This option allows you to print a single label.
i.	A Print single 4" x 1" label window will appear.
ii.	In the text box, type (or paste) the text to appear on your label. You may select a font and font size for the printed text.
iii.	Specify the row and column of the label to be printed.
iv.	When you are done, click OK.
3.	The Print Setup window will appear. For most printers, you need only click OK and your labels will be printed out. However, it is recommended that you check your printer settings first.
In the Print Setup window, check the Paper Size setting. If it is Letter (8-1/2" x 11"), and so are your label sheets, then correct printing will occur. If, for example, the Paper Size is set to A4, but your labels are on Letter-sized sheets, the printing will not occur correctly. In such a case, you should select the correct size. If need be, click the Properties button to adjust this, along with other details of your printer's setup.
 
Custom Label Sizes
You can use a label size that is not listed in the pre-programmed Label Types. To add a custom label size:
1.	In the Print Labels window, click Add a new custom label size to 'Label Types'.
2.	A Custom Labels window will appear. To add a new custom label size, click the Add button. 
3.	A Define Labels window will appear. In the Label name box, give the new label type a name. 
4.	In the boxes below, enter the exact dimensions of your label. Measure the dimensions of your label carefully, to within a fraction of a millimeter. If the label sizes are off, printing will not be correct (or printing will even be refused).
5.	When you are done, click OK.
6.	In the Custom Labels window, select your new label type from the list. Then, click Use selected label.
 
Individual Mailing Labels
For some common label types, you have the option of printing individual mailing labels (i.e., you can print out one label at a time). This may be feasible for some ink-jet printers, but you should make sure that the printer manufacturer recommends re-inserting partially-used label sheets, and that the labels purchased are suitable for such re-insertion (i.e., no gummed adhesive present after a label is removed).
WARNING:  Laser printers can heat the label sheet to high temperatures. If you are using a laser printer, use only label sheets designed for laser printers. Most laser printer manufacturers do not recommend re-inserting adhesive-backed labels back into the printer after one pass, for fear of melted adhesive adhering to the printer.
If you need to print individual mailing labels (one at a time) for each letter that you write, useful strategies to avoid wasting an entire sheet of labels include:
•	Print individual labels if the available label sizes are suitable for you, and you have a suitable printer that allows re-insertion of the partially used label sheets.
•	Consider using the Envelope button to print the mailing address directly on the envelope. See Printing Envelopes.
•	Create a new contact list as you start your day. Enter the desired address as a new contact when you produce each letter. After you accumulate all of your desired addresses, press the Print Labels button in Contact Manager to print out a page of labels for the contacts. See Mail Merge: Form Labels.

"My letter/envelope/label) is not printing correctly"
This usually occurs because your printer thinks it is using a different sized paper than you are actually using.
Go to the File2 menu, and select Page Setup. In the Paper section, look at what the Size is currently set at, and change it, if necessary.
For example, if you are printing labels that are on sheets of 8-1/2x11 inches (Letter size), and your paper size is set to A4, correct printing will not occur. In this case, the Size must be set to Letter.
If you are printing envelopes, and your printer has not automatically switched to an envelope size, you may need to set the paper size to match the envelope that you are using. Your printer may automatically adjust the printing orientation to Landscape, but if it does not, you will have to change this setting (in the Orientation section of the Page Setup window, ensure that Landscape is checked off).

"When I print out my document, the last sentence on every page is getting cut off"
This usually occurs because your printer thinks it is using a different size paper than you are actually using.
Click the File2 drop-down menu at the top of the screen, and then click Page Setup.
What size paper is shown?  Is this the type of paper you are using? For example, if  A4 paper is shown, but you are using Letter (8-1/2x11) sized paper, then you should change the Size setting to Letter.
(If EasyWord thinks you are using A4 paper, but you are really using Letter size, then there will be no room on the paper to print the bottom sentence.)
Now click the Printer... button in the Page Setup box. The name of your printer will appear, and beside its name there will be a Properties button.
Click this Properties button.
The various properties (i.e., settings) of your printer, will now be displayed. The paper size should correspond with the same size in the Page Setup box. In the example above, since we have told EasyWord that we will be using Letter sized paper, your printer's 'Page Size' setting should also be set for Letter size.
Please note:
•	The default setting for EasyWord is Letter Size (8 1/2x11 in). However, once you change this setting to another size, EasyWord will remember it. For example, if you change your setting to A5 paper, EasyWord will remember it, and you DO NOT have to specify this size each time you start the program.
•	EasyWord sends a message to your printer regarding the paper size you are using. In the example above, after you adjust your page size to A5 size, EasyWord tells your printer to set itself to A5 sized paper.
•	There are many different printers (and corresponding printer drivers) on the market. Some printers behave very well. For example, EasyWord tells it the paper size, and it remembers the setting. Other printers may not. For example, after you exit EasyWord or turn the printer off, the printer forgets what size paper it is set for, and goes back to its default paper size setting.

Mail Merge

Go to Contact Manager
After speaking to a contact, many users want to immediately send off a letter. As a result, Easy Contact Manager is well integrated with EasyWord.
You can easily switch between Easy Contact Manager and EasyWord. 
To go to Easy Contact Manager: 
•	Go to the Tools menu and click Contact Manager. Or,
•	Click the Contact Manager button.   
 
To return to EasyWord in Contact Manager:
•	Go to the EasyWord menu, and select Switch to EasyWord. Or,
•	Click the EasyWord button.

Mail Merge: Form Letters
You can merge contact lists from Easy Contact Manager into personalized form letters, form e-mails, and FAX's.
Under the Tools menu, click Mail Merge (or, simply go to Easy Contact Manager).
 
Form Letters
Suppose you need to send out similar letters to all your contacts (or to hot-listed contacts) on a particular contact list.  In Easy Contact Manager, you can create a form letter which will handle the personalization of all of your letters - you need only write your letter once (this is the form letter). The program will automatically insert the names, addresses, and other information into each letter, to produce a personalized letter for each of the contacts.
Before printing form letters, you should have a list of contacts to whom you wish to send letters. For information on adding contacts to your list, see the Easy Contact Manager Help.
To create and print a form letter:
1.	In Contact Manager, ensure that your list of contacts is currently open.
2.	Click the Print Form Letter button (shown below). Or, go to the File menu, and select Print Form Letters. You may also used the Ctrl+L keyboard shortcut.

3.	You will be asked whether you want to start a new form letter, or retrieve one that you have already typed. If you have a saved letter you want to use, click Retrieve a form letter. Otherwise, click Write a new form letter. Then, click OK.
4.	EasyWord will now appear, with a special toolbar to help you write your form letter. This toolbar allows you to insert the personalized information from your contacts that vary for each letter (e.g., first names, last names, addresses, etc.). If this toolbar disappears at any time, you can make it visible again by checking off View -> Toolbars -> Form Letter Bar.
5.	Start typing your letter. Each time you want there to be personal information about a contact (such as a name or address), select a field from the menu on the form letter toolbar, and click Insert Field for Form Letters.

When you click this button, a text identifier will be inserted at the position of your cursor, enclosed in double-angle brackets. An example is shown below:
Dear <<First Name>> <<Last Name>>,
Our company will be holding a mandatory welcome back breakfast meeting, some time next month. As of now, the final details have not been finalized, but a follow-up invitation will be sent out to your address shortly. Please also check your e-mail address, <<E-mail>>, regularly, as last-minute details regarding this meeting will be sent here.
I hope you had a good summer, and all of us look forward to seeing you soon.
Yours Truly,
Johnny Smith
Vice President
6.	Save the form letter as a document (RTF or DOC).  This way, you can re-use or modify the form letter, thus saving time by not having to create a new one later on.  Click the File1 menu, and select Save As.  Name your form letter, then click Save.
7.	Once you have typed your letter, you can automatically print out a personalized letter for each contact. Each contact's personal information will appear wherever fields were inserted (such as <<First Name>>). To print, click Print out Form Letters.
.
You will be asked whether you want to print letters for all contacts, or only contacts in certain hot list. Make your choice and click OK. Your form letters will now be printed! 
 
Form E-mail Letters
Suppose you need to send out similar e-mails to all your contacts (or to hot-listed contacts) on a particular contact list.  In Contact Manager, you can create a form e-mail letter which will handle the personalization of all the e-mail letters for you.  You need only write the e-mail letter once (this is the form e-mail letter) - the program will automatically insert names, addresses, and other information into each e-mail letter, to produce a personalized e-mail letters for each of the contacts.
Before using form e-mails, you should have already familiarized yourself (and tried at least once) printing regular  form letters with Contact Manager. You also should have already  tried sending documents as e-mails from EasyWord (i.e., this means that your computer is connected to a valid Internet account, and that your e-mail program is installed and compatible with EasyOffice). If you do not have e-mail capabilities, Easy Word cannot complete the E-mail Form Letter task. 
To send form e-mail letters:
1.	In Contact Manager, ensure that your list of contacts is currently open. Note that EasyWord will look in the e-mail field for the e-mail addresses of your contacts.
2.	Click the E-mail Form Letter button on the right toolbar.  

3.	You will be asked whether you want to start a new form letter, or retrieve one that you have already typed. If you have a saved letter you want to use, click Retrieve a form letter. Otherwise, click Write a new form letter. Then, click OK. 
4.	If you chose Retrieve a form letter, an Open window will appear, allowing you to find and select a file. If you chose Write a new form letter, another window will appear, explaining how EasyWord will set up and e-mail your letters (click OK to continue).
5.	You may now start typing your e-mail letter. Insert fields when you want to include personalized information (names, addresses, etc.). For help on inserting fields, see step 5 of "Form Letters", above.  
6.	Save the form letter as a document (RTF or DOC).  This way, you can re-use or modify the form letter, thus saving time by not having to create a new one later on.  Click the File1 menu, and select Save As.  Name your form letter, then click Save.
7.	To send copies of your e-mail form letter to your contacts, click the E-mail Form Letters button on the Form Letter Toolbar.
8.	Easy Word will verify whether you want all of your contacts to receive the e-mail, or only contacts of certain hot lists. Make your selection, and click OK.
9.	EasyWord will send the personalized e-mails to your contacts, using your default e-mail program.
 
Form FAX Letters
You may need to send out personalized FAX letters to a list of contacts, or to certain hot-listed contacts. 
Before using form FAX letters, you should have already familiarized yourself (and tried at least once) printing regular  form letters with Contact Manager. You also should have already tried using EasyWord to FAX a document (i.e., this means that your computer is connected to FAX machine, and that the FAX modem card is installed correctly). If you do not have FAX capabilities, Easy Word cannot complete the FAX Form Letter task.
To send form FAX letters:
1.	In Contact Manager, ensure that your list of contacts is currently open. Note that EasyWord will look in the Fax field for the FAX numbers of your contacts.
2.	Click the FAX Form Letter button on the right toolbar.  

3.	You will be asked whether you want to start a new form letter, or retrieve one that you have already typed. If you have a saved letter you want to use, click Retrieve a form letter. Otherwise, click Write a new form letter. Then, click OK. 
4.	If you chose Retrieve a form letter, an Open window will appear, allowing you to find and select a file. If you chose Write a new form letter, another window will appear, explaining how EasyWord will set up and send your letters (click OK to continue).
5.	You may now start typing your FAX letter. Insert fields when you want to include personalized information (names, addresses, etc.). For help on inserting fields, see step 5 of "Form Letters", above.  
6.	Save the form letter as a document (RTF or DOC).  This way, you can re-use or modify the form letter, thus saving time by not having to create a new one later on.  Click the File1 menu, and select Save As.  Name your form letter, then click Save.
7.	To send copies of your FAX form letter to your contacts, click the FAX Form Letters (on the Form Letter Toolbar).
8.	Easy Word will verify whether you want all of your contacts to receive the FAX, or only contacts of certain hot lists. Make your selection, and click OK.
9.	A Send current document as a FAX window will appear. Here, you can type in details to include with the FAX (the date, your name, the subject, etc.). Click OK.. proceed to send FAX, and EasyWord will send the personalized FAX letters to your contacts.

Mail Merge: Form Envelopes
You can print personalized envelopes for a list of contacts.
Printing form envelopes is similar to printing form letters. You set up a form envelope, and the computer automatically prints a different envelope for each contact on your list (or hot list). 
To print form envelopes:
1.	Under the Tools menu, click Contact Manager. Or, click the Go to Contact Manager button.
2.	In Contact Manager, ensure that your list of contacts is currently open.
3.	Click the Print Form Envelope button on the right toolbar.  

4.	A window will open, asking if you would like to Write a New Form Envelope or Retrieve a Form Envelope.  Make your selection, and click OK. If you selected Retrieve a Form Envelope, an Open window will appear, allowing you to search for your file.
5.	You will be asked to specify the address you intend to use (Business Address or Home Address). This is the address that EasyWord will take from Easy Contact Manager, and print on the envelopes it creates.  Make your selection, and click OK.
6.	An Envelope window will appear. Here, you can specifty:
•	Envelope Type: Select an envelope size or type from this list.
•	Delivery Address: Here, you will see a selection of fields enclosed by double-angle brackets (>>).  These fields indicate how the addresses will appear on the envelopes.  Typically, the delivery address includes the first and last name, followed by a business or home address (depending which type you specified in step 4).
•	Return Address: Type in the return address. This may not be necessary, as EasyWord should remember your return address between sessions.
When you are finished, click OK.  
7.	The envelope will be displayed in EasyWord.  From here, you can print the envelopes by clicking Print Form Envelope (located on the Form Letter Toolbar).  EasyWord will verify whether you want an envelope to be printed for all of your contacts, or only contacts on certain hot lists. 
8.	When the Print window appears, click Properties to ensure that your printer knows it is about to print envelopes. Also make sure that envelopes are loaded in your printer. Click OK to print.

Mail Merge: Form Labels
Many users need to print mailing labels for a contact list - or, labels for other lists, and other purposes.
Any list of contacts in Easy Contact Manager can be printed out as mailing (or other) labels.
To print labels for a contact list:
1.	Go to the Tools menu and click Labels. Or, in Easy Mode, click the Labels button. 

A window will appear, giving you a list of options. Select Print mailing (or other) labels from list of contacts.
Note: Instead of clicking Labels, you can go directly to Contact Manager. 
2.	You will be brought to Contact Manager. Ensure that your list of contacts is open, then click the Print Labels button (on the toolbar to the right).

3.	A Print Form Label window will appear. Here, you can specify:
•	Label Types: Allows you to select the type of labels you are using. It includes commonly-available sizes such as 4"x1" , 4"x1-1/2", 4"x2", and so on. Avery part numbers are given, but other manufacturers also make labels of these sizes. (It is assumed that you are putting a page (or pages) of labels into your printer, i.e., that the labels are not individual, nor on a sprocket-fed reel like a dot-matrix printer would use.)
•	Delivery Address: This box is already configured for you with the name and address of the contact. Below, you can choose whether you want to use the Business Address or Home Address. (For help on customizing the information that will appear on your labels, see "Label Customization", below.) 
•	Select a Font and a font Size for the text on your labels.
3.	Click OK, and the Print Setup box will appear. For most printers, you need only click OK and your labels will be printed out. (If you need to adjust your printer's settings, click the Properties button.)
 
Label Customization (Optional)
You can customize the information on the labels, if you wish.
For example, if you wanted to print labels with a contact's last name, then first name, followed by the contact's telephone number (on a new line), you could enter the following code:
<<Last Name>>, <<First Name>>
<<Office Phone>>
The following fields may be used:
•	<<First Name>>
•	<<Last Name>>
•	<<Title>>
•	<<Company>>
•	<<Office Phone>>
•	<<Fax>>
•	<<E-mail>
•	<<Home Phone>>
•	<<Cell Phone>>
•	<<Pager>>
•	<<Business Address>>
•	<<Home Address>>
•	<<Other Information>>

Sending as E-mail or FAX

Sending a Document as E-mail
EasyWord™ allows you to quickly send a document as e-mail.
To e-mail your current document:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File2 menu, and select Send as E-mail. (Note: The document can be sent as HTML or as an attachment.) Or, 
•	In Easy Mode, click the Send as E-mail button. In Advanced Mode, click the button with a blue mail box.  

2.	Your default e-mail program will open automatically. You will be presented with a new e-mail that includes your document, ready to send to the people you choose.
 
Sending a Document as HTML
This is the default setting. It means that your document is converted to HTML and inserted in the body of your e-mail.
To send a document as HTML, go to the File2 menu and select Send as E-Mail (as HTML in body of e-mail). Your default e-mail program will then open to a new e-mail with your document in its body.
To use this setting by default, go to the File2 menu, and ensure that Set E-MAIL button to send as HTML is checked off. Now, when you click the Send as E-mail button, your sheet will be inserted into the body of an e-mail.
 
Sending a Document as an Attachment
If a document is sent as an attachment, it will NOT be inserted into the body of the e-mail. Instead, a file that the recipient must open will be attached to the e-mail. 
To send a document as an attachment, go to the File2 menu and select Send as E-Mail (as attachment to e-mail). Your default e-mail program will then open with your document attached to a new blank e-mail.
To use this setting by default, go to the File2 menu, and check off Set E-MAIL button to send as attachment. Now, when you click the Send as E-mail button, your document will be attached to a new e-mail.
If there are images in your document that do not transmit properly in the body of an e-mail (when sent as HTML), you should send the document as an attachment instead.
 
Making Outlook Express your Default E-mail Program
If your computer has several e-mail programs, but would like to make Outlook Express your default (thus, the e-mail program in which EasyWord and EasySpreadsheet will use), follow these steps:
1.	Run Outlook Express.
2.	Under the Tools menu, select Options, then General.
3.	If Outlook Express is not already your default e-mail program, the Default Messaging Programs section should read:This application is NOT the default Mail Handler. If, however, you see This application is the default Mail Handler, then Outlook Express is already your default program.  
4.	Click Make Default, followed by Apply, then OK.
 
Note for Netscape Users
If you use Netscape (rather than Microsoft Outlook Express) for your e-mail, please note that your document will be sent as an attachment (rather than appear within the body of your e-mail, as with Outlook Express).

Sending a Document as a FAX
EasyWord allows you to send a document as a FAX.
Please remember that in order to send a FAX, your computer needs a valid FAX-modem card and the appropriate software drivers for that card. If the FAX-modem card drivers are not present on your computer, or if WindowsNT/2000 will not let you use the software drivers (e.g. security setting), then you will not be able to send out FAX's. Most problems we have encountered to date with the FAX component are due to the FAX-modem card in the computer not being set up correctly.
 
Sending the Current Document as a FAX
To send a document as a FAX, ensure that it is the current open document in EasyWord. The document can then be FAXed by doing one of the following:
•	Go to the File2 menu and click Send as FAX. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Send as Fax button. Or, 
	 
•	Press Ctrl+D on your keyboard.
You will be prompted for information required to create a cover page, including a FAX-to telephone number. This cover page along with your current document, will then automatically be FAXed to the telephone number you specified.
Please enter all telephone digits that must be dialed as part of the FAX phone number. For example, if I am in Los Angeles and I want to send a FAX to the number 555-5555 in Toronto (with area code 416), then I would enter '1-416-555-5555' .
If errors occur during FAX transmission, you will be informed. If the line is busy, you will be so informed, and asked if you want to re-transmit the FAX.
 
Upgrading the FAX System
Please go to www.e-press.com to upgrade your version of EasyWord. This will automatically upgrade the FAX component of EasyWord.
 
"My Version of EasyOffice says that FAX Drivers are not included. Why?"
For reasons of licensing, the FAX drivers (these are not the hardware FAX-modem low-level drivers, but the next level above) cannot be distributed as a free downloads product. The FAX drivers are present on the CD-ROM version of EasyOffice, and in the case of downloadable versions of EasyOffice, may only be downloaded if a Commercial UserID is obtained. The FAX features of  EasyWord should thus NOT, at this time, be considered as features of any demonstration version or free version of EasyOffice. However, please note that we are actively searching for a freely downloadable (and reliable, of course) FAX driver to use with EasyWord.

Fixing FAX Modem Problems
If you are unable to send a FAX from EasyOffice you should consider the following list of potential problems:
1.	Make sure you have a version of EasyOffice that will send FAXs. If you installed from a CD-ROM then EasyOffice includes all the high-level FAX driver software. If you downloaded a version of EasyOffice, then it is unlikely that FAX drivers were included. (You may be able to download the high-level FAX drivers separately from www.e-press.com. A UserID may be necessary.)
2.	No FAX modem in your PC - There may not be a FAX modem in your PC. Perhaps FAXing occurs over a network via a FAX server. (At present, EasyOffice requires a FAX modem in the individual PC in order to send a FAX.)
3.	FAX modem in your PC is not working, or is not configured properly. Go to Control Panel. Look for a 'Modem' button. See if a FAX-modem exists in your PC. See if low-level FAX drivers exist for this modem. See if it is configured correctly.
4.	Conflict on COM port your FAX-modem is using - Another device may be set up to use the same COM port your FAX-modem is trying to use.
5.	No telephone line is connected to your FAX-modem, or noise problems on your telephone line, do not allow you to successfully send a FAX or complete transmission of a FAX. (While a FAX is being sent, please check the box that appears during transmission to see if (and what kind) transmission errors are occurring.
6.	Some PC FAX modems use a none-standard configuration. (Technical note: None-standard behavior is that they do not enable flow-control by default. Thus a special initialization string must be used to enable flow-control.)
You can check the initialization string used for your FAX-modem by clicking on the 'File2' drop-down menu at the top of the screen, and then clicking 'FAX Modem Configuration Settings'.
Specific initialization strings for the following non-standard FAX-modems are present:
•	US Robotics Sportsers
•	US Robotics Sportsers alternative initialization string
•	Practical Peripherals
•	MultiTech
•	MultiTech alternative initialization string
•	Hayes
If you have another non-standard FAX-modem, there is a selection where you can enter the initialization string yourself. For example, the initialization string for the HSP56 modem is AT&G&C1&D28&K357=90 . You may be able to obtain initialization strings from your FAX-modem's User Manual or technical support, or from another program that is able to successfully use your FAX-modem.
 
"I am not able to send a FAX from EasyOffice. Yet I have sent FAXs from my computer in the past using other programs"
In some cases, your FAX modem may be working correctly but because of a problem with the FAX-modem initialization string, it is unable to work in EasyOffice. The other programs you used in the past, may have more successfully recognized your FAX-modem and adjusted automatically the initialization string or other parameters that allowed it to work successfully in that case. Please check our Downloads Page at www.e-press.com to see if we have an updated FAX driver in such a case.

PDF Files

Saving as a PDF File
EasyWord has the useful feature of being able to save and retrieve Adobe-compatible PDF files.
When you save a document  as a PDF file, the document is automatically converted into a generic Windows printer file, which is then automatically converted into an Adobe-compatible PDF file.
You can view your saved PDF file in EasyWord (with the EasyWord PDF Editor), or in any other Adobe-compatible program.
To save a document as a PDF File:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File1 menu and click Save as PDF file. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Save as PDF button.

2.	A Save As window will appear. Notice that PDF (*.pdf) is selected in the Save as type box.
3.	Type a name in the File name box, and then click Save.
 
Adjusting Features of the PDF Export Filter
Each time you save a document as a PDF file, a dialog box pops up that allows you change any of the properties of your file. You do not need to change any of the properties, and can simply click OK to use the defaults.
Document paper size: What is the paper size of your document? The default is Letter size (8 1/2-11 inches), but if you use a different size paper such as A4, please click  this setting.
Orientation of your document: The default is Portrait orientation, but if you are saving a Landscape document, you should click  this setting.
Embed fonts in PDF file: This default setting embeds all fonts into the PDF file which is being created. This allows all users, regardless of the fonts they have on their computer, to view your document as you intended it. However, embedding fonts takes up memory space, and results in a larger file. (Note: Arial, Times New Roman and special licensed fonts are not embedded, the former for reasons of the universality, and the latter for licensing reasons.)
Image compression: Images take up lots of memory space. Compression reduces the size of an image, and thus the resulting PDF file that is produced. The default compression works well as long as most images in your document are 256 colors or less. 256 color compression is a type of compression that automatically calculates the 256 most used colors in an image, and uses these colors to effect a generally lossless compress, but is slow. JPEG compression is a bit lossy, but produces very good results with real-life photographs.
Watermark: If you select a watermark, then the text you enter in the watermark box will be displayed in the background of every page of the PDF file you create.

Viewing PDF files
As a service to our users who may need to read or print Adobe PDF files, a copy of Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 is provided. In addition, EasyWord includes its own PDF Editor. You can copy material from a PDF file and paste it into your EasyWord document.
To view a PDF file:
1.	Retrieve a file as you normally would. Go to File1 -> Open, click the Retrieve a Document button, or press Ctrl+O.
2.	An Open window will appear.
3.	To open a file with the Adobe Reader, select PDF (*.pdf) - Open with Adobe Reader from the Files of type box.
To open a file with the EasyWord PDF Editor, select PDF (*.pdf) - Open and edit with EasyWord from the Files of type box.
Note: If All Files (*.*) is selected under Files of type, your PDF file will open with the last PDF reader you used during your current EasyWord session. If no reader has yet been used, the file will open with the EasyWord PDF Editor.
4.	Click on the PDF file you wish to view, and click Open.
 
Notes on the Adobe Reader
If you already have Adobe Acrobat Reader 3 or higher on your computer, Acrobat Reader 5 will not be installed, but instead your present version of Adobe Acrobat will be used.
Due to space constraints, the Acrobat Reader is not provided with downloaded versions of EasyOffice. However, you can download at copy of the Acrobat Reader at www.adobe.com .

Editing PDF files
EasyWord has long been able to save its files as PDF files, and view PDF files (via the PDF reader). However, many users also wanted to be able to edit directly PDF files. In response to these requests, we have included a basic PDF Editor with EasyWord.
This basic PDF Editor is able to edit PDF files you have created from EasyWord documents. At present, it will open and edit many (but not all) external Adobe PDF files. With time, this editor will be enhanced to open and edit a larger variety of Adobe PDF files. (If you cannot open an external Adobe PDF file with this editor right now, then you must use the PDF Viewer to view it.)
Please remember that this basic PDF Editor is not intended to be a full word processing package, but rather, a service to our valuable users who requested some PDF functionality. Future versions of EasyOffice will, of course, contain more advanced versions of this editor.
 
Switching between the PDF Editor and EasyWord
The PDF Editor is a separate program that opens whenever you retrieve a PDF document with EasyWord. Thus, you can easily switch back and forth between the two programs (by clicking the EasyWord and EasyWord PDF Editor buttons on the Windows taskbar at the bottom of your screen).
If you exit the PDF Editor, then you will automatically return to EasyWord.
At this time, you cannot call the PDF Editor by itself. You must be in EasyWord and open a PDF document in order for the PDF Editor to appear.
 
Zoom In and Zoom Out
These icons allow you to enlarge or shrink your PDF document (as it appears on your screen).

Opening and Saving PDF Documents
Opening and saving follow the standard Windows conventions (see Retrieving a Document and Saving a Document).
 
Printing a PDF Document
Click the Print icon (or go to File -> Print).
 
Add a Page
To add a page to your document, go to the Edit menu, and click Insert page (adds a new page BEFORE your current page) or Append page (adds a page AFTER your current page).
To go to the next (or previous) page in your PDF document, use the double arrows on the right scrollbar.
 
Inserting a Text Block
To add a new block of text, click the Insert Text icon (on the left side; shown below) once. Then, move your mouse to where you wish to insert the text. Press down on the left mouse button (do not let go), and drag to form a box. When you release the mouse button, you can type text in this box. 

At the present time, clicking the Field icon does very much the same thing (i.e., allows you to insert text).

To change the size of a text box, click on it once, and move your mouse to one of the black squares in the corners. The usual arrow cursor will change to a smaller, double-headed arrow. Click the black corner square to adjust the size of the box. 
To move a text box, click on the box, and without releasing the mouse button, drag the box to its new location.
 
Editing a Text Block
To edit any text with the editor, put your mouse over the text group, and right-click. Then, select Properties, and the Properties window will appear. If you see an empty box, click the Text tab, and the text properties will appear. To change a property, simply double-click on it. Some of these properties include:
•	Text: Allows you to change the text that appears in your text box. An Edit memo window will appear, where you can type the text that you would like to appear. Click the X button in the corner of the window when you are done. (Note: If you single-click on Text instead, you can simply type the new text directly in the Value box.)
•	TextColor: Allows you to change the color of your text. A Color window will appear, where you can select a color, or create your own. 
•	TextFont: A Font window will appear, where you can change the font type, style (bold, italic), and size. Click OK when you are done.
•	BackColor: Allows you to change the background color of your text box. The Color window will appear.
•	HorzAlign: Allows you to change the text alignment (left, right, center). Choose an alignment option from the Value box.
•	VertAlign: Allows you to change the vertical alignment of the text in your box (top, center, bottom). Choose an alignment from the Value box.
•	TextGap: Allows you to change the distance between the text and the border of the box. Choose a gap size from the Value box.
 
Font, Underline, Bold or Italics
The Font, Underline, Bold, or Italics icons are applied to an entire block of text. Click the text once to select it, and then click any of these icons apply a new font, underlining, bolding, or italicizing.
 
Inserting Lines
To draw a line, click the Line icon (shown below). 

Line Properties
To change the properties of a line, right-click on it, and select Properties. A Properties window will appear. Ensure that the Standard tab is clicked. To modify a property from the list, double-click it.
•	StrokeColor: Changes the color of the line.  A Color window will appear, allowing you to select a color.
•	StrokeWidth: Changes the width of the line. Select a stroke width from the Value box.
•	StrokeStyle: Changes the style of the line. Select a style (Dashed, Dotted, etc.) from the Value box.
 
Inserting Frames and Polygons
Use of the Frame, Round Frame, Ellipse, and Polygon icons (shown below) is similar to that of the Insert Text icon, as described above. These icons allow you to draw a rectangular, elliptical, or polygonal frame around a text box (or other object) in your document.

Frame Properties
To change the properties of a frame, right-click on it, and select Properties. A Properties window will appear. Ensure that the Standard tab is clicked. (Note: If the Text tab is clicked instead, you can modify the text within the frame. See "Editing a Text Block", above.) To modify a property from the list, double-click it.
•	FrameType: Select either Rectangular, Oval, or Rounded Corners from the Value box.
•	StrokeColor: Changes the color of the frame border. A Color window will appear, where you can select a color.
•	StrokeWidth: Changes the width of the frame border. Choose a width (Simple, Double, etc.) from the Value box.
•	StrokeStyle: Changes the style of the frame border. Choose a style (Continuous, Dashed, Dotted, etc.) from the Value box.
•	BackColor: Changes the fill color of the frame. A Color window will appear, where you can select a color. (Note: If FillStyle is set to None, no fill color will appear.)
•	FillStyle: Select a fill style (None, Solid fill, Hatched) from the Value box.
•	HatchStyle: Select a hatched fill style from the Value box. 
 
Polygon Properties
To change the properties of a polygon, right-click on it, and select Properties. A Properties window will appear. Ensure that the Standard tab is clicked. (Note: If the Text tab is clicked instead, you can modify the text within the frame. See "Editing a Text Block", above.) To modify a property from the list, double-click it.
•	Points: Changes the number of vertices of the polygon. Type the new number of points in the Value box.
•	For StrokeColor, StrokeWidth, StrokeStyle, and more properties, see "Frame Properties", above.

Inserting Images; Changing Image Size and Position
To insert an image, click the Image icon (on the left side; shown below) once. Then, move your mouse to where you want the image inserted. Press down on the left mouse button (do not let go), and drag to form a box approximately the size of the image. Then, let go of the mouse button. A Select File box will appear. Select an image file, and click Open. The image will be inserted into your document.

To change the size of an image, on it once, and move your mouse to one of the black squares in the corners. The usual arrow cursor will change to a double-headed arrow. Click the black corner square to adjust the size of the picture. 
To move a picture, click on the picture, and without releasing the mouse button, drag the picture to its new location.
 
Image Properties
To change the properties of a picture, right-click on it, and select Properties. A Properties window will appear. Ensure that the Standard tab is clicked. To modify a property from the list, double-click it.
•	FileName: Changes the image displayed. The Select Image window will appear, allowing you to choose another image file.
•	BorderColor: Changes the color of the image's frame. A Color window will appear, where you can select a color.
•	BorderWidth: Changes the width of the image's frame. Select a size (None, Single, etc.) from the Value box. 
•	Compression: Select a compression from the Value box.
 
Inserting Graphs and Objects
Use of both the Graph icon and the Object icon is similar to that of the Image and Insert Text icons, as described above. The Graph icon will look on your computer for a Microsoft Chart. The Object icon will cause the Insert Object box to appear, where you can chose an object to be inserted.

Copying
To copy an object (text block, picture, line, etc.), click it, then click the Copy or Cut icon (or, press Ctrl+C to copy, or Ctrl+X to cut). You can then paste (Ctrl+V) the block of text elsewhere within the current document (but, not outside of the document). For more information on cutting and pasting, see Cut, Copy and Paste.
Tip: Use the PDF Reader instead of this editor if you want to copy text from a PDF document and then paste it into an EasyWord document.
 
Deleting
To delete an object (text block, picture, line, etc.), click it, then click the Delete icon (looks like an X; shown below). Or, simply hit the Delete key on your keyboard.

Properties Icon
Instead of right-clicking and selecting Properties, you can simply click an object (text block, line, etc.), then click the Properties icon. The Properties box will then appear. 

Example of Using the PDF Editor
Let's try an example of using the PDF Editor.
Within EasyWord open the document "Sample Letter - Abraham Lincoln" (or an equivalent sample document). Now 'Save As' a PDF file, so that it becomes saved as Sample Letter - Abraham Lincoln. pdf  . Now, click the Retrieve a Document button (or press Ctrl+O, or go to File1 -> Open), so that the Open window appears. Choose  PDF (*.pdf) - Open with Adobe Reader, select Sample Letter - Abraham Lincoln. pdf , and click Open. You will now view the file in the Adobe PDF Reader (but of course, will not be able to edit it).
Close all documents. Now, click the Retrieve a Document, so that the Open window appears. Choose PDF (*.pdf) -Open and edit with EasyWord, select Sample Letter - Abraham Lincoln. pdf , and click Open. You will now view the file in the PDF Editor, where you can in fact edit the document.
In this document, let's change the phrase "Dear Madam" to "Dear Mrs. Bixby".
Put the cursor over "Dear Madam". The cursor shape will change. Now, right-click and then click Properties. The Properties box for this text will appear. Underneath the Text tab, you will see the words Text, in the line below TextColor, TextFont, and so on. Move your mouse to the word Text (just below the tab that also says Text), and click once. The 'value' of this text (i.e., the phrase "Dear Madam") will now appear in the Value box. You can now modify the contents of the Value box so that instead it says "Dear Mrs. Bixby".  Then, simply click the X in the corner of the Properties box. Now, in the document it will no longer say "Dear Madam," but instead say "Dear Mrs. Bixby". Click the Save icon and exit the PDF Editor. You will automatically go back to EasyWord.
If you now open Sample Letter - Abraham Lincoln. pdf  with the PDF Reader, you will indeed see that your PDF file has been edited so that it no longer reads "Dear Madam". Instead, it will read "Dear Mrs. Bixby".

"Printing a PDF File from the Print Box did not work"
•	To print a PDF file, you should retrieve it (usually from Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is integrated with EasyWord) and print it from the viewer.
•	Instead, you can copy a document from the Acrobat Reader, paste it into a normal EasyWord document (e.g., RTF or DOC), and print it as you would any EasyWord document.
•	Do NOT print out a PDF file (or any other document) by going to the Print window and selecting PDF Compatible Printer Driver from the Printer Name box. Nothing will happen. The PDF Compatible Printer Driver is not a normal printer, like an HP or Epson. It is an internal printer driver used to generate PDF files. You cannot actually print from this printer driver.

PDF Installation Notes
There may be a series of text messages reporting various status codes during installation. Ignore them - this is normal.
If you check your printer selections, the PDF Export Filter in EasyWord will have set up a printer called 'PDF Compatible Printer Driver' - this is normal.
Windows NT & 2000: You will need Administrator (or at least printer) privileges in order for EasyWord to set up the necessary printer driver. If you don't have Administrator privileges, ask your system administrator to give you privileges that allow you to set up your own printer.
Windows95/NT: Some configurations of Windows95 or NT may not allow successful operation of the PDF Export Filter.  This may range from simply not creating the file to causing a print (or program) failure.
Note: If there are any problems in normal printing caused by the PDF Export Filter, please go to the Tools drop-down menu, and un-install the PDF Export Filter. You can install it again, should you wish, by either going to the Tools drop-down menu, or automatically by simply trying to save a file in PDF format. If the PDF Export Filter does not work properly under your configuration of Windows95/NT, consider upgrading your version of Windows.
 
Error Message: "You must install a printer before printing this document"
This error message may occur if no printer is installed on your computer or else the printer does not use the LPT1 port.

More Information

EasyCalculator
EasyCalculator contains all the functions of a regular calculator, while recording every step you make in the window above the buttons.  You can copy results and paste them into your EasyWord document.
To open EasyCalculator:
•	Go to the Tools menu and click Calculator. Or,
•	Click the Tape Calculator button.
	
Help files for EasyCalculator are located within the calculator itself. Click the HELP button on the calculator, and a HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features menu will appear. To view the help files, click More Help Files.

File Associations
A File association allows you to double-click a word processor file anywhere in Windows, and have a program such as Microsoft Word or EasyWord open it.  
If you were previously using Microsoft Office, and you double-click a document (*.doc) file, it will open automatically with Microsoft Word. If you were not previously using any particular office suite or word processing program, and you double-click a document (*.doc) file, Windows Wordpad may open it, or a dialog box will pop up, asking you to choose a program to open the file with.
EasyOffice has the option of setting file associations upon installation. It does NOT automatically do so, since in the past, a number of users have wanted to keep their existing Microsoft Office file associations.
If you did not set the file associations to EasyOffice during installation, you can easily do so from within EasyWord (or from within EasySpreadsheet, or EasyHelper). It's easy, fast, and you don't even have to reboot the computer.
 
Changing File Associations
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and select Change file associations.
2.	A Change file association help window will appear. Click OK, continue.
3.	You will be brought to a Restore your file associations window.
4.	Check off the file types whose file association you want to change. 
5.	For the checked-off file type, you have the option to:
•	 Set to EasyOffice: The file associations will be set to EasyOffice; that is, when you double-click a file (of one of the types that you have checked off), it will automatically open in an EasyOffice program. For example, double-clicking an .rtf or .doc file will cause EasyWord to start, and open the file.
If the file associations are set to EasyOffice, the programs that will open the files are:
File Type	Default Program	
.rtf	EasyWord	
.doc	EasyWord	
.txt	EasyWord	
.xls	EasySpreadsheet	
.zip	EasyZip	
Note: Documents can be stored as .doc, .rtf or .txt files. If you would like EasyWord to open all of your documents, set file associations of both .doc and .rtf files to EasyOffice. If you do not want to use Windows Notepad for .txt files, then also set the file associations for .txt files to EasyOffice. (Many users do not change file associations for text files, but instead continue to use Notepad to open such files, due to Notepad's small size and quick loading time.)
•	Restore to Original Settings: If your file associations are already set to EasyOffice, you may change them back to their original settings. The file associations will be restored to whatever was set prior to setting file associations to EasyOffice. 
Your previous file associations are stored in the registry of your computer. When you restore your file associations, these stored associations are what your settings will return to. If restoring your file associations does not give the results you were looking for, it is because the file associations that you now want did not exist before the associations were set to EasyOffice. (They may have existed earlier, but were changed by another program, prior to setting file associations to EasyOffice.) 
If you want to associate another program (i.e., a program that was not associated before you installed EasyOffice) with a  file type, you must do so via File Types in Windows (described in "Setting File Associations Manually", below), or by installing the program again (assuming that program sets the file associations upon installation).
6.	Click OK.
7.	File associations are now changed.
8.	If you selected Set to EasyOffice: 
•	If you previously had, for example, Microsoft Word document files on your computer, they were represented on the desktop by a Microsoft Word icon. The next time you refresh your desktop (or reboot your computer), these files will no longer be represented by the Microsoft icon, but instead an EasyWord icon. Your document files have NOT been changed in any way by EasyWord. The icon used to represent these files is related only to your file associations.  
If you selected Restore Original Settings:
•	If you restored your .doc or .rtf file associations back to, for example, Microsoft Word, then the next time you refresh your desktop (or reboot your computer), the EasyWord icons will change back to Microsoft Word icons. Windows uses icons to represent the file associations, but the actual document file does NOT change.
•	Before installing EasyOffice, perhaps when you double-clicked a .doc file, it was opened in Microsoft Word. Then, you set the file association for .doc files to EasyOffice, so that EasyWord would open them upon a double-click. After restoring your original file association settings, .doc files will no longer open automatically in EasyWord - they will again be opened in Microsoft Word (or the program that was originally associated with .doc files).  
 
Setting File Associations Manually
Setting file associations manually is not necessary, nor is it always easily possible; for example, you may not be able to easily find the file type you that want to associate. However, some users may want to do so in order to associate some other program with a given file type.
Windows 95 / Windows 98:
1.	In My Computer or in Windows Explorer, go to the View menu and click Folder Options.
2.	Click the File Types tab.
3.	Select the file type (e.g., a .doc file).
4.	Click Edit.
5.	In the Actions box, click open. (This will highlight it.)
6.	Click Edit.
7.	In Applications used to perform action enter the program you want associated with the file type (or, use the Browse button to select the program).
8.	Click OK.
 
Windows Me / Windows 2000:
1.	In My Computer or in Windows Explorer, go to the Tools menu and click Folder Options.
2.	Click the File Types tab.
3.	Select the file type (e.g., a .doc file)
4.	Click Change.
5.	Select the program you want to associate with the file.
6.	Click OK.
 
Uninstalling EasyOffice & File Associations
When you un-install EasyOffice (if you ever do so), during the un-installation, EasyOffice will automatically write back to the registry the original settings for the associations of the .doc, .rtf, and .txt files.
If these programs are no longer on your computer, or Windows has somehow otherwise changed since the installation of EasyOffice, then file types such as .doc will no longer be associated with any program; when you double-click them, nothing will happen. To associate these file types again, you can follow the procedure shown above ("Setting File Associations Manually"). If this procedure does not work, then you may have to install the desired program again.
For example, perhaps .doc files originally opened in Microsoft Word when double-clicked, but you then set the .doc file association to EasyOffice. When you un-install EasyOffice, the file association will be set back to Microsoft Word. If Windows does not allow this restoration, perform the association yourself, as described above. If that fails, re-install Microsoft Word.

Compatibility with Microsoft Word and Other Products
Most Microsoft Word documents can be successfully opened in EasyWord.
However, note that:
•	If the Microsoft Word document contains an advanced formatting feature not supported by EasyWord, then the feature will be ignored.
•	If the Microsoft Word document has been password protected, then EasyWord will not be able to read it.
•	If EasyWord cannot open a Word file, then the Microsoft Word Viewer is called automatically. This viewer can open almost all Word files - from Word 2.0 to Word 2000. While you can view and print the files, you cannot edit them with the Microsoft Word Viewer. See Microsoft Word Viewer for more details.
 
Compatibility with Microsoft Works
Files from Microsoft Works should be exported in a Word or RTF format.
EasyWord has been tested with Microsoft Works Version 5, and can import files in RTF and recent Word formats.
Some Microsoft Works exported files, especially from earlier versions of Works, may not be fully Word-compatible. Generally, RTF is a safer format to use for file import from Works; however, pictures may be occasionally lost in RTF format, while they are better preserved in a Word format.
 
Compatibility with Microsoft WordPerfect
EasyWord does not have a WordPerfect filter. 
If you want to import an old WordPerfect documents to EasyWord, then within WordPerfect, you should save it as an RTF (or other standard file format) file. Then, you can open these file in EasyWord.
 
Note: Compatibility with other file formats allows EasyWord to be a versatile tool.  However, this compatibility, particularly the import of Microsoft Word documents, is not complete and should not be relied on in any mission-critical application.  The above information is subject to change without notification.

"Need a newer version HHCTRL.OCX..." and Other Error Messages
If the version of Microsoft Internet Explorer on your computer is out-of-date,  you may get a variety of error messages (e.g., "need HHCTRL.OCX...",  "easyword.exe links to file missing in shell32.dll...", etc.).
For best results, you should have a copy of Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 or higher.
When EasyOffice is installed from a CD-ROM, a recent version of Microsoft Internet Explorer is automatically installed (unless you decline the installation). 
If EasyOffice is downloaded, no version of Microsoft Internet Explorer is included, since the files are too large. Most persons already have a copy of Microsoft Internet Explorer on their computer, but sometimes, this copy may be out-of-date.
 
To install a recent version of Microsoft Internet Explorer on your computer:
•	You can un-install EasyOffice. In Windows, go to Control Panel -> Add/Remove Programs. Find EasyOffice on the list, and click Add/Remove. Then, put the EasyOffice CD-ROM into your computer. Do not decline the installation of Microsoft Internet Explorer.
•	Or, you can download a recent copy of Microsoft Internet Explorer from the Internet. Go to www.e-press.com.   On the bottom of the downloads page, you will see an icon to click to download a recent version of Microsoft Internet Explorer. (Tip: Use a self-recovering, smart download utility to download large files such as Internet Explorer. You can click the 'Obtain Smart Download Utility' (or similar wording) button, to obtain a copy of a smart download utility.)
 
Note:  At the time of this writing, the most recent version of Microsoft Internet Explorer is version 5.5.

What is EasyWord Tester?
If you click Start -> Programs -> EasyOffice 2001, you will see a program called EasyWord Tester.
This is a diagnostic program used to check for conflicts with EasyWord on your computer.

What is SimpleWord?
SimpleWord is a smaller and faster-loading version of EasyWord. It is a completely separate program from EasyWord.
SimpleWord is displayed on your desktop with the EasyWord icon with the letters 'TINY' written through it.
You can use both SimpleWord and EasyWord in your day-to-day work. Many users use SimpleWord when they need to write something quick, and want a fast-loading program that looks and feels just like EasyWord.  SimpleWord is very useful for older, slower computers - it will allow you to get another year or two out of your computer, and still allow you effective word processing.
SimpleWord will faithfully retrieve and save your EasyWord RTF, DOC, TXT, and ZIP files.
Please note that most of the non-essential but memory-intensive features of the full version of EasyWord have been taken out of this program. For example, even the Help function used to read this help screen in EasyWord, requires advanced HTML code present in Microsoft Windows that includes a full version of Internet Explorer 5 or higher. Thus many features will not operate. 

Acknowledgements
A software product is a work in motion, nurtured along by the interplay between software developer and user. We gratefully acknowledge the assistance in developing this product by:
Eli Schachet of St. Louis, Missouri - Easy Contact Manager fields
Ray Streeton of  New Zealand - Test of whole suite
Craig Knapp of Fort Belvoir, Virginia - Test of whole suite
Dmitry Krass of Toronto, Ontario - Capitalization tip
Gary Grieco  of Toronto, Ontario - Advice on user testing and introduction of AI features
 
**********
These help files written by Cynthia to whom millions of users are grateful.

 

EasyCalculator: Contents

I.	Display and Options
i.	Modes: Calculator, Adding Machine, Spreadsheet
ii.	Display Windows
iii.	Paper Tape Display Options
iv.	Number Display Options
v.	Voice Readbacks
vi.	Setting Decimal Places
vii.	Focus and Editing the Paper Tape
II.	Buttons, Keys, and Functions
viii.	Numbers and Operators
ix.	Repeating Input Entries
x.	SubTotals, Totals and Grand Totals
xi.	Clearing the Calculator
xii.	Memory Functions
xiii.	Copying Results
xiv.	Printing Results
xv.	The TAX Button
xvi.	The Percent (%) Button
xvii.	Cost, Sell and Margin Functions
xviii.	Keyboard Shortcuts

Display and Options

Modes: Calculator, Adding Machine, Spreadsheet
EasyCalculator can emulate a desktop printing calculator, a desktop adding machine, or an Excel-compatible spreadsheet.
By default, EasyCalculator will be in Calculator Mode, so that it emulates a desktop printing calculator. To choose another mode:
7.	 Press the HELP button on the left side of the EasyCalculator.
8.	 The HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window will appear.
9.	At the top of this window, under Calculator vs. Adding Machine vs. Spreadsheet Mode, you can select the emulation mode you want to use.
 
Calculator Mode
In Calculator Mode, EasyCalculator will behave like a calculator. For example, to subtract 2 from 10, enter the following keystrokes on your keyboard (or press the EasyCalculator buttons): 10 - 2 =.
 
Adding Machine Mode
Many bookkeepers and accountants prefer adding machines to calculators. In Adding Machine Mode, EasyCalculator will behave like an adding machine. 
In Adding Machine Mode, you must give the sign (positive or negative) for each number you enter. When you press the = key, the numbers are added up (with the negative numbers being subtracted). For example, to subtract 2 from 10, your would enter 10+2-=. Similarly, to add 2 and 10, you would enter 10+2+=.
Multiplication and division are treated as in Calculator Mode.
 
Spreadsheet Mode
In Spreadsheet Mode, EasyCalculator will behave like a Microsoft Excel-compatible spreadsheet program, with a modest grid in the paper tape display region.
Changing numbers in this paper tape display region will thus affect the totals. This is different from Calculator Mode and Adding Machine Mode, where you can edit the paper tape display region. For example, to write in a description, just as you can write with a ballpoint pen on the paper tape of an actual desktop printing calculator. However, editing or writing on the paper tape, will NOT change the totals. You must enter numbers in the calculator display in order for numbers to be added or subtracted from the total.
If EasyCalculator was installed with a full version of EasySpreadsheet, then the full version of EasySpreadsheet may instead be called in this mode. 
 
"It takes too long to call EasySpreadsheet. I just want to use EasyCalculator's spreadsheet engine."   
At present, it takes the same amount of time to call the full version of EasySpreadsheet as it does to call the spreadsheet engine that EasyCalculator uses. A future upgrade will allow a stripped down version of the spreadsheet engine to reside full-time in memory, and will allow this mini-spreadsheet to be used instead even if EasySpreadsheet is on your computer.
If EasyCalculator was installed with a stripped-down version of EasyOffice (e.g, a tiny download version, or custom installation without the installation of EasySpreadsheet), then the spreadsheet engine may not be present, and you will get an error message that the mode is not available.

Display Windows
EasyCalculator displays your current entry and records every calculation you make.
Calculator Window
The calculator window (shown below) displays the last number you entered, or the total (if you pressed an operator key, such as + or =). The calculator window is located at the top-right corner of the EasyCalculator buttons. 

If Large Display is turned on, a larger calculator window (shown below) will appear near the top of the calculator. If you want to hide this window, click the HELP button to open the HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Functions window. Under # display, un-check Large Display.

Paper Tape Window
The paper tape window (shown below) displays a record every calculation you make. To clear this window at any time, click the Clear Tape button, or press Delete three times on your keyboard.

Paper Tape Display Options
You can adjust the paper tape window display settings.
To change the paper tape window display settings:
1.	Click the HELP button.
2.	The HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window will appear.
3.	Under Display, you have the following options:
•	Reset size of displayed tape: The height of the paper tape window will be reset to the default height. The width will NOT change.
•	Increase size of displayed tape: The height of the paper tape window will be increased.
•	Increase size of displayed tape even more: The height of the paper tape window will be increased by a larger amount.
•	No change: The size of the paper tape window will not be affected.
•	Display ONLY tape region: The EasyCalculator buttons will be hidden. Some users prefer this configuration when using the keyboard for input, so that screen space is not wasted with the buttons. To have the buttons appear again while using the calculator, press the Esc key on your keyboard.
4.	Click OK.
 
Resizing the Paper Tape Window Manually
To adjust the size of the paper tape window with your mouse:
1.	Move your mouse to the bottom edge, left side, or right side of the paper tape window. The cursor will change to a double-headed arrow.
2.	Click and hold down your left mouse button, and drag the side to resize the window.

Number Display Options
You can adjust EasyCalculator's number display settings in several ways.
To change the number display settings:
1.	Click the HELP button.
2.	The HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window will appear.
3.	Under # displays, you have the following options:
•	Turn # OFF / Turn #ON:  Turn numbering off or on. If numbering is turned on, each entry displayed in the paper tape will numbered, starting with #1.  The number of items you entered will be given along with each result. Many users find such counts useful, as well as being able to refer to each entry by an entry number. For example, if numbering was turned on, and you entered 8+3+6=+6=, you would get:
#1         8.
#2       +3.              
#3      + 6.
---------------------
Running SubTotal  count=3        17.
#4       +6.
---------------------
Running SubTotal  count=4        23.	
•	Provide average result with total: An average value will be given along with each result. The average is calculated as the total result divided by the number of items. An average will be calculated even you multiply and divide. For example, if you entered 2+6+1=, you would get:
2.
+ 6.
+ 1.
---------------------
Running SubTotal  9.
Average= 3.	
•	Large Display: This is checked off by default. It displays the larger calculator window at the top of EasyCalculator. This display window shows the same numbers as in the smaller calculator window below.  Many users find a large display box for the result to be very useful; however, if you want to save screen space, un-check this option, and the large calculator window will be removed. See Display Windows for more details.
Note: On some computers, if certain fonts are missing, then the numbers in the large display will not display as large as they should.
•	Don't print "(repeat)" message: If an input entry is repeated (by repeatedly pressing an operator key, such as + or *), (repeat) will appear beside the entry in the paper tape window. If you do not want the (repeat) message to appear, check off this option. See Repeating Input Entries for more details.
•	Display Status Bar: If this option is checked off, a status bar will appear at the top of the paper tape window. The status bar indicates the current emulation mode, voice readback setting, decimal place setting, and the Grand Total.
•	Display function key red hints: If this option is checked off, red-colored hints for the COST, SELL, and MAR buttons will be shown. 
•	Don't display special function keys: If this option is checked off, the COST, SELL, and MAR buttons will be hidden.
•	Voice readback after entering a number: If this option is checked off, then when you enter a number, it will be read aloud. This is useful when entering long lists of numbers, as it prevents having to check the paper tape window  to see if each number was entered correctly.
•	Information about Editing Tape: Click this button to view information on editing the paper tape, and on focus.
•	Toggle Focus: If this button is clicked, the focus will be toggled from the paper tape window to the calculator window, or vice versa. See Focus and Editing the Paper Tape for more details.

Voice Readbacks
If you are adding up a long list of numbers, it is easy to make a mistake entering one of the numbers. Instead of comparing the paper tape with your list of numbers, you can use the voice features of EasyCalculator.
Speak Tape
To have the entire paper tape display region read back to you, click the Speak Tape button near the top of the calculator. All the numbers, operations, and text in the paper tape region will be read aloud.

While EasyCalculator is speaking, a Stop button will appear in place of the Speak Tape button. If you want EasyCalculator to stop speaking, click the Stop button.

Voice Readback While Entering Numbers
Many users do not look at the keyboard while entering numbers, and want to be reassured that the correct number was entered. Voice Readback reads the numbers you enter aloud. To save time, Voice Readback does not read the operation performed or any descriptions entered.
Voice Readback may be turned on by default. To turn Voice Readback on or off:
•	Click the HELP button. The HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window will appear. Under # displays, check off (or un-check) Voice Readback after entering a number. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+V on your keyboard. This will toggle the Voice Readback on or off.
 
"Voice Readback worked really well on my old Windows 98 computer, but I don't like the voice on my new Windows XP computer. As well, it seems a bit slower. How can I get the old voice back?"
In Windows 2000 and below, EasyCalculator uses a SAPI4 voice engine, which is under 10MB for text-to-speech, and has a variety of pleasant sounding voices.
In Windows XP, SAPI4 is no longer supported by Windows. EasyCalculator is forced to used the  SAPI5.1+  voice engine, which is often already installed on the system as a component of  Windows XP.  SAPI5, in its entirety, is over 100MB. In order to save space, your computer may not include a variety of voices.

Setting Decimal Places
You can choose the decimal place settings of your calculator. 
To change the decimal place settings:
1.	Click the HELP button.
2.	The HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window will appear.
3.	Under Decimal (near the bottom of the window), you have the following options:
•	Floating decimal point: This is the default setting. No rounding will occur, and no extra decimal digits will be inserted. You can enter any decimal number you want - numbers will be displayed as you enter them.
•	Round to 0 decimal places: Your entries and results will be rounded to 0 places after the decimal point, making them whole numbers. If you need a whole number answer, this is a useful setting.
•	Round to 2 decimal places: Your entries and results will be rounded to 2 places after the decimal point.  As well, 2 decimal places will always be displayed after the decimal point. Often persons working with centile currencies (dollars which are divided into cents - one hundred cents in a dollar), set their calculators to round to 2 decimal places, since a fraction of a cent does not make sense in many situations.  (Although in other situations, fractions of a cent can be important, in which case this is not an appropriate setting.)
•	Round to 4 decimal places: Your entries and results will be rounded to 4 places after the decimal point. Theis setting is ideal for when you want to view more than 2 decimal places, but you do not want to see too many decimal places. For example, 1/3 = .3333, rather than 1/3 = .33333333333
•	Automatic: The calculator will expect your input to be in cents. For example, if you entered 3845, it would automatically be changed to 38.45. This is a very useful setting when entering long lists of centile currency inputs. 
You also have the following options for rounding:
•	Round 5 up, 4 down: This is the default setting. For example, if your calculator is set to round to 2 decimal places, then a result such as 1.332 would be rounded down to 1.33, while 1.339 would be rounded up to 1.34. 
•	Round numbers up always: Numbers will always be rounded up. From the example above, both 1.332 and 1.339 would be rounded up to 1.34. 
•	Round numbers down always: Numbers will always be rounded down. From the example above, both 1.332 and 1.339 would be rounded down to 1.33.
4.	Click OK.

Focus and Editing the Paper Tape
Information can be typed directly into the paper tape window. For example, you can enter an invoice number or description beside each entry.
Focus refers to which part of the calculator your are currently in. The focus can be toggled between the calculator window and the paper tape window. The window that is currently active will be highlighted in yellow. If you click on the calculator window, the focus will be transferred there. Similarly, if you click on the paper tape window, the focus will be transferred there.
When you type numbers (or letters) on your keyboard, they will be entered into the window that is currently in focus. If the focus is on the calculator window, numbers will be entered there. These numbers will be used in calculations. If the focus is on the paper tape window, numbers and letters will be entered there. Numbers entered in the paper tape window will be treated as text, and cannot be used in calculations.
 
Changing the Focus
To toggle the focus between the calculator window and the paper tape window:
•	Click the window you want to be in focus with your mouse. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+T on your keyboard. Or,
•	Click the HELP button to open the HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window. Under # display, click the Toggle Focus button. 
 
Editing the Paper Tape
To type directly into the paper tape window:
1.	Click on the paper tape window. The focus will be transferred there, and the window will be highlighted in yellow.
2.	Begin typing. Whatever you type will be entered into the paper tape window. Any numbers entered will not be added up by the calculator (unless you are in Spreadsheet Mode). Note that you can use the arrow keys on your keyboard to move around the window, and the Backspace and Delete keys to erase text.
3.	When you are finished typing, and want to start calculations again, click on the calculator window to transfer the focus.
 
"When I change a number on the paper tape why doesn't the total change?"
If EasyCalculator is emulating a commercial desktop paper-tape calculator or adding machine, then you cannot change the total by writing on the tape, just as you could not change the total on an actual calculator by writing on the paper tape. Any number that must be added or subtracted must be entered in t he calculator display, just as you would have to with a real calculator.

Buttons, Keys, and Functions

Numbers and Operators
 
Number Pad (0-9): Click these buttons to enter numbers. You may, however, find it quicker to use the number keys on your keyboard instead. After clicking a button or pressing a number key on your keyboard, the numbers will appear in both the calculator display window and the paper tape display window. (Note: To use the number keypad on your keyboard, Num Lock must be turned on. If Num Lock is turned off and you try to use the number keypad, you will be told to press the Num Lock key.)
Double Zeros: Press the F12 key on your keyboard to enter double zeros (00). This is useful when entering large numbers with several zeros, or when entering dollar amounts in Automatic Decimal Mode.
Plus/Minus (+/-): Click this button to make the number shown in your calculator window negative. Press it again to make it positive again. You may instead use the ~ key on your keyboard. (Note: The plus/minus key is not the same as the subtraction (-) key, although it often produces the same effect.) 
Decimal Point (.): Click this button to insert a decimal point in a number. You may instead use the period (.) key on your keyboard.  
Operators (+, -, x, ¸): Click these buttons for addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, respectively. You may wish to instead use the plus sign (+), minus sign (-), backslash (/), and asterisk (*) keys on your keyboard.

Equals (= ): Click this button when you want your result. You may instead press the equal sign (=) key on your keyboard. Or, simply press Enter - both the large Enter key and the Enter key on the number keypad will work.

Repeating Input Entries
You may have to input the same number many times in a row.
After entering a number, simply press the plus sign (+), minus sign (-), asterisk (*), or backslash (/) key twice. The number will be repeated as an input entry. Each additional time you press the key, the number will be repeated again.
Examples:
•	For 2+2, enter 2++=. 
•	For 2+2+2+2, enter 2++++=.
•	For 5 to the 3rd power, enter 5***=.
 
In the paper tape window, (repeat) will appear beside the entry, to inform you that an entry was repeated. If you do not want (repeat) to print out, click the HELP button to open the HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window. Under # displays, check off Don't print "(repeat)" message.

SubTotals, Totals and Grand Totals
Many adding machines use special SubTotal and Total keys to give subtotals and totals of numbers entered; however, EasyCalculator uses the = key. (Note that the Enter key can be used instead of =.)
 
For a Running SubTotal, press the = key once (or Enter).
For a Total, press the = key twice (or Enter Enter).
For a Grand Total, press the = key three times (or Enter Enter Enter).

Running SubTotals and Totals
In EasyCalculator:
•	When you press the = or Enter key once, a Running SubTotal will appear. The above entries after the last Total will be added up. The calculator will NOT be cleared, so you may continue adding to the entries.
•	When you press the = or Enter key twice, a Total will appear.  The above entries will be added up, AND the calculator will be cleared. Thus, any new entries will be considered a new calculation.
Similarly, in most adding machines:
•	When you press the SubTotal (or ST) key, all the entries above will be added up. The subtotal will be printed and displayed. Calculations can be continued with the subtotal value.
•	When you press the Total (or T) key, all the entries above will be added up. The total will be printed out and displayed. The calculator will then essentially be cleared - any new entries will be part of a new calculation.
In EasyCalculator, subtotals are are known as "Running SubTotals". Most adding machines call their similar running subtotal a "SubTotal". EasyCalculator uses Running SubTotal because that is what it really is - it is NOT a true subtotal as one would expect. In a spreadsheet program, you would have a group of numbers and subtotal for that group; however, in EasyCalculator, you would have a total of all the previous entries since the last total.
Example:
Consider the entries below for an adding machine:
+8
+8
ST 16
+5
ST 21
+3
T 24
+8
ST 8	
Note that the subtotal of 16 is not cleared from the adding machine. It allows 5 to then be added to it, which is evident in the next subtotal of 21. Then, 3 is added to 21. At this time, the Total (T) key is pressed, printing the total of 24. Since the Total key was pressed, the adding machine is now cleared; thus, when 8 is added and the SubTotal (ST) key is pressed, the subtotal is 8 (rather than 32).
This can be done on EasyCalculator in a similar way. The paper tape window will display the following:
+8
+8
------------------
Running SubTotal:  16
+5
------------------
Running SubTotal:  21
+3
------------------
Running SubTotal:  24
Total:  24
+8
------------------
Running SubTotal:  8
Total : 8
Grand Total:  32	

Grand Totals
When you press the = or Enter key three times, EasyCalculator will add up all the previous totals, starting with either the entry after the last Grand Total, or the entry after the last time Ctrl+Delete clearing was performed.
 
Viewing the Grand Total
If you do not want the Grand Total to be printed on your paper tape window, but you want to know what its value is, you can do so at any time. To view the Grand Total:
•	Click the HELP button to open the HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window. Under # display, check off Display Status Bar. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+S on your keyboard to display the status bar.
The status bar, which displays the Grand Total, will appear above the paper tape window. 
 
Conceptual Note on the Implementation of Subtotals and Grand Totals
In many programs, such as spreadsheet programs and the Spreadsheet Emulation Mode of EasyCalculator, subtotals are considered to be distinct intermediate groupings that can then be totalled. In this way, each group of numbers are independent, and produce an independent subtotal (much like the total in the example above). Each independent subtotal can be added up to produce a grand total. Although this is a useful way to treat subtotals, most desktop adding machines do not do so, and treat subtotals as described above.
The concept of intermediate groupings is an important one. Subtotals are implemented in EasyCalculator as much as they are on desktop adding machines. Thus, EasyCalculator also includes the concept of a Grand Total, to deal with adding up various independent totals. 

Clearing the Calculator
Clear Digit: Press the Backspace key on your keyboard to erase the last digit entered.
Clear Error: Click the CE button to re-enter numbers without disrupting the calculation.  For example, if you entered 5+27, but wanted 5+17, click CE, then enter 17 and continue with the calculation. You may instead press the Delete key on your keyboard
.
Clear Calculator Window: Click the C button to clear the contents of your calculator window. Anything you type afterwards will be considered another calculation. Clearing the calculator window will not clear the tape of a previous calculation after = has been pressed. You may instead press Delete Delete (hit the Delete key twice) on your keyboard.

Clear Tape: Click the Clear Tape button to delete all calculations shown in the paper tape window. You may instead press Delete Delete Delete (hit the Delete key three times) on your keyboard.

Clear Memory: Click the MC button to clear all numbers stored in memory.

Clear All: Press Ctrl+Delete on your keyboard to clear the calculator window, paper tape window, memory, and grand totals.
 
Carrying Forward Results
After you complete one calculation and press the = key, a number is still present in the calculator window. If you do not press the C button to clear the number, then it will be carried forward in the next operation you perform (which is often what you want).  If you do not want to carry forward this result into further calculations, then click the C button (or Delete Delete on your keyboard) to clear the calculator window. 
 
Summary of Clearing Operations
EasyCalculator has three memories: the calculator display memory (the calculator window where numerical entries, subtotals, and totals are displayed), the Grand Total memory, and the memory register (where M+ and M- operations are stored).
Key(s) Pressed	Function	
= or Enter	In Adding Machine Mode, nothing is cleared; therefore, the value in the calculator display memory can be carried forward for further operations.
In Calculator Mode, if you press + (or another operator) after the result, then nothing is cleared and the value in the calculator display memory can be used in further calculations. If you do not enter an operator, but instead enter another number, then the calculator display memory will be cleared, and thus, the result will not be used in further calculations.	
== or Enter Enter	The calculator display memory will be cleared, and thus, the result will not be used in further operations.	
=== or
Enter Enter Enter	The Grand Total will be displayed in the paper tape window. The Grand Total memory will then be cleared.	
Delete or CE	The current entry will be cleared	
Delete Delete or C	The current entry and the calculator display memory will be cleared	
Delete Delete Delete or
Clear Tape	The current entry, the calculator display memory, the Grand Total memory, the paper tape window will be cleared.	
Ctrl+Delete or
exit from EasyCalculator	The current entry, the calculator display memory, the Grand Total memory, the paper tape window, and the memory register will be cleared.	
Memory Functions
The Memory buttons allow you to save numbers and subtotals.
The number saved in the memory register is displayed in the memory window (shown below) at the top of the calculator.

Memory functions include:
Memory Add: Click the M+ button to add a number to memory. For example, if number 5 is in the calculator window, you can click M+ to save it to memory, and the number 5 will appear in the memory window. Click M+ again to add another number to the memory register. From the last example, if number 7 is in the calculator window and you click M+, then 7 will be added to the 5 already in memory; thus, 12 will appear in the memory window.

Memory Subtract: Click the M- button to subtract a number from memory.  For example, if 15 is already in memory, and number 5 is in the calculator window, then when you click M-, the number in memory will be reduced to 10.

Memory Clear: Click the MC button to clear the number stored in memory.  

Memory Recall: Click the MR button to access the number stored in memory.  For example, if the number 56.73 is stored in memory, and thus appears in the memory window, you can recall it by clicking MR. The number 56.73 will appear in the calculator window, ready to use in the present calculation.  

Example:
Perhaps you need to add 72 x 43 and 31 x 71. To do so:
1.	Multiply 72 and 43 by entering 72*43=. The answer 3096 will be displayed.
2.	Click the M+ button to put this value into the memory register. Near the top of the calculator, 3096 will be displayed in the Memory window.
3.	Multiply 31 and 71 by entering 31*71=. The answer 2201 will be displayed.
4.	Click the + key.
5.	Click the MR button to recall the memory register. 3096 will appear in the calculator window. (If you are in Adding Machine Mode, click the + key again to indicate that the number is to be added.)
6.	Click the = key. The answer 5297 will be displayed.

Copying Results
Results can be copied from EasyCalculator to EasyWord, EasySpreadsheet, and other Windows programs.
When you copy in EasyCalculator, the results are placed on the Windows clipboard. To paste into EasyWord or another Windows program, click Paste or press Ctrl+V on your keyboard.
 
Copy Result: Copies the result in the calculator window. You may instead press Ctrl+C on your keyboard.

Copy All: Copies all the computations shown in the paper tape window.

Printing Results
To print the results shown in the paper tape window:
•	Click the PRN button. Or,

•	Press the Prt Scrn (Print Screen) key on your keyboard.
A Print Setup window will appear. Here, you can select the number of copies you wish to print, the paper size and source, and the orientation (portrait or landscape). Click OK to print.
If you have a very long list of results, then to save paper, EasyCalculator may print two columns of results on each page.

The TAX Button
The TAX button allows you to use sales tax, GST, VAT, or another tax rate.

To set the tax rate:
1.	Click the HELP button.
2.	The HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window will appear.
3.	On the right side of the window is a Tax rate text box. Enter the tax rate here as a percentage (without the % sign). If the tax rate is 7%, enter 7 in the text box - do NOT enter 0.7 or 7%.
4.	Click the OK button.
5.	The tax rate will be set. EasyCalculator will remember this rate until you change it - even between EasyCalculator sessions.
To compute tax on an amount:
1.	Click the TAX button.
2.	The tax rate you set will be used to calculate the tax. This tax amount will be be displayed, and added to your total or number. The new total, including tax, will then be displayed. 
Example:
Perhaps you have a price of $140, and you want to add 5% sales tax. Set the tax rate to 5%, then enter 140 and click the TAX button. The following will appear in the paper tape window:
 
140.
5% TAX is:  7.
---------------------
Total with TAX is:  147.

"I want the TAX button to automatically calculate one tax rate on an amount, add it to the amount, then calculate a second tax rate on this new amount, and show the result."
At present, the TAX button is set up to provide a general purpose utility in allowing users to add tax to their calculations. This simple implementation does not handle every case of taxation. Other versions of EasyCalculator exist (although they may not be marketed at the time of this reading, and thus, are unavailable) which contain a macro scripting language, and with some knowledge, will allow you to perform operations such as the one above.

The Percent (%) Button
Use of the % button varies from calculator to calculator. EasyCalculator allows you to decide what the % button will do.

To choose the function for the % button: 
1.	Click the HELP button.
2.	The HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Functions window will appear.
3.	Under % Key, choose one of the following options:
•	To get y% of x: Enter x*y%: This is the default setting. For example, to calculate 5% of 20, enter 20*5, and then press the % button. The result of 1 will be displayed.
20.
* 5.%
------------------
1.	
•	Pressing % Key simply divides number by 100: When you press the % button, the current will be divided by 100. For example, to calculate 5% of 20, enter 20*5%, and then press the = or Enter key.
20.
* 0.05
------------------
Running SubTotal 1.	
•	To get y% of x: Enter: x = * y % =: The = or Enter key must be pressed after clicking the % button. For example, to calculate 5% of 20, enter 20*5, then press the % button, and then press either the = or Enter key.
20.
* 5.%
------------------
Running SubTotal 1.	
•	To get y% of x: Enter: x =  y % =: A calculation must be completed (by pressing = or Enter) before you can calculate percentage. For example, enter 16+4, and then press the = or Enter key to produce the result, 20. Perhaps you want to find 5% of 20. Enter the number 5, and then click the % button. Unlike the method above, this method does not require that you multiply by the percentage or press the = key - simply click the % button.
16.
+ 4.
------------------
Running SubTotal 20.
 
5.%
------------------
1.	
4.	Click OK.
Cost, Sell, and Margin Functions
The COST, SELL, and MAR buttons allow you to compute cost price, selling price, and margin percentage.

Margin = (Selling Price - Cost Price) / Selling Price
There are three variables: margin (MAR), selling price (SELL) and cost price (COST). If you enter any two of  these values, then EasyCalculator can calculate the third one.
EasyCalculator has three sets of buttons, corresponding to the two variables you know:
•	SELL / MAR: Enter the selling price, and click the SELL button. Then, enter the margin, and click the MAR button. EasyCalculator will automatically calculate the cost price. For example, perhaps the selling price is $20 and the margin is 60%. Enter 20 and click the SELL button, then enter 60 and click the MAR button.
20.
Selling Price is 20., Margin(%) is : 60.
----------------------
Cost Price is: 8.	
•	COST / MAR: Enter the cost price, and click the COST button. Then, enter the margin, and click the MAR button. EasyCalculator will automatically calculate the selling price. For example, perhaps the cost price is $8 and the margin is 60%. Enter 8 and click the COST button, then enter 60 and click the MAR button.
8.
Cost Price is 8., Margin(%) is : 60.
----------------------
Selling Price should be: 20.	
•	COST / SELL: Enter the cost price, and click the COST button. Then, enter the selling price, and click the SELL button. EasyCalculator will automatically calculate the margin. For example, perhaps the cost price is $8 and the selling price is $20. Enter 8 and click the COST button, then enter 20 and click the SELL button.
8.
Cost Price is 8., Selling Price is : 20.
----------------------
Profit Margin(%) is: 60.	
 
Showing and Hiding the Buttons
To show or hide the COST, SELL, and MAR buttons:
1.	Click the HELP button.
2.	The HELP: EasyCalculator Options and Features window will appear.
3.	Under # display, un-check (to show) or check off (to hide) Don't display special function keys. 
4.	Click OK.
Note: Some versions of EasyCalculator may not have the buttons.
Displaying Red Hints
These buttons are not intuitively obvious to use, but work in the same way as on desktop calculators equipped with these functions. In EasyCalculator, you can display red-colored hints beside the buttons. To display the hints:
1.	Click the HELP button.
2.	The HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window will appear.
3.	Under # display, check off Display function key red hints. 
4.	Click OK. Red hints will appear beside the COST, SELL, and MAR buttons.

Keyboard Shortcuts
Pressing keys on your keyboard is generally much faster than clicking the EasyCalculator buttons with your mouse. You can enter numbers by pressing the numbers on your keyboard. You can also perform most operations directly from your keyboard.
Keyboard Shortcut	Operation Performed	
Basic Functions	
0-9	enters digit (0-9)	
+	addition	
-	subtraction	
*	multiplication	
/	division	
=	equals	
~	plus/minus; same as +/- key	
%	percent	
F12	inserts two zeros (00)	
Totals	
Enter	Running SubTotal; same as = key	
Enter Enter	Total (result cleared; not carried forward)	
Enter Enter Enter	Grand Total (of previous Totals since last Grand Total)	
Clearing	
Backspace	deletes last digit	
Deleteete	clears error; same as CE button	
Delete Delete  	clears calculator window; same as C key	
Delete Delete Delete	clears paper tape window; same as Clear Tape button	
Ctl+Delete	clears calculator window, paper tape window, memory register, and grand totals	
Miscellaneous	
PrtScrn	prints tape; same as PRN button	
Ctrl+A	automatic decimal	
Ctrl+C	copies result; same as Copy Result button	
Ctrl+F	floating decimal point	
Ctrl+H	brings up HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features window; same as HELP button	
Ctrl+M	adds to memory; same as M+ button	
Ctrl+R	recalls from memory; same as MR button	
Ctrl+S	shows or hides status bar	
Ctrl+T	toggles focus	
Ctrl+V	turns voice readback on or off	
Ctrl+X	tax; same as TAX key	
Esc	if no keypad, re-displays the keypad; if in HELP window, returns to EasyCalculator	

Easy Contact Manager: Contents

I.	Introduction to Easy Contact Manager
i.	Introduction
ii.	Easy Contact Manager Tutorial
II.	Toolbars and Shortcuts
iii.	Toolbar Options
iv.	Keyboard Shortcuts
v.	International Characters
vi.	Quick-task Menu
III.	Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Lists
vii.	Starting a New List
viii.	Saving a List
ix.	Retrieving a List
x.	Password Protection
xi.	Backing Up Files
IV.	Editing Contact Data
xii.	Entering Information
xiii.	Selecting Text
xiv.	Cutting, Copying, and Pasting
xv.	Undo
xvi.	Adding New Contact Records
xvii.	Editing Contact Records
xviii.	Removing Contact Records
xix.	Follow-up Lists
xx.	Adding Contacts to Hot Lists
xxi.	Removing Contacts from Hot Lists
xxii.	Viewing Hot Lists
V.	Contact Lists
xxiii.	Adding a New Contact
xxiv.	Removing a Contact
xxv.	Sorting Contact Lists
xxvi.	Using Contact Manager as a Database
xxvii.	Merging Contact Lists
xxviii.	Copying Contacts to EasyWord
VI.	Form Letters, Labels, and Envelopes
xxix.	Printing Form Letters
xxx.	Sending Form E-mails
xxxi.	Sending Form Faxes
xxxii.	Printing Form Labels
xxxiii.	Printing Form Envelopes
VII.	Dialing, E-mailing, and Faxing Contacts
xxxiv.	Dialing Contacts
xxxv.	E-mailing Contacts
xxxvi.	Faxing Documents to Contacts
VIII.	Importing and Exporting Contacts
xxxvii.	Exporting in Excel Format
xxxviii.	Importing in Excel Format
xxxix.	Importing Contacts from Outlook
xl.	Tips on Importing Contacts
IX.	EasyCalendar
xli.	Introduction to EasyCalendar
xlii.	Calendar
xliii.	Schedule
xliv.	Task List
xlv.	Importing from Microsoft Outlook
xlvi.	Printing
X.	More Information
xlvii.	Display Mode
xlviii.	Switch to EasyWord

Introduction to Easy Contact Manager

Introduction
Easy Contact Manager™ is an easy to use method of keeping track of your personal contacts or your business contacts.

You can add as many contacts as you like.  Easy Contact Manager will keep track of them alphabetically by last name.
Easy Contact Manager has a 'hot list' system. Any contact that you need to follow-up you can put on your 'hot list'.  You can assign different contacts on your hot list with different colors. For example, contacts you need to urgently follow-up with you could assign a red color, while contacts you need to call again next month you could assign a blue color.
Viewing a contact is easy. On the left side of the screen you will see a list of your contacts. Simply click on a contact's name, and the details appear on the screen.
You can add a variety of information about each contact. The screen is set up to allow you to enter things such as  addresses, phone numbers, and credit information. 
You can have different contact lists. For example, you could set up one contact list for business contacts, and another contact list for personal contacts ranging from friends' phone-numbers, to the pizza delivery number.

Easy Contact Manager™ Tutorial
The Easy Contact Manager Tutorial guides you through the basic functionality of Easy Contact Manager. By default, this tutorial appears each time you start Easy Contact Manager.
To view the tutorial at any time, select Easy Contact Manager Tutorial, found in the Help menu.
After you become experienced using Easy Contact Manager, you will probably not want to see the Tutorial each time you start the program. Go to the Help button on the top menu. If there is a check-mark beside Start Tutorial at Startup, then click this selection. The check mark will disappear, and the next time that you start Easy Contact Manager the tutorial will not appear. You can see the tutorial whenever you want, from the Help menu.

Toolbars and Shortcuts

Toolbar Options
Toolbar Style
To change the toolbar style:
5.	Go to the View menu, and put your cursor over Toolbar Styles.
6.	Choose Classic (more colorful and easier for beginners) or Modern.
7.	You may have to restart Easy Contact Manager for new toolbar style to take effect. 
 
Showing and Hiding Side Toolbar
To show or hide the side toolbar:
1.	Go to the View menu.
2.	Check off (to show) or un-check (to hide) Side Toolbar.

Keyboard Shortcuts
Some common functions can be performed directly from your keyboard using the shortcuts below:
Keyboard Shortcut	Function	
File	
Ctrl+N	new contact list	
Ctrl+O	retrieve a contact list	
Ctrl+S	save a contact list	
Editing Fields	
Ctrl+X	cut selected text	
Ctrl+C	copy selected text	
Ctrl+V	paste copied text	
Printing	
Ctrl+L	print form letters	
Ctrl+V	print form envelopes	
Ctrl+B	print labels	
E-mailing and Faxing	
Ctrl+E	e-mail form letters	
Ctrl+M	fax form letters	

International Characters
You can insert an International Character by entering a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut keystroke:
To enter this character:	Use these keystrokes:	
à, è, ì, ò, ù  À, È, Ì, Ò, Ù 	 Ctrl+` followed by any of these letters	
á, é, í, ó, ú, ý Á, É, Í, Ó, Ú, Ý	Ctrl+' followed by any of these letters	
 â, ê, î, ô, û Â, Ê, Î, Ô, Û	Ctrl+Shift+^ followed by any of these letters	
ã, ñ, õ Ã, Ñ, Õ	Ctrl+Shift+~ followed by any of these letters	
ä, ë, ï, ö, ü, ÿ  Ä, Ë, Ï, Ö, Ü, Ÿ	Ctrl+Shift+:  followed by any of these letters	
å, Å	Ctrl+Shift+@ followed by a or A	
æ, Æ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by a or A	
œ, Œ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by o or O	
'ç, Ç	Ctrl+, followed by c or C	
'ð, Ð	Ctrl+' followed by d or D	
¿	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+?	
ß	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by s	
¡	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+!	
ø, Ø	Ctrl+/  followed by o or O	
€	Ctrl+$	
For example, to place a circumflex accent (^) above a letter, hold the Ctrl key and the Shift key, and then press the ^ key. Let go of the keys, and then enter whatever letter you want. The ^ accent will appear on top of the letter. (This is summarized as: Ctrl+Shift+^)
Note: The shortcut for the Euro € is not a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut, but defined here for EasyOffice, due to the demand we have had for such a shortcut.
 
Language Notes
European Languages: Use any English (or other European language version) Windows to enter characters from most European languages. All languages can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Japanese: For best results, please use a Japanese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Japanese; Japanese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Traditional Chinese:   For best results, please use a Traditional Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Traditional Chinese; Traditional Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Simplified Chinese: For best results, please use a Simplified Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Simplified Chinese; Simplified Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Korean: For best results, please use a Korean version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Korean; Korean and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.

Quick-task Menu
Right-click inside a field to access the Quick-task Menu.
The Quick-task Menu includes the following functions:
•	Undo: Undoes the last step within the field.
•	Cut: Cuts the selected text.
•	Copy: Copies the selected text.
•	Paste: Pastes the previously cut or copied text.
•	Delete: Deletes the selected text.
•	Select All: Selects all text within the field.

Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Lists

Starting a New List
Contact Lists make it possible to better organize all your contact information. By naming  your Contact Lists, you can easily locate the contact information you are looking for.
To start a new, empty contact list:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click New. Or,
•	Click the Start a New Contact List button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+N on your keyboard.
2.	A New Contact List window will appear. Here, you can:
•	Enter a name for your contact list in the text box provided. Choose an appropriate name for your contact list, such as Family, Friends, Business, Emergency, and so on. 
•	Specify a location for your contact list file. The default folder is My Documents; however, you can select another folder by clicking Change Folder.
•	When you are done, OK. 
3.	A new contact list will open to a blank contact card. Enter information, such as the contact's name and address, into the fields provided. 
 
Note: Five contact lists can be open at one time. The names of the open contact lists are displayed near the bottom of the screen. The name of the contact list you are currently working will appear in yellow, on a light blue background. To switch between lists, click on the name of the list you want to view.

Saving a List
To save your current contact list:
•	Go to the File menu, and click Save. Or.
•	Click the Save this Contact List button. (This is equivalent to Save, not Save As.) Or,
	
•	Press Ctrl+S on your keyboard. (This is equivalent to Save As.)
If your contact list has already been saved (an you did not press the Ctrl+O shortcut), then there is nothing else to do. Your old contact list file will be overwritten with your updated list.
If your contact list has not yet been saved, then a Save As window will appear. Here, you can:
1.	Choose a location for your file from the Save in box using standard Windows commands.
2.	Enter a name for your file in the File name box.
3.	When you are done, click Save. Your file will be saved.
 
Save As
If you have already saved your contact list, but want to give it another file name, or want to save it in another location, you should save as.
To save as:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu, and click Save As. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+S on your keyboard.
2.	The Save As window will appear. Specify the new location or file name for your list, as described above.
3.	Your file will be saved.  

Retrieving a List
To open a saved contact list:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Open. Or,
•	Click the Retrieve a Contact List button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+O on your keyboard.
2.	An Open window will appear.
3.	Use the Look in box to locate the file you want to open. Click on the file, and then click Open.
4.	The contact list file will be retrieved.

Password Protection
For security purposes, you may want to password-protect your contact list.
To password-protect your current contact list:
1.	If your contact list has not already been saved, save it. See Saving a List for details.
2.	Go to the Contact menu and click Password Protect Current Contact List.
3.	A Set Password window will appear.
4.	Type your password in the Password box. Then, type it a second time in the Confirm Password box.
5.	Click OK. The password will be set. Do not forget this password, as it will be required each time you want to open your list.
 
To open a password-protected contact list:
1.	Retrieve the contact list as you would normally - click Retrieve a Contact List, or go to the File menu and click Open, or press Ctrl+O on your keyboard. An Open window will appear, where you can find and retrieve your contact list file. See Retrieving a List for further details.
2.	An Enter Password window will appear.
3.	Type the password in the Password box.
4.	Click OK.
5.	If the password entered was valid, the list will open; otherwise, you will be prompted to enter the password again.

Backing Up Files
EasyOffice Backup allows you to easily back up your contact files. EasyOffice Backup is included with EasyOffice Premium version.
 Alternate back up methods are given below.
 
Contact List Files
By default, Easy Contact Manager will save and retrieve contact list files to the My Documents folder. When saving a file in Easy Contact Manager, you do not have to use this folder. Instead, you save the file to any folder of your choice.
If you have many different documents in your My Documents folder, and you are looking for  documents created with Easy Contact Manager, then look for files with the extension *.cm, such as BusinessContacts.cm.
If you routinely back up your My Documents folder on your computer, and you save your contact list files to My Documents, then you are automatically backing up your contact list files at the same time. If you do not routinely back up the My Documents folder (perhaps there are hundreds of unneeded files), then you should back up your contact list files individually.
An easy way to back up a document is to save the file on a floppy disk. To save on a floppy disk:
1.	Insert a floppy disk into drive A:. 
2.	Go to the File menu, and click Save As. 
3.	A Save As window will appear. 
4.	Type A:, followed by the name of your file, in the File name box. For example, if you wanted to name your contact list BusinessContacts, then type A:BusinessContacts.
5.	Click Save. Your contact list file will be saved on the floppy diskette.
 Your computer may be on a network. To save a file to another computer on the network:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Save As.
2.	A Save As window  will appear.
3.	Click the down-arrow at the right end of the Save In box. 
4.	A list box will appear. Click Network Neighborhood, and then select the desired computer and folder where you want to save your file. 
5.	Enter a name for your file in the File name box. 
6.	Click Save. Your document will be saved in the folder on the computer you chose.
 
EasyCalendar Files
EasyCalendar automatically reads from and writes to the following files in your My Documents folder:
•	taskpad.tsk
•	dayview.day
•	calendar.cal
There may also be weekview and monthview (or equivalent) files.
 
Program Files
You do not have to backup the program files of Easy Contact Manager. Should the program files become damaged on your computer, insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the program files. (If you are technically curious, the program files of Easy Contact Manager will be found in the folder: Program Files\ EasyOffice 2001.)

Editing Contact Data

Entering Information
A contact's information is entered in the fields provided. Fields include the first name, last name, title, company, home address, business address, home phone number, and so on.

To enter information, click on the text box for the field you want. Type directly in the field.
 
Deleting Text
To erase text in a field:
•	Use the Backspace and Delete keys on your keyboard as you would normally.
•	Select the text you want to delete. Then, right-click on the text to access the Quick-task menu, and click Delete.
 
Moving Through Fields
You can quickly move through the fields using your keyboard:
•	To move to the next field, press the Enter key.
•	To move up and down through the fields, press the up and down arrow keys.
•	To jump from field to field, press the Tab key.

Selecting Text
In Easy Contact Manager, text inside fields can be selected. This is useful for cutting and pasting text. For example, you may want to copy one contact's office phone number, and paste it into the office phone number field of another contact.
 To select text within a field:
1.	Move your mouse cursor just in front of the text you want to select. 
2.	Click and hold down your left mouse button. Do not let go, and move the mouse over the text you want to select. These words will become highlighted.
3.	Release your mouse button.
 
To quickly select all text within a field:
1.	Click inside the field that contains the text you want to select.
2.	Right-click on the field, so that the Quick-task Menu appears.
3.	Click Select All. All the text within the field will be selected.

Cutting, Copying, and Pasting
The cut, copy, and paste functions in Easy Contact Manager are very similar to those in most Windows programs.
To cut:
1.	Within a field, select the text you want to cut.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Right-click on the text, so that the Quick-task menu appears, and click Cut. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+X on your keyboard.
3.	The selected text will be removed from the field, and placed on an imaginary clipboard in your computer. This text can be pasted in another location.
 
To copy:
1.	Within a field, select the text you want to copy.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Right-click on the text, so that the Quick-task menu appears, and click Copy. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+C on your keyboard.
3.	A copy of the selected text will placed on an imaginary clipboard in your computer. It will not be removed from the field. This text can be pasted in another location.
 
To paste:
1.	Click in the field where you want to paste the text you have previously cut or copied. 
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Right-click within the field, so that the Quick-task menu appears, and click Paste. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+V on your keyboard.
3.	The cut or copied text will pasted into the field from the imaginary clipboard in your computer.

Undo
You can undo your last step within a field, even if you have entered text in other fields since you last worked on it.
To undo:
1.	Right-click inside the field to access the Quick-task Menu.
2.	Click Undo.
3.	You last step in that field will be reversed. 

Adding New Contact Records
You can keep track of your dealings with a contact in the Contact Record.  Here, you can enter follow-up dates, comments on previous correspondences, and any personal notes you feel are important to keep handy.

To add new information into the Contact Record window:
1.	Click the New Entry button. 
2.	An Add New Contact History window will appear.
3.	Contact Manager will automatically set the current Date and Time. To change the date and time, simply type in the date and time format you would like displayed in the comment window.  
4.	Enter the type of Activity (usually the form of communication) you were involved with. Examples include type, fax, letter, phone call, message, page, e-mail, or any other form of correspondence.
5.	In the Regarding bxo, enter the topic or reason for the communication. For example, "Set up appointment to view product".
6.	Click OK. The information you entered will be displayed in the Contact Record window.

Editing Contact Records
To edit a Contact Record entry:
1.	In the Contact Record window, click on the entry you want like to change.
2.	Click the Edit/View button. (Or, you may double-click on the entry.)
 	
3.	An Edit Contact History window will appear, where you can change the Date and Time, Activity, and other information.
4.	Click OK. The information you changed will be displayed in the Contact Record window.

Removing Contact Records
To remove a contact record entry:
1.	In the Contact Record window, click on the entry you want like to change.
2.	Click the Remove Entry button. (Or, you may double-click on the entry.)
 	
3.	A message will appear, asking if your are sure you want to remove the entry. Click Yes to remove the entry.
4.	The entry will be removed from the Contact Record window.

Follow-Up Lists
Easy Contact Manager will keep track of the follow-up dates you enter for your contacts.

To view contacts who require a follow-up:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Contact menu, and click Follow-Up Lists. Or,
•	Click the Follow-Ups button.

2.	A Follow-Up Dates window will appear.
3.	Choose the time period of follow-ups you want to view.
4.	If you want to be reminded on follow-up dates, check off the box near bottom of the window.  
5.	Click OK.
6.	When you are finished viewing the follow-ups, and want to view all contacts again:
•	Go to the Contact menu, and un-check Follow-Up Lists. Or,
•	Click the Follow-Ups button another time.
 
Follow-Up Lists and EasyCalendar
At present, the follow-up dates and Lists are independent of EasyCalendar. However, in future versions of Easy Contact Manager, you will be able to transfer follow-up dates to EasyCalendar. Please check www.e-press.com for future upgrades to EasyWord/Contact Manager.

Adding Contacts to Hot Lists
Easy Contact Manager has a hot list system for contacts. Different colors can be assigned to different contacts on your hot list.  For example, you could assign red to contacts you need to urgently follow-up, while blue could be assigned to contacts you need to call next month.
To add a contact to your hot list:
1.	In the contact list on the left side of the screen, click the contact name you want to add to the hot list.
2.	A square, colored bullet will be used to indicate that the contact is on the hot list. You may select the color to use.  Click the Select Hot List Symbol button, and then click on the colored symbol you want.  
	
3.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Hot List menu and click Add to Hot List. Or,
•	Click the Add to Hot List button.
		
4.	The contact will be added to the hot list. The hot list symbol you chose will appear beside the name of your contact.

Removing Contacts from Hot Lists
To remove a contact from your hot list:
1.	Select the contact you want to remove from the hot list.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Hot List menu and click Remove from Hot List. Or,
•	Click the Remove from List button.
		
3.	The contact will be removed from the hot list, and the hot list symbol will no longer appear beside the contact's name. The contact will, however, remain in your contact list, and no other information will be deleted.

Viewing Hot Lists
To view a hot list:
1.	Select the hot list symbol for the hot list you want to view. Click the Select Hot List Symbol button, and choose a color.
	
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the View menu and click Hot Lists. Or,
•	Click the View Hot List button.
		
3.	Only the contacts in the hot list (of the color you chose) will be shown. All other contacts in the list will not be displayed.
4.	To return to viewing all your contacts:
•	Go to the View menu and un-check Hot List. Or,
•	Click the View Hot List button again.

Contact Lists

Adding a New Contact
To add a new contact to your contact list:
•	Go to the Contact menu and click Add Contact. Or,
•	Click the Add a Contact button on the top toolbar.
	
An empty contact card will be added to your list. Enter your contact's information, such as the name and address, in the fields provided.

Removing a Contact
To remove a contact from your contact list:
1.	In the list on the left side of the screen, find the name of the contact you wish to remove, and click it.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Contact menu and click Remove a Contact. Or,
•	Click the Remove a Contact button.

3.	A dialog box will appear, asking whether you are sure that you want to delete the contact. Click Yes to proceed with the deletion. Click No if you have changed your mind and want to keep the contact on the list.

Sorting Contact Lists
The contacts in your list can be sorted by a selected field. 
The contacts in Easy Contact Manager can be sorted by last name, company name, title, business city, business state/province, business zip/postal code, home city, home state/province, home zip/postal code, status alert, project summary and project status. You can choose which of these selections to sort by - these selections are just below the sorted list of contacts on the left side of the screen.
Example:
Perhaps you have a list of 4 contacts with the following information:
 
First Name	Last Name	Project Summary	
Fred	Smith	Misc. projects	
Bob	Adams	Trellis projects	
Nina	Yot	Homes by Lancier project	
Mary	Tupperi	Great Gorge project	
 If you choose to sort by Last Name, then the contacts would be displayed in the order:
 
Adams
Smith
Tupperi
Yot
If you choose to sort by Project Summary, then the contacts would be displayed in the order: 
 
Great Gorge project
Homes by Lancier project
Misc projects
Trellis project

Using Contact Manager as a Database
Many users make use of Easy Contact Manager as a simple database.
For example, a consulting engineering company keeps all their workers and project managers in a contact list.  They will sort by the Project Summary field when they want to see which workers and managers are working on which projects. (See Sorting Contact Lists for help on sorting.)
Another user runs a company selling auto parts to different groups of buyers. This company keeps all their buyers in one contact list, but assigns them to different hot lists, and prints out mailing labels for particular hot lists, each time they will do a mailing to a particular group of buyers.
Note that when you print form letters, print form envelopes, print labels, e-mail form letters, or fax form letters (if faxing capabilities are included with your version of Easy Contact Manager), you are given the choice to:
•	Print/e-mail to everyone in the contact list
•	Print/e-mail to everyone in one particular hot list of the contact list
•	Print/e-mail to particular groups of hot lists of the contact list

Merging Contact Lists
When you import a contact list, it will be merged into the contact list presently open on your screen.
Some users make use of this feature to merge two contact lists:
1.	Export one contact list as an Excel-compatible file. See Exporting in Excel Format for details.
2.	Retrieve the other contact list, so that it is displayed on your screen.
3.	Import the first contact list. It will automatically be merged with the other contact list on your screen. See Importing in Excel Format for details.
4.	Click Save this Contact List to save the newly merged contact lists under the filename of the contact list that was displayed on your screen.
Note: If you import the same information a second time, it will be listed a second time in your contact list.

Copying Contacts to EasyWord
You can copy your contacts' information to EasyWord. In EasyWord, this information can be edited and printed.
Copying Names and Addresses
To copy the names and addresses of contacts to EasyWord:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the EasyWord menu and click Copy Name and Address to EasyWord. Or,
•	Click the Copy Address to EasyWord button. 

2.	You will be asked if you want to copy the address of the current contact address, or the addresses of all  contacts in your contact list.
3.	The name(s) and address(es) will be copied to your current EasyWord document.
 
Copying All Fields
To copy entire contact records to EasyWord:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the EasyWord menu and click Copy All Information to EasyWord. Or,
•	Click the Copy All to EasyWord button. 
		
1.	You will be asked if you want to copy the address of the current contact address, or the addresses of all contacts in your contact list.
2.	The filled fields will be copied to your current EasyWord document. Empty fields will not be copied. Each contact will be displayed on a separate page. 

Form Letters, Labels, and Envelopes

Printing Form Letters
You may want to send similar letters to your contacts, or to hot-listed contacts, on a contact list. You can create a form letter which will handle the personalization of the your letters. You need only write one form letter - names, addresses, and other personal information will be automatically inserted into each letter, producing a personalized letter for each contact.
Before printing form letters, you should have a list of contacts to whom you wish to send letters. For information on adding contacts to your list, see Adding a New Contact.
 
Creating and Printing Form Letters
To create and print a form letter:
1.	Ensure that your list of contacts is currently open.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Print Form Letters. Or, 
•	Click the Print Form Letter button. Or, 

•	Press Ctrl+L on your keyboard.
3.	You will be asked whether you want to start a new form letter, or retrieve one that you have already typed. If you have a saved letter you want to use, click Retrieve a form letter. Otherwise, click Write a new form letter. Then, click OK.
4.	If you chose Retrieve a form letter, an Open window will appear, allowing you to find and select a file. If you chose Write a new form letter, another window will appear, explaining how EasyWord will set up and e-mail your letters (click OK to continue).
5.	EasyWord will appear, with a Form Letter Toolbar to help you write your form letter. This toolbar allows you to insert the personalized information from your contacts that vary for each letter (first names, last names, addresses, etc.). If this toolbar disappears at any time, you can make it visible again by checking off View -> Toolbars -> Form Letter Bar.
6.	Start typing your letter. Each time you want there to be personal information about a contact (such as a name or address), select a field from the menu on the form letter toolbar, and click Insert Field for Form Letters.
	
When you click this button, a text identifier will be inserted at the position of your cursor, enclosed in double-angle brackets. An example is shown below:
Dear <<First Name>> <<Last Name>>,
 
Our company will be holding a mandatory welcome back breakfast meeting, some time next month. As of now, the final details have not been finalized, but a follow-up invitation will be sent out to your address shortly. Please also check your e-mail address, <<E-mail>>, regularly, as last-minute details regarding this meeting will be sent here.
 
I hope you had a good summer, and all of us look forward to seeing you soon.
 
Yours Truly,
Johnny Smith
Vice President
6.	Save the form letter as a document (RTF or DOC).  This way, you can re-use or modify the form letter, thus saving time by not having to create a new one later on.  Click the File1 menu, and select Save As.  Name your form letter, then click Save.
7.	To print copies of your form letter for your contacts, click the Print Form Letters button on the Form Letter Toolbar.
8.	You will be asked whether you want to print letters for all contacts, or only contacts in certain hot list. Make your choice and click OK. Your form letters will be printed.

Sending Form E-mails
You may need to send personalized e-mails to your contacts, or to certain hot-listed contacts. You need only write the form e-mail letter once - personal information for each contact will be inserted into each e-mail automatically.
Before using form e-mails, you should have already familiarized yourself (and tried at least once) printing regular  form letters with Contact Manager. You also should have already  tried sending documents as e-mails from EasyWord (i.e., this means that your computer is connected to a valid Internet account, and that your e-mail program is installed and compatible with EasyOffice). If you do not have e-mail capabilities, you cannot send form e-mails.
 
Creating and Sending Form E-mails
To create and send form e-mails:
1.	Ensure that your list of contacts is currently open. Note that Contact Manager will look in the E-mail field for the e-mail addresses of your contacts.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click E-mail Form Letters. Or,
•	Click the E-mail Form Letter button on the right toolbar. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+E on your keyboard.
3.	You will be asked whether you want to start a new form letter, or retrieve one that you have already typed. If you have a saved letter you want to use, click Retrieve a form letter. Otherwise, click Write a new form letter. Then, click OK.
4.	If you chose Retrieve a form letter, an Open window will appear, allowing you to find and select a file. If you chose Write a new form letter, another window will appear, explaining how EasyWord will set up and e-mail your letters (click OK to continue).
5.	EasyWord will open. Start typing your form e-mail letter. Each time you want there to be personal information about a contact (such as a name or address), select a field from the menu on the form letter toolbar, and click Insert Field for Form Letters.
	
When you click this button, a text identifier will be inserted at the position of your cursor, enclosed in double-angle brackets. An example is shown below:
Dear <<First Name>> <<Last Name>>,
 
Our company will be holding a mandatory welcome back breakfast meeting, some time next month. As of now, the final details have not been finalized, but a follow-up invitation will be sent out to your address shortly. Please also check your e-mail address, <<E-mail>>, regularly, as last-minute details regarding this meeting will be sent here.
 
I hope you had a good summer, and all of us look forward to seeing you soon.
 
Yours Truly,
 
Johnny Smith
Vice President
6.	Save the form letter as a document (RTF or DOC).  This way, you can re-use or modify the form letter, thus saving time by not having to create a new one later on.  Click the File1 menu, and select Save As.  Name your form letter, then click Save.
7.	To send copies of your e-mail form letter to your contacts, click the E-mail Form Letters button on the Form Letter Toolbar.
8.	Easy Word will verify whether you want all of your contacts to receive the e-mail, or only contacts of certain hot lists. Make your selection, and click OK.
9.	EasyWord will send the personalized e-mails to your contacts, using your default e-mail program.

Sending Form Faxes
You may need to send personalized fax letters to your contacts, or to certain hot-listed contacts. You need only write the form fax letter once - personal information for each contact will be inserted into each fax letter automatically.
Before using form fax letters, you should have already familiarized yourself (and tried at least once) printing regular  form letters with Contact Manager. You also should have already tried using Contact Manager to fax a document (i.e., this means that your computer is connected to fax machine, and that the fax-modem card is installed correctly). If you do not have fax capabilities, you cannot fax form letters.
 
Creating and Sending Form Faxes
To send form fax letters:
1.	Ensure that the list of contacts you want to fax to is currently open. Note that Contact Manager will look in the Fax field for the fax numbers of your contacts. Please enter all telephone digits that must be dialed as part of the fax number. For example, if you are in Los Angeles and want to fax to the number 555-5555 in Toronto (area code 416), then enter '1-416-555-5555'. If no fax number is entered for a contact, then the contact will be skipped during the faxing process.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Fax Form Letters. Or,
•	Click the FAX Form Letter button on the right toolbar. Or,  

•	Press Ctrl+M on your keyboard.
3.	You will be asked whether you want to start a new form letter, or retrieve one that you have already typed. If you have a saved letter you want to use, click Retrieve a form letter. Otherwise, click Write a new form letter. Then, click OK. 
4.	If you chose Retrieve a form letter, an Open window will appear, allowing you to find and select a file. If you chose Write a new form letter, another window will appear, explaining how EasyWord will set up and send your letters (click OK to continue).
5.	EasyWord will open. Start typing your letter. Each time you want there to be personal information about a contact (such as a name or address), select a field from the menu on the form letter toolbar, and click Insert Field for Form Letters.
	
When you click this button, a text identifier will be inserted at the position of your cursor, enclosed in double-angle brackets. An example is shown below:
Dear <<First Name>> <<Last Name>>,
 
Our company will be holding a mandatory welcome back breakfast meeting, some time next month. As of now, the final details have not been finalized, but a follow-up invitation will be sent out to your address shortly. Please also check your e-mail address, <<E-mail>>, regularly, as last-minute details regarding this meeting will be sent here.
 
I hope you had a good summer, and all of us look forward to seeing you soon.
 
Yours Truly,
 
Johnny Smith
Vice President
6.	Save the form letter as a document (RTF or DOC).  This way, you can re-use or modify the form letter, thus saving time by not having to create a new one later on.  Click the File1 menu, and select Save As.  Name your form letter, then click Save.
7.	To fax copies of your form letter to your contacts, click the FAX Form Letters button on the Form Letter Toolbar.
8.	Easy Word will verify whether you want all of your contacts to receive the fax, or only contacts of certain hot lists. Make your selection, and click OK.
9.	A Send current document as a FAX window will appear. Here, you can type in details to include with the FAX (the date, your name, the subject, etc.). Click OK.. proceed to send FAX, and EasyWord will send the personalized FAX letters to your contacts.
If a fax number is busy, EasyWord will try to fax the letter to a particular contact three times. After going through your contact list three times, EasyWord will list the contacts who did not successfully receive your fax letter. You can try to fax to them again, or you can cancel the process.
Note: If none of your faxes were delivered, then check for problems with your own fax-modem or fax telephone line. Try to send a single fax from Contact Manager or EasyWord to see if your fax-modem system is working.

Printing Form Labels
1.	Ensure that your list of contacts is currently open.
2.	 Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Print Labels. Or,
•	Click the Print Labels button on the toolbar to the right. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+B on your keyboard. 
3.	A Print Form Label window will appear. Here, you can specify:
•	Label Types: Allows you to select the type of labels you are using. It includes commonly-available sizes such as 4"x1" , 4"x1-1/2", 4"x2", and so on. Avery part numbers are given, but other manufacturers also make labels of these sizes. (It is assumed that you are putting a page (or pages) of labels into your printer, i.e., that the labels are not individual, nor on a sprocket-fed reel like a dot-matrix printer would use.)
•	Delivery Address: This box is already configured for you with the name and address of the contact. Below, you can choose whether you want to use the Business Address or Home Address. (For help on customizing the information that will appear on your labels, see "Label Customization", below.) 
•	Select a Font and a font Size for the text on your labels.
4.	Click OK, and the Print Setup box will appear. For most printers, you need only click OK and your labels will be printed out. (If you need to adjust your printer's settings, click the Properties button.)
 
Label Customization (Optional)
You can customize the information on the labels, if you wish.
For example, if you wanted to print labels with a contact's last name, then first name, followed by the contact's telephone number (on a new line), you could enter the following code:
<<Last Name>>, <<First Name>>
<<Office Phone>>
The following fields may be used:
•	<<First Name>>
•	<<Last Name>>
•	<<Title>>
•	<<Company>>
•	<<Office Phone>>
•	<<Fax>>
•	<<E-mail>
•	<<Home Phone>>
•	<<Cell Phone>>
•	<<Pager>>
•	<<Business Address>>
•	<<Home Address>>
•	<<Other Information>>

Printing Form Envelopes
You can print personalized envelopes for a list of contacts.
Printing form envelopes is similar to printing form letters. You set up a form envelope, and the computer automatically prints a different envelope for each contact on your list (or hot list). 
To print form envelopes:
1.	Ensure that your list of contacts is currently open.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Print Form Envelopes. Or,
•	Click the Print Form Envelope button on the right toolbar. Or, 
		
•	Press Ctrl+V on your keyboard.
4.	A window will open, asking if you would like to Write a New Form Envelope or Retrieve a Form Envelope.  Make your selection, and click OK. If you selected Retrieve a Form Envelope, an Open window will appear, allowing you to search for your file.
5.	You will be asked to specify the address you intend to use (Business Address or Home Address). This is the address that EasyWord will take from Easy Contact Manager, and print on the envelopes it creates.  Make your selection, and click OK.
6.	An Envelope window will appear. Here, you can specify:
•	Envelope Type: Select an envelope size or type from this list.
•	Delivery Address: Here, you will see a selection of fields enclosed by double-angle brackets (>>).  These fields indicate how the addresses will appear on the envelopes.  Typically, the delivery address includes the first and last name, followed by a business or home address (depending which type you specified in step 4). Fields you may want to use include: 
•	<<First Name>>
•	<<Last Name>>
•	<<Title>>
•	<<Company>>
•	<<Business Address>>
•	<<Home Address>>
•	Return Address: Type in the return address. This may not be necessary, as EasyWord should remember your return address between sessions.
When you are finished, click OK.  
7.	The envelope will be displayed in EasyWord.  From here, you can print the envelopes by clicking Print Form Envelope (located on the Form Letter Toolbar).  EasyWord will verify whether you want an envelope to be printed for all of your contacts, or only contacts on certain hot lists. 
8.	When the Print window appears, ensure that your printer knows it is about to print envelopes. Certain printers print envelopes without any adjustments required; however, many printers will require that you set the envelope size before printing:
•	Click the Properties button. 
•	Look for the section where you set the paper size for the printer. Set the paper size to the envelope size you are using (e.g., #10 envelope is a common size).
•	Ensure that the orientation of the paper (which is now an envelope) is set to Landscape.
•	Click Apply (if the choice exists), and then OK. You will return to the Print window.
Make sure that envelopes are loaded in your printer. Click OK to print.

Dialing, E-mailing, and Faxing Contacts

Dialing Contacts
You can dial a contact directly from Easy Contact Manager. You can  dial an office phone number, home phone number, cell phone number, or pager number. The telephone number you entered in a particular field will be dialed.
 
Telephone Setup
Your telephone handset should be plugged into the modem of your computer, and your modem should then plug into your telephone line.
Note: A simple, standard Windows-compliant modem is all that is necessary. A more expensive voice-enabled modem, such as one used for a computer-based telephone answering system, is not required.
 
Dialing Setup
The Windows auto-dialing routines are used for dialing. These standard Windows routines should work with all standard modems. If a modem or its configuration is not standard, then it may not work.
You can adjust your modem's settings, as well as Windows dialing properties. For example, you may need to dial an area code, even for local dialing, or perhaps you need to dial '9' to dial out.
To adjust modem settings or dialing properties:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Telephone Modem Settings. Or,
•	Click the Tips on Dialing Button. Then, click Adjust Modem Settings or Dialing Properties.

2.	A Modem Properties window will appear.
3.	Adjust the modem settings. To adjust the dialing settings, click the Dialing Properties button.
4.	When you are done, click OK.
 
Dialing
To dial, use standard Windows dialing routines:
1.	Pick up your phone (or press the Speaker button on a speaker phone), and listen for a dial tone. 
2.	Click the button for the number you want to dial.

	
	
3.	Depending on the modem in your computer, AFTER the number is dialed, you may need to press the Talk button to be able to talk through your modem.
4.	After your call is finished, press the Hangup button to hang up the modem. Then, you must actually hang up your phone to hang up the telephone line. (Many modems are designed to allow you to talk through the modem and will not hang up the telephone line themselves.)
 
"Do I need to use the Talk button?"
Depending on your modem, you may not need to use the Talk button. If you are able to talk through your modem without clicking the Talk button, then do not bother to use the button.
The dialing routines will tell you to pick up the receiver and click the Talk button. Do NOT do this.
If you need to use the Talk button, then wait for the number to be dialed and ringing to occur before clicking the Talk button. If you click the Talk button before dialing is finished, then depending on your modem, you may interrupt the dialing.
E-mailing Contacts
To e-mail a contact:
1.	Ensure that the contact you want to e-mail is open on your screen.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Send an E-mail to Current Contact. Or,
•	Click the Send E-mail to this Contact button, located just below the E-mail field.

3.	Your default e-mail program (which is also used by EasyWord) will open with a new, blank e-mail. 
If the e-mail address is non-existent or invalid, you will be advised. If the e-mail program on your computer is not a standard Windows e-mail system, you will receive the same advisory messages as in EasyWord.
 
Note: In the CD-ROM version of EasyOffice, if your computer does not have a standard e-mail system, a copy of Microsoft Outlook Express should automatically be installed.

Faxing Documents to Contacts
Contact Manager allows you to fax your current EasyWord document to a contact.
Please remember that in order to send a fax, your computer needs a valid fax-modem card and the appropriate software drivers for that card. If the fax-modem card drivers are not present on your computer, or if Windows NT/2000 will not let you use the software drivers (e.g. security setting), then you will not be able to send out faxes. Most problems we have encountered to date with the fax component are due to the fax-modem card in the computer not being set up correctly.
To fax your current EasyWord document to a contact:
1.	Ensure that the document you want to send is open in EasyWord. If it is not, switch to EasyWord, and create or open the document you want to send. See Switching to EasyWord for help.
2.	Ensure that the contact you want to send the fax to is open on your screen. 
3.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Send a FAX to Current Contact. Or,
•	Click the Send FAX to this Contact button.

4.	A window will appear to make sure that you have opened your document in EasyWord. To continue, click Go ahead and FAX the current document to my contact.
5.	You will be prompted for information required to create a cover page, including a fax-to telephone number. This cover page along with your current document, will then automatically be faxed to the telephone number you specified.
Please enter all telephone digits that must be dialed as part of the fax phone number. For example, if you are in Los Angeles and want to send a FAX to the number 555-5555 in Toronto (with area code 416), then enter '1-416-555-5555'.
(This is different than the telephone dialer that is built into Easy Contact Manger. The telephone dialer makes use of the Windows dialing routine, which automatically adds prefixes. The fax system does not add any prefixes - it dials the exact digits you specify.)
6.	During transmission of the fax, you will see the various messages between Easy Contact Manager and the fax-modem card. If errors occur during fax transmission, you will be informed. If the line is busy, you will so informed, and asked if you want to re-transmit the fax.
 
Upgrading the Fax System
Please go to www.e-press.com to upgrade your version of EasyWord/Contact Manager. This will automatically upgrade the fax component of EasyWord/Contact Manager.
 
"My Version of EasyOffice says that Fax Drivers are not included. Why?"
For reasons of licensing, the fax drivers (these are not the hardware fax-modem low-level drivers, but the next level above) cannot be distributed as a free downloads product. The fax drivers are present on the CD-ROM version of EasyOffice, and in the case of downloadable versions of EasyOffice, may only be downloaded if a Commercial UserID is obtained. The fax features of Easy Contact Manager should thus NOT, at this time, be considered as features of any demonstration version or free version of EasyOffice. However, please note that we are actively searching for a freely downloadable (and reliable, of course) fax driver to use with EasyOffice.

Importing and Exporting Contacts

Exporting in Excel Format
Contact lists can be saved and exported in an Excel-compatible spreadsheet format.
To export a contact list as an Excel (*.xls) file:
1.	Go to the File menu, then Export, and click Excel Format.
2.	A Save As window will appear.
3.	Choose a location for your file from the Save in box. Enter a name for your file in the File name box. When you are done, click the Save button.
4.	An Export window will appear.
5.	A list of all fields that will be exported to a TAB delimited text file will be shown. To de-select a field, click it. Click OK when you are done.
6.	Your contact list will be saved. It can be read and modified by spreadsheet programs such as EasySpreadsheet and Microsoft Excel. 
Note: When editing an exported file with a spreadsheet program, changing a name or address will not cause any problems for re-importation into Easy Contact Manager. Adding new contacts (following the same pattern of the cells, without adding new categories) should not cause any problems. Inappropriate modifications, such as adding new cells in the wrong locations, may not allow the contact list to be re-imported into Easy Contact Manager.

Importing in Excel Format
If you have saved a contact list in Excel format, you can import it to Easy Contact Manager.
To import a spreadsheet in Excel (*.xls) format:
1.	Go to the File menu, then Import, and click From Excel Spreadsheet Format. 
2.	A window will appear to give you tips. Click OK to continue.
3.	An Open window will appear.
4.	Search for the file you want to import, and click it.
5.	Click Open.
6.	If the import was successful, the contact list will appear.
 
Saving Imported Contact Lists
If you import a contact list into an existing contact list, then the file name of the existing contact list will remain unchanged. If you want to save the merged contact list, then simply click the Save this Contact List button.
If, however, you import a contact list as new contact list, you want to save it as a normal contact list (as opposed to a spreadsheet), then: 
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Save As.
2.	A Save As window will appear.
3.	Ensure that you save the file as an Easy Contact Manager file (*.cm). Select this file type from the Save as type box.
4.	The imported contact list is now saved as a normal contact list, which you can retrieve at any time by clicking the side Retrieve a Contact List button.
 
"My Excel file doesn't import properly."
If you want to import an Excel file into Easy Contact Manager, first export a sample contact list as an Excel file. Examine that Excel spreadsheet, and merge your desired Excel spreadsheet into that spreadsheet. This way, the resulting Excel file will be in the correct format to be imported into Easy Contact Manager.

Importing Contacts from Outlook
You can automatically import contacts from Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express into Easy Contact Manager.
To import your address book from Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express:
1.	Go to the File menu, and then Import. 
2.	A drop-down menu will appear:
•	To import from Microsoft Outlook, click From Microsoft Outlook Contacts. 
•	To import from Microsoft Outlook Express, click From Microsoft Outlook Express Address Book.
3.	The contact information listed in Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express will be merged into your existing contact list.
Note: If you import the same information a second time, it will be listed a second time in your contact list.
 
See Also:
Merging Contact Lists
EasyCalendar: Importing from Microsoft Outlook

Tips on Importing Contacts
Contact lists can be imported automatically from Microsoft Outlook. While this import option is not available for other programs, you should be able to import your list using other methods. 
To import contact lists from programs other than Microsoft Outlook, save the list as a Microsoft-compatible Excel file. Most contact programs have the facility to export their contact list as an Excel file. Once you have saved a contact list in Excel format, you can import it into Easy Contact Manager.
The fields of your Excel file must be in a format that Easy Contact Manager can understand. To see this format, export a sample contact list from Easy Contact Manager as an Excel file. Open this Excel file in a program such as EasySpreadsheet or Microsoft Excel, and examine the spreadsheet. It should look similar to the spreadsheet shown below. The fields will be in the position as required by Contact Manager. You can then edit, add, or remove contacts by editing the cells of the spreadsheet.

To ensure a seamless retrieval:
•	Be sure that the first_name and last_name fields are in your spreadsheet - even if they do not contain any data. These fields are necessary for Contact Manager to convert your file.
•	After you have entered all necessary data under the fields in your spreadsheet (first_name, last_name, fax, e-mail, etc.), add one last heading called Contact Manager. There will be no data in the column below this heading; however, it is a necessary field for the program to function properly. Without this field, the information in the previous column will not be copied to Contact Manager. For example, if your last field was e-mail, but you did not add the Contact Manager field to the right of the e-mail filed, the e-mail addresses will not be copied to Contact Manager.

EasyCalendar

Introduction to EasyCalendar
EasyCalendar is integrated with Easy Contact Manager, but also can be run by itself.
When you click on any component of EasyCalendar (for example, the Task List and Schedule buttons), EasyCalendar will be activated. When you are finished using EasyCalendar, you do not have to close it; instead, you can minimize it. EasyCalendar can be used even after Easy Contact Manager is closed.
EasyCalendar includes:
•	Calendar
•	Schedule
•	Task List
 
Level of Integration Constantly Increasing
In each upgrade of EasyOffice, EasyCalendar is being increasingly integrated into its programs, so that contact information can be used across program modules and different programs without being re-entered.  Please check www.e-press.com for future upgrades of EasyWord/Contact Manager that include increased integration of EasyCalendar.

Calendar
The Calendar displays one month at a time, from the year 1971 to 2051. Depending on your version of EasyCalendar, you may be able to display multiple months.

To open the Calendar:
•	Go to the Calendar/Schedule menu and click Show Calendar. Or,
•	In the current version of EasyCalendar, the Calendar, Schedule, and Task List appear together in one window. Thus, if you open the Schedule or Task List, this window will open and the Calendar will appear.
 
Changing the Month or Day
To move to the next month, click the forward arrow button on the right side of the month name. To move to the previous month, click the back arrow button on the left side of the month name.
To select any day in the month you are displaying, click on the day in the Calendar. To move to the next day, click the forward arrow button on the right side of the date (above the Schedule). To move to the previous day, click the back arrow button on the left side of the date (above the Schedule).  

Schedule
The Schedule allows you to keep track of your appointments.
To open the Schedule:
•	Go to the Calendar/Schedule menu and click Display/Change Schedule. Or,
•	Click the Schedule button. Or,

•	In the current version of EasyCalendar, the Calendar, Schedule, and Task List appear together in one window. Thus, if you open the Calendar or Task List, this window will open and the Schedule will appear.
 
Entering Appointments
The current version of EasyCalendar displays your appointments one day at a time, at half-hour intervals.
To enter an appointment:
1.	Ensure that you have the correct date selected from the Calendar.
2.	Click on the interval you want to add the appointment to.
3.	Enter your appointment information directly in the interval box. 
4.	If you want to enter more extensive information for that appointment interval, then double-click the interval, and an Appointment window will appear. Here, you can:
•	Enter more information in the Description box. 
•	Select a Start Time and End Time for the interval. other than at half-hour intervals. The times can overlap other appointment intervals.
•	Choose to have a certain program executed at a certain time. Check off the Alarm box. Then, check off the Execute Program box, and enter a program path in the Program box. To look for a program on your computer, click the arrow button beside the Program box, and then click Browse. When the alarm goes off at the beginning of the interval, the selected program should be executed if EasyCalendar is actively running on your computer.
•	Click Save and Close to save the information and return to EasyCalendar.
5.	To adjust the start or end time of the interval manually, move your mouse to the bottom or top border of the interval. You cursor will change to a double-headed arrow. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and drag the border to lengthen or shorten the interval.

Task List
The Task List allows you to keep track of your outstanding tasks.
To open the Task List:
•	Go to the Calendar/Schedule menu and click Display/Change Task List. Or,
•	Click the Task List button. Or,

•	In the current version of EasyCalendar, the Calendar, Schedule, and Task List appear together in one window. Thus, if you open the Calendar or Schedule, this window will open and the Task List will appear.
The Task List is located at the bottom-right corner of the EasyCalendar window. 
 
Adding and Editing Tasks
To add a task to your Task List:
1.	Below Subject, click on the box that says Click here to add a new task. (Or, right-click and select Add Task.)
2.	Type in your task, and then press the Enter key.
3.	To edit information in any field (Subject, Due Date, etc.), click the box you want to edit. Then, type directly in the box. Press Enter when you are finished typing.
 
Completing a Task
If the Complete field is visible, a small clipboard will appear beside each task. The empty clipboard shows that your task is incomplete.
 
Once you complete a task, you can strike it off the list. Click the clipboard beside the task (or, right-click and select Complete Task). A red checkmark will appear in the clipboard, and your task will be crossed off.

Deleting Tasks
To delete a task from your Task List:
1.	Click on the task to select it.
2.	Press the Delete key on your keyboard. (Or, right-click and select Delete Task.)
 
Adding and Removing Fields
To add fields to your Task List:
1.	Right-click within the Task List. A menu will appear.
2.	Go to Add Fields and click the field you want to add. The fields include % Complete, Notes, Attachment, and so on.
3.	The field will be added to your Task List. 
To remove existing fields from your Task List:
1.	Right-click within the Task List. A menu will appear.
2.	Go to Remove Fields. A list of your current fields will appear. Click on the field you want to remove.
3.	The field will be removed from your Task List; however, information you entered will not be removed. If you add the field to your Task List again, the information you had previously entered will reappear.

EasyCalendar: Importing from Microsoft Outlook
EasyCalendar allows you to import appointments and task lists from Microsoft Outlook. At the present time, EasyCalendar cannot export appointments or task list to Microsoft Outlook.
To import from Microsoft Outlook:
1.	In the EasyCalendar window, go to the Import Appointments, Task List menu and click Import from Microsoft Outlook.
2.	Your appointments and task will be imported from Outlook.

Printing
To print your current schedule, task list, and calendar:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Print. (Or, press Ctrl+P on your keyboard.) 
2.	A Print Setup window will appear. Adjust the print settings (printer, paper size, etc.) if necessary.
3.	When you are ready to print, click OK.

More Information

Display Mode
If you cannot see all of the buttons in Easy Contact Manager, you may need to change your display mode.
To change the display mode:
1.	In Windows, go to the Start menu, and click Control Panel. Go to Display, and then click the Settings tab.
2.	Use the meter under Screen area to select a higher resolution. 800 by 600 pixels should be fine for smaller monitors, while larger monitors will require 1024 by 768 pixels or higher.
3.	Under Colors, select High Color (16 bit) or better.

Switching to EasyWord
You can quickly switch between Easy Contact Manager and EasyWord.
To switch to EasyWord:
•	Go to the EasyWord menu and click Switch to EasyWord. Or.
•	Click the EasyWord button.
	
EasyWord will open. If you had previously switched from EasyWord to Contact Manager, then you will be returned to the document you were working on.
To switch to Contact Manager in EasyWord:
•	Go to the Tools menu, and click Contact Manager. Or,
•	Click the Contact Manager button.

 

EasyCalendar: Contents

I.	Introduction to EasyCalendar
i.	Introduction
II.	Using EasyCalendar
ii.	Calendar
iii.	Schedule
iv.	Task List
v.	Importing from Microsoft Outlook
vi.	Printing

Introduction to EasyCalendar

Introduction
EasyCalendar is integrated with Easy Contact Manager, but also can be run as a program on its own.
EasyCalendar includes:
•	Calendar
•	Schedule
•	Task List
You Calendar, Schedule, and Task List will be saved automatically in EasyCalendar. 

Using EasyCalendar

Calendar
The Calendar displays one month at a time, from the year 1971 to 2051. Depending on your version of EasyCalendar, you may be able to display multiple months. It is located in the top-right corner of the EasyCalendar window.

Changing the Month
To move to the next month, click the forward arrow button on the right side of the month name. To move to the previous month, click the back arrow button on the left side of the month name. As you move forward or back through the months, the year will change automatically.

Changing the Day
To select any day in the month you are displaying, click on the day in the Calendar. To move to the next day, click the forward arrow button on the right side of the date (above the Schedule). To move to the previous day, click the back arrow button on the left side of the date (above the Schedule).  

Schedule
The Schedule allows you to keep track of your appointments.
The current version of EasyCalendar displays your appointments one day at a time, at half-hour intervals.
To enter an appointment:
1.	Ensure that you have the correct date selected from the Calendar.
2.	Click on the interval you want to add the appointment to.
3.	Enter your appointment information directly in the interval box. 
4.	If you want to enter more extensive information for that appointment interval, then double-click the interval, and an Appointment window will appear. Here, you can:
•	Enter more information in the Description box. 
•	Select a Start Time and End Time for the interval. other than at half-hour intervals. The times can overlap other appointment intervals.
•	Choose to have a certain program executed at a certain time. Check off the Alarm box. Then, check off the Execute Program box, and enter a program path in the Program box. To look for a program on your computer, click the arrow button beside the Program box, and then click Browse. When the alarm goes off at the beginning of the interval, the selected program should be executed if EasyCalendar is actively running on your computer.
5.	To adjust the start or end time of the interval manually, move your mouse to the bottom or top border of the interval. You cursor will change to a double-headed arrow. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and drag the border to lengthen or shorten the interval.

Task List
The Task List allows you to keep track of your outstanding tasks. It is located at the bottom-right corner of the EasyCalendar window. 
Adding and Editing Tasks
To add a task to your Task List:
1.	Below Subject, click on the box that says Click here to add a new task. (Or, right-click and select Add Task.)
2.	Type in your task, and then press the Enter key.
3.	To edit information in any field (Subject, Due Date, etc.), click the box you want to edit. Then, type directly in the box. Press Enter when you are finished typing.
  
Completing a Task
If the Complete field is visible, a small clipboard will appear beside each task. The empty clipboard shows that your task is incomplete.
 
Once you complete a task, you can strike it off the list. Click the clipboard beside the task (or, right-click and select Complete Task). A red checkmark will appear in the clipboard, and your task will be crossed off.

Deleting Tasks
To delete a task from your Task List:
1.	Click on the task to select it.
2.	Press the Delete key on your keyboard. (Or, right-click and select Delete Task.)
 
Adding and Removing Fields
To add fields to your Task List:
1.	Right-click within the Task List. A menu will appear.
2.	Go to Add Fields and click the field you want to add. The fields include % Complete, Notes, Attachment, and so on.
3.	The field will be added to your Task List. 
To remove existing fields from your Task List:
1.	Right-click within the Task List. A menu will appear.
2.	Go to Remove Fields. A list of your current fields will appear. Click on the field you want to remove.
3.	The field will be removed from your Task List; however, information you entered will not be removed. If you add the field to your Task List again, the information you had previously entered will reappear.

Importing from Microsoft Outlook
EasyCalendar allows you to import appointments and task lists from Microsoft Outlook. At the present time, EasyCalendar cannot export appointments or task list to Microsoft Outlook.
To import from Microsoft Outlook:
1.	Go to the Import Appointments, Task List menu and click Import from Microsoft Outlook.
2.	Your appointments and task list will be imported from Outlook.

Printing
To print your current schedule, task list, and calendar:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Print. (Or, press Ctrl+P on your keyboard.) 
2.	A Print Setup window will appear. Adjust the print settings (printer, paper size, etc.) if necessary.
When you are ready to print, click OK.
EasyCalendar: Contents

I.	Introduction to EasyCalendar
i.	Introduction
II.	Using EasyCalendar
ii.	Calendar
iii.	Schedule
iv.	Task List
v.	Importing from Microsoft Outlook
vi.	Printing

Introduction to EasyCalendar

Introduction
EasyCalendar is integrated with Easy Contact Manager, but also can be run as a program on its own.
EasyCalendar includes:
•	Calendar
•	Schedule
•	Task List
You Calendar, Schedule, and Task List will be saved automatically in EasyCalendar. 

Using EasyCalendar

Calendar
The Calendar displays one month at a time, from the year 1971 to 2051. Depending on your version of EasyCalendar, you may be able to display multiple months. It is located in the top-right corner of the EasyCalendar window.

Changing the Month
To move to the next month, click the forward arrow button on the right side of the month name. To move to the previous month, click the back arrow button on the left side of the month name. As you move forward or back through the months, the year will change automatically.

Changing the Day
To select any day in the month you are displaying, click on the day in the Calendar. To move to the next day, click the forward arrow button on the right side of the date (above the Schedule). To move to the previous day, click the back arrow button on the left side of the date (above the Schedule).  

Schedule
The Schedule allows you to keep track of your appointments.
The current version of EasyCalendar displays your appointments one day at a time, at half-hour intervals.
To enter an appointment:
3.	Ensure that you have the correct date selected from the Calendar.
4.	Click on the interval you want to add the appointment to.
5.	Enter your appointment information directly in the interval box. 
6.	If you want to enter more extensive information for that appointment interval, then double-click the interval, and an Appointment window will appear. Here, you can:
•	Enter more information in the Description box. 
•	Select a Start Time and End Time for the interval. other than at half-hour intervals. The times can overlap other appointment intervals.
•	Choose to have a certain program executed at a certain time. Check off the Alarm box. Then, check off the Execute Program box, and enter a program path in the Program box. To look for a program on your computer, click the arrow button beside the Program box, and then click Browse. When the alarm goes off at the beginning of the interval, the selected program should be executed if EasyCalendar is actively running on your computer.
5.	To adjust the start or end time of the interval manually, move your mouse to the bottom or top border of the interval. You cursor will change to a double-headed arrow. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and drag the border to lengthen or shorten the interval.

Task List
The Task List allows you to keep track of your outstanding tasks. It is located at the bottom-right corner of the EasyCalendar window. 
Adding and Editing Tasks
To add a task to your Task List:
1.	Below Subject, click on the box that says Click here to add a new task. (Or, right-click and select Add Task.)
2.	Type in your task, and then press the Enter key.
3.	To edit information in any field (Subject, Due Date, etc.), click the box you want to edit. Then, type directly in the box. Press Enter when you are finished typing.
  
Completing a Task
If the Complete field is visible, a small clipboard will appear beside each task. The empty clipboard shows that your task is incomplete.
 
Once you complete a task, you can strike it off the list. Click the clipboard beside the task (or, right-click and select Complete Task). A red checkmark will appear in the clipboard, and your task will be crossed off.

Deleting Tasks
To delete a task from your Task List:
1.	Click on the task to select it.
2.	Press the Delete key on your keyboard. (Or, right-click and select Delete Task.)
 
Adding and Removing Fields
To add fields to your Task List:
1.	Right-click within the Task List. A menu will appear.
2.	Go to Add Fields and click the field you want to add. The fields include % Complete, Notes, Attachment, and so on.
3.	The field will be added to your Task List. 
To remove existing fields from your Task List:
1.	Right-click within the Task List. A menu will appear.
2.	Go to Remove Fields. A list of your current fields will appear. Click on the field you want to remove.
3.	The field will be removed from your Task List; however, information you entered will not be removed. If you add the field to your Task List again, the information you had previously entered will reappear.

Importing from Microsoft Outlook
EasyCalendar allows you to import appointments and task lists from Microsoft Outlook. At the present time, EasyCalendar cannot export appointments or task list to Microsoft Outlook.
To import from Microsoft Outlook:
1.	Go to the Import Appointments, Task List menu and click Import from Microsoft Outlook.
2.	Your appointments and task list will be imported from Outlook.

Printing
To print your current schedule, task list, and calendar:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Print. (Or, press Ctrl+P on your keyboard.) 
2.	A Print Setup window will appear. Adjust the print settings (printer, paper size, etc.) if necessary.
3.	When you are ready to print, click OK.
EasySpreadsheet: Contents

I.	Introduction to EasySpreadsheet
i.	Introduction
ii.	EasySpreadsheet Tutorial
iii.	What is a Worksheet?
II.	Menus, Toolbars, and Shortcuts
iv.	Easy Mode and Advanced Mode
v.	Toolbar Customization
vi.	Total Bars
vii.	Drawing Toolbar
viii.	Quick-task Menu
ix.	Keystroke Shortcuts
x.	International Characters
xi.	Spreadsheet Options
III.	View and Window Options
xii.	Zooming In and Out
xiii.	Full Screen View
xiv.	Freezing Panes
xv.	Tiling and Cascading Windows
IV.	Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Sheets
xvi.	Starting a New Sheet
xvii.	Saving a Sheet
xviii.	Retrieving a Sheet
xix.	Closing a Sheet
xx.	Passwords: Encrypting Your Files
xxi.	Saving as a PDF File
xxii.	Viewing PDF Spreadsheets
xxiii.	Microsoft Excel Viewer
xxiv.	Automatic Savings/Backups
xxv.	Compatible File Formats
xxvi.	My Documents and Other Default Directories
xxvii.	Backing Up Files
V.	Selecting and Adjusting Cells
xxviii.	Selecting Cells
xxix.	Selecting Columns and Rows
xxx.	Selecting a Sheet (or Multiple Sheets)
xxxi.	Adjusting Column Width and Row Height
VI.	Entering Data, Formulas, and Functions
xxxii.	Cell References and Ranges
xxxiii.	Relative and Absolute Cell References
xxxiv.	Sheet References
xxxv.	Entering Labels and Values
xxxvi.	Entering Formulas
xxxvii.	Entering Functions
xxxviii.	Error Messages
VII.	Functions
xxxix.	Arithmetic Functions
xl.	Trigonometric Functions
xli.	Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
xlii.	Rounding Functions
xliii.	Factorials and Combinations
xliv.	Random Numbers
xlv.	Logical Functions
xlvi.	Statistical Functions
VIII.	Editing Sheets
xlvii.	Naming a Sheet
xlviii.	Moving Through a Sheet
xlix.	Editing Cell Contents
l.	Cut, Copy, and Paste
li.	Copying Formulas and Functions
lii.	Clearing Cell Contents
liii.	Deleting Cells
liv.	Deleting Columns and Rows
lv.	Deleting a Sheet
lvi.	Undo
lvii.	FailSafe Undo
lviii.	Find and Replace
IX.	Formatting Text and Cells
lix.	Overview: Formatting Text and Cells
lx.	Font Style, Size, and Color
lxi.	Alignment
lxii.	Cell Borders
lxiii.	Cell Fill Color
lxiv.	Copying and Pasting Formats
lxv.	Clearing Formats
X.	Formatting Numbers
lxvi.	Overview: Number Formatting
lxvii.	Commas
lxviii.	Currency
lxix.	Fixed Decimals
lxx.	Percentages
lxxi.	Fractions
lxxii.	Scientific Notation
lxxiii.	Using the TEXT Function
XI.	Data Options
lxxiv.	Subtotaling Numbers
lxxv.	Subtracting and Subtotaling Numbers
lxxvi.	Totaling Columns and Rows
lxxvii.	Formatting Subtotals and Totals
lxxviii.	Adding Groups of Numbers
lxxix.	Adding Selected Cells
lxxx.	Using the SUM Function
lxxxi.	Making Numbers Negative
lxxxii.	AutoFill
lxxxiii.	Sorting Data
XII.	Inserting
lxxxiv.	Inserting a Sheet
lxxxv.	Inserting Cells
lxxxvi.	Inserting Columns and Rows
lxxxvii.	Inserting Functions
lxxxviii.	Inserting Symbols
lxxxix.	Inserting Hyperlinks
xc.	Inserting Comments
xci.	Inserting Shapes
XIII.	Charts
xcii.	Inserting Charts
xciii.	Changing the Chart Type
xciv.	Setting Chart Titles
xcv.	Formatting Axes and Grid Lines
xcvi.	Formatting Axis Labels
xcvii.	Inserting Legends
xcviii.	Moving and Resizing Charts
xcix.	Exporting Charts
c.	Chart Help Window
XIV.	Voice and Spelling Options
ci.	Speaking Rows and Columns
cii.	Spelling Checker
ciii.	Spelling Options
civ.	Adding Words to User Dictionary
XV.	Printing
cv.	Page Setup
cvi.	Page Breaks
cvii.	Sheet Setup
cviii.	Setting Margins
cix.	Header and Footer
cx.	Page Numbers
cxi.	Print Preview
cxii.	Printing Sheets
cxiii.	Printing Workbooks
cxiv.	Printing Selected Cells
XVI.	Sending as E-mail or FAX
cxv.	Sending a Sheet as FAX
cxvi.	Sending a Sheet as E-mail
XVII.	FAQ
cxvii.	“File contains a feature not supported by...“
cxviii.	“Where did my graphics go?“
cxix.	“Invalid File Format...“
XVIII.	More Information
cxx.	EasyCalculator
cxxi.	File Associations
cxxii.	Compatibility with Microsoft Excel and Other Products

Introduction to EasySpreadsheet

Introduction
EasySpreadsheet™ is a powerful member of the EasyOffice family, which lets you create easy-to-use and easy-to-maintain spreadsheets.
 EasySpreadsheet can create 100% compatible Excel spreadsheets, as well as open most Excel spreadsheets. However, it cannot open Excel graphics, nor save its graphs in Excel format. An Excel Viewer is integrated with EasySpreadsheet (CD-ROM versions only) and will open any Excel spreadsheet containing  graphics. As well,  EasySpreadsheet contains an *.ess format  that allows savings of graphs constructed within EasySpreadsheet.

EasySpreadsheet Tutorial
The EasySpreadsheet Tutorial guides you through the basic steps of creating a working spreadsheet. By default, this tutorial appears each time you start EasySpreadsheet.
•	To view the tutorial, go to the Help menu, and click EasySpreadsheet Tutorial.
•	To view the tutorial each time you start the EasySpreadsheet program, go to the Help menu, and check off Start Tutorial at Startup. If you do not want the tutorial to come up each time you start the program, un-check this option.

What is a Worksheet? A Workbook?
Worksheet (or simply, sheet) refers to the data table on your screen, which looks like an accounting ledger worksheet.
There can be multiple sheets. At the bottom of the screen are small tabs that may say 'Sheet1', 'Sheet2', 'Sheet3', and so on. All of these sheets are said to comprise a 'Workbook'.
When you save your worksheet, the program will actually automatically save all of the sheets (i.e., the whole workbook) for you. However, when printing, in order not to waste paper, you will be given the choice of whether you want to print the selected displayed sheet, or the entire workbook (i.e., all of the sheets).

Menus, Toolbars, and Shortcuts

Easy Mode and Advanced Mode
EasySpreadsheet has two modes: Easy Mode and Advanced Mode.
Once you have become familiar with the basic features of EasySpreadsheet, you can switch to Advanced Mode. Advanced Mode provides the same features as Easy Mode, but adds even more features to your screen. Switching between modes will not affect your worksheet at all.
Switching Between Modes
If you are in Easy Mode and would like to switch to Advanced Mode, click the Advanced Mode button (shown below).  Alternately, you can check off Advanced Mode under the View menu. 

In Advanced Mode, you can switch back to Easy Mode at any time. Simply click the EZ button (shown below), or go to the View menu and select Easy Mode.

Toolbar Customization
In Advanced Mode, EasySpreadsheet allows for toolbar customization.
You can customize individual icons, just like with other Windows-based spreadsheet programs.  To customize a toolbar:
4.	Ensure that you are in Advanced Mode. (If you are in Easy Mode, click the Advanced Mode button.)
5.	Double-click the toolbar you would like to customize. 
6.	You can add or remove buttons from the toolbar by selecting a button under Current toolbar buttons and then clicking Add or Remove.
7.	To change the position of a button in a toolbar, click Move Up or Move Down.
8.	If you select Show Text Labels under Text options, a description for each button will appear underneath it in the toolbar (or to the right if you select Selective Text on Right.
9.	Under Icon options, you can choose to have either small icons or large icons.
 
To hide or show Advanced Mode toolbars:

To hide one (or both) of the Advanced Mode toolbars, go to Toolbars in the View menu. Un-check Standard to hide the standard toolbar. This toolbar contains icons for functions such as saving, zooming, sorting, totaling, and inserting. Un-check Format to hide the formatting toolbar. This toolbar contains icons for options such as font size and type, color, alignment, and cell borders.
To show either of these toolbars again, simply check off Standard or Format.     

Total Bars
The total bars are located below and to the right of your spreadsheet. They display the totals of each column and row. 
To show or hide the total bars:
1.	Go to the View menu.
2.	To show the total bars, check off Show side and bottom total bars. To hide the total bars, un-check this option.

Drawing Toolbar
EasySpreadsheet features a Drawing Toolbar that allows you to access various drawing tools. You can use these tools to draw lines, rectangles, ellipses, and other shapes.
To show or hide the drawing toolbar:
1.	Go to the View menu.
2.	Go to Toolbars.
3.	To show the toolbar, check off Drawing. To hide the toolbar, un-check this option.
4.	The drawing toolbar will appear.

Quick-task Menu
While working on a sheet, there may be common tasks that you need to perform frequently - copying and pasting cells, inserting functions, adding words to your dictionary, and so on. The Quick-task Menu allows you to perform such tasks with the click of a button. 
To access the Quick-task Menu, right-click your mouse. The menu will appear on your screen, and it includes the following functions:
•	Cut: Cuts the selected text, cells, or objects.
•	Copy: Copies the selected text, cells, or objects.
•	Paste: Pastes what you have previously copied. If cells were copied, formulas and formats will be pasted.
•	Paste Special: Allows you to choose to paste values, formulas, or formats.
•	Insert: Allows you to insert a new row or column.
•	Delete: Allows you to delete a row or column.
•	Clear Contents: Erases the text or data from the selected cell(s).  
•	Format Cells: Allows you to change the font, text alignment, cell borders, and fill color of the selected cell(s). Also allows you to apply number formatting (currency, fixed decimals, scientific notation, etc.).
•	Add word to dictionary: Adds the word just before the cursor to the user dictionary. When the spell checker encounters this word, it will not be considered a spelling error.

Keystroke Shortcuts
Keystroke shortcuts exist for many of the commonly used features of EasySpreadsheet. Keystroke shortcuts offer you the advantage of performing various functions directly from the keyboard, without having to use the mouse. 
Function	Keystroke	
Edit	
Select All	Ctrl+A	
Find	Ctrl+F	
Find and Replace	Ctrl+H	
Cut	Ctrl+X	
Copy	Ctrl+C	
Paste	Ctrl+V	
Undo	Ctrl+Z	
Redo	Ctrl+Y	
File	
Save	Ctrl+S	
Open	Ctrl+O	
New	Ctrl+N	
Print	Ctrl+ P	
Send as FAX	Ctrl+D	
Other	
EasySpreadsheet Help	F1	
Note: You do not have to enter the capitalized form of the above letters. Nor should you be entering a plus (+) sign.  For example, the shortcut for bold (Ctrl+B) means press the Ctrl key and the B key at the same time.

International Characters
You can insert an International Character by entering a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut keystroke:
To enter this character:	Use these keystrokes:	
à, è, ì, ò, ù  À, È, Ì, Ò, Ù 	 Ctrl+` followed by any of these letters	
á, é, í, ó, ú, ý Á, É, Í, Ó, Ú, Ý	Ctrl+' followed by any of these letters	
 â, ê, î, ô, û Â, Ê, Î, Ô, Û	Ctrl+Shift+^ followed by any of these letters	
ã, ñ, õ Ã, Ñ, Õ	Ctrl+Shift+~ followed by any of these letters	
ä, ë, ï, ö, ü, ÿ  Ä, Ë, Ï, Ö, Ü, Ÿ	Ctrl+Shift+:  followed by any of these letters	
å, Å	Ctrl+Shift+@ followed by a or A	
æ, Æ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by a or A	
œ, Œ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by o or O	
'ç, Ç	Ctrl+, followed by c or C	
'ð, Ð	Ctrl+' followed by d or D	
¿	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+?	
ß	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by s	
¡	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+!	
ø, Ø	Ctrl+/  followed by o or O	
€	Ctrl+$	
For example, to place a circumflex accent (^) above a letter, hold the Ctrl key and the Shift key, and then press the ^ key. Let go of the keys, and then enter whatever letter you want. The ^ accent will appear on top of the letter. (This is summarized as: Ctrl+Shift+^)
Note: The shortcut for the Euro € is not a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut, but defined here for EasyOffice, due to the demand we have had for such a shortcut.
 
Language Notes
European Languages: Use any English (or other European language version) Windows to enter characters from most European languages. All languages can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Japanese: For best results, please use a Japanese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Japanese; Japanese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Traditional Chinese:   For best results, please use a Traditional Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Traditional Chinese; Traditional Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Simplified Chinese: For best results, please use a Simplified Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Simplified Chinese; Simplified Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Korean: For best results, please use a Korean version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Korean; Korean and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.

Spreadsheet Options
The options in EasySpreadsheet are available so you can customize your workspace and format some basic elements of your sheet.  In order to change your spreadsheet options, do the following:
•	Click on Tools from the top menu bar. 
•	Select Options from the menu.
•	You will be given three possible topics; General, View and Chart.

View Options
These options allow you to make your workspace more comfortable to work with.  You have the choice to change the location of toolbars, which tools you want to show, and the options for your window:
•	Show Formula Bar - The check-box should have a checkmark in it, if the Formula Bar is visible in your workspace.  Click in the check-box and the check-mark will disappear and the Formula Bar will be removed from your workspace.
•	Show Status Bar - The check-box should have a checkmark in it, if the Status Bar is visible in your workspace.  Click in the check-box and the check-mark will disappear and the Status Bar will be removed from your workspace.
•	Show/Hide All Objects - If you have objects in your sheet which you have previously drawn, you have the ability to hide them from sight.  Click on the circular bullet labeled Hide All, and this will make all the objects in your sheet invisible.  Otherwise, click on Show All, to bring them visible.
•	Window Options - You can make the following elements of your program visible or invisible by clicking on the check-box beside each.  If there is a check-mark, it is visible in the program, if not, then you won't see it in the program; Grid lines, Formulas, Row Headers, Column Headers, Zero Values, Type Markers.
•	Horizontal Scroll Bar -  The Horizontal Scroll Bar allows you to scroll through a large sheet with columns not currently visible on the screen.  You can show or hide the scroll bar by clicking on the appropriate check-circles.  The default is set on the Auto.  Click on Show, to make the Scroll Bar visible all the time, or click Hide to make it invisible.
•	Vertical Scroll Bar - The Vertical Scroll Bar allows you to scroll through a large sheet with rows not currently visible on the screen.  You can show or hide the scroll bar by clicking on the appropriate check-circles.  The default is set on the Auto.  Click on Show, to make the Scroll Bar visible all the time, or click Hide to make it invisible.
•	Sheet Tabs -  The Sheet Tabs are the tabs which keep track of the sheets you currently have in EasySpreadsheet.  You can change their location, or make them invisible by clicking on the appropriate check-circles.  The default location is at the Bottom.  Click on Top, to change the location to the top of your sheet, or click Hide to make them invisible.

View and Window Options

Zooming In and Out
You may have many rows or columns in your sheet that you want to see at the same time. EasySpreadsheet allows you to change the size of your sheet as it appears on your screen.
To zoom in (enlarge) or zoom out (shrink):
1.	Go to the View menu, and select Zoom. 
2.	A Zoom window will appear.
3.	You can choose the amount of your sheet to display on your screen at one time. Select a Magnification percentage, or type your own in the Custom box. If you choose a small percentage, such as 50%, the size of the sheet's numbers and letters will be reduced to 50% of their actual size, and as a result, many cells can be displayed at once.
Note: If you are in Advanced Mode, there is another way to quickly zoom in and out. A Scale box is located near the top, right side of the Advanced toolbar (it contains the present zoom percentage). Click the down arrow on this box to select another zoom percentage, or type in your own. If you switch to Easy Mode, this zoom will be preserved.

Full Screen View
The Full Screen viewing option allows you to hide the toolbars, so that you can see more of your sheet at a time.
To turn Full Screen viewing on, go to the View menu, and check off Full Screen. The toolbars will disappear, and you will be left with only the main menu at the top of your screen. In addition, a small window containing a button (with a screen on it) will appear. 
To turn Full Screen viewing off, click the button with the screen on it. Or, go to the View menu, and un-check Full Screen. Your screen will return to normal, and the toolbars will reappear.

Freezing Panes
If you create a large spreadsheet, then as you scroll to more distant columns or rows, informative labels that you entered will no longer be visible. It is a bother to have to repeatedly scroll back to the first few columns or rows. For example, perhaps you have a label in cell C3 to describe Row 3 as "Year-to-date Expenses", and another label in cell C6 to describe Row 6 "Last-Year's Expenses". 
Freezing panes will keep certain rows and columns visible, even as you scroll to more distant cells.
To freeze columns:
1.	Click on the cell in row 1 that is just to the right of the column you want to freeze. For example, to freeze column A, select cell B1.
2.	Go to the Window menu, and click Freeze Panes.
3.	All columns to the left of your selected cell will be frozen. For example, if you selected cell D1, then columns A, B, and C will be frozen. As you scroll to distant cells, these columns will still be visible.
To freeze rows:
1.	Click on the cell in column A that is just below the row you want to freeze. For example, to freeze row 1, select cell A2.
2.	Go to the Window menu, and click Freeze Panes.
3.	All rows above your selected cell will be frozen. For example, if you selected cell A4, then rows 1, 2, and 3 will be frozen. As you scroll to distant cells, these rows will still be visible.
To freeze columns and rows:
1.	Click on the cell that is just below, and to the right of the rows and columns you want to freeze. For example. to freeze column A and row 1, select cell B2. 
2.	Go to the Window menu, and click Freeze Panes. 
3.	All the rows above your selected cell, and all the columns to the left of your selected cell, will be frozen. For example, if you selected cell C2, then columns A and B, and row 1 will be frozen. As you scroll to distant cells, these columns and rows will still be visible.
 To unfreeze columns and/or rows:
1.	Go to Windows menu at the top of your screen.
2.	Click Unfreeze Panes. (Note: If you see Freeze Panes instead, then no panes are frozen.)

Tiling and Cascading Windows
It is possible to view more than one spreadsheet window one the screen at once.
To display all open sheets on your screen at once: 
1.	Go to the Windows menu at the top of your screen.
2.	Click one of the following:
•	Tile Horizontal: Sheet windows will be tiled and separated horizontally.
•	Tile Vertically: Sheet windows will be tiled and separated vertically.
•	Cascade: Sheet windows will be layered on top on of one another. 
3.	Switch between sheets by clicking on the sheet windows.
4.	If you want to view a sheet in the full screen instead, double-click the bar at the top of the sheet window (which displays the name of the sheet).

Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Sheets

Starting a New Sheet
To start a new, blank sheet, do one of the following:
•	Under the File1 menu, select New. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+N on your keyboard. Or,
•	If you are in Easy Mode, click the Start a New Sheet button on the toolbar to the right on the window. Or,
	
•	If you are in Advanced Mode, click the button that looks like a white piece of paper.
 	
You will now have a new, blank sheet in front of you to work with!

Saving a Sheet
If you want to save a workbook, do one the following:
•	In Easy Mode, click the Save this Sheet button. Or,
	
•	In Advanced Mode, click the icon that looks like a floppy disk. Or,
	
•	Go to the File1 menu and select Save. Or,
•	Use the Ctrl+S keyboard shortcut.
If you selected Save under the File1 menu and workbook already been saved, there is nothing else to do. EasySpreadsheet will automatically save your workbook to the same location, with the same name.
Otherwise, a Save Sheet box will pop up. If you have already saved the workbook, and want to save it again to the same location, with the same file name, simply click Save. For more saving options:
1.	Type the name of your workbook in the File name box.  EasySpreadsheet will provide a name for your workbook, such as 'Book1'. It is recommended to use a more unique name of your own choosing. If 'Book1' (or other given name) is already highlighted, there is no need to click on it with your mouse - simply start typing, and the highlighted 'Book1' (or other name) will disappear.
2.	Choose to save your workbook in another directory or folder by selecting one from the Save in box. EasySpreadsheet will normally try to save your file in the My Documents folder; however, you have the option of saving it in a different location. Move to other folders following standard Windows commands. Press the Up One Level folder-like icon to move up a level in the folder hierarchy. Or, press the down arrow in the Save In box to select another folder at that level, or to move around in the folder hierarchy.
In the Save In box, you can also switch from your main hard drive (usually C:\) to a floppy drive (usually A:\), or to a CD-ROM drive (usually D:\, E:\, or F:\). For example, to save a file on a floppy disk, insert the floppy disk into your computer, and use the Save In box to select your floppy drive (A:\).
3.	Choose the type of file that you wish to save your document as by selecting one from the Save as type box. EasySpreadsheet is capable of saving your worksheet as an *.ess file (E-press EasySpreadsheet File), an *.xls file (Microsoft Excel File), *.txt file (Tab Delimited Text File), a *.csv file (Comma Delimited File), an *.htm file, a *.zip file, or a *.pdf file.
EasySpreadsheet will usually be set to save your workbook as an *.ess file. You can, however, change the type of file your document will be saved as by selecting another type from the Save as type box.
4.	When you are ready to save your file, click the Save button.
 
Save As
You may want to save a file that you have already saved under a different name, or in another location.  You might retrieve a file from your disk that you want to modify, but still wish to keep the old file as is. If select Save from the File1 menu, your sheet will automatically be saved to the same file location, with the same file name. The old file will be overwritten. To prevent this from happening, you must Save As.  To do so:
•	In Easy Mode, click the Save this Document button. Or,
•	In Advanced Mode, click the icon that looks like a floppy disk. Or,
•	Go to the File1 menu and select Save As. Or,
•	Use the Ctrl+S keyboard shortcut.
A Save Sheet window will appear. The old file name will appear in the File Name box.  Simply type the new name in this box. You can select a new location from the Save In box. Then, click Save.

Retrieving a Sheet
If you have a saved sheet that you would like to continue working with, you can retrieve it:
•	If you are in Easy Mode, click the Retrieve an Old Sheet button. Or,
	
•	If you are in Advanced Mode, click the button that looks like an open folder. Or,
 	
•	Go to the File1 menu, and select Open. Or,
•	Use the Ctrl+O keyboard shortcut.
An Open Sheet window will appear, allowing you to select the workbook you wish to open.  Here, you can:
1.	Search for a file by selecting folders or directories in the Look in box.
2.	Choose to only see files of one type by selecting a type from the Files of type box. This may be useful if you know the type of the file that you are looking for.  To see files of all types, ensure that All Files is selected.
3.	Select a file by clicking it once, then clicking the Open button. You may instead click the file once and hit the Enter key.  Double-clicking on a file should also cause it to open. 
Your workbook of sheets will be retrieved, and ready for you to modify. 

Closing a Sheet
To close your spreadsheet:
•	Go to the File1 menu, and click Close.
•	If you want to close all open spreadsheets at once, go to the File1 menu, and click Close ALL Open Spreadsheets.
If you have modified the sheet but have not saved it yet, then EasySpreadsheet will ask you if you want to save it.  

Passwords: Encrypting Your Files
EasySpreadsheet has the useful feature of being able to save and retrieve encrypted ZIP files. These files require a password to un-encrypt and read the spreadsheet.  
To save a spreadsheet with a password:
1.	Go to the File1 menu, and select Save with Password.
2.	A warning will appear to inform you that your file will be compressed, and can only be retrieved if you remember your password.  Click OK..proceed with encryption to continue.
3.	A Set Password window will appear for you to type in your secret password.  Type your password in the Password box, then confirm your password by typing it again in the box below.  Click OK.
4.	This will automatically save your current spreadsheet as a ZIP file. If you save your sheet as another file type, it will NOT be encrypted.
 
To open an encrypted ZIP file:
1.	Click Retrieve an Old Sheet or press Ctrl+O. (Refer to Retrieving a Sheet.)
2.	An Open window will appear.
3.	To view only ZIP files, select Zip (compressed) from the Files of Type box.
4.	Click the file you want to open, and then click Open.
5.	A window will appear asking you to enter the password. You must know the password in order to open your sheet. Click OK.
6.	EasySpreadsheet will automatically decompress and open your encrypted sheet.
 
Notes
1.	Industry-standard ZIP encryption is performed. This is reasonably good encryption for normal purposes.
2.	At the time of this writing, there is no 'master' password or back door that we at e-press know about. If you forget your password, you will not be able to retrieve your file (nor will we be able to help you).
3.	There may be methods known to the encryption community for opening such files, even if the password is not known.
4.	This is NOT Microsoft Office encryption. You will not be able to open the encrypted file in Microsoft Office, although you will be able to open up the file any standard ZIP program. Similarly, you will not be able to open a Microsoft Office encrypted spreadsheet with EasySpreadsheet .
5.	If password-protected file is saved, but a non-password protected file of the same name exists in that directory, then the non-password protected file will usually be deleted. It is assumed that you are using password protection so that unauthorized users do not have access to your file.

Saving as a PDF File
EasySpreadsheet can save and retrieve Adobe-compatible PDF files.
When you save a document  as a PDF file, the document is automatically converted into a generic Windows printer file, which is then automatically converted into an Adobe-compatible PDF file. You can view your saved PDF file in EasySpreadsheet, or any other Adobe-compatible program.
To save a spreadsheet as a PDF File:
1.	Go to the File1 menu, and select Save as PDF file.
2.	A Save Sheet window will appear. Notice that PDF (*.pdf) is selected in the Save as type box.
3.	Type a name in the File name box, and then click Save.
 
Adjusting Features of the PDF Export Filter
Each time you save a document as a PDF file, a dialog box pops up that allows you change any of the properties of your file. You do not need to change any of the properties if you don't want, but can simply click OK to use the defaults.
Document paper size: What is the paper size of your document? The default is Letter size (8 1/2-11 inches), but if you use a different size paper such as A4, please click  this setting.
Orientation of your document: The default is Portrait orientation, but if you are saving a Landscape document, you should click  this setting.
Embed fonts in PDF file: This default setting embeds all fonts into the PDF file which is being created. This allows all users, regardless of the fonts they have on their computer, to view your document as you intended it. However, embedding fonts takes up memory space, and results in a larger file. (Note: Arial, Times New Roman and special licensed fonts are not embedded, the former for reasons of the universality, and the latter for licensing reasons.)
Image compression: Images take up lots of memory space. Compression reduces the size of an image, and thus the resulting PDF file that is produced. The default compression works well as long as most images in your document are 256 colors or less. 256 color compression is a type of compression that automatically calculates the 256 most used colors in an image, and uses these colors to effect a generally lossless compress, but is slow. JPEG compression is a bit lossy, but produces very good results with real-life photographs.
Watermark: If you select a watermark, then the text you enter in the watermark box will be displayed in the background of every page of the PDF file you create.
 
PDF Installation Notes
There may be a series of text messages reporting various status codes during installation. Ignore them - this is normal. If you check your printer selections, the PDF Export Filter in EasyWord will have set up a printer called 'PDF Compatible Printer Driver' - this is normal.
Windows NT & 2000: You will need Administrator (or at least printer) privileges in order for EasyWord to set up the necessary printer driver. If you don't have Administrator privileges, ask your system administrator to give you privileges that allow you to set up your own printer.
Windows95/NT: Some configurations of Windows95 or NT may not allow successful operation of the PDF Export Filter.  This may range from simply not creating the file to causing a print (or program) failure.
Note: If there are any problems in normal printing caused by the PDF Export Filter, please go to the Tools drop-down menu, and un-install the PDF Export Filter. You can install it again, should you wish, by either going to the Tools drop-down menu, or automatically by simply trying to save a file in PDF format. If the PDF Export Filter does not work properly under your configuration of Windows95/NT, consider upgrading your version of Windows.
 
Error Message: "You must install a printer before printing this document" 
This error message may occur if no printer is installed on your computer or else the printer does not use the LPT1 port.
Viewing PDF Spreadsheets
As a service to our users who may need to read or print Adobe PDF files, a copy of Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 is provided. You can copy material from a PDF file and paste it into your EasySpreadsheet document.
To view a PDF file:
1.	Retrieve a file as you normally would. Go to File1 -> Open, click the Retrieve an Old Sheet button, or press Ctrl+O.
2.	An Open Sheet window will appear.
4.	Click on the PDF file you wish to view, and click Open.
5.	The sheet will be displayed by the Adobe Reader.
 
Notes on the Adobe Reader
If you already have Adobe Acrobat Reader 3 or higher on your computer, Acrobat Reader 5 will not be installed, but instead your present version of Adobe Acrobat will be used.
Due to space constraints, the Acrobat Reader is not provided with downloaded versions of EasyOffice. However, you can download at copy of the Acrobat Reader at www.adobe.com .

Microsoft Excel Viewer
Although EasySpreadsheet can produce files that are 100% compatible with Microsoft Excel,  there may be times when you need to read or print an Excel file which contains an advanced feature not supported by EasySpreadsheet.
The Microsoft Excel Viewer is useful for such times, and is included with EasyOffice.
If, in EasySpreadsheet, you try to retrieve an Excel file not supported by EasySpreadsheet (for example, an Excel 2.0 file), then the Excel Viewer will automatically be used to open this file for you, so that you can view it or print it.
If, in EasySpreadsheet, you retrieve an Excel file that EasySpreadsheet opens, but it does not display an Excel chart or formatting to your liking, you can try to open it with the Excel Viewer instead. To open a file with the Excel Viewer, go to the File1 menu, and select Open with Excel Viewer. Or, simply click the Excel Viewer button (shown below, for both Easy Mode and Advanced Mode). The file will automatically be opened in the Excel Viewer. When you exit the Excel Viewer, the file is automatically re-opened with EasySpreadsheet.
 
Tip: Sometimes you may open an Excel file that contains an Excel graphic which EasySpreadsheet does not support, and there may be an "Unsupported Chart" message in the Chart worksheet. However, the figures from that worksheet were most likely opened correctly. If you need to modify these figures (as opposed to simply viewing the spreadsheet in the Excel Viewer), look at the sheet tabs at the bottom of the screen, and check to see if the figures were placed in another worksheet.
 
Other Notes on Excel Viewer
If an actual copy of Microsoft Excel is detected on your computer, the Excel Viewer will not be installed. Instead, the actual copy of Microsoft Excel will be used for viewing Excel files when requested. If you un-install this copy of Microsoft Excel at a later date, not to worry. The Excel Viewer will automatically be installed.
The Microsoft Excel Viewer is included with the CD-ROM version of EasyOffice, but space does not allow inclusion with the downloadable versions.

Automatic Savings/Backups
An extensive automatic backup system is built into EasySpreadsheet. 
Under default settings, every 20 minutes, your worksheet is automatically saved to a backup file. The previous backup file is copied to the Grandfather Backup file. The previous Grandfather Backup file is copied to the Great-Grandfather Backup file.
You can adjust the time setting, to make backups more or less frequently. As well, you can easily turn backups OFF (default is ON).
If the AncestorsTM settings is turned on (default is OFF), then each time a backup is made, a copy is also deposited in the Ancestors Backups folder.  (If there are no changes in the worksheet, then in order to conserve disk space, no copy will be deposited in the Ancestors Backups folder.)
In addition, when you save your worksheet, a similar process occurs: your worksheet is automatically saved to a backup file. The previous backup file is copied to the Grandfather Backup file. The previous Grandfather Backup file is copied to the Great-Grandfather Backup file. If the Ancestors Backups setting is turned on (default is OFF), then the current file is also copied to the Ancestors Backups folder; thus, if you exit the program, a backup copy of the file is preserved in the Ancestors Backups folder.
 
"I have never played around with the Automatic Backups before, but I just deleted my worksheet by mistake, I can't find it in the recycle bin, and I want it back. What should I do?"
To open a backup file:
1.	Click on the File1 drop-down menu at the top of the screen. 
2.	Select Open Backup.
By default, EasySpreadsheet will perform automatic backups every 20 minutes.  This means that whatever was in your current worksheet 20 minutes ago was saved as a backup and is now retrieved.
If you select Open Grandfather Backup, you will retrieve what was in your current worksheet 40 minutes ago, while Open Great-Grandfather Backup will retrieve what was in your current worksheet 60 minutes ago.
If Ancestors Backups setting is ON (the default is actually OFF; you must turn this feature ON to use it), a snapshot of your worksheet every 20 minutes has been saved, going back to when you first started working on it - even if that was many years ago. (Note: If there are no changes in your worksheet between each 20 minute interval, then no backup copy is performed for that interval.)
 
"Why do I need Grandfather Backups , Great-Grandfather Backups or Ancestors? A single backup should really suffice. This seems wasteful."
Most of the time, a single backup is all you really need. However, for that occasional (or frequent, depending on how intensively you manipulate files) time, when you want the version before the backup version, you will be very happy to have, for example, the Grandfather Backup. Having three levels of backup does not actually take up that much space, since one backup is continuously replacing another. If  you prefer, you can actually turn OFF automatic backups (un-check Perform Automatic Backups in the File1 menu).
Similarly, when you are looking for some file that you created two months ago, the Ancestors Backups will prove invaluable. The Ancestors Backups use up a lot more disk space since they accumulate, rather than replace each other. However, some points to consider:
•	Ancestors Backups are turned OFF by default. They will not accumulate unless you turn the feature ON (to turn ON, go to the File1 menu, and ensure that Perform Ancestors Backups is checked off).
•	You can easily erase the entire Ancestors Backups folder, whenever you want. You may want to do so periodically, perhaps copying the files in Ancestors Backups to another set of folders for archival storage, if necessary. To erase the contents of this folder, go to the File1 menu, and select Setting of automatic backups, then click Clear Ancestors Backups Folder.
•	Ancestors Backups are not performed if there is no change in your worksheet. If you go away from your computer for an hour, when you come back there will not be any backups performed during this time.
•	If you are working with worksheet  text files, the typical inexpensive hard drive can hold many, many such files. For example, if you are creating letters some 10K in size on average, then Ancestors Backups running all day long during an 8 hour day, will only use up 10K * 8 hours * 3 backups/hour = 1/4 MB per day, or about 70MB over a working year - a small percentage of the capacity on a 10GB hard drive.

"There are so many files in the Ancestors Backups folder. How will I ever find the file I need?"
•	The files are grouped by filename, and are date-stamped and time-stamped. If you know the approximate date the file you need was created, you usually can narrow down to a small group of files the file you are looking for.
•	If you click Search Ancestors for particular text (in the File1 menu), you can search all the Ancestors Backups files for a particular phrase of text (e.g., a name, a part number, etc.) that the worksheet you are looking for contains.
•	By default, Search Ancestors for particular text looks at all the files (*.*) in the Ancestors Backups folder. You can speed up the search by entering the filename, or a portion of the filename, if you know it. Type the filename, or portion of the filename, in the Named box, then click Find Now. 
 
"I have been using Ancestors Backups now for a few months. My Ancestors Backups folder is simply too packed with files, and it slows down my computer every time that folder is accessed. What should I do?"
•	If you don't really need any of the Ancestors Backups files, you can go to the File1 menu, then Settings of automatic backups, and click Clear Ancestors Backups Folder.
Note: This will only be allowed if you are using the default Ancestors Backups folder located in the 'EasyOffice 2001' folder. If you are using another folder for Ancestors Backups, for example, on another computer over your LAN, you will not be allowed to delete that folder.
•	If you want to archive your Ancestors Backups then use Windows Explorer to move them over to another folder.
•	You can reduce the rate of Ancestors Backups being made: Click on the File1 menu, and select Settings of automatic backups. Then, enter a longer interval at which to perform automatic backups. For example, if you perform automatic backups every 60 minutes, instead of the default 20 minutes, you will create one-third as many Ancestors Backups files.
 
"I am working with very large files on a very slow computer. It is annoying when every 10 minutes a box opens up on my screen for a few seconds telling me that an automatic backup is in progress. What should I do?"
•	You can simply turn automatic backups off.  (Click on the File1 drop-down menu, and un-check Perform automatic backups.)
•	You can make automatic backups less frequently, for example, once every 60 minutes, instead of the default once every 20 minutes. (Click on the File1 drop-down menu, then click Settings of automatic backups, and then enter a longer interval at which to perform automatic backups.)
 
Search Engines
Various search engines can be used to search the files in the Ancestors Backups. The default search engine is the Windows' Find: All Files'  search utility.
The Windows Find: All Files will successfully find text strings in RTF (rich text format) files but not in DOC (Word) files. Similarly, it will successfully find text strings in XLS (Excel) files, but not in ESS (EasySpreadsheet) files. (While it will find text strings in XLS files, it will not find numbers in XLS files because the numbers are binary and not stored as text strings.)

Compatible File Formats
EasySpreadsheet can retrieve and save spreadsheets of the following formats:
EasySpreadsheet File Format (*.ess): This is the default file format used by Easy Spreadsheet.
Microsoft Excel File Format (*.xls): The Easy Spreadsheet files that you save in Excel95-2000 format should, in general, be perfectly compatible with Excel (i.e., another person using Excel will be able to perfectly load in your spreadsheet).  However, at this time, graphics are not saved by EasySpreadsheet into the *.xls file format.  In the next major version, it is expected that EasySpreadsheet will both save and retrieve two-dimensional graphics in the Excel *.xls file format.
You should be able to successfully retrieve most Excel spreadsheets.  However, if the Excel spreadsheet contains a function not supported in EasySpreadsheet (generally the less-used, specialized functions), the error message #FUNC (or something similar) may appear in the formula bar. In such a case, you may want to use the Excel Viewer to view the file.
Tab Delimited Text Format (*.txt): An industry-standard spreadsheet file format. Can save and read this format.
Comma Separated Format (*.csv):  An industry-standard spreadsheet file format.  Can save and read this format.
HTML Web Page Format (*.htm): The present version of EasySpreadsheet can save the spreadsheet data (but not the graphics) as an industry-standard Web (HTML) file. It cannot, however, read in an HTML file as a valid spreadsheet.
Encrypted Zip Format (*.zip): The present version of EasySpreadsheet can save and retrieve a password-protected encrypted zip file. Any standard zip program (or EasySpreadsheet itself) can un-encrypt and decompress this file. See Passwords: Encrypting Your Files for details.
 
Note: Compatibility with other file formats allows EasySpreadsheet to be a versatile tool.  However, this compatibility, particularly the import of MIcrosoft Excel Spreadsheets, is not complete and should not be relied on in any mission-critical application.  The above information is subject to change without notification.

My Documents and Other Default Directories
EasySpreadsheet remembers which directories you use to save your files.
When you start using EasySpreadsheet for the first time, the default directory for saving and retrieving spreadsheets is My Documents. You may, however, want to save spreadsheets in a network directory, or in another directory on your computer.
In the present version of EasyOffice, when you exit EasySpreadsheet, the last directory you used to save your worksheet will become the new default directory. That is, when you re-start EasySpreadsheet the next time and save or retrieve a file, you will be brought to that directory.
 
Original settings:
Default directory for spreadsheets:  My Documents
Directory for EasySpreadsheet: Program Files\EasyOffice 2001

Backing Up Files
Easy Office Premium version:  Use EasyOffice Backup.
An easy way to back up your spreadsheet files, is to use EasyOffice Backup (included with EasyOffice Premium). Other ways to back up your spreadsheet files, as well as more technical details, are given below.
By default, EasySpreadsheet will save and retrieve files to the My Documents folder.  When you save a file in EasySpreadsheet, you do not have to use the default folder, and can save in any folder of your choice.
If you routinely back up the My Documents folder on your computer, and you save your EasySpreadsheet documents to My Documents, then you will automatically be backing up your EasySpreadsheet files. If, however, you do not routinely back up the My Documents folder on your computer (perhaps there are hundreds of unneeded files), then you should back up your EasySpreadsheet files individually.
 
Backing Up on Floppy Disks
An easy way to back up a spreadsheet is to save the file on a floppy disk. To save on a floppy disk:
1.	Insert a floppy disk into drive A:. 
2.	Go to the File1 menu, and click Save As. 
3.	A Save Sheet window will appear. 
4.	Type A:, followed by the name of your file, in the File name box. For example, if you wanted to name your spreadsheet SalesIowa, then type A:SalesIowa.
5.	Click Save. Your spreadsheet will be saved on the floppy diskette.
 
Backing Up on Networks
Your computer may be on a network. To save a spreadsheet to another computer on the network:
1.	Go to the File1 menu, and click Save As.
2.	A Save Sheet Window will appear.
3.	Click the down-arrow at the right end of the Save In box. 
4.	A list box will appear. Click Network Neighborhood, and then select the desired computer and folder where you want to save your file. 
5.	Enter a name for your file, such as SalesIowa, in the File name box. 
6.	Click Save. Your spreadsheet will be saved in the folder on the computer you chose.
 
Program Files
You do not have to backup the program files of EasySpreadsheet. Should the program files become damaged on your computer, insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the program files. (If you are technically curious, the program files of EasySpreadsheet are in the folder: Program Files\ EasyOffice 2001.)

Selecting and Adjusting Cells

Selecting Cells
The individual rectangles (or squares) of the spreadsheet are called 'cells'. A column and a row intersect at a cell. For example, if you go down column B and across row 5, you will come to the cell which is called, of course, cell B5.
To work with a cell, you must select it, and thereby make it active.
To select a cell:  
1.	Move your cursor to the cell you want to select. 
2.	Click the left mouse button. 
3.	The cell will be selected, and thus, active. A heavy border will appear around the cell.
 
Selecting Cell Ranges
You can select more than one cell at a time. To select a range (i.e., block) of cells:
1.	Move your cursor to the first cell you want to select.
2.	Click, and hold down, the left mouse button.
3.	Without releasing the mouse button, move your cursor the last cell of the range you want to select. The cells you have selected will be highlighted and surrounded by a heavy border.
4.	Release the mouse button.
Example:
Perhaps you want to select the cells from C5 to E10.
1.	Put your cursor inside C5.
2.	Click (and hold down) the left mouse button. 
3.	Without letting go of the left mouse button, move the cursor down to E10. All the cells from C5 to E10 will be selected and surrounded by a heavy border
4.	Release the mouse button. 
5.	Note that the range of the cells from C5 to E10 can be written as C5:E10.
 
Selecting Different Cells
When you select a cell range, the cells must be in the same rows or columns. You can, however, select multiple cells that are not in the same rows and columns.
To select multiple cells:
1.	Left-click on the first cell you want to select.
2.	Hold down the Ctrl key while you click the other cells (or cell ranges) that you want to select.
 
Selecting All Cells
To select all the cells in your current spreadsheet:
•	Press Ctrl+A on your keyboard. Or,
•	Click the blank button at the top-left corner of your sheet (between the A and 1).
 
De-selecting Cells
To de-select a group of cells, simply click the mouse anywhere within your sheet.
 
Selecting Columns and Rows
To select column(s):
•	To select one column, click a column header button. The column header buttons are located just above your spreadsheet (A, B, C, and so on). 
•	To select adjacent columns, click a column header button, hold down the mouse button, and move the cursor over the other columns you want to select.
•	To select different columns, click a column header button. Hold down the Ctrl key while you click the header buttons of the other columns you want to select.
•	To select all columns, press Ctrl+A on your keyboard. Or, simply press the blank button at the top-left corner of your sheet (between A and 1).
 
To select row(s):
•	To select one row, click a row header button. The row header buttons are located to the left of your spreadsheet (1, 2, 3, and so on). 
•	To select adjacent rows, click a row header button, hold down the mouse button, and move the cursor over the other rows you want to select.
•	To select different rows, click a row header button. Hold down the Ctrl key while you click the header buttons of the other rows you want to select.
•	To select all rows, press Ctrl+A on your keyboard. Or, simply press the blank button at the top-left corner of your sheet (between A and 1).

Selecting a Sheet (or Multiple Sheets)
To select a single sheet, or multiple sheets:
•	Click a sheet tab to make it active.
•	To select multiple worksheets, press and hold the Ctrl key as you click other sheet tabs. (Note: You may hold the Shift key instead.)
If there are many sheets, not all the sheet tabs will be displayed at once. You will see scroll arrows beside the tabs. Click these arrows to scroll sheet tabs into view.

Adjusting Column Width and Row Height
You can narrow or widen the width of columns, and narrow or widen the height of rows. If your spreadsheet contains numbers with many digits or very long labels that do not fit completely in the cells, you may want to adjust column width or row height.
To adjust column width:
1.	Select the column(s) you want to adjust. (See Selecting Columns and Rows.)
2.	Go to the Format drop-down menu, and put your cursor over Column. Click Width.
3.	A Column Width window will appear. 
4.	Type the new column width in the Width box. You can select a unit of measurement from the Units box. To use the default setting, check off Use Default. EasySpreadsheet's default width is 9 characters. 
5.	Click OK. The width of your selected column will be adjusted.
 To adjust row height:
1.	Select the row(s) you want to adjust. (See Selecting Columns and Rows.)
2.	Go to the Format drop-down menu, and put your cursor over Row. Click Height.
3.	A Row Height window will appear.
4.	The default setting is Auto; row height will automatically be adjusted to fit the text. To enter your own row height, click Custom, and then type the new height in the text box. You can select a unit of measurement from the Units box.
5.	Click OK. The height of your selected column will be adjusted.
 To change the column width or row height manually:
1.	Move the cursor to the border between column or row header buttons (these appear above, and to the left of your sheet). The cursor will change to a double-headed arrow.
2.	Click and hold down the left mouse button, and move the cursor. Drag the entire column or row border to a new position.
3.	When you are done adjusting the size, release the mouse button.
 
AutoFit
By default, rows height will automatically be adjusted to fit text. It is also possible to adjust the width of columns according the text they contain.
To AutoFit column width:
1.	Select the column(s) you want to adjust. (See Selecting Columns and Rows.)
2.	Go to the Format menu, and put your cursor over Column. Click AutoFit Selection.
3.	The width of your selected column will be adjusted to fit the length of the text it contains. This way, all values in the cells will be visible.

Entering Data, Formulas, and Functions

Cell References and Ranges
A cell reference is a cell's location in your sheet, given by the intersection of its column and row. For example, the cell at the intersection of column A and row 2 has the cell reference A2.
Cell references are useful when entering formulas and functions. If cell references are used, the formulas and functions you enter can include values from other cells in your sheet. Cell references are also used for other tasks, such as selecting a range of cells to print. 
To refer to a cell, or group of cells:
Cells	Reference	Example	
Single Cell	cell reference.	A1	
Cell List	cell references, separated by commas (,)	A1, A3, B2, B5	
Cell Range	cell reference of first and last cell of the range, separated by a colon (:)	A1:A4	
Range List	cell ranges, separated by commas (,)	A1:B5, C1:C3, D1:D5	
 
Cell Reference Examples
Formula / Function	Description	
=A1+A2	Returns the sum of the values in cells A1 and A2.	
=AVERAGE(B2, B5, B10)	Returns the average of the values in cells B2, B5, and B10.	
=SUM(A1:C5)	Returns the sum of the values in cells A1 to C5.	
=SUM(A1:A3, C1:C4, D1:D2)	Returns the sum of the values in cells A1 to A3, C1 to C4, and D1 to D2.	
=SUM(B2:B5, C2)	Returns the sum of the values in cells B2 to B5, and C2.	
=FIXED(C5)	Returns the value in cell C5, rounded to two decimal places.	

Relative and Absolute Cell References
The reference of a cell is its location, given by the intersection of its column and row. For example, the cell at the intersection of column E and row 5 has the cell reference E5.
Relative Cell References
A relative cell reference is relative to the cell's position in the spreadsheet. If a formula is copied from one cell and pasted into another, the relative cell reference will change.
For example, perhaps the formula =A1+A2 is in cell A3, and you have copied cell A3. Then:
•	If you paste the formula into cell B3, the formula will be pasted as =B1+B2.
•	If you paste the formula into cell A7, the formula will be pasted as =A5+A6. 
•	EasySpreadsheet will automatically change the formula, so that the values in the two cells above the cell you pasted into will be added.
 
Absolute Cell References
An absolute cell reference always refers to a cell at a specific location, regardless of the position in the sheet. Absolute cell references can also refer to a specific column or row. When copying and pasting formulas, absolute references do NOT change.
To make an absolute cell reference, simply type a dollar sign ($) before the row or column that you wish to keep constant:
Reference	Description	
A1	This is a relative cell reference. When copied and pasted, both the row and column will change accordingly.	
$A1	The column A has an absolute reference. When copied and pasted, the column will not change; however, the row has a relative reference, and will change accordingly.	
A$1	The row 1 has an absolute reference. When copied and pasted, the row will not change; however, the column has a relative reference, and will change accordingly.	
$A$1	This is an absolute cell reference. A1 will remain constant; when copied an pasted, the row and column will not change. 	
 
For example, perhaps the formula =$A1+$A2 is in cell A3, and you have copied cell A3. Then:
•	If you paste the formula into cell B3, the formula will be pasted as =$A1+$A2.
•	If you paste the formula into cell A7, the formula will be pasted as =$A5+$A6.
•	When pasting, the column remains constant, but the row changes.
Or, perhaps the formula =A$1+A$2 is in cell A3, and you have copied cell A3. Then:
•	If you paste the formula into cell B3, the formula will be pasted as =B$1+B$2.
•	If you paste the formula into cell A7, the formula will be pasted as =A$1+A$2.
•	When pasting, the row remains constant, but the column changes.
Or, perhaps the formula =$A$1+$A$2 is in cell A3, and you have copied cell A3. Then:
•	If you paste the formula into cell B3, the formula will be pasted as =$A$1+$A$2.
•	If you paste the formula into cell A7, the formula will be pasted as =$A$1+$A$2.
•	When pasting, both the row and column remain constant - the cell reference does not change.
 
Constant Values
Absolute references are particularly useful for entering constant values in a spreadsheet. 
Your spreadsheet may calculate tax values based on a tax rate. Let this tax rate be 2.5%. Rather than enter .025 in every cell where you needed to multiply by the tax rate, you could enter .025 in, for example, cell A10. In every cell where you needed to multiply by this tax rate, you could multiply the value by $A10. An advantage of this approach is that if the tax rate were to change, it would be unnecessary to adjust all of the cells using this tax rate. Simply change the value of cell A10. Perhaps the tax rate increased to 3%. Then, change the value of cell A10 to .03. If all the formulae using this tax rate read it from A10 (i.e., use $A10), your spreadsheet will be updated with the new rate.
 
Notes on Dollar Signs
Spreadsheets are often used to calculate dollar amounts. Hence, using the dollar sign ($) in formulas can be confusing. It is important to remember that including a dollar sign in a formula has nothing to do with money. It simply tells EasySpreadsheet not to change the row or column if the cell formula is pasted elsewhere, or if the cell is moved elsewhere. 
Dollar signs in front of values in cells have nothing to do with dollar signs in front of cell references in formulas.

Sheet References
In your current sheet, you can refer to cells in other sheets within your workbook.
To refer to cells in another sheet: 
1.	Type the sheet name, followed by an exclamation mark (!). For example, Sheet1!.
2.	Type the cell references as you normally would. For example, Sheet1!B1 refers to cell B1in Sheet1.
Example:
Perhaps your workbook has two sheets, with the names Sheet1 and Sheet2. You want to find the sum of cells B2 to F10 in Sheet2, and insert this sum into cell A1 in Sheet1. To do so:
1.	Go to Sheet1 by clicking the tab at the bottom of the sheet.
2.	In Sheet1, click cell A1.
3.	Type in the formula =SUM(Sheet2!B2:F10).
4.	Press Enter.
5.	The sum of cells B2 to F10 in Sheet2 will be placed in cell A1.

Entering Labels and Values
Labels are descriptive numbers and text that identify items on a sheet, but are not used in calculations.
For example, you can type the words Part Number in a cell to show that the numbers in adjacent cells refer to part numbers. To type in a cell, simply select it (i.e., left-click on the cell), and type directly into the cell. Notice that the text you enter will also appear in the text box above your spreadsheet. (You may type in this text box instead, and the text that you enter will appear in the cell that you have selected.)
An apostrophe (') before a number label, such as '2002, prevents EasySpreadsheet from using that number in any calculations.  
As opposed to labels, values are the numbers you want to use in calculations. Values can be entered as whole numbers, decimals, or dates. To enter a value in a cell, simply select the cell, and type the numbers directly into in the cell. (Or, you can instead type in the text box above your spreadsheet, and the numbers will appear in the cell that you have selected.)  
 
Note: To simplify your data entry, type the values without commas, dollar signs, etc. - you can later format the numbers as you wish all at once. See Overview: Formatting Text and Cells.

Entering Formulas
The power of spreadsheets is that their cells can contain formulas. A formula is an equation that tells EasySpreadsheet to add certain cells together, multiply certain cells by a value, and so on. You can enter a formula in a cell, just as you can enter a label or a value.
To enter a formula:
1.	Left-click on the cell that you wish to enter a formula into. A heavy border should appear around the cell.
2.	Type an equal sign (=). This tells EasySpreadsheet that you are entering a formula.
3.	Enter your formula. Examples are given below:
Function	Operator	Example		
		Formula	Value (Result)	
Addition	+	=5+5	10	
Subtraction	-	=6-4	2	
Multiplication	*	=3*2	6	
Division	/	=9/3	3	
Exponentiation	^	=2^3	8	
Percent	%	=75%	0.75	
Greater Than	>	=5>3	TRUE	
Less Than	<	=5<3	FALSE	
Equal To	=	=5=3	FALSE	
Greater Than or Equal To	>=	=5>=3	TRUE	
Less Than or Equal To	<=	=5<=3	FALSE	
Not Equal To	<>	=5<>3	TRUE	
Concatenation	&	=2&3	23	
Brackets	( )	=(2+1)*6 	18 	
Scientific Notation	E	=1E2	100	
4.	Press the Enter key. The result (value) of your formula will automatically appear in the cell.
5.	If you left-click once on the cell at any time, the formula will appear in the text box above your spreadsheet. This text box is called the formula bar.
6.	You can edit your formula by typing in the formula bar. Press Enter when you are finished editing.
 
Formulas with Cell References
The values of cells in your sheet can be added, subtracted, multiplied, divided, compared, and so on. Entering formulas with cell references is very similar to the method described above. Some formula examples are as follows:
Formula	Description	
=A1+A2	Adds the values found in cells A1 and A2.	
=C3-A1	Subtracts the value found in A1 from the value found in C3.	
=C1*C5	Multiplies the value found in C1 by the value in C5.	
=A1>A2	Determines whether or not the value in A1 is greater than the value in A2.	
=A1=A2	Determines whether or not the value in A1 is the same as the value in A2.	
=C2%	Produces a percent value based on the value in C2.	
=C1&C3	Produces a string made up of the values (or labels) found in C1 and C3.	
=(A1+A2)/C1	Adds the values in A1 and A2, then divides this result by the value in C1. 	
 
For example, to enter a formula in cell C3 that will add cell C1 and cell C2, and then multiply the result by 5:
1.	Enter test values in cells C1 and C2. For example, put the value 10 in C1, and the value 20 in C2.
2.	Click on cell C3.
3.	Type in the formula: =(C1+C2)*5
4.	Press the Enter key. The number 150 will automatically appear in cell C3. This makes sense, as (10+20)*5 is 150.
5.	If you left-click once on cell C3, the formula (i.e., =(C1+C2)*5 ) will become visible in the formula bar above the spreadsheet.
 
Showing and Hiding Formula Bar
If the formula bar (the text box just above the spreadsheet) is not visible, go to the View menu, and ensure that Formula Bar is checked off. This will show the formula bar.
To hide the formula bar, un-check Formula Bar under the View menu.

Entering Functions
Functions perform such operations as summing a range of cells, rounding, determining the square root of a number, converting a number to currency, or generating a random number. EasySpreadsheet contains several pre-defined functions that can be used when entering formulas.
Most functions use parameters. Parameters are the values, cell references, and other information required for executing the function. Parameters are enclosed in brackets after the function name. For example, the DOLLAR function is in the form DOLLAR (number, precision), and number and precision are parameters. (The DOLLAR function converts a number to currency.)  
To enter a formula that contains a function:
1.	Left-click on the cell that you wish to enter a formula into. A heavy border should appear around the cell.
2.	Type an equal sign (=). This tells EasySpreadsheet that you are entering a formula.
3.	Type the name of your function, followed by its required parameters in closed brackets. For example, if you were using the DOLLAR function for $25.00, you would enter =DOLLAR(25).
EasySpreadsheet's functions include:

Arithmetic Functions	Find sums, products, remainders, square roots, and absolute values.	
Trigonometric Functions	Use sine, cosine, tangent, inverse, and hyperbolic functions. Convert from radians to degrees. Use the Pi constant. 	
Logarithmic and Exponential Functions	Use logarithms and natural logarithms. Use exponential functions based on the constant e.	
Rounding Functions	Round numbers up or down, to even or odd numbers, to a multiples of other numbers, and to integers.	
Factorials and Combinations	Determine factorials and possible combinations.	
Random Numbers	Generate random numbers.	
Logical Functions	Use functions that require TRUE and FALSE expressions.	
Statistical Functions	Find averages, standard deviations, maximum and minimum values, and variables. Count the number of cells in a range or list.	
General Text Functions	Repeat, join, or compare text strings. Remove blank spaces and non-printable characters. Determine ASCII codes. Convert strings to numbers.	
Length and Position Functions	Determine the length of a text string. Return the first character, last character, of part of a string.	
Format Functions	Change the case of a text string. Use number formatting, such as currency or fixed decimal.	
Find and Replace Functions	Locate text within a string. Replace text in a string with new text.	

Note: To view a full list of EasySpreadsheet's functions, go to the Insert menu, and click Function. A Function window will appear. Select a category from the Category box, and the available functions will appear in the Function List below. Single-click a function to view its parameters and other details. To return to your spreadsheet, click Cancel.
4.	Press the Enter key. The result of your formula will automatically appear in the cell.

Error Messages
After entering a formula or opening an Excel file, an error message may appear:
Error Message	Possible Error(s)	
#####	Column is not wide enough to display all text. Increase the column width.	
#DIV/0!	The formula entered divides by zero.	
#FUNCTION!
#FUNC	The Excel function is not supported by EasySpreadsheet. Use the Excel Viewer to view the spreadsheet.	
#NAME?	The function entered does not exist in EasySpreadsheet.	
#NUM!	Invalid numbers were used in a formula. For example, a function may have required nonnegative numbers, but negative numbers were used.	
#VALUE!	The wrong value type may have been used in a formula. For example, a function may have required a logical value, but a numerical value was used.
When using search and replace functions, this message appears when the search text is not found. 	

Functions

Arithmetic Functions
EasySpreadsheet includes functions for adding and multiplying lists of numbers, or ranges of cells.
Sums
SUM (number_list): Returns the sum of a list of numbers.
SUMSQ (number_list): Squares each of the supplied numbers and returns the sum of the squares.
SUMPRODUCT (range_list): Multiplies the corresponding cells in the given ranges, then returns the sum of those products. The ranges in the range_list must be of the same dimensions (i.e., each cell range must have the same number of rows, and the same number of columns).
Examples:
 	A	B	C	
1	1	2	3	
2	5	4	1	
3	2	8	1	
 
Formula	Result	
=SUM(2, 3, 8, 1)	2+3+8+1 = 14	
=SUM(A1:B3)	1+5+2+2+4+8 = 22	
=SUM(A1, C2, B3)	1+1+8 = 10	
=SUMSQ(B1:B3)	2*2 + 4*4 + 8*8 = 84	
=SUMPRODUCT(B1:B2, C1:C2)	2*3 + 4*1 = 10 	
=SUMPRODUCT(A1:A3, B2:B3)	#VALUE!  (cell ranges of different dimensions)	
=SUMPRODUCT({2, 4, 1}, {3, 5, 2})	2*3 + 4*5 + 1*2 = 28	
 
Conditional Sums
SUMIF (range, criteria, sum_range): Examines the range of cells based on the given criteria, and returns a sum. The criteria must be enclosed in double-quotes, and can be a value ("10"), a text string ("Pass"), or an expression ("<50"). If no sum_range is given, then the range values that meet the criteria will be summed. If a sum_range is given, then the sum_range values in the corresponding cells will be summed.       
Examples:
 	A	B	C	
1	75	20	Yes	
2	83	19	Yes	
3	52	21	No	
4	75	19	No	
 
Formula	Result	
=SUMIF(A1:A4, "75")	75+75 = 150	
=SUMIF(A1:A4, "75", B1:B4)	20+19 = 39	
=SUMIF(B1:B4, ">19")	20+19 = 41	
=SUMIF(B1:B4, "<=20", A1:A4)	75+83+75 = 233	
=SUMIF(C1:C4, "No", B1:B4)	21+19 = 40	
=SUMIF(C1:C4, "No")	0	

Multiplication and Division
PRODUCT (number_list): Multiplies a list of numbers and returns the result.
MOD (number, divisor): Returns the remainder after dividing the number by the divisor.
SQRT (number): Returns the square root of the number.
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=PRODUCT(2, 3, 2, 1)	2*3*2*1 = 12	
=MOD(9, 3)	0	
=MOD(11, 3)	2	
=MOD(7, 2)	1	
=MOD(1, 0)	#DIV/0!	
=SQRT(4)	2	
=SQRT(15)	3.872983346	
 
Absolute Value and Sign Functions
ABS (number): Returns the absolute value of the number. For example, both ABS(5) and ABS(-5) will return 5.
SIGN (number): Determines the sign of the number. Returns 1 if the value is positive, and -1 if the value is negative. Note that SIGN(0) returns 0.

Trigonometric Functions
EasySpreadsheet includes the sine, cosine, and tangent functions. It is important to remember that trigonometric functions use input values in radians.
•	1 radian = 57.2957 degrees
•	1 degree = 0.0174532 radians
(The circumference of a circle is 2*pi*r. Thus for a unit circle, the circumference is 2*pi. If we measure angle by the length of the circular arc, then a 360 degree circle will contain 2*pi radians. )
 
Cosine, Sine, and Tangent Functions
COS (number): Returns the cosine of the specified angle (number). The angle is in radians.
SIN (number): Returns the sine of the specified angle (number). The angle is in radians.
TAN (number): Returns the tangent of the specified angle (number). The angle is in radians.
 
Inverse Functions
ACOS (number): Returns the angle whose cosine is the specified number. This angle is given in radians, between zero and pi.
ASIN (number): Returns the angle whose sine is the specified number. This angle is given in radians, between -pi/2 and pi/2.
ATAN (number): Returns the angle whose tangent is the specified number. This angle is given in radians, between -pi/2 and pi/2.
ATAN2 (number1, number2): Returns the arctangent of the specified X (number1) and Y (number2) coordinates. The result will be given in radians, between -pi and pi, excluding -pi.
 
Hyperbolic Functions
COSH (number): Returns the hyperbolic cosine of the number. 
SINH (number): Returns the hyperbolic sine of the number.
TANH (number): Returns the hyperbolic tangent of the number.
ACOSH (number): Returns the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the number.
ASINH (number): Returns the inverse hyperbolic sine of the number.
ATANH (number): Returns the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a the number. 
 
Conversion and Constant Functions
DEGREES (number): Converts the number from radians to degrees.
PI (): Returns the value of pi, which is approximately 3.1459265358979 when calculated to 15 significant digits.

Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
EasySpreadsheet includes logarithmic, natural logarithmic, and exponential functions.
Logarithmic Functions
LOG (number, base): Returns the logarithm of the number to the specified base. If the base is omitted, base-10 will be used. 
LOG10 (number): Returns the base-10 logarithm of the specified number. 
LN (number): Returns the natural logarithm (based on the constant e) of the specified number. LN is the inverse of EXP.
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=LOG(9, 3)	2	
=LOG(10)	1 (base-10 is assumed)	
=LOG(10^8)	8 (base-10 is assumed)	
=LOG(0)	#NUM! (number must be greater than 0)	
=LOG10(1)	0	
=LN(EXP(2))	2	
 
Exponential Functions
EXP (number): Returns e raised to the power of the specified number. EXP is the inverse of LN. For example, EXP(LN(2))would return 2. (Hint: Use EXP(1) for the constant value e, which is approximately 2.718281828.)
Note: To raise another number to a certain power, use the ^ operator. For example, 2^3 is the same as 2*2*2, and would return 8. 

Rounding Functions
Rounding functions allow you to round numbers up or down, to even or odd numbers, to the nearest multiple of a number, and to the nearest integer.
Rounding Up and Down
ROUND (number, precision): Rounds the number to the specified number of decimal places (precision). In this case, the number will be rounded up if the digit is greater than or equal to five, and rounded down if the digit is less than five. The precision cannot be omitted.
ROUNDDOWN (number, precision): Rounds the number down to the specified number of decimal places (precision). The precision cannot be omitted. In this case, 1.2 would be rounded to 1, while -1.2 would be rounded to -1.
ROUNDUP (number, precision): Rounds the number up to the specified number of decimal places (precision). The precision cannot be omitted. In this case, 1.2 would be rounded to 2, while -1.2 would be rounded to -2.
CEILING (number1, number2): Rounds number1 up to the nearest multiple of number2.
FLOOR (number1, number2): Rounds number1 down to the nearest multiple of number2.
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=ROUND(8.5, 0)	9	
=ROUND(8.4, 0)	8	
=ROUNDDOWN(25, 0)	25	
=ROUNDDOWN(25, -1)	20	
=ROUNDDOWN(-5.6, 0)	-5	
=ROUNDUP(-5.6, 0)	-6	
=CEILING(5, 3)	6	
=FLOOR(2, 0.75)	1.5	
 
Rounding to Even and Odd Numbers
EVEN (number): Rounds the number up to the nearest even integer. For example, 25 would be rounded to 26.
ODD (number): Rounds the number up to the nearest odd integer. For example, 100 would be rounded to 101.
 
Rounding to Integers
INT (number): Rounds the number down to the nearest integer. Negative numbers will be rounded to the lower integer. For example, 1.2 would be rounded to 1, while -1.2 would be rounded to -2. 
TRUNC (number, precision): Truncates the number to an integer. The number will be rounded down. For example, 1.2 would be rounded to 1, while -1.2 would be rounded to -1. If precision is omitted, the number will be rounded to zero decimal places. 

Factorials and Combinations
EasySpreadsheet includes functions to generate factorials and combinations.
FACT (number): Returns the factorial of the number. For example, the factorial of 6 is 6*5*4*3*2*, or 720. If number is a decimal number, it will be rounded down to the nearest integer. Note that number must be greater than or equal to 0.
COMBIN (number1, number2): Returns the number of ways a group of number2 items can be chosen from a group of number1 items. For example, COMBIN(6, 3) would return the number of ways a group of three could be chosen from a group of six. Note that number1 and number2 must be nonnegative, and number2 cannot be greater than number1. 
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=FACT(0)	1	
=FACT(6.6)	720	
=FACT(-1)	#NUM! (number cannot be negative)	
=COMBIN(3, 2)	3	
=COMBIN(3, 3)	1	
=COMBIN(1, 2)	#NUM! (number2 cannot be larger)	

Random Numbers
EasySpreadsheet allows you to generate a random number within a certain range of values.
RAND (): Returns a randomly selected decimal number from a uniform distribution greater than or equal to 0 and less than 1.
You may wish to generate a number within another range instead:
•	RAND()*x will generate a random decimal number between 0 and x, inclusive.
•	RAND()*(y - x)+x will generate a random decimal number between x and y, inclusive.
•	ROUND(RAND()*x, 0) will generate a random integer between 0 and x, inclusive.
•	ROUND(RAND()*(y - x)+x, 0) will generate a random integer between x and y, inclusive.
Hint: If you press the F9 key, new random numbers will be generated for all formulas in your sheet containing the RAND function. 

Logical Functions
Logical functions use TRUE and FALSE values.
Logical Values
FALSE (): Returns the logical value FALSE.
TRUE (): Returns the logical value TRUE.
 
AND and OR Functions
AND (logical_list): Returns TRUE if all arguments in list are true; returns FALSE if at least one argument in the list is false. The arguments can be a logical value (e.g., TRUE) or expression (e.g., 1+2=3).
OR (logical_list): Returns TRUE if at least one of a series of logical arguments is true. The arguments can be a logical value or expression. 
Examples:
 	A	B	C	D	
1	TRUE	TRUE	FALSE	0	
2	TRUE	FALSE	TRUE	2	
 
Formula	Result	
=AND(A1:A2)	TRUE	
=AND(A1:C1)	FALSE	
=AND(A1:D1)	#VALUE!  (cell D1 does not contain a logical value or expression)	
=AND(1>2, 1>0)	FALSE	
=AND(D1=0, D2=0)	FALSE	
=OR(A1:A2)	TRUE	
=OR(A1:C1)	TRUE	
=OR(B2, C1)	FALSE	
=OR(D1=0, D2=0)	TRUE	
 
NOT Function
NOT (logical): Returns a logical value that is the opposite of the specified logical value or expression.
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=NOT(TRUE)	FALSE	
=NOT(FALSE)	TRUE	
=NOT(10>5)	FALSE	
=NOT(3*3=10)	TRUE	
 
IF Function
IF (test, true_value, false_value): Returns true_value if test is TRUE (or nonzero), or false_value if test is FALSE (or zero). If test is FALSE (or zero), but the false_value is omitted, then FALSE will be returned. Note that test can be a numerical value, or a logical expression (e.g., C5=3). Note also that true_value and false_value can be numerical values (e.g., 10), text strings (e.g., "Yes"), logical values (e.g., TRUE), cell references (e.g., A1), or formulas (e.g., SUM(A1:C5) ).
Examples:
 	A	
1	76	
2	43	
3	87	
4	 	
 
Formula	Result	
=IF(A1>=50, "Pass", "Fail")	Pass	
=IF(A2>=50, "Pass", "Fail")	Fail	
=IF(A2>=50, "Pass")	FALSE	
=IF(TRUE, "Yes", "No")	Yes	
=IF(A1, DOLLAR(A1))	$ 76.00	
=IF(A4, DOLLAR(A4))	FALSE	

Statistical Functions
Statistical functions allow you to calculate averages, minimum and maximum values, standard deviations, and variances. They also allow you to count the number of values in a list or range of cells.
AVERAGE (number1, number2, ...): Returns the average of the specified numbers.
MAX (number_list): Returns the largest value in the specified list of numbers.
MIN (number_list): Returns the smallest value in the specified list of numbers.
STDEV (number_list): Returns the standard deviation of a population based on a sample of values. The standard deviation of a population represents an average of deviations from the population mean within a list of values. This list must contain at least two numbers.
STDEVP (number_list): Returns the standard deviation of a population based on an entire population of values. The standard deviation of a population represents an average of deviations from the population mean within a list of values. This list must contain at least two numbers.
VAR (number_list): Returns the variance of a population based on a sample of values. This list must contain at least two numbers.
VARP (number_list): Returns the variance of a population based on the entire population. This list must contain at least two numbers.
 
Counting Functions
COUNT (value_list): Returns the number of values in the specified list.
COUNTA (expression_list): Returns the number of nonblank values in the specified list.
COUNTIF (range, criteria): Returns the number of cells within the range that meet the specified criteria. This criteria can be a numerical value (e.g., 50), a text string (e.g., "No"), a logical expression (">0"). Note that text strings and expressions must be enclosed in double quotes.
Examples:
 	A	
1	80	
2	45	
3	76	
4	68	
5	N/A	
6	 	
 
Formula	Result	
=COUNT(A1:A4)	4 	
=COUNT(A1:A4)	4 (only cells containing numerical values are counted)	
=COUNTA(A1:A5)	5	
=COUNTA(A1:A6)	5 (blank cells are not counted)	
=COUNTIF(A1:A4, ">50")	3	

General Text Functions
EasySpreadsheet includes functions for repeating, joining, and comparing text strings. You may also convert strings to numbers, test values for text, remove blank spaces or nonprintable characters, and determine ASCII codes.
REPT (text, number): Repeats the text a certain number of times. The text can be a text string (e.g., "abc"), a number (e.g., 9), or a cell reference (e.g., C4). The number must be positive, and if the number is 0, nothing will be returned. For example, REPT("z", 4) would return "zzzz", REPT("z", 0) would return "", and REPT("z", -1) would return the #VALUE! error message.
CONCATENATE (text1, text2, ...): Joins several text items into one text item. These items can be text strings, numbers, or cell references. For example, if the value 50 was in cell B5, then CONCATENATE("I have ", B5, " oranges") would return "I have 50 oranges". (Note: This is the same as the formula ="I have " & B5 & " oranges".)
EXACT (expression1, expression2): Compares expression1 and expression2 for identical, case-sensitive matches. TRUE is returned if the expressions are identical; FALSE is returned if they are not.
T (value): Tests the value, and returns the value if it is text. For example, T("Hello") would return "Hello", while T(100) would return nothing.
VALUE (text): Converts text to a numerical value. The text string must be in a number format (i.e., words cannot be converted to numbers). For example, VALUE("$6.00") would return 6, while VALUE("dog") would return the #VALUE! error message. (Note: EasySpreadsheet automatically converts text to numbers for you.)
 
Removal Functions
TRIM (text): Removes all blank spaces from the text, except for single spaces between words. For example, TRIM("  One   Two   Three   ") would return "One Two Three".
CLEAN (text): Removes all nonprintable characters from the supplied text.
 
ASCII Code Functions
CHAR (number): Returns the character that corresponds to the supplied ASCII code (number). The number must be between 1 and 255. For example, CHAR(83) would return "S".
CODE (text): Returns the ASCII code for the first character of the text. The text must be enclosed in double quotes. For example, both CODE("Sunday") and CODE("S") would return 83, which is the ASCII code for S. 

Length and Position Functions
Length and position functions allow you to determine the length of a text string, or return a certain part of a string.
LEN (text): Returns the number of characters in the text string, including spaces. 
LEFT (text, num_char): Returns the leftmost characters from the text string. The number of characters to return (num_char) can be specified; if num_char is omitted, one character will be returned. 
RIGHT (text, num_char): Returns the rightmost characters from the text string. The number of characters to return (num_char) can be specified; if num_char is omitted, one character will be returned. 
MID (text, start_position, num_chars): Returns the specified number of characters (num_chars) from the text string, beginning with the start_position. Note that the first character in the string has position 1.  
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=LEN("John Doe")	8	
=LEFT("EasyOffice")	E	
=LEFT("EasyOffice", 4)	Easy	
=RIGHT("EasyOffice")	e	
=MID("dragonfly", 1, 5)	dragon	
=MID("abcde", 2, 3)	bcd	
=MID("abcde", 2, 7)	bcde	
 
Byte Functions
EasySpreadsheet includes length and position functions that use bytes rather than characters. Standard characters and symbols are one byte, while some foreign language characters (e.g., Chinese) are two bytes.
LENB (text): Returns the number of bytes in the text string, including spaces.
LEFTB (text, num_bytes): Returns the leftmost byte from the text string. The number of bytes to return (num_bytes) can be specified; if num_bytes is omitted, one byte will be returned. 
RIGHTB (text, num_bytes): Returns the rightmost bytes from the text string. The number of bytes to return (num_bytes) can be specified; if num_bytes is omitted, one byte will be returned.
MIDB (text, start_position, num_bytes): Returns the specified number of bytes (num_bytes) from the text string, beginning with the start_position.

Format Functions
Case Formats
UPPER (text): Converts all characters in the text string to uppercase characters. Numeric characters in the string are not changed. For example, UPPER("EasyOffice2001") would return "EASYOFFICE2001".
LOWER (text): Converts all characters in the text string to lowercase characters. Numeric characters in the string are not changed. For example, LOWER("EasyOffice2001") would return "easyoffice2001".
PROPER (text): Returns the text string in proper-case format (i.e., the first letter of each word will be capitalized, while the remaining letters will be lowercase). For example, PROPER("my NAME is bob") would return "My Name Is Bob".
 
Number Formats
FIXED (number, precision): Rounds the number to the supplied number of decimal places (precision), formats the number in decimal format, and returns the result as text. For more details, see Fixed Decimals or Commas.
DOLLAR (number, precision): Returns the number as text, using the local currency format and the supplied number of decimal places (precision). Omitting the precision argument assumes two decimal places. EasyOffice uses the US Dollar format. For more details, see Currency.
USDOLLAR (number, precision): Returns the number as text using the US Dollar format and the supplied precision. Omitting the precision argument assumes two decimal places.
TEXT (number, format): Returns the number as text, using the specified format. The format must be enclosed in double quotes. For example, TEXT(0.58, "0.00%") would return "58.00%". For more details, see Using the TEXT Function.

Find and Replace Functions
Search Functions
SEARCH (search_text, text, start_position): Locates the search_text within the text string, and returns the character position of the first occurrence. The character position to begin the search can be specified (start_position); if start_position is omitted, the search will begin at the first character in the text string.  The SEARCH function is not case-sensitive (e.g., "A" and "a" are considered to be the same). The SEARCH function allows you to use special search keys:
?	will find any single character	
*	will find any character group	
FIND (search_text, text, start_position): Locates the search_text within the text string, and returns the character position of the first occurrence. The character position to begin the search can be specified (start_position); if start_position is omitted, the search will begin at the first character in the text string. Unlike the SEARCH function, the FIND function is case-sensitive (e.g., "A" and "a" are considered to be different), and it does not use special search keys (? and *).
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=SEARCH("h", "Hello")	1	
=FIND("h", "Hello")	#VALUE! (search_text not found)	
=FIND("a", "character")	3	
=FIND("a", "character", 4)	5	
=SEARCH("April 20??", "April 2002")	1	
=FIND("April 20??", "April 2002")	#VALUE! (search_text not found)	
=SEARCH("*.ess", "Book1.ess")	1	
=FIND("*.ess", Book1.ess")	#VALUE! (search_text not found)	
=SEARCH("?", "Why?")	1	
=FIND("?", "Why?")	4	
 
Replace Functions
SUBSTITUTE (text, old_text, new_text, instance): Replaces the old_text within the text string with the new_text. The instance of the old_text in the string to replace can be specified.
REPLACE (orig_text, start_position, num_chars, repl_text): Replaces part of the orig_text string with another text string (repl_text).
 
Byte Functions
EasySpreadsheet includes search and replace functions that use bytes rather than characters. Standard characters and symbols are one byte, while some foreign language characters (e.g., Chinese) are two bytes.
SEARCHB (search_text, text, start_position): Locates the search_text within the text string, and returns the byte position of the first occurrence. The byte position to begin the search can be specified (start_position); if start_position is omitted, the search will begin at the first byte in the text string. The SEARCHB function works in the same way as the SEARCH function. 
FINDB (search_text, text, start_position): Locates the search_text within the text string, and returns the byte position of the first occurrence. The byte position to begin the search can be specified (start_position); if start_position is omitted, the search will begin at the first byte in the text string. The FINDB function works in the same way as the FIND function. 
REPLACEB (orig_text, start_position, num_bytes, repl_text): Replaces part of orig_text string with another text string (repl_text). The REPLACEB function works in the same way at the REPLACE function.

Editing Sheets

Naming a Sheet
When you start a new sheet, there will be three worksheets. On the tabs at the bottom of the sheets, you should see 'Sheet1', 'Sheet2', and 'Sheet3' - these are the names of the sheets.
To change the name of a sheet:
1.	Double-click on the tab at the bottom of the sheet you wish to change. (This tab may say, for example, 'Sheet1'.)
2.	A Sheet Name window will appear.
3.	Type the new name in the Name for Sheet box.
4.	Click OK. 
5.	The new name will automatically appear in the tab at the bottom of the sheet.
Note: There is another way to bring up the Sheet Name window. Go to the Format drop-down menu, put your cursor over Sheet, and click Rename.

Moving Through a Sheet
To move to an adjacent cell:
•	Use the arrow keys on your keyboard to the cell above, below, to the right, or to the left of your current cell.
•	Press the Tab key to move to the next cell in a row. 
•	Press the Enter key to move to the next cell in a column.
 
To move to another location in your sheet:
•	To scroll left or right, use the horizontal scroll bar at the bottom of your sheet.
•	To scroll up or down, use the vertical scroll bar on the right side of your sheet.
•	If your mouse has a scroll wheel, you may use it to scroll up or down.

Editing Cell Contents
To edit data, a formula, or a function within a cell:
1.	Double-click (left mouse button) the cell you want to edit.
2.	To erase text or numbers, press the Backspace or Delete key.
3.	To enter text or numbers, simply type them in.
4.	Press Enter when you are done.  

Cut, Copy, and Paste
Cutting, copying, and pasting text are useful if you want to move data from one location to another. EasySpreadsheet allows you to copy cell data, formulas, or formats, and paste them into other cells.
Cutting
Cutting will put data (or formulas, or formats) onto an imaginary clipboard. The cell(s) that you cut will become empty - the data, formulas, and cell formatting will be removed. The cell contents that you removed can then be pasted (from the imaginary clipboard) to another location in your sheet.
To cut:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you wish to cut.
2.	Now:
•	Go to the Edit menu, and select Cut. Or, 
•	Right-click so that the Quick-task Menu appears, and select Cut. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+X on your keyboard.
3.	The contents of the cells that you cut will be removed, and placed on the imaginary clipboard. You are now ready to paste.
 
Copying
Like cutting, copying will put data (or formulas, or formats) onto an imaginary clipboard. Unlike cutting, the cells that you copy will NOT become empty - the data, formulas, and cell formatting will NOT be removed. The cell contents that you copied can then be pasted (from the imaginary clipboard) to another location in your sheet.
To copy:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you wish to copy.
2.	Now:
•	Go to the Edit menu, and select Copy. Or, 
•	Right-click so that the Quick-task Menu appears, and select Copy. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+C on your keyboard. Or,
•	In Advanced Mode, click the Copy button (shown below).

3.	The contents of the cells that you copied will placed on the imaginary clipboard. You are now ready to paste.
 
Pasting
After cutting or copying cells, you can paste the data (or formulas, or formats) found on the imaginary clipboard back into your sheet. 
To paste:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you wish to paste to.
If you will be pasting formulas or values (data), be aware that the number of cells that you select makes a difference:
•	If you select one cell, but cut (copied) more than one cell, then all of the cut (copied) cell will be pasted. For example, perhaps you cut a group of four cells (two-rows by two-columns), but only selected one cell when you pasted. All four cells will be pasted. The top, left cell of the pasted group will be at the cell that was selected.
•	If you select a group of cells with the same dimensions as the group that you cut (copied), then the cut (copied) cells will be pasted directly into the selected cells. An example is cutting a two-row by two-column group of cells, then selecting a two-row by two-column group of cells when you paste.
•	If you select a group of cells that does NOT have the same dimensions as the group that you cut (copied), all of the selected cells will be filled with data when you paste - even if you selected more cells than you cut (copied). If you selected less cells than you cut (copied), then you will lose some data. For example, perhaps you cut a two-row by two-column cell group, but only selected a one-row by two-column group when you pasted. The first row will appear, but the second row of the cut cells will NOT be pasted. 
If you will be pasting formats, the formatting will be applied to all of the cells that you select.  
2.	Go to the Edit menu. Here, you have a few pasting options:
•	Paste Formulas: The cell contents will be pasted along with their formulas. When you click on a cell, its formula, such as =SUM(A1:A20), will appear in the text box above the sheet. This pasting option is useful if you have used formulas and would like to be able to update or modify them. Formats will not be pasted.
•	Paste Values: The cell contents will be pasted, but their formulas will be lost. When you click on a cell, the value will appear in the text box above the sheet. Formats will not be pasted.
•	Paste Formats: This option will not paste the actual cell contents; that is, the formulas or values of the selected cells will NOT be changed. Instead, the formatting (font, alignment, color, etc.) of the cut (copied) cells will be pasted. For more help, see Formatting Text and Numbers.
•	Paste: This standard option will paste the formulas and the formats of the cut (copied) cells.
Note: You may also paste by right-clicking to access the Quick-task Menu. Click Paste Special, and a window will appear, allowing you to paste All, Formulas, Values, or Formats. Or, for a standard paste (formulas and formats), click Paste. Also note that the keyboard shortcut for a standard paste is Ctrl+V.

Copying Formulas and Functions
You can automatically copy a formula or function to other cells.
To copy (or cut) and paste formulas:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you wish to copy. A heavy border will appear around the cell(s).
2.	Copy the cell contents. Go to the Edit menu and select Copy, or press Ctrl+C on your keyboard.
3.	Select the cell(s) that you wish to paste into.  
4.	Paste the formulas. Go to the Edit menu, and select Paste Formulas. Or, press Ctrl+V (note that this keyboard shortcut will also paste any formatting that was applied to the copied cells). For more help on pasting, see Cut, Copy, and Paste.
5.	The formulas will be pasted into the selected cells. If relative cell references were used, the pasted formulas will be adjusted according to the cell locations. See Relative and Absolute Cell References for details.
 
Copying to Cells in Same Row or Column
To quickly copy the formula from a cell to the cells below or beside it, use AutoFill:
1.	 Click on the cell whose formula you want to copy. A heavy border will appear around the cell.
2.	Move your mouse cursor to the small black square in the bottom, right corner of the cell. The regular pointer will change to a small, black plus sign.
3.	With the black plus sign visible, hold down the left mouse button. Do not let go, and move your mouse cursor down to select cells in the same column, or to the right to select cells in the same row. You can select cells in only one of these directions at once. The selected cells will be highlighted and surrounded by a heavy border.
4.	After selecting the cells to copy to, release the mouse button. The formula from the original cell, along with formats, will be pasted into all of the cells that you selected. If relative cell references were used, the pasted formulas will be adjusted according to the cell locations. See Relative and Absolute Cell References for details. 
5.	To remove the highlighting, click outside of the highlighted cells.

Clearing Cell Contents
EasySpreadsheet allows you to quickly erase the contents and formats of selected cells.
To clear cell contents:
1.	Select the cell(s) whose contents you want to erase.
2.	Go to the Edit menu, and click Clear Contents. (Note: You may instead simply press the Delete key.)
3.	The values, labels, or formulas within the selected cell(s) will be erased. Any formatting (text color, font size, etc.) applied to the cell(s) will NOT be cleared.
 
To clear both contents and formatting:
1.	Select the cell(s) you want to clear.
2.	Go to the Edit menu, and click Clear.
3.	The contents and formats of the selected cell(s) will be erased. The formats will be returned to the default settings. 
 
To clear only formatting:
1.	Select the cell(s) whose formats you want to clear.
2.	Go to the Edit menu, and click Clear Formats.
3.	Any formatting applied to the selected cell(s) will be cleared. The formats will be returned to the default settings. The values, labels, or formulas within the cells will NOT be erased.

Deleting Cells
You can delete existing cells when you do not need them. This will shift the remaining cells up, or to the left. EasySpreadsheet will automatically adjust any formulas so that they refer to the correct cells.
To delete cells:
1.	Select the cell(s) you want to delete.
2.	Go to the Edit menu, and click Delete Cells.
3.	A Delete window will appear.
4.	Select a direction for your cells to shift (Shift Cells Left or Shift Cells Up).
5.	Click OK. Your selected cell(s) will be deleted.
Note: Most of the time, you will not actually have to delete a cell. Instead, you can delete the values or formulas within a cell. It is not necessary to go through the above to do so. To delete the value or formula, but not the cell itself, simply select the cell and press the Delete key. See Clearing Cell Contents for more details.

Deleting Columns and Rows
To delete entire columns: 
1.	Select column(s) you want to delete. (See Selecting Columns and Rows.) 
2.	Go to the Edit menu, and click Delete Columns.
3.	Your selected column(s) will be deleted. The columns on the right side of the selected column(s) will be shifted to the left. Column names and formulas within the cells will be adjusted accordingly.
 
To delete entire rows:
1.	Select row(s) you want to delete. (See Selecting Columns and Rows.) 
2.	Go to the Edit menu, and click Delete Rows.
3.	Your selected row(s) will be deleted. The rows below the selected row(s) will be shifted up. Row names and formulas within the cells will be adjusted accordingly.

Deleting a Sheet
To delete a worksheet you no longer want:
1.	Click the sheet tab of the worksheet you want to delete.
2.	Go to the Edit menu, and select Delete Sheet.
3.	The sheet will be removed.

 

 

Undo
If you perform an operation and decide that you should not have done it, you can 'Undo' it (if the operation is reversible - some are not). 
Undo does not apply to every function and operation in EasySpreadsheet. However, common operations are undone by the Undo System (such as text or numbers entered in a cell). Also, the FailSafe Undo system and the Ancestors Backups System retrieve full file images of your work that were temporally recorded. Newer versions of EasySpreadsheet have an increasingly larger proportion of functions and operations that can be undone by the regular Undo System.
To undo your last step:
•	Press Ctrl+Z on your keyboard. Or,
•	Go to the Edit menu, and select Undo. Or,
•	If you are in Advanced Mode, hit the Undo button (shown below).
	
To redo you last (undone) step:
•	Press Ctrl+Y on your keyboard. Or,
•	Go to the Edit menu, and select Redo. Or,
•	If you are in Advanced Mode, hit the Redo button (shown below).
	
EasySpreadsheet will generally allow 1500 Undo steps (i.e., you can press Ctrl+Z 1500 times to go 1500 steps backwards - press Ctrl+Y to go forwards at any point). However, remember that Undo operations do not apply to every feature, such as saving a file. 
If you need to go further back than the Undo System allows, or if you want to retrieve a feature the Undo System does not undo, you should use the Ancestors Backups System. This system can retrieve the file version required, as far back as is required. (Note: The Ancestors Backups System must be turned on. To turn this system on, go to the File1 menu, and ensure that Perform automatic backups is checked off.)

FailSafe Undo System
While the regular undo system will undo common functions and operations that are performed in EasySpreadsheet, it does not undo every single possible function or operation. If you need a FailSafe Undo System, then turn the FailSafe Undo System ON.  (Note: The system is turned on if Edit -> Perform FailSafe Undo's is checked off.)
The advantage of the FailSafe Undo System is that it creates a FULL copy of your spreadsheet, each time you enter something into a cell. Regardless of what functions or operations you perform, the FailSafe Undo System will record a faithful image of your spreadsheet as you move from cell to cell. When you press Ctrl+Z, the previous image of your spreadsheet is simply retrieved and loaded into memory. If you press Ctrl+Z again, the image previous to this one, is simply retrieved and loaded into memory. Similarly, you can redo steps that you have previously undone by pressing Ctrl+Y.
The disadvantage of the FailSafe Undo System is that it slows down the operation of Easy Spreadsheet. A delay will occur as you go from cell to cell. If you have a small spreadsheet and a fast computer, this delay may not matter - but it will if your spreadsheet is large and your computer is slow.
The FailSafe Undo System is a useful feature to use when you are working on a complicated portion of your spreadsheet, but should be turned off when it is no longer needed.

Find and Replace
EasySpreadsheet allows you to quickly search though a sheet. This is especially useful for sheets that contain a large amount of data.
Finding Data
To search for data or text in your spreadsheet:
1.	Go to the Edit menu, and select Find. Or, simply press Ctrl+F on your keyboard.
2.	A Find window will appear.
3.	Type the data (or text) that you are looking for in the Find What box. Do NOT press the Enter key. 
4.	If the Match Case box is checked off, the search will be case-sensitive - that is, lower and upper case letters will be treated differently.  Be sure to type the text exactly as it should appear in your sheet (e.g., a search for 'easyoffice' will not find 'EasyOffice').  If you do not want the search to be case-sensitive (e.g., a search for 'easyoffice' will also find 'EasyOffice'), un-check the Match Case box.
5.	If you only want to find cells whose data matches the Find What box exactly, check off Find Entire Cells Only. In this case, a search for 2 will not find cells that contain numbers such as 2.0 and 222. Only cells that contain a single 2 will be located. 
To allow partial matches, un-check Find Entire Cells Only. In this case, a search for 2 will find any cell that contains a 2. Numbers such as 2.0 and 222, or even 4235, will be located.    
6.	In the Search box, choose to perform your search By Rows or By Columns.
7.	Click Find Next. Once the data is found, you can click Find Next again to search for the next occurrence.  (Tip: If the Find dialog box obscures your view, simply drag it to the side.)
8.	To replace the data (or text) that you are searching for with other data, click the Replace button. The Replace Data window will appear. See "Replacing Data" below for further details.
9.	When you are finished your search, click Close.
 
Replacing Data
To search replace data (or text) in your sheet with other data:
1.	Go to the Edit menu, and click Replace. Or, simply press Ctrl+H on your keyboard.
2.	A Replace window will appear. This window contains most of the options that the Find window has.
3.	Type the data (or text) that you would like to find in the Find What box. In the Replace With box, type the data that you would like to replace the Find What data with.
4.	Click Find Next to locate occurrences of your Find What data.
5.	If you would like to replace the located data, click Replace. Replacing data one by one is a very safe method. 
If, however, your spreadsheet contains a lot of data, and you are certain of all replacements, it is possible to automatically replace all occurrences simultaneously. If you would like all of the occurrences of your Find With data to be changed to the Replace With data at once, click the Replace All button. 
6.	When you are finished, click Close.

Formatting Text and Cells

Overview: Formatting Text and Cells
When entering values, you need not worry about dollar signs, decimal places, etc. - you can easily change the format of the cells later on.
To format cells:
1.	Select the cells that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format drop-down menu, and click Cells. 
3.	A Format Cells window will appear, where you are given many options in formatting the selected cells. To change the format, click a tab:
•	Number: Choose to format the cells as Currency (e.g., $5.00), Fixed (fixed decimal point; e.g., 0.00), Percent (e.g., 25 %), Fractions (e.g., 1/2), Scientific (scientific notation; e.g., 1E07) , Date (e.g., 1/30/99) or Time (e.g., 12:30 PM). Within each of these formats are further options; there are several choices for the currency format, date format, and so on.
•	Alignment: Specify how to align the values in your cells. You can change both the Horizontal and Vertical alignment. Click Wrap Text to prevent text from overflowing into other cells (or becoming truncated if the adjacent cell already contains a value).
•	Font: Select the Font (Arial, Times New Roman, etc.), the Font style (Regular, Italic, Bold), the Size of the font, the Color of the font, the Script (Western, Hebrew, etc.), and the Effects (Strikeout and Underline).
•	Border: Select a distinctive border style for your selected cells. This might be useful for bringing certain cells to the reader's attention.
•	Patterns: Select a Fill Color for your selected cells. If you would like the cells to be filled with a pattern, select a Fill Pattern, and a Pattern Color.
4.	When you are finished, click OK.
5.	The formatting will be applied to your selected cell(s).
 
Formatting Cells in Advanced Mode
In Advanced Mode, you can quickly apply various formats to your selected cells without going to the Format menu. 
Some formatting icons in Advanced Mode include:
•	Currency Style [$]: Puts a dollar sign in front of the number, and, if necessary, adds a decimal point followed by two decimal places.
•	Percent Style [%]: Puts a percent sign in front of the numbers, and converts the numbers to percentages.
•	Comma Style [ , ]: Adds commas where needed, and a decimal point (two decimal places).
•	Increase Decimal [<-.00]: Each time you click, you will increase the number of decimal places by one.
•	Decrease Decimal [->.0]: each time you click, you will decrease the number of decimal places by one.
•	Border: Changes the borders around the selected cells to the border your choice.
	
•	Font Color: Changes the colors of the text and numbers in the selected cells.
	
•	Fill Color: Changes the background color of the selected cells.
	
•	Align Left, Align Center, Align Right: Changes the horizontal alignment of the text and numbers within the selected cells.
	
•	Bold, Italics, Underline: Bolds, italicizes, or underlines values within the selected cells.
	
•	Font, Size: Changes the font type or size within the selected cells. 

Font Style, Size, and Color
To change the font attributes (style, size, color, etc.):
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	Click the Font tab.
4.	Here, you can:
•	Select a font (Arial, Book Antiqua, etc.) from the Font box.
•	Select a font style (Regular, Bold, Italic) from the Font style box.
•	Select a font size from the Size box. Or, type in a size of your own.
•	Under Effects, choose Strikeout and/or Underline.
•	Select a font color from the Color box. 
5.	 When you are finished, click OK.
6.	The formatting will be applied to the selected cell(s).
Note: To quickly access the font attributes window, go to the Format menu, and click Font and Color.
 
Font Formatting in Advanced Mode
To apply font formatting in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Click a formatting icon:
•	Font Color: Changes the colors of the text and numbers in the selected cells.
	
•	Bold, Italics, Underline: Bolds, italicizes, or underlines values within the selected cells.
	
•	Font, Size: Changes the font type or size within the selected cells. 

Alignment
To change the horizontal and vertical text alignment:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	Click the Alignment tab.
4.	Here, you can:
•	Select a horizontal alignment from the Horizontal box:
•	General: Text will be aligned according to its type (e.g., numbers are aligned to the right, while currency and labels are aligned to the left).
•	Left: Standard left text alignment.
•	Center: Standard centered text alignment.
•	Right: Standard right text alignment.
•	Fill: Data will fill the entire width of the cell. If the cell contains a number value, the number will be repeated so that it fills the cell.
•	Center Across Cells: Data will be centered across the entire width of the column(s) selected.
•	Select a vertical alignment from the Vertical box:
•	Top: Text will be pushed to the top of the cell.
•	Center: Text will be centered in the cell.
•	Bottom: Text will be pushed to the bottom of the cell.
•	If you do not want text from one cell to overflow into another (or become truncated if the adjacent cell already contains a value), check off Wrap Text.
5.	When you are finished, click OK.
6.	The alignment formatting will be applied to the selected cell(s).
 
Note: To quickly access the alignment settings window, go to the Format menu, and click Centering.
 
Changing Horizontal Alignment in Advanced Mode
To change the horizontal text alignment in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Click the Align Left, Align Center, or Align Right icon.

Cell Borders
To format the borders of cells:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	A Format Cells window will appear.
4.	Click the Border tab.
5.	Here, you can:
•	Select a line type for the borders. Under Line Style, click a style.
•	Select a color for your borders. Under Color, click a color.
•	Choose to have regular borders, no borders, or borders on certain sides. To select the visible borders, click the buttons (shown below).
	 
6.	When you are finished, click OK.
7.	The border formatting will be applied to the selected cell(s).
 
Border Formatting in Advanced Mode
To change the cell border formatting in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Click the down arrow on the Border icon (shown below).
	
3.	A selection of border styles will appear. Click the border of your choice.

Cell Fill Color
Cell fill colors are often useful if you have a long sheet - vary the fill color of every second line (or every few lines) to make your sheet easier to read. Fill colors are also useful for highlighting important information in your sheet.
To change the fill color or fill pattern of cells:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	A Format Cells window will appear.
4.	Click the Patterns tab.
5.	Here, you can:
•	Select a cell Fill Color (as opposed to the normal white cell color). 
•	If you would like the cells to be filled with a pattern, select a Fill Pattern, and a Pattern Color.
6.	 When you are finished, click OK
7.	The fill color will be applied to the selected cell(s).
 
Cell Fill Color in Advanced Mode
To change the fill color of cells in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Click the down arrow on the Fill Color icon (shown below).
	
3.	A palette of colors will appear. Click a color to select it. Or, click More Colors to create your own custom color.
4.	The fill color of the selected cell(s) will be change to the color you chose.

Copying and Pasting Formats
You can copy the text format and fill color of a cell, and then apply them to other cells.
To copy and paste formats:
1.	Select the cell whose format you want to copy.
2.	Copy the cell (by pressing Ctrl+C, or going to Edit -> Copy).
3.	Select the cells to which you want to apply the copied format.
4.	Go to the Edit menu, and click Paste Formats.
5.	The format of will be copied to the selected cells.
 
Copying and Pasting Formats in Advanced Mode
To quickly copy and paste formats in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cell whose format you want to copy.
2.	Click the Format Brush icon. (Advanced Mode only.) 
	
3.	Select the cells to which you want to apply the copied format, and click.
4.	The format of will be copied to the selected cells.

Clearing Formats
You can remove cell formatting that you have applied, so that the background and text are returned to the default settings (10 pt Arial font, black text, left text alignment, non-bold, non-italicized, no underline, white cell fill color, no cell border, no currency formatting, no comma formatting, no percent formatting, no decimal formatting, etc.).
To clear the format:
1.	Select the cell(s) whose format you with to clear.
2.	Go to the Edit menu, and click Clear Formats.
3.	The format of your selected cell(s) will be returned to default.

Formatting Numbers

Overview: Number Formatting
To change the number format of cells:
1.	Select the cells that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format drop-down menu, and click Cells. 
3.	A Format Cells window will appear.
4.	Ensure that the Number tab is selected.
5.	In the Category box, chose a number format type:
•	Currency: Formats numbers as currency, using the standard dollar sign ($).
•	Fixed: Formats numbers as fixed decimal numbers. Rounds numbers to a certain number of decimal places.
•	Percent: Displays numbers as percentages, using the percent sign (%). For example, 0.5 would be displayed as 50%.
•	Fraction: Displays decimal numbers as fractions. For example, 1.5 would be displayed as 1 1/2. 
•	Scientific: Displays numbers in scientific notation. For example, 100 would be displayed as 1E+02.
•	Date: Converts numbers to dates.
•	Time: Converts numbers to times.
6.	Select a format type from the Type box.
7.	A preview of the format will appear in the Sample box.
8.	When you have selected a format, click OK. The format of the selected cells will be changed.

Note: To quickly access the number formatting window, go to the Format menu, and click Number formatting.

Commas
To add commas to your numbers:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	A Format Cells window will appear.
4.	Click the Number tab.
5.	In the Category box, click Fixed. 
6.	A list of fixed decimal types (which include commas) will appear in the Type box. Click on a type to select it. When you click on a type, a Sample will be displayed below.  
7.	After selecting a type, click OK. 
8.	The formatting will be applied to the selected cell(s). Note the that numbers will be values, and thus, can be used in calculations. They will also be included in row and column totals.
Note: To quickly access the number formatting window, go to the Format menu, and click Number formatting.
 
Comma Formatting in Advanced Mode
To apply comma formatting in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Click the Comma Style button ( , ).
3.	The selected cell(s) will be converted to the form ###,###.## - each number will be given two decimal places, and commas where necessary.
 
FIXED function
FIXED(number, precision, no_commas)
Parameter	Description	
number	number you want to fix	
precision	number of decimal places	
no_commas	if TRUE, result will have no commas; if FALSE or omitted, result will have commas	
Users experienced in entering formulas may prefer to use the FIXED function. To use this function:
1.	Click on the cell you want the insert the fixed value into.
2.	Type in a formula. For example, for 5,000, type =FIXED(5000, 0, FALSE), or simply =FIXED(5000, 0).
3.	Press Enter. The result of your formula will appear in the cell. Note that this result can be used in basic calculations (addition, multiplication, subtraction, division); however, it will not be included in totals and subtotals. 
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=FIXED(5000, 0, TRUE)	5000	
=FIXED(5000, 0, FALSE)	5,000	
=FIXED(5000, 2, FALSE)	5,000.00	
=FIXED(5000, 2)	5,000.00	
=FIXED(5000)	5,000.00	
=FIXED(4999, 0)	4,999	
=FIXED(4999, -1)	5,000	
=FIXED(4999, -1, TRUE)	5000	

Currency
To apply currency formatting:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	A Format Cells window will appear.
4.	Click the Number tab.
5.	In the Category box, click Currency. 
6.	A list of currency types will appear in the Type box. Click on a type to select it. When you click on a type, a Sample will be displayed below.  
7.	After selecting the currency type, click OK. 
8.	The currency formatting will be applied to the selected cell(s). Note that the numbers will still be numerical values after formatting.
Note: To quickly access the number formatting window, go to the Format menu, and click Number formatting.
 
Currency Formatting in Advanced Mode
To apply currency formatting in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Click the Currency Style ($) button.
3.	The selected cell(s) will be converted to the form $ ###,###.## - each number will be given a dollar sign, two decimal places, and commas where necessary.
 
DOLLAR Function
DOLLAR(number, precision)
Parameter	Description	
number	dollar amount	
precision	number of decimal places; if omitted, will default to two decimal places	
Users experienced in entering formulas may prefer to use the DOLLAR function. To use this function:
1.	Click on the cell you want the insert the currency amount into.
2.	Type in a formula. For example, for $5.00, type =DOLLAR(5, 2), or simply =DOLLAR(5).
3.	Press Enter. The result of your formula will appear in the cell. Note that this result can be used in basic calculations (addition, multiplication, subtraction, division); however, it will not be included in totals and subtotals.. 
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=DOLLAR(3)	$ 3.00	
=DOLLAR(3, 2)	$ 3.00	
=DOLLAR(3, 0)	$ 3	
=DOLLAR(3, 4)	$ 3.0000	
=DOLLAR(3.7612)	$ 3.76	
=DOLLAR(5200)	$ 5,200.00	
=DOLLAR(A2)	will display value in cell A2 as a dollar amount	
 
International Currency
At the present time, EasySpreadsheet does not feature international currency formatting. You can, however, insert international currency symbols (¥, £, etc.) into your cells. See Inserting Symbols.
 
Dollar Signs and Cell References
In EasySpreadsheet, dollar signs ($) are used in formulas to make absolute cell references (e.g., =$A$1*$C1). It is important to remember that a dollar sign in a formula has nothing to do with currency - it simply tells EasySpreadsheet not to change the row or column if the cell formula is pasted or moved elsewhere. For details on absolute cell references, see Relative and Absolute Cell References.

Fixed Decimals
To round values to a certain number of decimal places:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	A Format Cells window will appear.
4.	Click the Number tab.
5.	In the Category box, click Fixed. 
6.	A list of fixed decimal types will appear in the Type box. Click on a type to select it. When you click on a type, a Sample will be displayed below.  
7.	After selecting a type, click OK. 
8.	The decimal formatting will be applied to the selected cell(s). Note that the numbers will still be numerical values after the formatting is applied. 
Note: To quickly access the number formatting window, go to the Format menu, and click Number formatting.
 
Fixed Decimal Formatting in Advanced Mode
To apply fixed decimal formatting in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	To increase the number of decimal places, click the Increase Decimal button (<-.00). Each time you click, the number of decimal places will increase by one.
3.	To lower the number of decimal places, click the Decrease Decimal button (->.0). Each time you click, the number of decimal places will decrease by one.
 
FIXED Function
FIXED(number, precision, no_commas)
Parameter	Description	
number	number you want to fix	
precision	number of decimal places; if omitted, will default to two decimal places	
no_commas	if TRUE, result will have no commas; if FALSE or omitted, result will have commas	
Users experienced in entering formulas may prefer to use the FIXED function. To use this function:
1.	Click on the cell you want the insert the fixed value into.
2.	Type in a formula. For example, for 10.00, type =FIXED(10, 2), or simply =FIXED(10).
3.	Press Enter. The value (result) of your formula will appear in the cell. Note that this result can be used in basic calculations (addition, multiplication, subtraction, division); however, it will not be included in totals and subtotals.
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=FIXED(18)	18.00	
=FIXED(18, 2)	18.00	
=FIXED(18, 0)	18	
=FIXED(18, -1)	20	
=FIXED(-18, 2)	-18.00	
=FIXED(255, -2)	300	
=FIXED(1000, 0, TRUE)	1000	
=FIXED(1000, 2, TRUE)	1000.00	
=FIXED(1000, 2, FALSE)	1,000.00	
=FIXED(10.2, 0)	10	
=FIXED(10.7, 0)	11	
=FIXED(10.5, 0)	11	

Percentages
EasySpreadsheet can quickly covert numbers in your sheet to percentages. For example, if 0.75 was formatted as a percentage, it would be displayed as 75%.
To display numbers as percentages:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	A Format Cells window will appear.
4.	Click the Number tab.
5.	In the Category box, click Percent. 
6.	A list of percentage format types will appear in the Type box. Click on a type to select it. When you click on a type, a Sample will be displayed below.  
7.	After selecting a type, click OK. 
8.	The percentage formatting will be applied to the selected cell(s). Note that the numbers will still be numerical values after the formatting is applied. 
Note: To quickly access the number formatting window, go to the Format menu, and click Number formatting.
 
Percentage Formatting in Advanced Mode
To apply percentage formatting in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Click the Percent Style (%) button.
3.	The selected cell(s) will be converted to percentages.
 
Percentages in Formulas
Users experienced in entering formulas may prefer to use percentages while typing in a cell. 
1.	Click on the cell you want the insert the percentage value into.
2.	Type the number in the cell. Use a percent sign (%) to indicate that you have entered a percentage value. For example, type 50%.
3.	Press Enter. 
4.	In the cell, the number will appear as a percentage. The standard, decimal number will appear in the formula bar above the spreadsheet. For example, if you enter 50%, then 50% will appear in the cell, and 0.5 will appear in the formula bar. 
Examples:
Percentage	Standard Number	
0.05%	0.0005	
30%	0.3	
100%	1	
350%	3.5	

Fractions
EasySpreadsheet can quickly convert decimal numbers in your sheet to fractions. For example, if 0.5 was formatted as a fraction, it would be displayed as 1/2.
To display numbers as fractions:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	A Format Cells window will appear.
4.	Click the Number tab.
5.	In the Category box, click Fraction. 
6.	A list of fraction format types will appear in the Type box. Click on a type to select it. When you click on a type, a Sample will be displayed below.  
7.	After selecting a type, click OK. 
8.	The fraction formatting will be applied to the selected cell(s). Note that the numbers will still be numerical values after the formatting is applied. 
Note: To quickly access the number formatting window, go to the Format menu, and click Number formatting.
 
Fractions in Formulas
Users experienced in entering formulas may prefer to use fractions while typing in a cell. 
1.	Click on the cell you want the insert the fraction value into.
2.	Type the number in the cell. Use a backslash (/) to indicate that you have entered a fraction value. For example, type 3 1/2.
3.	Press Enter. 
4.	In the cell, the number will appear as a fraction. The standard, decimal number will appear in the formula bar above the spreadsheet. For example, if you enter 3 1/2, then 3 1/2 will appear in the cell, and 3.5 will appear in the formula bar.
Examples:
Fraction	Standard Number	
1/2	0.5	
2/3	0.666666666666667	
1	1	
4 1/4	4.25	

Scientific Notation
Scientific notation is a useful for displaying very large and very small numbers. Numbers are written as powers of ten. In scientific notation, 100000 would be 1E+5 (which means 1 *10^5), while 0.00001 would be 1E-5 (which means 1 *10^-5).
To convert numbers to scientific notation:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to format.
2.	Go to the Format menu, and click Cells.
3.	A Format Cells window will appear.
4.	Click the Number tab.
5.	In the Category box, click Scientific. 
6.	A list of scientific notation format types will appear in the Type box. Click on a type to select it. When you click on a type, a Sample will be displayed below.  
7.	After selecting a type, click OK. 
8.	The scientific notation formatting will be applied to the selected cell(s). Note that the numbers will still be numerical values after the formatting is applied. 
Note: To quickly access the number formatting window, go to the Format menu, and click Number formatting.
 
Scientific Notation in Formulas
Users experienced in entering formulas may prefer to use scientific notation while typing in a cell. 
1.	Click on the cell you want the insert the scientific notation value into.
2.	Type the number in the cell. Use the letter E to indicate a power of ten. For example, for 1000, type 1e3. For 0.1, type 1e-1.
3.	Press Enter. 
4.	In the cell, the number will appear in scientific notation, fixed to two decimal places. The standard number will appear in the formula bar above the spreadsheet. 
Examples:
Value Entered	Scientific Notation	Standard Form	
5e0	5.00E+00	5	
5e-2	5.00E-02	0.05	
5e6	5.00E+06	5000000	
3.3333e2	3.33E+02	333.33	
-9e-5	-9.00E-05	-0.00009	

Using the TEXT Function
TEXT (number, format)
Parameter	Description	
number	number you want to format; can be a numerical value or cell reference (if a text string is used, no formatting will be applied)	
format	type of formatting to be applied to the number; must be enclosed in double quotes	

Users experienced in entering formulas may prefer to use the TEXT function. To use this function:
1.	Click on the cell you want the insert the fixed value into.
2.	Type in a formula. For example, for $25.00, type =TEXT(25, "$0.00").
To see a full list of possible formats, go to the Format menu, and select Number Formatting. In the Format Cells window, the list of formats is given in the Type box. Common formats include:

Category	Format	Sample	
Currency	$ 0.00	$ 6500.00	
	$ #,##0	$ 6,500	
	$ #,##0.00	$ 6,500.00	
Fixed	#.00	6500.00	
	#,##0	6,500	
	#,##0.00	6,500.00	
Percent	0%	25%	
	#.00%	25.00%	
Fraction	?/?	1/4	
	??/??	23/25	
Scientific	0.00E+00	1.50E+02	
	##0.0E+0	800.0E+9	
Date	m/d/yy	12/30/1988	
	d-mmm	2-Jan	
	mmm-yy	Oct-98	
	mmmm d, yyyy	January 1, 2002	
Time	h:mm AM/PM	12:00 AM	
			
3.	Press Enter. The result of your formula will appear in the cell. Note that the number can be used in basic calculations (addition, multiplication, subtraction, division); however, it will not be included in totals and subtotals. 
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=TEXT(5, "$ 0.00")	$ 5.00	
=TEXT(5.6, "0")	6	
=TEXT(2500, "#,###")	2,500	
=TEXT(0.75, "0%")	75%	
=TEXT(0.75, "?/?")	3/4	
=TEXT(1, "mmm-yy")	Jan-01	

Data Options

Subtotaling Numbers
To find the subtotal of numbers in a column:
1.	Select the cell where you want your subtotal to appear. Note that only the values ABOVE this cell (and, in the same column) will be subtotaled. Values that have already been used in a subtotal will NOT be included. Labels, function results, and empty cells will be given a value of zero.
2.	Go to the Data menu, and click Subtotal Above Nos. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Subtotal Above Numbers button (in Advanced Mode, click the icon with a blue sigma symbol and yellow line).

3.	The numbers in the column will be subtotaled. Subtotal =, followed by the subtotal, should appear in the cell you selected. Note that this subtotal is a value, and thus, can be used in calculations; however, it will not be included in row and column totals.

Note: If ######### appears in the subtotal cell, the column is not wide enough. Increase the column width, and your subtotal will be visible.

Subtracting and Subtotaling Numbers
You can subtotal a column of numbers using subtraction instead of addition. 
To negate values, and then find the subtotal:
1.	Select the cell in which you want the subtotal to appear. Note that only the values ABOVE this cell (and, in the same column) will be subtotaled. Values that have already been used in a subtotal will NOT be included. Labels, function results, and empty cells will be given a value of zero.
2.	Go to the Data menu, and click Subtract and Subtotal Above Nos. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Add / Subtotal Above Numbers button (in Advanced Mode, click the icon with a red sigma symbol and a yellow line).

3.	The numbers above the selected cell will be negated, and then subtotaled. Subtotal =, followed by the subtotal, should appear in the cell you selected. Note that this subtotal is a value, and thus, can be used in calculations; however, it will not be included in row and column totals.

Note: If ######### appears in the subtotal cell, the column is not wide enough. Increase the column width, and your subtotal will be visible.
 
Negative Subtotals and Budget Sheets
This function is very useful when creating a budget sheet. If you have a group of expenses, simply apply this function to those cells and you can quickly obtain an expense total. This total will automatically be subtracted from the rest of the column, and the grand total will appear at the bottom of the sheet in the total bar.

Totaling Columns and Rows
Totaling All Numbers in a Column
To find the total of all numbers in a column:
1.	Select the cell where you would like your total to appear. Note that it does not matter where the cell is in the column - the total of the entire column will be placed in the selected cell. 
2.	Go to the Data menu, and click Total All Nos. in Column. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Total all Numbers in this Column button (in Advanced Mode, click the smaller icon shown below).
	 
3.	All the numbers in the column will be totalled. Total =, followed by the total, should appear in the cell you selected. Note that this total is a label, and thus, cannot be used in calculations.
 
Totaling All Numbers in a Row
To find the total of all numbers in a row:
1.	Select the cell where you would like your total to appear. Note that it does not matter where the cell is in the row - the total of the entire row will be placed in the selected cell. 
2.	Go to the Data menu, and click Total All Nos. in Row. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Total all Numbers in this Row button (in Advanced Mode, click the smaller icon shown below).
	 
3.	All the numbers in the row will be totalled. Total =, followed by the total, should appear in the cell you selected. Note that this total is a label, and thus, cannot be used in calculations.

Note: If ##### appears in the total cell, the column is not wide enough. Increase the column width, and your total will be visible.

Formatting Subtotals and Totals
By default, EasySpreadsheet will place "Total =" before totals, and "Subtotal =" before subtotals. However, these settings can easily be changed.
To change the total and subtotal settings:
1.	Go to the Tools menu, and click Options.
2.	An Options window will appear.
3.	Ensure that the General tab is selected.
4.	Here, you can enter new subtotal and total formats. These will appear before any totals and subtotals you place in your sheet. (Hint: If you do not want anything to appear before your totals, leave theses text boxes blank.)
 
Total Settings in Easy Mode
In Easy Mode, there is another way to change the format of your totals and subtotals:
1.	If you are not already in Easy Mode, then switch to Easy Mode (click the EZ button).
2.	Click the Settings for "Subtotal=" "Total =" button (shown below).
	
3.	A Settings window will open.
4.	To change the subtotal format, click the Subtotal Setting tab. To change the total format, click Total Setting.
5.	When you are finished, click OK.

Adding Groups of Numbers
To add a group of adjacent numbers (in the same column or row):
1.	Select the groups of cells that you want to add. (To select a group of cells, click on the first cell of the group, hold down your mouse button, and drag the cursor over the other cells you want to select). When selecting:
•	If you are adding numbers in a column, only select cells from one column (e.g., cell A1 to cell A5). Similarly, if you are adding numbers in a row, only select cells from one row (e.g., cell A1 to G1).
•	If you are adding numbers in a column, there must be an empty cell at the bottom of the column of cells you select. Similarly, if you are adding numbers in a row, there must be an empty cell to the right of the cells you select. 
2.	Go to the Data menu, and click Add Selected Numbers. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Add Selected Numbers button (in Advanced Mode, click the icon with a blue sigma symbol). 
	
Note: This will not work if the cell in which the total should appear is occupied, or if a block of cells 	has been selected (i.e., more than one row and more than one column).
3.	The values in the selected cells will be added together. If you selected a group of numbers in a column, this sum will appear in the cell immediately below the your selection. If you selected a group of numbers in a row, this sum will appear in the cell immediately to the right of your selection.
Note: A formula (rather than an actual number) including the SUM function will be inserted into the cell. This formula represents the sum of the cells you selected. This sum is a value, and thus, can be used in calculations. It will also be included in row and column totals.
 
Notes on Subtotals
Subtotalling numbers in a column is different from adding a selected group of cells. 
When subtotalling numbers (by clicking Subtotal Above Numbers):
•	There is no need to select a group of cells. The numbers above the single cell you select will automatically be totaled. Note that it will not include numbers that are already used in another subtotal. 
•	The subtotal will be ignored when totaling the entire column. It will also be ignored by other subtotals. However, the subtotal is a value, and can be used in other calculations.
See Subtotaling Numbers for further details.

Adding Selected Cells
EasySpreadsheet allows you to easily find the sum of values in cells that are not in the same column or row.
To add a selection of cells:
1.	Select the cells you wish to add. To select different cells:
•	Click one cell that you want in your total. 
•	Hold down the Ctrl key while you click the other cells (or cell groups) that you want in your total. 
•	As you select cells, the sum of your selected cells will appear in the status bar at the bottom of your screen (Sum=xxx).
2.	You can place the sum in the status bar into a cell in your sheet. Go to the Data menu, and click Add Different Cells. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Add Different Cells button (in Advanced Mode, click the smaller icon shown below).
	   
3.	Click the cell that you want the sum to be inserted into.
4.	The sum of the selected cells will appear in the cell you clicked.  (Actually, a formula including the SUM function will be inserted into the cell.) Note that this sum is a value, and thus, can be used in calculations.

Using the SUM Function
SUM (number_list)
Parameter	Description	
number_list	list of numbers you wish to add (or, list or range of cells whose values you want to add)	

Users experienced in entering formulas may wish to use the SUM function when finding the total of a selection of cells. To use this function:
1.	Click on the cell you want the insert the sum value into.
2.	Type in the formula. For example, to find the sum of cells A1 to A5, type =SUM(A1:A5).
3.	Press Enter. The result of your formula will appear in the cell. Note that this sum is a value, and thus, can be used in formulas and calculations. It will also be included in totals and subtotals.
Examples:
Formula	Result	
=SUM (B1, B2, C3, C6)	returns the sum of values in cells B1, B2, C3, and C6	
=SUM (C5:G30)	returns the sum of values in cells C5 to G30	
=SUM (A1:A10, C1:C10)	returns the sum of values in cells A1 to A10, and C1 to C10	
=SUM (1, 2, 3, 4)	10	
=SUM (A1, 10, 2)	returns the value of A1 increased by 12 (i.e., A1+10+2)	

Making Numbers Negative
EasySpreadsheet allows you to quickly make positive numbers negative (or, negative numbers positive).
To change the sign of numbers:
1.	Select the cell(s) that you want to change.
2.	Go to the Data menu, and click Make Nos. Negative. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Make Number(s) Negative button (in Advanced Mode, click the icon with a red minus sign).

3.	The signs of the numbers you selected will be changed. Positive numbers will be converted to negative, and negative numbers will be converted to positive. 
Note: By default, negative numbers appear in red.

AutoFill
EasySpreadsheet has a built-in AutoFill feature which allows you to automatically extend data in a series. EasySpreadsheet will continue the pattern, and automatically enter the data for you.
Before using AutoFill, it is important to note that:
•	AutoFill allows data to be extended from a cell, or cell range, to cells in the same column(s) or row(s). Data can be extended to the cells below or to the right of the selected cell(s); however, it cannot be extended to the cells above, nor to the left.
•	AutoFill will copy formulas and formats.
 
To AutoFill:
1.	Select the cell, or cell range, you want to copy. A heavy border will appear around the selected cell(s).
2.	Place your mouse cursor over the small, black square in the bottom-right corner of the cell (or cell range). The cursor will change to a small plus sign.
3.	Click and hold down your left mouse button. Without releasing the mouse button, move your mouse cursor over the cells you want to copy to. These cells can be below or to the right of the cell(s) you originally selected.  
4.	Release the mouse button. The data from the cell(s) you originally selected will be extended to the other cells.
 
Values and Labels
You can use AutoFill to copy values and labels within cells to other adjoining cells. 
Example:
1.	Put the value 12 in cell C10.
2.	Select cell C10.
3.	Click the black square in the bottom-right corner of cell C10, and hold down the mouse button. Without releasing the mouse button, move the cursor over cells D10, E10, F10, and G10.
4.	Release the mouse button. The value 12 will automatically be placed in cells D10, E10, F10 and G10.
 
Formulas
You can use AutoFill to copy formulas within cells to other adjoining cells. 
Example:
1.	In cell C11, type the formula =C10*5 .
2.	Select cell C11.
3.	Click the black square in the bottom-right corner of cell C11, and hold down the mouse button. Without releasing the mouse button, move the cursor over cells D11, E11, F11, and G11.
4.	Release the mouse button. The formula will automatically be copied to cells D10, E10, F10 and G10.
5.	If you select cell D11, the formula =D10*5 will appear in the formula bar above your spreadsheet. Similarly, =E10*5 will appear when you select cell E11, and so on for cells F11 and G11. 
 
Days and Months
You can use AutoFill to copy patterns of the names of days or months. 
Built-in patterns include:
•	Sunday, Monday, Tuesday...
•	Sun, Mon, Tues, Wed...
•	January, February, March...
•	Jan, Feb, Mar...
Example:
1.	Type Sunday in a cell.
2.	Select the cell you just typed in (click your left mouse button somewhere outside of the cell, and then click the cell again). 
3.	Click the small black square on the bottom-right corner of the cell.  While holding down your mouse button, move your mouse over adjoining cells. 
4.	Release your mouse button. The pattern Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday, Monday, Tuesday... will automatically appear in the cells.

Note: A pattern can be started at any point within the pattern. For example, perhaps you entered Feb in a cell, selected the cell and then dragged the small black square to the two adjoining cells. Mar and Apr will appear in these two cells.

Cell Ranges
You can use AutoFill to extend data from a block of cells to adjoining cells. 
Example:
1.	In cell B2, enter the value 4. In cell B3, enter the value 2. 
2.	Select the cell range from B2 to B3.
3.	Click the black square in the bottom-right corner of the range, and hold down the mouse button. Without releasing the mouse button, move the cursor down, over cells B4, B5, B6, and B7. 
4.	Release the mouse button. The pattern 4, 2 will automatically be continued in cells B4, B5, B6 and B7.
 
Creating Custom AutoFill Patterns
You can create your own AutoFill patterns:
1.	Go to the Tools menu, and click AutoFill List.
2.	An Options window will appear.
3.	In the Current List, type your list. Separate the items in your list with semi-colons (;). For example, item1;item2;item3. 
4.	When you are finished typing your list, click the Add button.
5.	To return to your sheet, click OK.
Example:
Perhaps you typed one banana;two banana;three banana in the Current List box.
1.	Click Add, and then OK. 
2.	When you return to your spreadsheet, enter one banana in a cell. 
3.	Select the cell and drag its small black square to the adjoining cells. You will see the pattern one banana, two banana, three banana, one banana, two banana, and so on.

Note: Depending on your version of EasySpreadsheet, your own customized AutoFill lists may or may not be saved along with your spreadsheet.

Sorting Data
EasySpreadsheet can sort rows and columns of data in your sheet, allowing you to create a database of sorts.
Use one sheet for each list you want to create. Each row (or column) of the sheet will effectively be a record. You can enter the various fields for each record in the cells of the row (or column). Be careful not to include any blank rows or columns in the middle of your list. 
The following table will be used as an example. As shown, the records are arranged in rows.
 	A	B	C	
1	Vehicle	Year	Color	
2	 	 	 	
3	car	1981	red	
4	truck	1980	black	
5	car	1970	black	
6	car	1981	silver	
7	van	1977	red	
8	truck	1975	blue	
9	car	1981	blue	

To sort your list:
1.	Select the data that you want to sort. This can be your entire sheet, or only part of the sheet. Cells that are not selected will not be sorted, even if they are in the same rows or columns of the selected cells. (For help on selecting cells, see Selecting Cells or Selecting Columns and Rows.)
Note: Only one column or row will be used to sort at a time. If in the above table, you select cells A3 to C9 and sort by rows, then each column of data will not be sorted separately. Each row of data (from column A to column C) is considered a record. If you sort by Vehicle, then the Year and Color data for each record will be shifted accordingly. However, if you select only cells A3 to A9 and sort by Vehicle, then the Year and Color data will not be shifted.
2.	Go to the Data menu, and click Sort.
3.	A Sort window will appear.
4.	Under Sort By, choose to have your data sorted by rows or by columns. Data is most often sorted row-by-row. However, you may prefer to have your data sorted column-by-column.
5.	Choose to sort your data in Ascending order (1, 2, 3 and A, B, C) or Descending order (3, 2, 1 and C, B, A).
6.	Enter a cell reference in the Key Reference box:
•	If you are sorting by rows, specify which column of data you want to sort. The selected cells in this column will be sorted, and all cells in the selected rows will be shifted accordingly. Enter a cell reference for any cell in the column you want to sort - the row will be ignored. For example, if you wanted data in column B to be sorted, you could enter B1.
•	If you are sorting by columns, specify which row of data you want to use to sort. The selected cells in this row will be sorted, and all cells in the selected columns will be shifted accordingly. Enter a cell reference for any cell in the row you want to sort - the column will be ignored. For example, if you wanted data in row 3 to be sorted, you could enter A3.
•	If you do not enter a key reference, EasySpreadsheet will use the top-left cell of your selected cells. If sorting by rows, the left-most column of your selected will be sorted. If sorting by columns, the top row of your selection will be sorted.  
7.	Data can be sorted by multiple keys. For a multi-leveled sort, select a key from the Keys box, and enter a cell reference 
For example, perhaps you want to sort the above table by Vehicle, then by Year, and then by Color. To do so:
i.	Before sorting, ensure that you have selected cells A3 through C9.
ii.	Key 1 appears the in Keys box. Type A3 in the Key Reference box to use column A to sort. This is the first level of the sort.
iii.	Select Key 2 from the Keys box. Type B3 in the Key Reference box to use column B to sort. This is the second level of the sort.
iv.	Select Key 3 from the Keys box. Type C3 in the Key Reference box to use column C to sort. This is the third level of the sort. 
The following table will result. As shown, the records will be sorted by Vehicle, then by Year, and then by Color.
 	A	B	C	
1	Vehicle	Year	Color	
2	 	 	 	
3	car	1970	black	
4	car	1981	blue	
5	car	1981	red	
6	car	1981	silver	
7	truck	1975	blue	
8	truck	1980	black	
9	van	1977	red	
8.	When you are done, click OK.
 
Sorting in Advanced Mode
To quickly sort your data by rows in Advanced Mode:
1.	Select the cells you want to sort.
2.	To sort in ascending order (1, 2, 3 and A, B, C), click the Sort Ascending icon.
	
To sort in descending order (3, 2, 1 and C, B, A), click the Sort Descending icon.
 	
3.	The data you selected will be sorted by rows. The left-most column of your selected cells will automatically be used to sort the data.

Inserting

Inserting a Sheet
To insert a new sheet into your workbook:
1.	Click the sheet tab to the right of where you want to insert the new sheet. Clicking the tab will cause the sheet to become active.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Worksheet.
3.	A new sheet will be automatically inserted. It will be placed BEFORE the sheet that was active.

Inserting Cells
You can insert new, blank cells anywhere in the sheet. This is useful if you need to enter new data beside existing filled cells.
Inserting a cell will move the other cells in the column or row to the right or down, for example. EasySpreadsheet will automatically adjust any formulas so they refer to the correct cells.
To insert cells:
1.	Select the cell(s) that are located where you want to insert new cell(s).
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Cells.
3.	An Insert window will appear.
4.	To move the contents of the selected cell(s) to the right, click Shift Cells Right; to move the selected cell(s) down, click Shift Cells Down.
5.	Click OK. The new cell(s) will be inserted. 

Inserting Columns and Rows
Blank columns or rows can be placed between columns or rows that are already filled.
Inserted columns are added to the left of the selected columns. Inserted rows are added above the selected rows. EasySpreadsheet will automatically adjust the other columns and rows appropriately.
To insert a column:
1.	Select the column to the right of where you want to insert your new column (e.g., if you select column B, the new column will be inserted between columns A and B). For help on selecting columns, see Selecting Columns and Rows. 
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Columns.
3.	A new, blank column will be inserted to the left of your selected column. Column headings and formulas within the cells will be adjusted accordingly.
 
To insert a row:
1.	Select the row just below where you want to insert your new row (e.g., if you select row 2, the new row will be inserted between rows 1 and 2). For help on selecting rows, see Selecting Columns and Rows. 
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Rows.
3.	A new, blank row will be inserted to the above of your selected column. Column headings and formulas within the cells will be adjusted accordingly.

Inserting Functions
Functions perform such operations as summing a range of cells, rounding, determining the square root of a number, or generating a random number. EasySpreadsheet provides a large number of functions for you to use in formulas.
To insert a function:
1.	Select the cell you want to insert the function into.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and select Function. Or, if you are in Advanced Mode, click the f(x) button (shown below).

3.	An Insert Formula window will appear.
4.	Choose a category (Mathematical, Logical, etc.) from the Category box.
5.	The list of functions (ABS, ACOS, etc.) for the selected category will appear in the Function List. For details on a function in this list, single-click on it. The details will appear in the Function Description box.
6.	Double-click on the function that you wish to insert. The function will appear in the Formula box (at the top of the Insert Formula window).
7.	Most functions require parameters. The necessary parameters are shown in the Function Description box; they are found within the closed brackets that follow the function name. For example, the parameter of the ABS function is (number), and the parameter of the SUM function is (number_list).
Type the required parameters in the Formula box, within the brackets provided. For example, the ABS function requires one number or a single cell reference for its parameter. The SUM function, however, accepts a list of numbers (separated by commas) or a cell range (such as A1:A20).
8.	To add another function to the cell, double-click a function from the Function List. The function will be added to the Formula box. The functions will be automatically separated by a plus (+) sign, but you can edit this if necessary (e.g., change it to an asterisk (*) for multiplication).
9.	Click OK when you are finished. The formula containing your function(s) will be inserted into the cell you selected. The value (result) of the formula will appear in the cell, while the formula will appear in the formula bar above your spreadsheet.
 
Insert Function Example      
Put some test values in cells B2, B3, and B4. Suppose that you wanted the average of the values in cells B2 to B4 to appear in cell B5. You could create a formula to add all the cells, and then divide by the number of cells; however, it is easier to use the AVERAGE function:
1.	Click cell B5 to select it. A heavy border will appear around the cell.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Function. Or, in Advanced Mode, click the f(x) icon.
3.	The Insert Formula window will appear.
4.	In the Category box, choose Statistical. 
5.	In the Function List, double-click on AVERAGE.
6.	AVERAGE() will appear in the formula box. Within the brackets, type B2, B3, B4. Or, type B2:B4, which specifies the range of cells from B2 to B4.
7.	Click OK. 
8.	The average of values B2, B3 and B4 will appear in cell B5, while =AVERAGE(B2,B3,B4) will appear in the formula bar.
 
Inserting Symbols
EasySpreadsheet includes a large number of symbols, including foreign language characters.
To insert a symbol into your sheet:
1.	Select the cell you want to insert the symbol into. A heavy border will appear around the cell.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Insert Symbol.
3.	An Insert Symbol window will appear, with a variety of symbols.
4.	If you move your mouse cursor over a symbol without clicking, a larger image of the symbol will appear in the top, right corner of the window.
5.	Click on the symbol you would like to insert.  It will be inserted into the selected cell in your sheet.

Inserting Hyperlinks
EasySpreadsheet allows you to insert a hyperlink into your sheet.  This link could be to a file, an e-mail address, or a Web Page address.
To insert a hyperlink:
1.	Select the cell that you want to insert the hyperlink into. It is recommended that you select an empty cell - otherwise, your cell contents will be erased and replaced by the hyperlink.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and select Hyperlink. Or, if you are in Advanced Mode, click the icon that looks like a chain-link (shown below). 
	
3.	An Insert Hyperlink window will appear.
4.	In the Text to Display box, type in the text you want to label your hyperlink with. By default, this text will be underlined and colored blue in your sheet, to show that it can be clicked with the mouse. For example, if you type 'Johnny's e-mail' in the Text to Display box, the hyperlink will appear as Johnny's e-mail in your sheet. (Note: If you do not want your hyperlink to be underlined and blue, you can format the text as you would any other text when you return to your sheet.)
5.	In the next field, type the File location, E-mail address, or Web Page address: 
•	For a File, type the location of the file that you want attached to the hyperlink (e.g., C:\MyDocuments\DogPicture.gif).  When you click the hyperlink in your sheet, your computer will open the file using an appropriate program. (Note: Your computer must be equipped with a program capable of opening the file, or else the file can not be viewed.)
•	For an E-mail address, type a specific e-mail address (e.g., johndoe@e-press.com). When you click the hyperlink in your sheet, your computer's default e-mail program will be opened, so that you can type and send a message to that address.
•	For a Web Page address, type a specific Web Page address (e.g., www.e-press.com).  When you click the hyperlink in your sheet, it will open your computer's default web page browser (e.g., Microsoft Internet Explorer) and automatically go to that address.
6.	Click OK when you are finished. Your hyperlink will be inserted into the selected cell in your sheet.

Inserting Comments
You can insert hidden comments into your spreadsheet. They are especially helpful when multiple users are reviewing and editing the same sheet. While you can view these comments on your screen, they will NOT be printed out.
To insert a comment:
1.	Click on the cell that you would like your comment to be attached to.
2.	Under the Insert menu, select Comment.
3.	A Hidden Comment window will appear. Type your comment in the text box. (Note: Do not press the Enter key - if you do so, you will be brought back to your spreadsheet).
4.	You can select the name of the user who is writing the comment from the Comment by or 'Type of Comment' box.
5.	Select the color of the comment from the Comment Color box. In your document, the cell that you have attached this comment to will be filled this color. This color WILL be printed out. (Hint: If you do not want the comment colors to be printed, change the colors of the cells before printing. Select the colored cells. Then, click down arrow on the Fill Color icon, and select No Fill Color. You may instead go to Format -> Cells -> Patterns, and click Automatic under Fill Color.)  
6.	If you would like to insert a voice or sound comment instead, click the Import a Voice Comment button. An Open window will appear, allowing you to select a sound file. Once a sound file has been selected, {EMBED VOICE} will appear in the text box, and a Play button will appear below it. To hear the sound, click Play. (Note: Do NOT erase {EMBED VOICE} from the text box, unless you decide to insert a text comment instead. If you erase {EMBED VOICE}, the sound file will no longer be attached to the comment.)
7.	Click OK...Insert this Hidden Comment, and your comment will be inserted. You will be returned to your sheet. The cell that you have attached the comment to should be filled with the color you selected.
 
To view a comment:
1.	Put your mouse cursor over the cell that a comment has been attached to.
2.	A box that displays the comment will appear. If a voice comment was inserted, the comment will read {EMBED VOICE}.   
 
To hear a voice comment:
1.	Click on the cell that the comment is attached to.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and select Comment.
3.	The Hidden Comments window will appear. Click the Play button to hear the comment.
4.	Click the OK...Insert this Hidden Comment button when you are finished.
 
To modify a comment:
1.	Click on the cell that the comment is attached to.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and select Comment.
3.	The Hidden Comments window will appear, where you can change the comment text or sound, reviewer name, and comment color. 
4.	Click the OK...Insert this Hidden Comment button when you are finished making your changes.
 
To print a comment:
1.	Click on the cell that the comment is attached to.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and select Comment.
3.	The Hidden Comments window will appear. Click the Please Print out this Hidden Comment button.
4.	A Print Setup window will appear, allowing you to set the printer properties. Click OK to print. 
5.	Click OK...Insert this Hidden Comment when you are ready to return to your document.
 
To delete a comment:
1.	Click on the cell that the comment is attached to.
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and select Comment.
3.	The Hidden Comments window will appear. Click the Delete this Hidden Comment button.
4.	The comment will be removed from your document. The highlighting of the word in your document should disappear.

Inserting Shapes
EasySpreadsheet allows you to draw on your worksheet with the help of various drawing tools.
To draw, you must open the Drawing Toolbar:
1.	Go to the View menu.
2.	Go to Toolbars.
3.	Check off Drawing.
4.	The Drawing Toolbar will appear above your spreadsheet.
Here is a quick summary of how each drawing tool functions when you click each button:
 Draw a Line: A + cursor will appear. Left-click and hold down your mouse at the location where you want your line to begin.  Drag your mouse to the location of where you want your line to end. Release the mouse button, and your line will be drawn.
 Draw a Rectangle: A + cursor will appear. Left-click and hold down your mouse button at any position on your sheet.  This position will be one corner of your rectangle. Drag your mouse, and a rectangle shape will be drawn.  Continue to drag your mouse until the shape is the scale you want.
 Draw an Ellipse: A + cursor will appear. Left-click and hold down your mouse button at any position on your sheet.  Drag your mouse, and an elliptical shape will be drawn. Continue to drag your mouse until the shape is the scale you want.
 Draw an Arc: A + cursor will appear. Left-click and hold down your mouse button at any position on your sheet.  Drag your mouse in any direction, and an arc shape will be drawn. Depending on which direction you drag your mouse, the degree of the arc will vary. Drag your mouse in a direction that creates an arc shape to your liking. 
 Draw a Polygon: A + cursor will appear. Left-click and hold-down your mouse button and move the mouse to draw a free-hand shape. In order to draw a straight line, you must let go after you initially left-click the mouse. In order to complete (close) the shape, you must bring the + to the point where you began drawing, and left-click on the mouse again. This will change the + back to the normal cursor and  your shape will be considered complete.
 Edit an Existing Polygon: Click on a previously drawn polygon with your mouse. Small square 'nodes' will appear on the outer line of the shape. You can edit the shape of the polygon by clicking and holding the mouse on any of the nodes (the + will appear) and re-positioning them by dragging the mouse and letting go at the new position.  
 Edit Fill Color of a Graphic Object: You must first click on a previously drawn object (rectangle, ellipse, or polygon). Click on the button (shown above) and the color of the shape will change to the color shown on the button.  To choose your own color, click the down arrow located to the right of the button. A palette of colors will appear. Choose the color you want your shape to be. If you do not see the exact color you want, click on More Colors to create your own custom color.  Click OK when you are done.
 Edit Line Color of a Graphic Object: You must first click on a previously drawn object (line, arc, rectangle, ellipse, or polygon). Click on the button (shown above) and the color of the line will change to the color shown on the button. To choose your own color, click the down arrow located to the right of the button.  A palette of colors will appear. Choose the color you want your line to be. If you do not see the exact color you want, click on More Colors to create your own custom color.  Click OK when you are done.
 Edit Line Style/Weight of a Graphic Object: You must first click on a previously drawn object (line, arc, rectangle, ellipse, or polygon). Click on the button (shown above) and a window will appear where you can pick the style (solid, segmented, no line), weight (line thickness or thinness), and color. Click OK when you are done. (Note: A segmented line will only work with the thinnest line width.)
 Edit Properties of a Graphic Object: You must first click on a previously drawn object (line, arc, rectangle, ellipse, or polygon). Click on the button (shown above) and a window will appear with two choices: Patterns and Line Style. Under Patterns, you can choose the Fill Color by clicking one of the colored squares.  Next, click on one of the patterns provided, or click None if you do not wish to use a pattern. Choose a color for your pattern by clicking a color under the Pattern Color label. You can view your fill choices in the Sample viewer. For Line Style, you can pick the style (solid, segmented, no line), weight (line thickness or thinness), and color. (Note: A segmented line will only work with the thinnest line width.) Click OK when you are done.
 Bring Selected Objects to the Top: When there are many overlapping objects on a sheet, you may want to change the order of them (i.e., you want a shape that is underneath another to appear on top). Click on the object you want to bring to the top. Next, click on the button shown above. Your object will be instantly brought to the top.
Send Selected Objects to the Back: When there are many overlapping objects on a sheet, you may want to change the order of them (i.e., you want a shape that is on top of another to appear behind it). Click on the object you want to send to the back. Next, click on the button shown above. Your object will be instantly sent to the back.
Note: You can change the width, height, scale of an object at anytime.  Just click on the object once and square nodes will appear.  Click and drag these nodes in order to resize, or scale the object.  Let go of the mouse button when you are complete.

Charts

Inserting Charts
EasySpreadsheet allows you to insert professional-looking charts into your spreadsheet. To turn a few columns of numbers into a colorful chart, do the following:
1.	Select the data you want to use in your chart. (Hold down the left mouse button, and drag your mouse over the cells you want. The selected cells will be highlighted, and a heavy border will appear around them.)
2.	Go to the Insert menu, and click Chart. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Make a Chart button (in Advanced Mode, click the button that looks like a bar chart).

3.	A bar chart based on the data you selected will appear on your current sheet. 

Changing the Chart Type
By default, EasySpreadsheet will insert your chart as a bar/pictograph chart; however, the chart type can easily be changed using the Chart Designer.
To change the chart type:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Chart Designer. The Chart Designer window will open.
4.	In the box on the left, ensure that Chart is selected.
5.	Click the Type tab.
6.	Here, you can:
•	Choose a chart type from the list (Line, Area, Step, etc.).
•	Choose to have a two-dimensional (2D) or three-dimensional (3D) chart.
•	Choose to display your data by rows, instead of by columns. To do so, check off Data in Rows.
7.	When you are done, click Apply, and then OK.

Setting Chart Titles
To add a title to a chart:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Chart Designer. The Chart Designer window will open.
4.	In the box on the left, click Title. Here, you can click a tab for further options:
•	Location: Allows you to specify the location of your title in your chart. To show the title on your chart, check off Visible. (If Visible is NOT checked off, then your title will NOT appear.)
•	Backdrop: Allows you to change the background color and border of your title. In the Fill section, you can specify the background fill style. Select a Gradient or Brush (pattern), and the fill colors. In the Frame section, you can add a border to your title. Select a Style (Single Line, Double Line, etc.) and Color. In the Shadow section, you can add a shadow behind your title box. Select Drop from the Style box.  
•	Picture: Allows you to place an image behind your title. Click Browse to select an image file.
•	Layout: Allows you to change the alignment and orientation of your title.  
•	Text: Allows you to edit your title. Enter your title in the Text box.
•	Font: Allows you to change the font attributes of your title. Select a Font (Arial, Times New Roman, etc.), Font Style (Regular, Bold, Italic), Size, Effects (Strikeout, Underline), and Color. 
5.	When you are done, click Apply, and then OK.
 
Footnotes
To add a footnote to a chart:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Chart Designer. The Chart Designer window will open.
4.	In the box on the left, click Footnote. Here, you will be given the same options as when adding a chart title (see Step 4, above).
5.	When you are done, click Apply, and then OK.
 
Axis Titles
Adding titles to your X, Y, and Z axes is very similar to adding chart titles and footnotes. For example, to add a title to your X-axis:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Chart Designer. The Chart Designer window will open.
4.	In the box on the left, double-click Category (X) Axis. 
5.	Click Axis Title. Here, you will be given the options similar to when adding a chart title (see Step 4, above).
6.	When you are done, click Apply, and then OK. (If the axis title does not display, try enlarging the box containing the chart.)

Formatting Axes and Grid Lines
To change the axis or grid line style:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Chart Designer. The Chart Designer window will open.
4.	In the box on the left, click Category (X) Axis to format the X-axis (or Value (Y) Axis to format the Y-Axis, or Category (Z) axis to format the Z-axis). 
5.	Click the Pens tab. Here, you can change the width and color of your axis line. You can also change the style (solid, dashed, etc.), width, and color of your major and minor grid lines.
6.	When you are done, click Apply, and then OK.

Formatting Axis Labels
To change the style of axis labels:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Chart Designer. The Chart Designer window will open.
4.	In the box on the left, double-click Category (X) Axis to format the X-axis (or Value (Y) Axis to format the Y-Axis, or Category (Z) axis to format the Z-axis).
5.	Click Axis Labels. Click a tab for further options:
•	Display: Allows you to change the display of labels for three-dimensional charts. 
•	Format: Allows you to change the number format of the labels (currency, fixed decimals, scientific notation, etc.). For more information, see Overview: Number Formatting. 
•	Backdrop: Allows you to change the background color and border of your labels. In the Fill section, you can specify the background fill style. Select a Gradient or Brush (pattern), and the fill colors. In the Frame section, you can add borders to your labels. Select a Style (Single Line, Double Line, etc.) and Color. In the Shadow section, you can add shadows behind your label boxes. Select Drop from the Style box.  
•	Picture: Allows you to place an image behind your labels. Click Browse to select an image file.
•	Layout: Allows you to change the alignment and orientation of your labels.  
•	Font: Allows you to change the font attributes of your labels. Select a Font (Arial, Times New Roman, etc.), Font Style (Regular, Bold, Italic), Size, Effects (Strikeout, Underline), and Color.
6.	When you are done, click Apply, and then OK.
 
Changing the Scale
To change the scale of numbers used on an axis:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Chart Designer. The Chart Designer window will open.
4.	In the box on the left, click Category (X) Axis to change the X-axis scale (or Value (Y) Axis to change the Y-Axis, or Category (Z) axis to change the Z-axis). 
5.	By default, EasySpreadsheet will automatically set the scale for you. To set the scale yourself, in the Scale section, un-check Automatic. Then, you can set the minimum and maximum values, the major and minor divisions, or the divisions per label and tick. (Note: The scale options available depend on your chart type.)
6.	In the Ticks section, you can change the position and length of the label ticks.
7.	Depending on your chart type, a Scale Type tab may appear beside the Category Scale (or Value Scale) tab. By default, EasySpreadsheet will use a linear scale. To use a logarithmic or percent scale instead, click the Scale Type tab.
8.	When you are done, click Apply, and then OK.  

Inserting Legends
Legends are useful for charts with multiple groups of data.
To show a legend in your chart:
1.	Double-click the chart with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Chart Designer. The Chart Designer window will open.
4.	In the box on the left, click Legend. Here, you can click a tab for further options:
•	Location: Allows you to specify the location of the legend in your chart. To show the legend, check off Visible. (If Visible is NOT checked off, then the legend will NOT appear.)
•	Backdrop: Allows you to change the background color and border of your legend. In the Fill section, you can specify the background fill style. Select a Gradient or Brush (pattern), and the fill colors. In the Frame section, you can add a border to your legend. Select a Style (Single Line, Double Line, etc.) and Color. In the Shadow section, you can add a shadow behind your legend. Select Drop from the Style box.  
•	Picture: Allows you to place an image behind your legend. Click Browse to select an image file.
•	Font: Allows you to change the font attributes of your legend text. Select a Font (Arial, Verdana, etc.), Font Style (Regular, Bold, Italic), Size, Effects (Strikeout, Underline), and Color. 
5.	When you are done, click Apply, and then OK.

Moving and Resizing Charts
To move a chart to a new location in your sheet:
1.	Left-click the chart.
2.	While holding down the left mouse button, drag your chart to its new location.
3.	Release the mouse button.
 
Resizing Charts
To enlarge or shrink a chart:
1.	Left-click the chart once.
2.	Move the cursor to one of the short black lines on the perimeter of the chart. The regular cursor should change to a double-headed arrow.
3.	Hold down your left mouse button, and move the cursor to enlarge or shrink the chart. Dragging a side change one dimension, while dragging a will simultaneously change horizontal and vertical dimensions.

Exporting a Chart
Many users take advantage of EasySpreadsheet to create charts from various sets of data. If you want to export a chart for pasting in an EasyWord document, or in another program, you easily can.
To export a chart:
1.	Double-click the chart you want to export with your left mouse button. 
2.	Right-click the chart once. A menu will appear.
3.	Click Save As.
4.	The Save As window will appear. Here, specify how you want to save your chart:
•	Save in: Select a folder or directory to save your chart in. If you want to late use the chart in EasyWord, then you should save the chart in EasyWord's default chart directory: My Documents.
•	File name: Type in a name for your chart file. You may want to give a more descriptive name than the default 'Chart'.
•	Save as type: Select a file type for your chart. The default type is *.vtc (Chart File); however, you might want to save the chart as a bit-mapped image, JPEG or Windows Metafile instead.
5.	Click Save. 
6.	Your chart will be saved as an image file in the location you chose. You can insert this file into EasyWord documents, or other programs.

Chart Help Window
The Chart Help Window provides instructions on formatting, moving, and resizing your charts. It appears when you click on a chart that you have inserted.

Once you are experienced in editing charts, you may not need the window anymore. To disable the Chart Help Window (or, to enable it if you have previously disabled it):
1.	Go to the Tools menu, and click Options.
2.	An Options window will appear. Click the Chart tab.
3.	Un-check (or, check off to enable) Show Chart Help Window Next Time.
4.	Click OK.
Note: The Chart Help Window can also be disabled by checking off Don't show me any more in the actual window.

Voice and Spelling Options

Speaking Rows and Columns
EasySpreadsheet can read rows or columns of data aloud. This is useful when proofreading data you have entered. 
To have EasySpreadsheet speak a row or column:
1.	Go to the Tools menu, and click Speak Column/Row. Or, if you are in Easy Mode, click the Speak a Column button (in Advanced Mode, click the icon with a speech bubble).

2.	A Speak a Column or Row window will appear.
3.	To have a column read aloud, click Column, and enter a column (A, B, C...) in the box. To have a row read aloud, click Row, and enter a row (1, 2, 3...) in the box.
4.	Click Start Voice. Your row or column, including totals, will be read back to you.

Spelling Checker
EasySpreadsheet has an advanced, built-in spelling checker.
To check the spelling of your sheet:
1.	Go to the Tools menu, and click Spelling checker. Or, in Advanced Mode, click the Check Spelling icon (with a red checkmark).
	
2.	A message box will pop up, asking you if you want to continue checking. Click OK.
3.	If there are misspelled words (or, words not in your dictionary), a Check Spelling window will appear.  
4.	When EasySpreadsheet comes to the first word misspelled word in your sheet will be displayed in the Consider Changing box.
5.	If the word is not actually a spelling mistake (for example, perhaps it is a name), then click the Add button. The word will be added to your dictionary.
6.	If the word is not actually a spelling mistake but you do not want to add the word to your dictionary, then click the Ignore button.
7.	If the word is a spelling mistake, you should change it.
•	Possible 'correct' alternatives for the word will be given in the Suggestions box. You can select one of these suggested words, and it will appear in the Change To box. Or,  you can type your own word in the Change To box.
•	Click the Change button, and EasySpreadsheet will automatically change the word in your sheet with the Change to word.
•	If have made the same spelling error more than once in your sheet, you can correct all of the occurrences simultaneously. Click the Change All button  
7.	At the bottom left of the Check Spelling window is an Options button. If you click the Options button, you will be given choices on how you want the spelling check routine to work. For example, you can have it ignore capitalized words. (See Spelling Options.)
8.	You can cancel the spelling check at any time. Simply click the Cancel button.
9.	When the spelling check is complete, a window will appear to let you know. It will tell you how many errors were detected, and how many of these were changed. Click OK, and you will be brought back to your sheet.
 
Real-time Spelling Checker
EasySpreadsheet can inform you of spelling errors while you type:
•	To have spelling errors appear in red, go to the Tools menu, and check off Change spelling mistakes to red font. To turn this option off, simply un-check it.
•	To have spelling errors read aloud while you type, go to the Tools menu, and click Read out loud spelling mistakes. To turn this option off, simply un-check it.

Spelling Options
To choose your spelling checker options:
1.	If you are currently running the spell check (i.e., the Check Spelling window is open), click the Options button. If not, go to the Tools menu, and click Spelling Options.
2.	An Options window will appear. Here, you can select the types of errors you would like EasySpreadsheet to find, and the types you would like to be ignored. For example, you may want the spell check to skip domain names, such as www.e-press.com. You might want to tell the spelling checker to ignore words that contain capitalized letters, words with numbers, or words with mixed case.  You can also ask the spelling checker to auto-correct (i.e., correct automatically, while you type) a variety of spelling mistakes. There are a number of other options such as giving phonetic or typographical suggestions for spelling mistakes, and so on.  
3.	Under Main Dictionary Language, you can choose the dictionary that you want EasySpreadsheet to use. You may, for example, wish to use a Medical dictionary, or a dictionary of another language. However, even though different written language dictionaries may be available, your version of EasySpreadsheet may have only come with an English (or other particular language) voice speaker. In such a case, you should probably turn the Voice Reminder for Spelling Error off (un-check it under the Dictation menu). For example, if you are using the German dictionary, you may not want an English speaker reading German spelling mistakes.
4.	Under Suggestions, you can change the speed of the spell checker.
5.	Note that not all options will work on all configurations of operating systems and versions of EasySpreadsheet.
6.	Click OK when you are finished setting the spelling checker options. EasySpreadsheet will remember these settings between sessions - that is, they will not be changed when you quit EasySpreadsheet and re-start it again.

Adding Words to User Dictionary
While working on a sheet, you may notice that EasySpreadsheet has considered a word that you have spelled correctly as a spelling error. If the word is one that you use fairly often, it is a good idea to add it to your dictionary.
EasyOffice includes predefined spelling dictionaries in a variety of languages. When you add a unique word to the dictionary, the word is not actually added to the predefined spelling dictionary that you are using. It is added to your user dictionary.
To add a word to the user dictionary:
1.	Put your cursor on the word. There is no need to select the text.
2.	Go to the Tool menu, and click Add word to dictionary. (Or, right-click to access the Quick-task Menu, and click Add word to dictionary.)
3.	The word will automatically be added to your user dictionary.

Printing

Page Setup
To adjust the page setup:
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and click Page Setup. 
2.	A Page Setup window will appear. 
3.	Click the Page tab.
4.	Here, you can specify the:
•	Orientation: Choose Portrait (long edge vertical) or Landscape (long edge horizontal).
•	Scaling: Choose Adjust to change the size of your sheet print out. To have the sheet print out larger than its normal size, increase the percentage. To have the sheet print out smaller, decrease the percentage to a value less than 100. Or, choose Fit to have your entire sheet squeezed into a certain number of pages.
•	Paper size: Specify the size of paper you are using in your printer (Letter, Legal, A4, etc.).
•	Page Numbering: By default, page numbers will appear at the bottom of each sheet. (To change this setting, see Headers and Footers.) Page Numbering will automatically begin at number one. To start at a number other than one, click Start with page number, and specify a number in the text box. 
5.	 When you are done, click OK.

Page Breaks
Since large sheets will be broken up and printed on several pieces of paper, it is sometimes useful to be able to insert page breaks, so data that you want to keep together doesn't get broken up during printing.
To insert a page break, do the following:
•	Click a cell or a column header button (ie, the column letter) or a row header button (ie, the row number).
•	Now click Insert from the top menu, followed by Page Break. A page break will automatically be inserted in relation to your selected cell or column or row.
To remove a page break, do the following:
•	Select a cell to the right and below the page break.
•	Now click Insert from the top menu, followed by Remove Page Break.

Sheet Setup
To adjust the sheet setup:
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and click Page Setup.
2.	A Page Setup window will appear.
3.	Click the Sheet tab.
4.	Here, you have the following options:
•	Print Area: To print only selected cells, enter a list or range of cells here. See Printing Selected Cells for more details. 
•	Grid Lines: If you want thin, black borders to appear around the cells when you print your sheet, check off this option. Not recommended if you have already formatted the cell borders. 
•	Black and White: If you have changed the color of your font, or colored the background of cells, but would like them to be printed in black and white, check off this option. Note that cell borders will still be printed in color.
•	Row Headings: To print row headings (1, 2, 3...) along with your sheet, check off this option.
•	Column Headings: To print column headings (A , B, C...) along with your sheet, check off this option.
•	Page Order: Select an order for your sheets to be printed (top to bottom, or left to right). This is especially useful if you have inserted several page breaks.
5.	When you are done, click OK.

Setting Margins
The standard margin setting in EasySpreadsheet is 0.75 inches on the left and right, and 1 inch on the top and bottom. The header and footer will be 0.5 inches from the edge of the page. You can, however, change these margin sizes.
To change the margin size:
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and click Page Setup.
2.	A Page Setup window will appear.
3.	Click the Margins tab.
4.	Type in your new margin sizes. To use centimeters instead of inches, select it from the Units box.
5.	If you would like your spreadsheet to be centered on your page, check off Horizontally and/or Vertically.
6.	When you are done, click OK. The margins of your sheet(s) have been changed.

Header and Footer
The header and footer will appear at the top and bottom, respectively, of each sheet that you print. 
By default, the header will display the name of the sheet. The footer will display the page number. Both the header and footer will be centered on the page.  
To customize the header and footer:
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and click Page Setup.
2.	A Page Setup window will appear.
3.	Click the Header/Footer tab.
4.	In the Header box, type the text that you want to have appear at the top of each printed page. In the Footer box, type the text that you want to have appear at the bottom of each printed page. More experienced users may wish to use codes to adjust the font attributes and the alignment, or to add information such as the page number and date. See "Header and Footer Codes", below.
5.	When you are done, click OK.
6.	The header and footer you created will appear on each page that you print.
Note: To access the header and footer, you may instead go to the View menu, and click Header and Footer.     
 
Header and Footer Codes
Before using codes, note that:
•	Alignment codes (&L, &C, &R) should be placed BEFORE font codes (&B, &I, etc.). Codes for worksheet information (&D, &A, etc. ) should be placed last.
•	Codes can be entered in upper or lower case.
•	Codes should be separated from each other by a space.
•	If you do not specify to a text alignment, then the text will be centered by default.
To view a list of the header and footer codes, go to the View menu, and click Header and Footer Codes. The codes include:
Code	Description	
Alignment	
&L	left-aligns the characters that follow	
&C	centers the characters that follow	
&R	right-aligns the characters that follow	
Font	
&12 	uses font size 12 (you can enter whatever size you'd like)	
&B	bolds the characters that follow 	
&I  	italicizes the characters that follow 	
&U	underlines the characters that follow 	
&S	strikes out the characters that follow	
Information	
&D      	prints the current system date	
&T	prints the current system time	
&F	prints the workbook name	
&A   	prints the worksheet name	
&P	prints the page number	
&N	prints the total number of pages to be printed out	

Examples (for a two-page workbook):
Code	Header/Footer Print Out	
Page &P of &N	Page 1 of 2	
&B &12 &F / &A	Book1 / Sheet1	
&R &I Page &P of &N	Page 1 of 2	
&L &B Page &P 	Page 1	

Page Numbers
When you print sheets, page numbers will automatically be printed at the bottom, center of each page. 
Page numbers will be placed in the footer. If you would like to remove the page numbers, print the page numbers at the top of each page, format the font, or adjust the alignment,  you must change the header and footer. To modify the header and footer:
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and click Page Setup.
2.	A Page Setup window will appear. Click the Header/Footer tab.
3.	"Page &P" should appear in the Footer box.
4.	Enter your new header and footer codes. For help on entering header and footer codes, see Header and Footer.
5.	When you are done, click OK.
 
By default, page numbering will begin at 1. To start at a different number:
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and click Page Setup.
2.	A Page Setup window will appear. Click the Page tab.
3.	Under Page Numbering, click Start with page number, and enter a new page number in the box.
4.	When you are done, click OK.

Print Preview
To see what your workbook will look like when printed:
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and click Print Preview. Or, in Advanced Mode, click the Print Preview icon (shown below).
	 
2.	Your sheet will appear as it will look when printed. 
3.	By default, you will view one sheet (page) at a time. To view two sheet at once, click Two Page.
4.	To enlarge the sheet, click Zoom In. To shrink the sheet again, click Zoom Out.
5.	To see the next sheet, click Next Page. To see the previous page, click Prev Page.
6.	If you would like to print your sheet(s), click Print.
7.	To return to your workbook, click Close.

Printing Sheets
To print your current, active sheet:
1.	Ensure that the sheet you want to print is currently active. If it is not, click the tab at the bottom of the sheet.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File2 menu, and click Print. Or, 
•	In Easy Mode, click the Print this Document button (in Advanced Mode, click the button that looks like a printer). Or,  

•	Use the Ctrl+P keyboard shortcut.
3.	A Print window will appear.
4.	Under Print What, ensure that Selected Sheet(s) is selected.
5.	Click OK. Your current sheet will be sent to the printer.
 
Printing Multiple Sheets
To print a selection of sheets:
1.	Select the sheets you wish to print. To select multiple sheets, hold down the Ctrl (or Shift) key, and click the tabs at the bottom of the sheets.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File2 menu, and click Print. Or, 
•	In Easy Mode, click the Print this Document button (in Advanced Mode, click the button that looks like a printer). Or, 
•	Use the Ctrl+P keyboard shortcut.
3.	A Print window will appear.
4.	Under Print What, ensure that Selected Sheet(s) is selected.
5.	Click OK. Your selected sheets will be sent to the printer.

Printing Workbooks
To print an entire workbook:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File2 menu, and click Print. Or, 
•	In Easy Mode, click the Print this Document button (in Advanced Mode, click the button that looks like a printer). Or,

•	Use the Ctrl+P keyboard shortcut.
3.	A Print window will appear.
4.	Under Print What, click Entire Workbook.
5.	Click OK. All of the sheets of your current workbook will be sent to the printer.

Printing Selected Cells
By default, EasySpreadsheet will print your entire current sheet; however, you have the option of printing a group of selected cells instead.
To print selected cells:
1.	Select the cells that you want to print.
2.	Go to File2 menu, and click Print Area: Set selected area as the area to print. The selected cells will automatically be set as the area to print. 
3.	Print your document as usual:
•	Go to the File2 menu, and click Print. Or, 
•	In Easy Mode, click the Print this Document button (in Advanced Mode, click the button that looks like a printer). Or,  

•	Use the Ctrl+P keyboard shortcut.
4.	A Print window will appear.
5.	Click OK. Your selected cells will print out.
 
Manually Setting Print Area
To set the print area manually:
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and click Page Setup.
2.	A Page Setup window will appear.
3.	Click the Sheet tab.
4.	In the Print Area box, type in the cells or cell range that you would like to print.
5.	When you are finished, click OK. Your print area will be set; when you print your sheet, only the cells or cell range you specified will be printed out.
  
Clearing Selected Print Area
If you printed a selected area of cells, and would now like to print another group of cells, sheets, or a workbook, you should clear the print area you selected. To clear the print area:
1.	Go to the File2 menu.
2.	Click Clear previously set print areas.
3.	Your selected print area will be cleared. Now, by default, EasySpreadsheet will print your entire current sheet. 

Sending as E-mail or FAX

Sending a Spreadsheet as a FAX
EasySpreadsheet allows you to send a document as a FAX.
Please remember that in order to send a FAX, your computer needs a valid FAX-modem card and the appropriate software drivers for that card. If the FAX-modem card drivers are not present on your computer, or if Windows NT/2000 will not let you use the software drivers (e.g. security setting), then you will not be able to send out FAX's. Most problems we have encountered to date with the FAX component are due to the FAX-modem card in the computer not being set up correctly.
 
Sending the Current Sheet as a FAX
To send a sheet as a FAX, ensure that it is the current, active sheet in EasySpreadsheet. The sheet can then be FAXed by doing one of the following:
•	Under the File2 menu, select Send as FAX. Or,
•	Use the Ctrl+D keyboard shortcut. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Send as Fax button.   
You will be prompted for information required to create a cover page, including a FAX-to telephone number. This cover page along with your current document, will then automatically be FAXed to the telephone number you specified.
Please enter all telephone digits that must be dialed as part of the FAX phone number. For example, if I am in Los Angeles and I want to send a FAX to the number 555-5555 in Toronto (with area code 416), then I would enter '1-416-555-5555' .
If errors occur during FAX transmission, you will be informed. If the line is busy, you will be so informed, and asked if you want to re-transmit the FAX.
 
Upgrading the FAX System
Please go to www.e-press.com to upgrade your version of EasySpreadsheet. This will automatically upgrade the FAX component of EasySpreadsheet.
 
"My Version of EasyOffice says that FAX Drivers are not included. Why?"
For reasons of licensing, the FAX drivers (these are not the hardware FAX-modem low-level drivers, but the next level above) cannot be distributed as a free downloads product. The FAX drivers are present on the CD-ROM version of EasyOffice, and in the case of downloadable versions of EasyOffice, may only be downloaded if a Commercial UserID is obtained. The FAX features of  EasySpreadsheet should thus NOT, at this time, be considered as features of any demonstration version or free version of EasyOffice. However, please note that we are actively searching for a freely downloadable (and reliable, of course) FAX driver to use with EasyOffice.

Sending a Sheet as E-mail
EasySpreadsheet can quickly send your sheet as e-mail. A sheet can be sent in the body of an e-mail, or as an attachment.
Your computer must be connected to the Internet in order for an e-mail to be sent. If you are not connected via a standard e-mail program such as Microsoft Outlook Express or equivalent, you will receive a descriptive error message when you try to send an e-mail. 
To send your sheet as e-mail:
1.	Ensure that the sheet you wish to send as e-mail is active. If it is not, click the tab at the bottom of the sheet.
2.	If you are in Easy Mode, click the Send as E-mail button. In Advanced Mode, click the icon that looks like a mail box.  You may instead go to the File2 menu, and select Send E-mail to send your sheet as HTML, or Send E-Mail as Attachment to send your sheet as an attachment..
	 
2.	Your default e-mail program will open automatically. You will be presented with a new e-mail that includes your sheet, ready to send to the people you choose. Note that only the current sheet (rather than the entire workbook) will be sent as e-mail. 
 
Sending a Sheet as HTML
If a sheet is sent as HTML, it will be converted to HTML and inserted into the body the e-mail.
To use this setting by default, go to the File2 menu, and check off Set E-Mail button to send as HTML. Now, when you click the Send as E-mail button, your sheet will be inserted into the body of an e-mail.
 
Sending a Sheet as an Attachment
If a sheet is sent as an attachment, it will NOT be inserted into the body of the e-mail. Instead, a file that the recipient must open will be attached to the e-mail. 
To use this setting by default, go to the File2 menu, and check off Set E-Mail button to send as attachment. Now, when you click the Send as E-mail button, your sheet will be attached to a new e-mail.
 
Making Outlook Express your Default E-mail Program
If your computer has several e-mail programs, but would like to make Outlook Express your default (thus, the e-mail program in which EasySpreadsheet and EasyWord will use), follow these steps:
1.	Run Outlook Express.
2.	Under the Tools menu, select Options, then General.
3.	If Outlook Express is not already your default e-mail program, the Default Messaging Programs section should read:This application is NOT the default Mail Handler. If, however, you see This application is the default Mail Handler, then Outlook Express is already your default program.  
4.	Click Make Default, followed by Apply, then OK.
 
Note for Netscape Users
If you use Netscape (rather than Microsoft Outlook Express) for your e-mail, please note that your document will be sent as an attachment (rather than appear within the body of your e-mail, as with Outlook Express).

FAQ

"File contains a feature not supported by....."
"#FUNCTION! ......"
"Unsupported Chart"
Use the Microsoft Excel Viewer to view the spreadsheet. For help on using this viewer, see Microsoft Excel Viewer.
You should be able to successfully retrieve most Excel spreadsheets. However, if the Excel spreadsheet contains a function not supported in EasySpreadsheet (generally the less-used, specialized functions), the error message #FUNCTION! (or something similar) may appear in the formula bar or the cell. In the next major version of EasySpreadsheet, it is expected that most, if not all, of Excel's functions will be incorporated into EasySpreadsheet.

"Where did my graphics go?"
If you cannot view a chart, use the Microsoft Excel Viewer. For help on using this viewer, see Microsoft Excel Viewer.
If your sheet is saved in the EasySpreadsheet Format (*.ess), your graphics and charts will also be saved. However, if your sheet is saved in the Microsoft Excel Format (*.xls), your graphics and charts will NOT be saved. In the next major version, it is expected that EasySpreadsheet will be able to save and retrieve two-dimensional graphics and charts in the *.xls format.

"Invalid File Format...."
Microsoft Excel 4 (or lower) and other spreadsheet formats will cause this error message to occur.
Use the Microsoft Excel Viewer to view the spreadsheet. For help on using this viewer, see Microsoft Excel Viewer. 

More Information

Using EasyCalculator
EasyCalculator contains all the functions of a regular calculator, while recording every step you make in the window above the buttons.  You can copy results and paste them into cells of EasySpreadsheet.
To open EasyCalculator:
•	Go to the Tools menu, and click Calculator. Or,
•	In Easy Mode, click the Tape Calculator button. Or,
	
•	In Advanced Mode, click the EasyCalculator icon.
	
Help files for EasyCalculator are located within the calculator itself. Click the HELP button on the calculator, and a HELP: EasyCalculator Options & Features menu will appear. To view the help files, click More Help Files.

File Associations
A File association allows you to double-click a spreadsheet file anywhere in Windows, and have a program such as Microsoft Excel or EasySpreadsheet open it.  
If you were previously using Microsoft Office, and you double-click a spreadsheet (*.xls) file, it will open automatically with Microsoft Excel. If you were not previously using any particular office suite or spreadsheet program, and you double-click a spreadsheet (*.xls) file, Windows will pop up a dialog box, asking you to choose a program to open the file with.
EasyOffice has the option of setting file associations upon installation. It does NOT automatically do so, since in the past, a number of users have wanted to keep their existing Microsoft Office file associations.
If you did not set the file associations to EasyOffice during installation, you can easily do so from within EasySpreadsheet (or from within EasyWord, or EasyHelper). It's easy, fast, and you don't even have to reboot the computer.
 
Changing File Associations
1.	Go to the File2 menu, and select File Associations.
2.	A Change file association help window will appear. Click OK, continue.
3.	You will be brought to a Restore your file associations window.
4.	Check off the file types whose file association you want to change. 
5.	For the checked-off file type, you have the option to:
•	 Set to EasyOffice: The file associations will be set to EasyOffice; that is, when you double-click a file (of one of the types that you have checked off), it will automatically open in an EasyOffice program. For example, double-clicking an .xls file will cause EasySpreadsheet to start, and open the worksheet.
If the file associations are set to EasyOffice, the programs that will open the files are:
File Type	Default Program	
.rtf	EasyWord	
.doc	EasyWord	
.txt	EasyWord	
.xls	EasySpreadsheet	
.zip	EasyZip	
Note: Unless changed manually, EasySpreadsheet will always be used to open .ess files.
•	Restore to Original Settings: If your file associations are already set to EasyOffice, you may change them back to their original settings. The file associations will be restored to whatever was set prior to setting file associations to EasyOffice. 
Your previous file associations are stored in the registry of your computer. When you restore your file associations, these stored associations are what your settings will return to. If restoring your file associations does not give the results you were looking for, it is because the file associations that you now want did not exist before the associations were set to EasyOffice. (They may have existed earlier, but were changed by another program, prior to setting file associations to EasyOffice.) 
If you want to associate another program (i.e., a program that was not associated before you installed EasyOffice) with a  file type, you must do so via File Types in Windows (described in "Setting File Associations Manually", below), or by installing the program again (assuming that program sets the file associations upon installation).
6.	Click OK.
7.	File associations are now changed.
8.	If you selected Set to EasyOffice: 
•	Double-clicking an .xls or .ess file will cause EasySpreadsheet to start and open the file.
•	If you previously had, for example, Microsoft Excel spreadsheet files on your computer, they were represented on the desktop by a Microsoft Excel icon. The next time you refresh your desktop (or reboot your computer), these files will no longer be represented by the Microsoft icon, but instead an EasySpreadsheet icon. Your spreadsheet files have NOT been changed in any way by EasySpreadsheet. The icon used to represent these files is related only to your file associations.  
If you selected Restore Original Settings:
•	If you restored your .xls file associations back to, for example, Microsoft Excel, then the next time you refresh your desktop (or reboot your computer), the EasySpreadsheet icons will change back to Microsoft Excel icons. Windows uses icons to represent the file associations, but the actual document file does NOT change.
•	Before installing EasyOffice, perhaps when you double-clicked an .xls file, it was opened in Microsoft Excel. Then, you set the file association for .xls files to EasyOffice, so that EasySpreadsheet would open them upon a double-click. After restoring your original file association settings, .xls files will no longer open automatically in EasySpreadsheet - they will again be opened in Microsoft Excel (or the program that was originally associated with .xls files). 
•	When doubled-click, .ess files will still be opened with EasySpreadsheet.
 
Setting File Associations Manually
Setting file associations manually is not necessary, nor is it always easily possible; for example, you may not be able to easily find the file type you that want to associate. However, some users may want to do so in order to associate some other program with a given file type.
Windows 95 / Windows 98:
1.	In My Computer or in Windows Explorer, go to the View menu and click Folder Options.
2.	Click the File Types tab.
3.	Select the file type (e.g., an .xls file).
4.	Click Edit.
5.	In the Actions box, click open. (This will highlight it.)
6.	Click Edit.
7.	In Applications used to perform action enter the program you want associated with the file type (or, use the Browse button to select the program).
8.	Click OK.
 
Windows Me / Windows 2000:
1.	In My Computer or in Windows Explorer, go to the Tools menu and click Folder Options.
2.	Click the File Types tab.
3.	Select the file type (e.g., an .xls file)
4.	Click Change.
5.	Select the program you want to associate with the file.
6.	Click OK.
 
Un-installing EasyOffice & File Associations
When you un-install EasyOffice (if you ever do so), during the un-installation, EasyOffice will automatically write back to the registry the original settings for the associations of the .xls files.
If these programs are no longer on your computer, or Windows has somehow otherwise changed since the installation of EasyOffice, then file types such as .xls will no longer be associated with any program; when you double-click them, nothing will happen. To associate these file types again, you can follow the procedure shown above ("Setting File Associations Manually"). If this procedure does not work, then you may have to install the desired program again.
For example, perhaps .xls files originally opened in Microsoft Excel when double-clicked, but you then set the .xls file association to EasyOffice. When you un-install EasyOffice, the file association will be set back to Microsoft Excel. If Windows does not allow this restoration, perform the association yourself, as described above. If that fails, re-install Microsoft Excel.

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel and Other Products
You can retrieve spreadsheets in the following formats:
If EasySpreadsheet cannot open an Excel file, then the Excel Viewer is automatically called.
The Excel Viewer can open almost all Excel files from Excel 2.0 to Excel 2000 files. (However, while you can view and print the files, you cannot edit them inside the Excel Viewer.)
 
You can retrieve and save spreadsheets in the following formats:
EasySpreadsheet File Format (*.ess) - This is the default file format used by Easy Spreadsheet.
Microsoft® Excel File Format (*.xls) - The Easy Spreadsheet files that you save in Excel95-2000 format, should in general, be perfectly compatible with Excel (i.e., another person using Excel will be able to perfectly load in your spreadsheet).  However, at this time, graphics are not saved by EasySpreadsheet into the *.xls file format.  In the next major version of Easy Spreadsheet, it is expected that EasySpreadsheet will both save and retrieve 2-dimensional graphics in the Excel *.xls file format.
You should be able to successfully retrieve most Excel spreadsheets.  However, if the Excel spreadsheet contains a function not supported in EasySpreadsheet (generally the less-used, specialized functions), the error message #FUNCTION! (or something similar) may appear in the formula bar.  In the next major version of EasySpreadsheet, it is expected that most, if not all, of Excel's functions will be incorporated into EasySpreadsheet.
Tab delimited text files (*.txt) - An industry-standard spreadsheet file format.  EasySpreadsheet graphics, however, usually do not save in this format.
Comma separated files (*.csv) -  An industry-standard spreadsheet file format.  EasySpreadsheet graphics, however, usually do not save in this format.
HTML Web Page files (*.htm) - The present version of EasySpreadsheet can save the spreadsheet data (but not the graphics) as an industry-standard Web (html) file.
Encrypted zip files (*.zip) - The present version of EasySpreadsheet can save as a password-protected encrypted zip file. Any standard zip program (or EasySpreadsheet itself) can un-encrypt  and decompress this file.
 
"How do I import a Lotus123 file into EasySpreadsheet?"
EasySpreadsheet does not have a Lotus123 filter. 
If you want to convert old Lotus123 spreadsheets to EasyOffice, then you should from Lotus123 first save them as generic CSV (or other standard file format) spreadsheet files. Then you can import these files into EasySpreadsheet.
 
Note: Compatibility with other file formats allows EasySpreadsheet to be a versatile tool.  However, this compatibility, particularly the import of MIcrosoft® Excel Spreadsheets, is not complete and should not be relied on in any mission-critical application.  The above information is subject to change without notification.
EasyPresentation: Contents

I.	Introduction to EasyPresentation
i.	Introduction
ii.	EasyPresentation Tutorial
II.	Toolbars and Shortcuts
iii.	Toolbars
iv.	Keyboard Shortcuts
v.	International Characters
III.	Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Presentations
vi.	Starting a New Presentation
vii.	Saving a Presentation
viii.	Retrieving a Presentation
ix.	Reading PowerPoint Files
x.	Backing Up Files
IV.	Creating and Modifying Slides
xi.	Creating Your First Slide
xii.	Creating Additional Slides
xiii.	Adding Images to the Gallery
xiv.	Sound Effects
xv.	Changing a Slide
xvi.	Deleting a Slide
xvii.	Changing Slide Order
xviii.	Navigating Your Slides
xix.	Printing Slides
V.	Viewing Slide Shows
xx.	Switching to Presentation Mode
xxi.	Using Presentation Mode
xxii.	Exiting Presentation Mode
VI.	EasyPresentation Viewer
xxiii.	EasyPresentation Viewer
xxiv.	Saving with the Presentation Viewer
VII.	More Information
xxv.	IE Script Errors in Early Win95 Configurations

Introduction to EasyPresentation

Introduction
EasyPresentation™ is a simple, yet powerful member of the EasyOffice family that allows you to create great-looking presentations, quickly and easily. 

EasyPresentation Tutorial
The EasyPresentation Tutorial guides you through the basic steps of creating a presentation. By default, this tutorial appears each time you start EasyPresentation.
To view the tutorial at any time, go to the Help men and click EasyPresentation Tutorial.
After you become experienced using EasyPresentation, you will probably not want to see the Tutorial each time you start the program. Go to the Help button on the top menu. If there is a check-mark beside Start Tutorial at Startup, then click this selection. The check mark will disappear, and the next time that you start EasyPresentation the tutorial will not appear. You can see the tutorial whenever you want, from the Help menu.

Toolbars and Shortcuts

Toolbars
Side Toolbar
The Side Toolbar, located on the right side of your screen, contains buttons for standard functions, such as retrieving and saving presentations, adding new slides, and changing the slide order.
To hide Side Toolbar, go to the View menu and un-check Toolbar. 
To show the Side Toolbar again, go to the View menu and check off Toolbar.
 
Presentation Toolbar
The Presentation Toolbar, located near the top of your screen, contains buttons for navigating your slides and viewing slide shows.
To hide the Presentation Toolbar:
•	Go to the View menu and un-check Presentation Toolbar. Or, 
•	Click the Remove Toolbar button. Or,
	
•	Press the F9 key on your keyboard.
To show the Presentation Toolbar:
•	Go to the View menu and check off Presentation Toolbar. Or,
•	Press the F9 key again.

Keyboard Shortcuts
Some common functions can be performed directly from your keyboard using the shortcuts below:
Keyboard Shortcut	Function	
File	
Ctrl+N	new presentation	
Ctrl+O	retrieve a presentation	
Ctrl+S	save a presentation	
Ctrl+P	print current slide	
View	
F9	show/hide Presentation Toolbar	
F10	switch to/exit Presentation Mode	
Esc	exit Presentation Mode	
Space Bar	view next slide	
Backspace	view previous slide	
F5	refresh current slide	

International Characters
You can insert an International Character by entering a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut keystroke:
To enter this character:	Use these keystrokes:	
à, è, ì, ò, ù  À, È, Ì, Ò, Ù 	 Ctrl+` followed by any of these letters	
á, é, í, ó, ú, ý Á, É, Í, Ó, Ú, Ý	Ctrl+' followed by any of these letters	
 â, ê, î, ô, û Â, Ê, Î, Ô, Û	Ctrl+Shift+^ followed by any of these letters	
ã, ñ, õ Ã, Ñ, Õ	Ctrl+Shift+~ followed by any of these letters	
ä, ë, ï, ö, ü, ÿ  Ä, Ë, Ï, Ö, Ü, Ÿ	Ctrl+Shift+:  followed by any of these letters	
å, Å	Ctrl+Shift+@ followed by a or A	
æ, Æ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by a or A	
œ, Œ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by o or O	
'ç, Ç	Ctrl+, followed by c or C	
'ð, Ð	Ctrl+' followed by d or D	
¿	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+?	
ß	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by s	
¡	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+!	
ø, Ø	Ctrl+/  followed by o or O	
€	Ctrl+$	
For example, to place a circumflex accent (^) above a letter, hold the Ctrl key and the Shift key, and then press the ^ key. Let go of the keys, and then enter whatever letter you want. The ^ accent will appear on top of the letter. (This is summarized as: Ctrl+Shift+^)
Note: The shortcut for the Euro € is not a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut, but defined here for EasyOffice, due to the demand we have had for such a shortcut.
 
Language Notes
European Languages: Use any English (or other European language version) Windows to enter characters from most European languages. All languages can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Japanese: For best results, please use a Japanese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Japanese; Japanese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Traditional Chinese:   For best results, please use a Traditional Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Traditional Chinese; Traditional Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Simplified Chinese: For best results, please use a Simplified Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Simplified Chinese; Simplified Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Korean: For best results, please use a Korean version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Korean; Korean and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.

Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Presentations

Starting a New Presentation
To start a new presentation:
7.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click New. Or,
•	Click the Start a New Presentation button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+N on your keyboard.
8.	Since EasyPresentation can only open one presentation at a time, you may be asked if you want to save the presentation you are working on. If you want to save it, click Yes. If not, click No. If you choose No, any changes you made to your presentation (since the last time you saved it) will be lost.
9.	A Choose a Name window will appear. 
10.	Enter a name for your presentation in the text box.
11.	The folder that your presentation will be displayed (usually Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Presentations). To change the folder, click Change Folder.
12.	When you are done naming your presentation, click OK. 
13.	A message will appear to confirm that you are ready to create your first slide. Click OK to create your first slide. See Creating Your First Slide.
Note: Clicking Cancel during any of these steps will cancel the creation of the new presentation. You will be taken back to the presentation you were just working on.

Saving a Presentation
EasyPresentation will save a presentation in two different folders:
•	The presentation (*.ezp) file will be saved in the folder you specify.
•	The graphical files of  the presentation (HTML, GIF, JSCRIPT, etc.) will be saved in a subfolder with the same name as your presentation.
For example, perhaps you named a presentation MyPresentation, and saved it in the Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Presentations folder. The file MyPresentation.ezp would be saved in that folder, and a collection of graphical files would be saved in the folder Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Presentations\MyPresentation\ .
 
Save
If you have already named your presentation, you can quickly save it with the same file name, and in the same location. To save your current presentation:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save. Or,
2.	Click the Save this Presentation button.
	
You presentation will be saved.
 
Save As
If you have not yet named your presentation, if you want to save it with another name, or if you want to save it in a another location, you should save as. To save as:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Save As. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+S on your keyboard.
2.	A Save As window will appear.
3.	The default folder used for presentations is Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Presentations. You can select another folder or directory from the Save in box.
4.	Enter a name for your presentation in the File Name box.
5.	Click Save. Your presentation will be saved as an EasyPresentation File (*.ezp). 

Retrieving a Saved Presentation
If you have saved a presentation, and now want to retrieve it:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Open. Or,
•	Click the Retrieve a Presentation button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+O on your keyboard. 
2.	An Open window will appear.
3.	Find the EasyPresentation (*.ezp) file you want to retrieve. A copy of the presentation will be in a folder with same name as the presentation file. (For example, if you are looking for a file named mypres.ezp, you will find it in a folder called mypres). Click on the file, and then click Open.
4.	Before the file is retrieved, you may be asked if you want to save the presentation you were just working on. If you want to save it, click Yes. If not, click No. If you choose No, any changes you made to your presentation (since the last time you saved it) will be lost.
5.	The presentation will be retrieved. 
 
Retrieving an Old EasyPresentation File
The current version of EasyPresentation features sound and other multimedia effects. If you retrieve an EasyPresentation slide show created by an older version of EasyPresentation, you will be able to retrieve and edit it; however, some special effects may have to be reset. To change or reset a special effect, or to add sound, click Change Slide, and then click Next until you come to the Special Effects box. You can reset the special effect here, as well as add sound. Then, click Next until the last box for that slide is reached.
 
Retrieving a PowerPoint File
Although EasyPresentation cannot edit PowerPoint files, it can retrieve, display, and print them. For help on viewing PowerPoint files, see Reading PowerPoint Files.

Reading PowerPoint Files
EasyPresentation uses HTML/XML files - the file standard of the future. Unfortunately, it does not edit current Microsoft PowerPoint files.
As a service to our users who may need to read Microsoft PowerPoint files, a copy of Microsoft PowerPoint Viewer97 is provided. This viewer can be used to read and print  PowerPoint files. Due to space constraints, this viewer is only provided on EasyOffice Premium CD-ROM versions.
The PowerPoint viewer supports files created by PowerPoint97 and PowerPoint2000. However, some PowerPoint2000 features (including picture bullets, automatic numbering, and animated GIFs) will not be shown.
 
Viewing a PowerPoint File
To retrieve a PowerPoint file:
1.	Click Retrieve a Presentation or press Ctrl+O, so that the Open window appears.
2.	In the Files of type box, select PowerPoint (*.ppt, *.pps, *.pot) or PowerPoint Playlist (*.lst).
3.	Find the PowerPoint file you want to retrieve. Use the Look in box to browse through other folders and directories. Click on the file, and then click Open.
4.	A yellow box will appear, telling you that the Microsoft PowerPoint Viewer will be used to display this file. Click OK.
5.	The PowerPoint file will be displayed.
Note: The Microsoft PowerPoint Viewer is not included with downloadable versions of EasyPresentation. If the viewer is not present,.you will receive a message to tell you so.

Backing Up Files
Easy Office Premium version: Use EasyOffice Backup
An easy way to back up your presentation files is to use EasyOffice Backup, which is included with EasyOffice Premium. Other ways to back up your presentation files, as well as more technical details, are given below.
Presentation Files
EasyPresentation saves a presentation in two different folders:
•	The file controlling the presentation will be saved as an *.ezp file in the folder: Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Presentations\
•	The graphical files of  the presentation (HTML, GIF, JSCRIPT, etc.) will be saved in the folder: Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Presentations\<file name>
For example, if you name a presentation Iowa, it will be saved as Program Files\ EasyOffice 2001\ Presentations\ Iowa.ezp, and as a collection of files in the folder Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Presentations\Iowa\ . In the Iowa folder, there could be files such as Sales_Target1.html, Sales_Target2.html, and so on.
You cannot save presentation files on a floppy diskette - there is not enough room. You can use a CD-creator program to write the presentation files onto a CD. If all of your presentations are less than 650MB, simply copy the directory Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Presentations\ to your CD.
Your computer may be on a network. If you want to save a presentation to another computer on the network:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save As. 
2.	A Save As window will appear.
3.	Click the down-arrow at the end of the Save In box. 
4.	Click Network Neighborhood and select the computer and folder on the computer where you want to save your presentation. Enter the name of your presentation in the File name box. Your presentation book will be saved in files of that file name in the location you chose.
If you do not have access to a local network or a CD writer, consider backing up of your files onto various backup services on the Internet. Or, use a backup utility program to write your files onto multiple floppy diskettes.
 
Picture Files
You do not have to backup the supplied picture files of EasyPresentation. Should these supplied files become damaged on your computer, insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the files.
However, if you have added your own pictures to these folders, then you should backup these pictures. You can use Windows Explorer (click Start, Programs, Windows Explorer) or a backup utility program (for example, a CD creator utility program) to copy all the files (this requires a lot of storage space) or just your added files to a floppy diskette (a limited amount of space available), CD-ROM, or another computer on your network.
Picture files are stored in the directory Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\PICS\. You will see picture files with the extensions *.jpg and *.gif in this directory. You will also see the sub-directory MORE which then leads to the sub-directories 3d animations, animations, backgrounds, bitmaps and clipart.  Within these sub-directories, there are further sub-directories holding the actual picture files.  
There is also another directory containing background images. It is Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\BACKGROUNDS.  (This is a distinct directory from Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\PICS\MORE\backgrounds)
 
Sound Files
You do not have to backup the supplied sound files of EasyPresentation. Should these supplied files become damaged on your computer, you can always re-insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the files.
However, if you have added pictures of your own to these folders, then you should backup these pictures. You can use Windows Explorer (click Start, Programs, Windows Explorer) or a backup utility program (for example, a CD creator utility program) to copy all the files (this requires a lot of storage space) or just your added files to a floppy diskette (a limited amount of space available), CD-ROM, or another computer on your network.
Sound files are stored in the directory Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Sounds\. You will see sound files with the extensions *.wav in this directory.
 
Program Files
You do not have to backup the program files of EasyPresentation. Should the program files become damaged on your computer, insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the program files. (If you are technically curious, the program files of EasyPresentation will be found in the folder: Program Files\ EasyOffice 2001)

Creating and Modifiying Slides

Creating Your First Slide
To create your first slide, you must first create a new presentation. After you have done this, EasyPresentation will automatically ask you to create your first slide. 
To create a slide:
1.	A Select a Slide Template window will appear, where you have a choice of 16 different slide templates. Choose what you want your slide to look like, and then click Next/Continue.
2.	A Select a Background window will appear, where you can choose a background image for the slide. Select one of the patterns shown. If you want more choices, click More Backgrounds. If you would rather use an image file on your computer for a background, click Browse to specify the file you wish to use. Or, if you know the name and location of the file, type it in the box beside the Browse button. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
3.	A Special Effects window will appear, where you can choose a special effect for your slide. A special effect allows for an exciting way of presenting your slides. Select a special effect (Box, Circle, Wipe, etc.) from the box. If you do not want a special effect for your slide, choose Special Effects OFF. If you chose a special effect, use the slider below to adjust the time duration of the effect. 
4.	Choose a sound for your slide. If you do not want a sound effect, choose Special Sound OFF from the menu. Under From, select the directory you want to choose the sound file from, or click Record Your Voice to make a recording. See Sound Effects for more details. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
5.	An Enter Text window will appear. Enter a title for your slide in the text box. Choose a font, size, and color. In the diagram at bottom-right corner of the window, a red arrow will point to where the title will appear on your slide. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
6.	Depending on the slide layout you chose, you will either be asked to enter text or select an image. Note that in the diagram at the bottom-right corner of the window, a red arrow will point to the part of the slide you are editing.
•	If the Enter Text window appears, enter the text you want to appear on your slide. Choose a font, size, and color. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
•	If the Select an Image window appear, you can choose an image for your slide. Select one of the images shown. To view more images, click More Quick Images. To use an image file from another directory or folder, click Browse Image Library, Browse 3D Animation Library, or Browse Clipart Images in Library. Or, if you know the name and location of the file, enter it in the text box. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
7.	Step 6 will be repeated until you have added text or images to all parts of your slide.
8.	When you have finished adding text and images to your slide, a Finish/Create Slide button will replace the Next/Continue button. Click Finish/Create slide to create your slide.
Note: Special effects will not work if your computer is running in anything less than 8-bit color (256 colors). Special effects may not  work on certain versions of Windows (Windows95A or WindowsNT) that lack necessary support files.

Creating Additional Slides
New slides can be added anywhere in your presentation.
Not that clicking Cancel during any of the steps of creating your slide will cancel the creation of the new slide, and leave your existing slide show unaffected.
 
Adding a New Slide
When you add a new slide, it will automatically be placed at the end of your presentation. To add a new slide to the end of your presentation:
•	Go to the Slides menu and click Add a New Slide. Or,
•	Click the Add a New Slide button.
	
The Select a Slide Template window will appear. Create your slide in the same way as your first slide. See Creating Your First Slide for help.
 
Inserting a New Slide
When you insert a new slide, you can choose where you want the new slide to be inserted. To insert a new slide:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Slides menu and click Insert a Slide. Or,
•	Click the Insert a New Slide button.

2.	A Select a Slide window will appear, which includes thumbnail images of all your slides.
3.	Your new slide will appear before the slide you click. If you do not see the slide you are looking for, click More Slides. After clicking the slide, click Next/Continue. 
4.	The Select a Slide Template window will appear. Create your slide in the same way as your first slide. See Creating Your First Slide for help.

Adding Images to the Gallery
You can add images to the galleries that EasyPresentation uses for backgrounds and images. 
Adding Images to the Background Gallery
When creating a slide, you will come to the Select a Background window. Here, you will be presented with a selection of background images from the EasyPresentation background image gallery.
You can add GIF image files to the background image gallery, so that they will be available in the gallery when you are creating a slide. Use Windows Explorer to copy GIF files from other folders and directories to Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\BACKGROUNDS\ .
 
Adding Images to the Image Gallery
When creating a slide, you may come to the Select an Image window. Here, you will be presented with a selection of images from the EasyPresentation image gallery.
You can add GIF image files to the image gallery, so that they will be available in the gallery when you are creating a slide. Use Windows Explorer to copy GIF files from other folders and directories to Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\PICS\ .

Sound Effects
You can add sound effects to the slides in your presentation.
When creating a slide, you will come to the Special Effects window. The sound effect option can be found in the bottom half of this window.
Choose a special sound from the drop-down list box. If you do not want to select a sound for the slide, then leave the special sound set to Special Sound OFF.
Below the list box, you can specify the source of your sound files:
•	Sound Library: This is the default setting. These sounds are included with EasyPresentation, and can be found in the folder Program Files/EasyOffice 2001/Sounds.
•	My Documents: This will display the sound files in your My Documents folder. 
•	Other Directory: A window will appear, where you can select another folder or directory.
 
Recording Your Voice
You can record your voice and save it as a WAV file. This WAV file can then be used in EasyPresentation slides.
To record your voice:
1.	Click the Record Your Voice button. 
2.	The Windows Sound Recorder will appear.
3.	Press the red button, and record what you want to say. Press the green triangle button to play it back. 
4.	When you are satisfied with your recording, save you file - go to the File menu and click Save. (Tip: Save the file in the My Documents folder, so that you can easily find it later on.)
To use a sound file you recorded with a slide, select it from the Select a special sound for this slide list box.
 
Types of  Sound Files Supported
At present, EasyPresentation supports Wave (*.wav) and MIDI (*.mid) files. Additional sound file types may be supported in future versions.
 
Copying Sound Files to the Sound Library
Sound files are stored in the directory Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Sounds\. Sound files with the extensions *.wav and *.mid can be found in this directory.
You can add sound files to the EasyPresentation's Sound Library, so that they are available when you are creating a slide. Use Windows Explorer to copy sound files from other folders and directories to Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Sounds\ .

Changing a Slide
To change the appearance of a slide in your presentation:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Slides menu and click Change a Slide. Or,
•	Click the Change a Slide button.

2.	A Select a Slide window will appear, which includes thumbnail images of all your slides.
3.	Click on the slide you want to change. If you do not see the slide you are looking for, click More Slides. After clicking the slide, click Next/Continue. 
4.	A Select a Slide Template window will appear, where your current slide layout will be shown. Click on a new layout if you wish, and then click Next/Continue.
5.	A Select a Background window will appear, where your current slide background will be shown. If you want to change the background, select a new image. Click Next/Continue.
6.	Depending on the slide layout you chose, you will be presented with windows that allow you to change text and images. When you are done entering text or choosing an image, click Next/Continue.
7.	When you come to the last window, click Finish/Create Slide. You will see your slide, complete with the changes you made.
Note: For more details on creating slides, see Creating Your First Slide.

Deleting a Slide
To delete a slide from your presentation:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Slides menu and click Delete a Slide. Or,
•	Click the Delete a Slide button.

2.	A Select a Slide window will appear, which includes thumbnail images of all your slides.
3.	Click on the slide you want to delete. If you do not see the slide you are looking for, click More Slides. After clicking the slide, click Next/Continue. 
4.	A message will appear with a warning that you are about to permanently delete a slide from your presentation. Click Cancel if you change your mind and do not want to delete your slide. Click OK to continue deleting your slide.
5.	The slide you chose will be deleted from your presentation.
Note: You cannot delete a slide if you only have one slide in your presentation.

Changing Slide Order
To move a slide somewhere else in your presentation:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Slides menu and click Change Slide Order. Or,
•	Click the Change Slide Order button.

2.	A Select a Slide window will appear, which includes thumbnail images of all your slides.
3.	Click on the slide you want to move. If you do not see the slide you are looking for, click More Slides. After clicking the slide, click Next/Continue. 
4.	Click on another slide to indicate where you want your slide to be moved to. The slide you are moving will be placed before the slide you click. After clicking the slide, click Finish/Move Slide.
5.	Your slide will be moved to the location you specified.
Note: When moving a slide, you can only select a slide which you want it placed before. If your presentation has only two slides, and you want to switch their order, move the second slide before the first slide. You cannot move the first slide after the second slide.

Navigating Your Slides
Most features available to navigate through your slides can be found in the Presentation Toolbar:

•	To go back to the previous slide, click the Previous button. Or, press the Backspace key on your keyboard.
•	To jump ahead to the next slide, click the Next button. Or, press the Space Bar on your keyboard.
•	If the slide you are viewing did not display correctly, or you would like to view the slide transition again, click the Refresh button. Or, press the F5 key on your keyboard.
•	To jump back to the first slide in your presentation, click First Slide.
•	To jump to a certain slide in your presentation, click Go to slide no. A Display Page window will appear. Enter the number of the slide you want to view, and then click OK.

Printing Slides
EasyPresentation is a presentation program - not a publishing program.  It is intended to produce multimedia presentations with special effects, animations, and sound, that can be viewed on a computer or over the Internet.
Slides can be printed out one at a time. However, the HTML formatted slides may print out differently on various computers and printers. The backgrounds will usually not be printed out. You can adjust  the printing somewhat via the Properties setting of your printer.
For printed presentations, you should consider using EasyWord, which easily  handles graphics, bullets, lines, fonts, colors, columns, and so on. (Graphical images can be inserted as a character, or you can wrap text around images. You are asked about wrapping style when you insert an image in EasyWord.) As well, EasyWord can export its files to PDF which is useful if you must distribute a presentation which is to be printed out,  to persons using different computers.

To print your current slide:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Print. Or, press Ctrl+P on your keyboard.
2.	A message box will appear. Click Continue.
3.	A Print window will appear. 
4.	If necessary, adjust the paper size, source, orientation, and properties.
5.	Click OK to print your slide.

Viewing Slide Shows

Switching to Presentation Mode
When you are finished designing your presentation, you can present your slides to an audience in a fashionable way. Presentation Mode hides certain screen elements that may be obtrusive during a formal presentation. 
To switch to Presentation Mode:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the View menu and click Presentation Mode. Or,
•	Click the Start Slide Show button. Or, 

•	Press the F10 key on your keyboard.
2.	A Start Slide Show window will appear.
3.	Check off Automatically-timed Slide Show to have EasyPresentation advance your slides automatically. To set the number of seconds each slide will be displayed, slide the meter at the bottom of the window. If you want your slide show to repeat itself indefinitely, check off Automatically Restart Slide Show At End.
If you did not check off Automatically-timed Slide Show, you will have to use your mouse to change the slides during your slide show.
4.	When you are ready, click Start Slide Show. Click Cancel if you change your mind and do not want to present your slide show just yet. This will take you back to the main EasyPresentation screen.
5.	You are now in Presentation Mode. The top menu bar and the Side Toolbar will be hidden, so that they will not be in the way of your presentation. See Using Presentation Mode for help on viewing your slide show.

Using Presentation Mode
In Presentation Mode, you can present a slide show of the slides you created. Certain screen elements that may be obtrusive during a formal presentation will be hidden.
To view a slide show, you must first Switch to Presentation Mode.
 
Presentation Toolbar
When you switch to Presentation Mode, all toolbars will be hidden - except the Presentation Toolbar. It will remain at the top of your screen. It contains buttons that may be useful during your presentation; if you do not need these buttons, you can hide the toolbar. To hide it, click the Remove Toolbar button or press the F9 key. To show it again, press the F9 key another time. 

Viewing Automatically-Timed Slide Shows
If your slide show is automatically timed, then you do not have to change the slides. EasyPresentation will change the slides for you.
To pause your slide show at any time, click the Pause button on the Presentation Toolbar. To continue viewing the show, un-click the Pause button.
 
Viewing Manually-Timed Slide Shows
If your slide show is not automatically timed, then you will have to change the slides yourself. This can be done with your mouse, from the keyboard, or by using the Presentation Toolbar buttons:
•	To view the next slide, click your left mouse button. Or, press the Space Bar. Or, click the Next button on the Presentation Toolbar.
•	To view the previous slide, click your right mouse button. Or, press the Backspace key. Or, click the Previous button on the Presentation Toolbar.
•	To refresh your current slide, press the F5 key. Or, click the Refresh button on the Presentation Toolbar.
•	To go to the first slide in your presentation, click the First Slide button on the Presentation Toolbar.
•	To go to a certain slide in your presentation, click the Go to Slide No. button on the Presentation Toolbar. 

Exiting Presentation Mode
You can exit Presentation Mode at any time, and return to the regular mode of EasyPresentation.
To stop your slide show:
•	Press the Esc key. Or,
•	Press the F10 key. Or,
•	Click the Stop Slide Show button on the Presentation Toolbar.

EasyPresentation Viewer

EasyPresentation Viewer
EasyPresentation is that EasyOffice program that allows you to create great-looking presentations, quickly and easily. The EasyPresentation Viewer is a program which can be distributed with an EasyPresentation presentation, and it allows presentations to be viewed without the EasyPresentation program. This is useful if you are sending an EasyPresentation presentation to a colleague who does not have EasyOffice on his computer. 
The EasyPresentation Viewer can be used just like EasyPresentation to view slides and run slide shows. 
The EasyPresentation Viewer is not capable of creating new presentations, creating new slides, nor modifying slides.

Saving with the Presentation Viewer
The EasyPresentation Viewer allows colleagues who do not have EasyPresentation to view presentations you create. It can be saved and distributed with a presentation. The Presentation Viewer can be used just like EasyPresentation for viewing slides and running slide shows; however, slides cannot be modified, and new slides cannot be created.
Saving with the Presentation Viewer
If your presentation is saved with the Presentation Viewer, it can be viewed by someone who does not have EasyPresentation on his computer. 
To save a presentation with the Presentation Viewer:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save with Presentation Viewer.
2.	A Save As window will appear.
3.	Specify the name of your file in the File name box. To save your file in another location, choose a directory or folder from the Save in box.
4.	Click Save.
5.	A new folder with the same name as your file will be created automatically in the location you specified. Your presentation, along a copy of the EasyPresentation Viewer, will be saved in this folder. 
 
Viewing with the Presentation Viewer
1.	Copy the folder to a floppy diskette or CD-ROM, or send it over the Internet or Network for your colleague.
2.	Have your colleague run EasyPresentation.exe to open the EasyPresentation Viewer. The Presentation Viewer operates just like EasyPresentation, except that it cannot be used to create new presentations.

More Information

IE Script Errors in Early Win95 Configurations
Very old versions of Windows95 may cause Internet Explorer Script errors while EasyPresentation is running.
If the Windows version is upgraded, even to a later version of Windows95, the problem usually is resolved.

EasyVoice: Contents

I.	Introduction to EasyVoice
i.	Introduction
ii.	Known Problems with Voice Recognition
iii.	Tips to Improve Recognition Accuracy
iv.	Obtaining Latest Version
II.	Using EasyVoice4
v.	First Time Use of EasyVoice
vi.	Starting EasyVoice
vii.	Using EasyVoice to Read Your E-mail
viii.	Using EasyVoice to Browse the Web
ix.	Regular Training
x.	Using EasyVoice4
xi.	Un-installing EasyVoice4
III.	Using EasyVoice5
xii.	First Time You Run EasyVoice5 - SAPI5 Installation
xiii.	Where is EasyVoice5?
xiv.	Starting EasyVoice5
xv.	Using EasyVoice5 to Read Your E-mail
xvi.	Using EasyVoice5 to Browse the Web
xvii.	Training = Adding Words & Lists
xviii.	Recognize 'ALL WORDS' vs. 'TRAINED WORDS' vs. 'LETTERS'
xix.	Japanese and Chinese Speech Recognition
xx.	Un-installing EasyVoice5
IV.	Using EasyVoicePro (Preliminary)
xxi.	Where is EasyVoicePro?
xxii.	Starting EasyVoicePro
xxiii.	How can I make my dictation more accurate?
xxiv.	EasyVoicePro Control Panel
xxv.	EasyVoicePad
xxvi.	Formatting Commands
xxvii.	Upgrading this Preliminary Version
xxviii.	Un-installing EasyVoicePro

Introduction to EasyVoice

Introduction
Easy Voice Recognition™ is an important member of EasyOffice Premium.
Included with EasyOffice Premium are the level 4 and the level 5 versions of EasyVoice Recognition - EasyVoice4 and EasyVoice5.
EasyVoice4 will allow you to fetch and read your e-mails, let you navigate the web by voice, and allow you to use many EasyOffice and other Windows programs by voice command. 
EasyVoice5 is much better at fluent speech voice recognition than EasyVoice4, and little or no training is required for many tasks. However, EasyVoice5 requires much more hard disk space, more RAM memory (64MB minimum; 128MB recommended) and a faster processor (600MHz+).
EasyVoice Professional is built upon EasyVoice5, and includes additional formatting commands for users who expect heavy dictation use. It is not usually  included with EasyOffice Premium, but is purchased as a separate standalone product. 
•	EasyVoice4 - older computers, works well for commands; included with EasyOffice Premium 
•	EasyVoice5 - newer computers, good recognition of fluent speech; included with EasyOffice Premium 
•	EasyVoice Professional - Enhanced version of EasyVoice5 with additional formatting commands for dictation users; not included with EasyOffice Premium but purchased as a separate product 
•	EasyVoice Pro Medical - Enhanced version of EasyVoice Professional intended for English medical dictation; not included with EasyOffice Premium but purchased as a separate product 
•	EasyVoice Pro Legal - Enhanced version of EasyVoice Professional intended for English legal dictation; not included with EasyOffice Premium but purchased as a separate product 
•	EasyVoice Pro Forms - Enhanced version of EasyVoice Professional intended to enable users to fill in forms on a repetitive basis, useful for many workplace environments; not included with EasyOffice Premium but purchased as a separate product

Known Problems with Voice Recognition
Voice Recognition has come a long way in the last few years, but it still is not as reliable as other programs, such as a spreadsheet or word processor.
Successful functioning of EasyVoice Recognition is dependent on both computer configuration and speaker pronunciation.
 
EasyVoice Recognition uses the latest Microsoft SAPI-compliant voice engines
EasyVoice Recognition uses the latest (at the time of this writing) genuine Microsoft SAPI-compliant voice engine software, and follows all the usage and licensing guidelines.
Nonetheless, this Microsoft voice engine software is extremely complex, and will at times not perform perfectly.

EasyVoice Recognition appears to have crashed in the middle of training
This does not happen very often, but can occur due to the extreme size and complexity of the Microsoft voice engines and consequent imperfections within the engines, as well as with other layers of the software.

EasyVoice Recognition appears to be working very slowly
If you are running EasyVoice Recognition on an older computer  or a laptop with a slow processor and limited RAM and other resources, voice recognition may not occur in real-time, ie, the computer will not be able to keep up with the words you are saying. As well, even on a very fast computer, keep in mind that the artificial intelligence routines that EasyVoice uses, often need to hear the whole sentence before the start of the sentence can be recognized, and once that occurs, will then write out the whole sentence at once.
 
EasyVoice Recognition works, but it doesn't seem to work accurate enough
The level 5 version of EasyVoice Recognition ( EasyVoice 5) is much more accurate and robust than the level 4 version, but as mentioned in the Introduction, requires more RAM, more disk space, a more recent version of Windows and a faster processor.
Tips to improve voice recognition accuracy:
3.	Add a sound card to your computer. Even on name-brand computers, if the sound card is built into the motherboard, it may be distorting the microphone signal. Adding a separate sound card often results in dramatic improvements in voice recognition accuracy.
4.	Use a headset, noise-cancelling microphone.
5.	Make sure your room is quiet.
6.	More RAM, faster PC will give better results. 128MB, 600MHz is good; 256MB, 1GHz is better.
7.	Set up your microphone and train voice recognition.
1.	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
2.	Click Configure Microphone (inside the Microphone box, which is inside the Speech Recognition box).
3.	Click Train Profile to train speech recognition.
8.	If more than 1 user, set up another user profile. Speech recognition has built-in automatic learning, so it should learn different users' voices separately.
4.	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
5.	Inside the Recognition Profiles box, click New.
9.	If too slow, reduce the accuracy slider.
6.	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
7.	Inside the Recognition Profiles box, click Settings.
8.	You will then see the Accuracy vs. Recognition Time box and slider.
10.	Make sure that automatic learning (background adaptation) is turned on.
9.	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
10.	Inside the Recognition Profiles box, click Settings.
11.	You will then see the Background Adaptation box, which should be checked on.
9.	See Tips to Improve Recognition Accuracy for more details.

EasyVoice Recognition will work on one computer, but not on another
This does not happen very often, but it is theoretically possible due to the extreme size and complexity of the Microsoft voice engines.
EasyVoice4 and EasyVoice5 use different Microsoft voice engines. If one doesn't work, try the other one.
EasyVoice4 and EasyVoice5 have been designed so that the bulk of the many megabytes of voice processing files are separate from the portion of the program controlling these files. The control programs of EasyVoice4 and EasyVoice5 are under 1MB, and the latest EasyVoice4 and EasyVoice5 control programs can be downloaded from www.e-press.com
 
EasyVoice5 Says My Computer Does Not Have Enough Memory or the Wrong Windows
If your computer has less than 64MB of RAM, or is using Windows95 or WindowsNT, then EasyVoice5 will give you the above message. This is due to the system requirements of its underlying voice engine.  (However, EasyVoice4 will run on older computers and computers with less RAM.)

Tips to Improve Recognition Accuracy
1.	The most important element in accurate voice recognition is not the microphone, but the sound card. On many computers, even expensive name-brand computers, the sound card is built into the motherboard, and distorts badly the microphone signal. Adding a separate sound card to your PC will often greatly increase the accuracy of your speech recognition. For example, one user reports increasing the accuracy of EasyVoice speech recognition from 42% to 98%, by installing a SoundBlaster card (one of many manufacturers making sound cards) into his PC.
2.	The microphone, is still important, however. Noise-cancelling microphones designed for voice recognition (there are many brands), will give a superior accuracy. (In a noisy environment, you really need to wear a noise-cancelling headset microphone, rather than use a standalone desk microphone.)
3.	Your room should be quiet. Many users report dramatic increases in speech recognition accuracy by turning off noisy air conditioners, for example. 
4.	The EasyVoice speech recognition routines follow complex artificial intelligence algorithms. 128MB of RAM is good, but 256MB of RAM is even better. A 600MHz PentiumIII-equivalent PC is good, but a 1 GHz PentiumIV-equivalent PC is even better.
5.	EasyVoice5 seems to amazingly work without training. However, training will nonetheless improve its accuracy. EasyVoice5 trains automatically every time you use it. The more you use, the more accurate it will become. However you can specifically train EasyVoice5 the first time you use it:
•	Go to the Control Panel and click the Speech icon. 
•	Click Configure Microphone.  The computer will automatically adjust the microphone signal to your voice, so that the signal is not being distorted by too loud a voice, or by being poorly received by too soft a voice 
•	Then, train your user profile. Each training episode involves reading a 10 minute story. 
6.	If you share your computer with someone else, make sure the non-default user (i.e., the second person to use EasyVoice on that computer) changes the user profile (in the Speech training section) to his/her own profile. If two or more persons use the same EasyVoice profile, then the self-learning algorithm will become confused.
1.	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
2.	Inside the Recognition Profiles box, click New.
7.	If speech recognition of fluent speech seems too slow for your PC, then go to the Speech training section, and reduce the accuracy slider. This will significantly increase the speed of speech recognition, often without much of a difference concerning the accuracy.
3.	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
4.	Inside the Recognition Profiles box, click Settings.
5.	You will then see the Accuracy vs. Recognition Time box and slider.
8.	In fluent speech recognition, be patient in waiting for recognized speech to appear in your word processor. The artificial intelligence algorithms often need to hear the whole sentence before the start of the sentence can be recognized, and once that occurs, will then write the whole sentence out at once.
9.	Make sure that automatic learning (background adaptation) is turned on.
•	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
•	Inside the Recognition Profiles box, click Settings.
•	You will then see the Background Adaptation box, which should be checked on.

Obtaining the Latest Version of EasyVoice4 or EasyVoice5
EasyVoice4 and EasyVoice5 have been designed so that the bulk of the many megabytes of voice processing files are separate from the portion of the program controlling these files. The control programs of EasyVoice4 and EasyVoice5 are under 1MB, and the latest EasyVoice4 and EasyVoice5 control programs can be downloaded from www.e-press.com at no charge.
After you download the latest version of EasyVoice4 or EasyVoice5, run the program, and it will automatically install itself.  

Using EasyVoice4

First Time Use of EasyVoice
After installation, the first time you use EasyVoice4, you may  be asked to select a voice engine. Select the English Continuous, Microphone ( Microsoft) voice engine. Then, click OK.
Do not change any of the settings of the speech engine.
(If the EasyVoice4 voice engine software has already been set up, then you will not be asked to select a voice engine.)

Starting EasyVoice
When you start, you will go to the QuickStart Page.
You will be given here the following choices:
•	Quickly train EasyVoice to fetch and read my e-mail
•	Quickly train EasyVoice to browse the web
•	Go to regular training
•	Start using EasyVoice
 
Quickly train EasyVoice to fetch and read my e-mail
This choice allows you to quickly train the appropriate word list with the commands you need to use Microsoft Outlook Express to read your e-mail. After training these words, a list of these commands can be printed out, and you will leave the training mode.
The EasyVoice control panel now appears on your screen. (To shrink this control panel, click Advanced Mode.) 
If you say "MAIL", you will automatically go to Microsoft Outlook Express, where other voice commands you just trained will allow you to select the e-mail that should be read out loud to you.
For more details on using EasyVoice to read your mail, see Using EasyVoice to Read Your E-mail.
If you do not want to use Outlook Express to read your e-mail, use Regular Training to train EasyVoice with the appropriate voice commands and corresponding keystrokes to use your desired e-mail program.
 
Quickly train EasyVoice to browse the web
This choice allows you to quickly train the appropriate word lists with the commands you need to use Microsoft Internet Explorer to browse the web. After training these words, a list of these commands can be printed out, and you will leave the training mode.
The EasyVoice control panel now appears on your screen. (To shrink this control panel, click Advanced Mode.) 
If you say "INTERNET", you will automatically go to Microsoft Internet Explorer, where other voice commands you just trained will allow you to browse the web.
For more details on using EasyVoice to browse the web, see Using EasyVoice to Browse the Web.
If you do not want to use Internet Explorer to browse the web, use Regular Training to train EasyVoice with the appropriate voice commands and corresponding keystrokes to use your desired web browser program.
 
Go to regular training
In Regular Training, you can train EasyVoice to recognize a spoken word, and to enter specified keystrokes when you speak that word.
When EasyVoice recognizes a word, it automatically enters the characters you have assigned to that word, as if it was pressing keys on your keyboard.
For example, you can train EasyVoice to enter the character '9' in your program whenever you say the word "nine". Or, you can train EasyVoice to enter the 'Backspace' keystroke in your program whenever you say the word "MISTAKE".
Although you can train any word you want, many pre-defined word lists are provided to save you time. For example, there are word lists for the numbers, letters, keyboard commands, EasyOffice application commands, and so on. 
For more details on training EasyVoice, see Regular Training.
 
Start using EasyVoice
When you click this option (or, when training ends), the EasyVoice control panel will appear on your screen.
In Easy Mode, the control panel is relatively large. To shrink this control panel, click Advanced Mode.  
Easy Mode and Advanced Mode are very similar, except that in Easy Mode, the EasyVoice control panel is larger and the buttons are easily readable.
Most users click Advanced Mode to shrink the EasyVoice control panel. If you are unsure of the what the buttons in Advanced Mode do, click EZ to enlarge the EasyVoice control panel and switch to Easy Mode.

Using EasyVoice to Read Your E-mail
Quickly train EasyVoice to fetch and read my e-mail
If you click this option, you will be presented with a list of  words such as 'E-MAIL', 'READ', 'DELETE', 'INBOX', and so on, and asked to read this list.
You should read each word, one at a time, as clearly as possible. (The Microsoft speech engine screen may ask you to read the words as if in a sentence. While continuous speech is more appropriate for dictation activities, for command words such as these, it is best to read them one at a time.)
As you read each word you will see that the computer highlights it. This means that the computer has heard you pronounce the word, and your pronunciation is deemed accurate enough. If the computer does not highlight the word, then repeat the word again. DO NOT GO ONTO THE NEXT WORD.
If despite numerous attempts the computer does not highlight the word, you then can click Skip Word and move onto the next word. (In the regular training section, you can always come back to this individual word and attempt to re-train it.)
After you finish speaking the list of words, the computer will assimilate your pronunciation into the voice recognition of these words. Then, click Finish.
You will then be asked if you want to re-train the word list again. If you feel you made serious errors while training, click Yes; otherwise click No.
A box will now appear, explaining how EasyVoice can fetch and read your e-mails:
1.	Say "E-MAIL" to start Microsoft Outlook Express.
2.	Say "INBOX" to go to your Inbox.
3.	Say "PREVIOUS" or "NEXT" to select the e-mail you want EasyVoice to read to you.
4.	Say "READ" for EasyVoice to read that e-mail to you.
Say "STOP" to stop reading.
Say "DELETE" to delete that e-mail.
Say "EXIT" to exit Outlook Express.
After reading this box, click NEXT. You will be prompted to print out the above instructions. (Although these instructions may seem quite obvious, the first time you use EasyVoice to read your e-mail, it is very useful to have these instructions printed out for your quick reference.)
You will then be prompted to go ahead and to start using EasyVoice. When you click the Start button in that box  (not the Windows Start button), you will leave QuickStart E-mail Training Mode, and start running the actual EasyVoice program.
The EasyVoiceRecognition control panel will pop up onto your desktop. It is quite large. You can shrink by clicking 'Advanced Mode', but we'll do this in a minute.
Go ahead and say "E-MAIL" into the microphone. If the computer recognizes your voice, you will see the word displayed in red letters in the circular portion of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel. The computer will  automatically start running Outlook Express.
Let's reduce the size of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel. Click Advanced Mode and the control panel shrinks to a tiny size. You can now drag the tiny EasyVoiceRecognition control panel to the top of the screen where it won't block the screen of Outlook Express.
Say "INBOX". Your Inbox will appear on the screen.
Now say "PREVIOUS" or "NEXT" to select an e-mail.
When you have selected the e-mail you want EasyVoice to read to you, say "READ".
If you want to stop the reading at any time, just say "STOP".
When this e-mail is finished reading, just say "PREVIOUS" or "NEXT" to select another e-mail, and say "READ" to read it.
To delete a given e-mail, say "DELETE". If you say "DELETE" you will be prompted to say "DELETE" again to confirm your intention. If you do not do so within a few seconds, the original "DELETE" command will be ignored.
To exit from Outlook Express, simply say "EXIT". (Once you do so, do not say "EXIT" again, or else you will then also exit from EasyVoice itself.)
 
Note: If you do not want to use Outlook Express to read your e-mail, use Regular Training to train EasyVoice with the appropriate voice commands and corresponding keystrokes, to use your desired e-mail program.

Using EasyVoice to Browse the Web
Quickly train EasyVoice to browse the web
This choice allows you to quickly train EasyVoice with the appropriate word lists containing the commands you need to use Microsoft Internet Explorer to browse the web.
If you click this choice, you will be presented with lists of  words such as 'INTERNET', 'ADDRESS', 'FORWARD',  and so on, and asked to read these lists.
You should read each word, one at a time, as clearly as possible. (The Microsoft speech engine screen may ask you to read the words as if in a sentence. While continuous speech is more appropriate for dictation activities, for command words such as these, it is best to read them one at a time.)
As you read each word you will see that the computer highlights it. This means that the computer has heard you pronounce the word, and your pronunciation is deemed accurate enough. If the computer does not highlight the word, then repeat the word again. DO NOT GO ONTO THE NEXT WORD.
If despite numerous attempts the computer does not highlight the word, you then can click Skip Word and move onto the next word. (In the regular training section, you can always come back to this individual word and attempt to re-train it.)
After you finish speaking the list of words, the computer will assimilate your pronunciation into the voice recognition of these words. Then, click Finish.
You will then automatically be prompted to get ready for the next list of words which must be trained. And when you click Next, a new list of words (which are related to using Internet Explorer) appear on the screen. Go ahead and say each word. The computer then assimilates your pronunciation into the voice recognition software. Click Finish, and you will be presented again with another word list.
One of the word lists will contain the letter of alphabet. Sometimes the computer may interpret a sound as being representative of two letters, and highlight two letters (e.g., 'm' and 'n') even though your sound was meant only for one of the letters (e.g., you were saying "m"). This generally will not cause large problems. You can always re-train this word list again, or you can retrain the individual letter later in the Regular Training section.
After training various Internet Explorer commands, the letters of the alphabet, numbers and common web sites, you will then be asked if you want to re-train the word list again. If you feel you made serious errors while training, click Yes; otherwise, click No.
A box will now appear, explaining how you can use EasyVoice to browse the Web.
1.	Say "INTERNET" to start Microsoft Internet Explorer.
2.	Say "ADDRESS" to enter a web site's address.
3.	Then say "WWW", "DOT", followed by the spelling of the web site. (If you or the computer makes a mistake, say "BACKSPACE".)
4.	When done, say "ENTER". You will go to that web page.
More commands:
•	"ESCAPE" - move out of the address box
•	"FORWARD" - go forward
•	"BACK" - go backward
•	"SEARCH" - search
•	"HOME" - go to HOME page
•	"REFRESH" - reloads current page
•	"FAVORITE" - go to Favorite bookmarks
•	"PREVIOUSFAVORITE" - go up the favorite list
•	"NEXTFAVORITE" - go down the favorite list
•	"ENTER" - to select a favorite bookmark
•	"EXPANDFOLDER" - to expand a favorite folder
•	"CONTRACTFOLDER" - to close a favorite folder
•	"HISTORY" - go to History list
•	"PREVIOUSFAVORITE" - go up in History list
•	 "NEXTFAVORITE" - go down in History list
•	"ENTER" - select a History item
•	"EXPANDFOLDER" - expand History folder
•	"CONTRACTFOLDER" - contract History folder
•	"MAIL" - go to Outlook Express
•	"SEND" - e-mail current Web page to someone
•	"EXIT" - exit Internet Explorer
After reading this box, click NEXT. You will be prompted to print out the above instructions. (Although these instructions may seem quite obvious, the first time you use EasyVoice to browse the Web, it is very useful to have these instructions printed out for your quick reference.)
You will then be prompted to go ahead and to start using EasyVoice. When you click the Start button in that box  (not the Windows Start button), you will leave QuickStart Web Training Mode, and start running the actual EasyVoice program.
The EasyVoiceRecognition control panel will pop up onto your desktop. It is quite large. You can shrink by clicking Advanced Mode, but we'll do this in a minute.
Go ahead and say "INTERNET" into the microphone. If the computer recognizes your voice you will see the word displayed in red letters in the circular portion of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel. And the computer will  automatically start running Internet Explorer. In a few seconds, Internet Explorer is loaded onto you screen.
Let's reduce the size of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel. Click Advanced Mode, and the control panel shrinks to a tiny size. You can now drag the tiny EasyvoiceRecognition control panel to the top of the screen where it won't block the screen of Internet Explorer.
Say "ADDRESS". The text in the Address box is highlighted.
Say "W","W", "W", "DOT", "E", "DASH", "P", "R", "E", "S", "S", "DOT", "COM", "ENTER"  (If the computer makes a mistake interpreting a letter, say "BACK" to backspace the mistake.) The browser will bring up the  e-press web site.
Say "FAVORITES". The Favorites list will appear. 
•	"PREVIOUSFAVORITE" - go up the favorite list
•	"NEXTFAVORITE" - go down the favorite list
•	"ENTER" - to select a favorite bookmark
•	"EXPANDFOLDER" - to expand a favorite folder
•	"CONTRACTFOLDER" - to close a favorite folder
Say "FAVORITES" again to exit the Favorites box and make it close.
If a web site is pre-defined and trained, you can simply say that web site instead of entering the address letter by letter. For example, say "ADDRESS", followed by "E-PRESS", and the browser will go the e-press web site.
To navigate backwards and forwards between Web pages, simply say "BACK" or "FORWARD".  Try it out - if you have just  browsed the e-press web site and then a Favorite web site, say "BACK" to go back to the e-press web site, and then say "FORWARD" to go forward to the Favorite web site.
To exit Internet Explorer, say "EXIT".
 
Note: If you want to use another browser instead of  Microsoft  Internet Explorer to browse the web, then you must use Regular Training to train EasyVoice with the appropriate voice commands and corresponding keystrokes, to use your desired web browser program.

Regular Training
In Regular Training, you can train EasyVoice to recognize a spoken word, and to enter specified keystrokes when you speak that word.
When EasyVoice recognizes a word, it automatically enters the characters you have assigned to that word, as if it was pressing keys on your keyboard.
For example, you can train EasyVoice to enter in your program the character '9' whenever you say the word "nine". Or, you can train EasyVoice to enter in your program the 'Backspace' keystroke whenever you say the word "MISTAKE".

Go to regular training
When you select Go to regular training (as opposed to the Quickstart training for using EasyVoice to read your e-mail and browse the Web), a window will appear with a Training box (words that have already been trained) and menu of selections (to edit and add new words for training).
The Training box displays the words which have already been trained. Beneath this box are choices to allow you to edit the words in this box, or add new individual words of your own choosing, or add pre-defined word lists.
As well there is a button for Help, and a button to Test Microphone. 
Once you have finished training the words you wanted to, click Exit Training and Start EasyVoice, and you will go to the actual EasyVoice program.
 
Change keystrokes assigned to a word
If  you want to change the keystrokes assigned to a trained word, then click Change keystrokes assigned to a word.  For example, if you scroll down to the word THOUSAND, you see that the keystrokes that will be entered when you speak this word are: '1000'.  Let's change it so that when you say "THOUSAND", the keystrokes '1,000' (i.e., there is a comma now) are entered.
Click Change keystrokes assigned to a word. You are shown what keystrokes are entered when the word "THOUSAND" is spoken. Click Clear. Now, enter 1,000. When you are done, do NOT press Enter (or else the program will think that is a keystroke you want associated with the word). Instead, click Done - All keystrokes entered.
You are now returned to the Training box. If you look at the word THOUSAND, you see that the keystrokes '1,000' will be entered when it is spoken.
 
Delete a word
To delete a word from the Training box, select the word and click Delete a word.
For example, select THOUSAND and click Delete a word. The word THOUSAND will be deleted from the list of trained words.
 
Add and train a new word
Since we just deleted the word THOUSAND, let's add it back to the word list. 
Click Add and train a new word. You will be asked what you want to call this word. Enter THOUSAND and click Next.
You will then be asked what keystrokes you want entered. Enter 1,000 (or, if you wish, 1000 or one-thousand). Then, click Done - All Keystrokes Entered.
Now, train the sound of this word. You will see a box of training hints appear. Click Next.
You will now be prompted to get ready for training. Click Next.
You now see the word THOUSAND in a box. Say the word "THOUSAND".  The word will highlight, and since this is the last (actually the only) word to be trained, the program will then start assimilating the sound of the word into its voice recognition files. You will be prompted to wait while this assimilation occurs. However, it will not take long, and then the screen 'Thank you for training' will appear. Click Finish.
You will now go back to the Training box. If you look in the box of trained words, you will see THOUSAND is back there now, and corresponds to whatever keystrokes you just specified. 
 
Re-train speech for a word
If EasyVoice does not seem to recognize a word very well, you might want to try to re-train the associated speech for that word. 
For example, let's re-train the voice recognition of the word THOUSAND.
Select the word THOUSAND and click Re-train speech for a word. You will see a box of training hints appear. Click Next.
You will now be prompted to get ready for training. Click Next.
The word THOUSAND will appear in a box. Say the word "THOUSAND".  The word will highlight, and since this is the last (actually the only) word to be trained, the program will then start assimilating the sound of the word into its voice recognition files. You will be prompted to wait while this assimilation occurs. However, it will not take long, and then the screen 'Thank you for training' will appear. Click Finish.
You will now go back to the Training box.
Note: You can re-train a word as many times as you'd like.
 
Add and train a word list
EasyVoice comes with a number of pre-defined word lists, to allow you to rapidly train EasyVoice to recognize these key words.
Click Add and train a word list. A box with a long list of pre-defined word lists appears.
Let's train, for example, the words associated with date commands. Thus, select from the list Pre-defined Date Commands. Now, click Next.
A box of training hints will appear. Click Next.
You will now be prompted to get ready for training. Click Next.
The words January February March April May June July August September October will be in a box. (You do not see all the date command words at once. Instead, you will automatically cycle a few times through this training box.)
Say the word "JANUARY".  The word January in the box will be highlighted. Say the word "FEBRUARY". The word February in the box will be highlighted. Continue until you get to the last word which is (in this example) October. Say "OCTOBER". Since this is the last word to be trained at this time, the program will then start assimilating the sound of the words into its voice recognition files. You will be prompted to wait while this assimilation occurs. Then the screen 'Thank you for training' will appear. Click Finish.
There are still more date words to be trained. After clicking Finish, you will be prompted to get ready for training. Click Next.
You will now see (in this example) the words November December in the box. Say these words. Assimilation then takes place, and you will be thanked for training. Then click Finish.
Since there are no more words in this word list to be trained, the cycles of training are really finished now. However, before going on, you will be prompted if you want to re-train this (entire) word list again. If you think you made mistakes, click Yes; otherwise, click No.
You now will go back to the Training box. Inside the Training box, the months of the year which you just added and trained will appear.
Notes:
You can re-train word lists at any time, and as many times as you wish. If you wanted to, at a later date, re-train the months of the year, you would again click Add and train a word list, select Pre-defined Date Commands and go through the training again.
If you want to see which words are included with each word list, and what keystrokes are entered for that word, then check off Display word list and keystrokes.  Before you start training a pre-defined word list, it will show you what words are included, and the keystrokes that will be entered for that word.
You can individually edit, delete, change keystrokes, or re-train any of the words added from a word list. After a word is added to the Training box, it can be individually trained or edited as you wish (e.g., select the word, and then click Change keystrokes assigned to a word, or Delete a word, or Re-train speech for a word.)
 
Add and train all word lists
If you want to devote an hour to training all the word lists at once, then click Add and train all word lists. 
You will see a box of training hints appear. Click Next.
You will now be prompted to get ready for training. Click Next.
You will see the first cycle of words in the voice recognition training box. Say the words. After the last word,  the program will then start assimilating the sound of the words into its voice recognition files. You will be prompted to wait while this assimilation occurs. You will then be thanked for training. Click Finish.
A new cycle of training now starts automatically. You will be prompted to get ready for training. Click Next. Another set of words will appear in the box. After saying the words, the program will then assimilate the words. You will then be thanked for training. Click Finish, and then, yet another cycle of training will occur. 
Cycle after cycle of training will occur, until all the pre-defined word lists have been trained.
If you want to break out of the training cycles, you should check off the yellow box on top of the screen that says 'Please stop... I am tired'. You will not immediately exit out of training, but rather, the next time you click Finish, the program will return back to the Training box (instead of continuing to cycle through more word lists).
Notes:
If you break out of training, whatever training occurred will remain assimilated.
You can Add and train all word lists at any time, even if you have already trained some of the word lists.
 
Help
To see help files, click Help.

Test Microphone
If you click Test Microphone, the following choices will appear:
•	Test sound card/speaker (Select sound, click Preview arrow)
•	Is my microphone/sound input working? (Click red button)
•	Adjust volume controls. Check "Mute Settings"
•	In volume controls, why should microphone be mute?
•	See if Sound Card is installed and working
Click EXIT to return to the point in the Training program where you came from.
 
Exit Training and Start EasyVoice
To go to the actual EasyVoice program, click 'Exit Training and Start EasyVoice'.
A blue box will pop up, giving you a summary of how to use EasyVoice. As well you can at this point, display or print out the words you added to EasyWord in training as well as the pre-defined word lists.
Click OK, and this box disappears, and the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel appears on your screen.
(If the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel is in Easy Mode, it will be quite large. If you do not want it to take up so much screen space, click Advanced Mode.)
(If you are using Advanced Mode and you are not sure what an icon represents, click EZ to switch to Easy Mode where all icons contain self-explanatory text.)

Using EasyVoice4
Summary:
•	While you use most Windows programs, EasyVoice4 constantly monitors your microphone to see if a sound corresponds to a trained word. If it recognizes a word, it will automatically enter the corresponding keystrokes for that word, as if you entered the keystrokes yourself on the keyboard.
•	If you select text in a Windows program, and click Speak Text on the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel, then EasyVoice4 will read that text aloud.
 
When you double-click the EasyVoice4 icon, the EasyVoice QuickStart Page appears. Click Start using EasyVoice to start using the program (as opposed to choosing training).
The EasyVoiceRecognition control panel pops up.
•	If the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel is in Easy Mode, it will be quite large. If you do not want it to take up so much screen space, click Advanced Mode.
•	If the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel is in Advanced Mode and you are not sure what an icon represents, click EZ to switch to Easy Mode.
(These help files are written from the perspective of Easy Mode. Note that the corresponding icons in Advanced Mode perform essentially the same functions.)
The EasyVoiceRecognition control panel starts with speech input working. Anything you say into the microphone will be interpreted by the computer for voice recognition. If you do not want the computer to perform voice recognition at that moment (e.g., perhaps you are talking to someone on the telephone, and not actively using your computer), then click the red button, Stop Speech Input.
To start speech input again, click the green button, Start Speech Input. EasyVoice will become active, analyzing the input from your microphone. If EasyVoice recognizes a sequence of sounds as corresponding to one of its trained words, then it will automatically enter the keystrokes that correspond to that word.
(In Easy Mode, recognized words appear in red letters in the lower circular portion of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel.)
EasyVoice4 will work with most Windows and EasyOffice programs. For example, if you are using EasySpreadsheet and EasyVoice4 is activated, then when you say the word "THOUSAND", the keystrokes '1000' will be entered in the EasySpreadsheet program, as if you entered them from the keyboard.
 
Using EasyVoice4 to read text aloud
If you select (highlight) text in a Windows program, and click Speak Text on the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel, then it will be read aloud.
For example, if you are using Microsoft Word and want the document read aloud, press Ctrl+A (or use the mouse)  to select all the text in the document. Then, click Speak Text on the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel, and the selected text will be read aloud by EasyVoice4.
Tip: Turn voice-recognition off (i.e., click Stop Speech Input) while EasyVoice is speaking, so that extraneous noise is not wrongly interpreted by EasyVoice4.

Un-installing EasyVoice4
When you un-install EasyOffice, the various EasyVoice4 programs are also un-installed, except for the core speech engine code, since other programs may also use this common code.
(To un-install EasyOffice see EasyHelper, or go to Start, Settings, Control Panel, Add/Remove Programs, then scroll down to EasyOffice..., and then click the Add/Remove button.)
However, there may be times when you want to un-install the core speech engine code. For example, a special upgrade of software requires un-installing the previous speech engine core code first. Or perhaps you experimented with the speech engines that EasyVoice can use, and now EasyVoice is not working properly. Before re-installing EasyVoice, you should actually remove the core speech engine code, as well as any experimental voice engine programs. This way, when you re-install EasyVoice, a completely correct installation will result, along with a fresh re-installation of the core speech engine code.
Use the Add/Remove Programs in the Control Panel to remove the core speech engine code (or another speech engine). 
(To go to Add/Remove Programs in the Control Panel, go to Start, Settings, Control Panel, Add/Remove Programs. Scroll down the list for the component which you want to remove.)

Using EasyVoice5

First Time You Run EasyVoice5 - SAPI5 Installation
If Microsoft SAPI5 is not already installed on your PC, then the first time you run EasyVoice5, the Microsoft SAPI5 Voice Recognition routines will automatically be installed onto your system.
After installation of SAPI5 is complete, you should exit any programs you are in, and re-start EasyVoice5.
Note: If you are asked to select a voice engine. Select the English Continuous, Microphone ( Microsoft) voice engine, and then click OK. Do not change any of the settings of the speech engine.

Where is EasyVoice5 ?
Depending on your version of EasyOffice, an icon for EasyVoice5 may not automatically be placed on the desktop.
Go to the Start menu, place the mouse over Programs, and scroll to EasyOffice 2001. All the programs in EasyOffice will then be listed. You will see both an EasyVoice4 and an EasyVoice5 icon here. Click the EasyVoice5 icon to run the EasyVoice5 program.
(To put the EasyVoice5 icon onto your desktop along with all the other icons, right-click it, drag it onto the desktop, and copy it to the desktop.)

Starting EasyVoice5
When you start, you will go to the QuickStart Page.
You will be given here the following choices:
•	Quickly 'train' EasyVoice to fetch and read my e-mail
•	Quickly 'train' EasyVoice to browse the web
•	Train EasyVoice with Word Lists and New Words ( selecting word lists, or entering individual words, that you would like EasyVoice to pay special attention to)
•	Start using EasyVoice
 
Quickly train EasyVoice to fetch and read my e-mail
This choice allows you to quickly train the appropriate word list with the commands you need to use Microsoft Outlook Express to read your e-mail. After training these words, a list of these commands can be printed out, and you will leave the training mode.
The EasyVoice control panel now appears on your screen. (To shrink this control panel, click Advanced Mode.) 
If you say "MAIL", you will automatically go to Microsoft Outlook Express, where other voice commands you just trained will allow you to select the e-mail that should be read out loud to you.
For more details on using EasyVoice to read your mail, see Using EasyVoice5 to Read Your E-mail.
If you do not want to use Outlook Express to read your e-mail, use Training to train EasyVoice with the appropriate voice commands and corresponding keystrokes to use your desired e-mail program.
 
Quickly train EasyVoice to browse the web
This choice allows you to quickly train the appropriate word lists with the commands you need to use Microsoft Internet Explorer to browse the web. After training these words, a list of these commands can be printed out, and you will leave the training mode.
The EasyVoice control panel now appears on your screen. (To shrink this control panel, click Advanced Mode.) 
If you say "INTERNET", you will automatically go to Microsoft Internet Explorer, where other voice commands you just trained will allow you to browse the web.
For more details on using EasyVoice to browse the web, see Using EasyVoice5 to Browse the Web.
If you do not want to use Internet Explorer to browse the web, use Training to train EasyVoice with the appropriate voice commands and corresponding keystrokes to use your desired web browser program.
 
Train EasyVoice with Word Lists and New Words
In Training, you can train EasyVoice to recognize a particular word, and to enter specified keystrokes when you speak that word.
When EasyVoice recognizes a word, it automatically enters the characters you have assigned to that word, as if it was pressing keys on your keyboard.
For example, you can train EasyVoice to enter the character '9' in your program whenever you say the word "nine". Or, you can train EasyVoice to enter the 'Backspace' keystroke in your program whenever you say the word "MISTAKE".
Although you can train any word you want, many pre-defined word lists are provided to save you time. For example, there are word lists for the numbers, letters, keyboard commands, EasyOffice application commands, and so on. 
For more details on training EasyVoice, see Training = Adding Words & Lists.
 
Start using EasyVoice
When you click this option (or, when training ends), the EasyVoice control panel will appear on your screen.
In Easy Mode, the control panel is relatively large. To shrink this control panel, click Advanced Mode.  
Easy Mode and Advanced Mode are very similar, except that in Easy Mode, the EasyVoice control panel is larger and the buttons are easily readable.
Most users click Advanced Mode to shrink the EasyVoice control panel. If you are unsure of the what the buttons in Advanced Mode do, click EZ to enlarge the EasyVoice control panel and switch to Easy Mode.
Using EasyVoice5 to Read your E-mail
Quickly train EasyVoice to fetch and read my e-mail
When you click this option, a list of words such as 'E-MAIL', 'READ', 'DELETE', 'INBOX', and so on will appear. These are the words that EasyVoice5 will recognize with regards to the reading of your e-mail:
1.	Say "E-MAIL" to start Microsoft Outlook Express.
2.	Say "INBOX" to go to your Inbox.
3.	Say "PREVIOUS" or "NEXT" to select the e-mail you want EasyVoice to read to you.
4.	Say "READ" for EasyVoice to read that e-mail to you.
Say "STOP" to stop reading.
Say "DELETE" to delete that e-mail.
Say "EXIT" to exit Outlook Express.
After reading this box, click NEXT. You will be prompted to print out the above instructions. (Although these instructions may seem quite obvious, the first time you use EasyVoice to read your e-mail, it is very useful to have these instructions printed out for your quick reference.)
You will then be prompted to go ahead and to start using EasyVoice. When you click the Start button in that box  (not the Windows Start button), you will leave QuickStart E-mail Training Mode, and start running the actual EasyVoice program.
The EasyVoiceRecognition control panel will pop up onto your desktop. It is quite large. You can shrink by clicking 'Advanced Mode', but we'll do this in a minute.
Go ahead and say "E-MAIL" into the microphone. If the computer recognizes your voice, you will see the word displayed in red letters in the circular portion of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel. The computer will  automatically start running Outlook Express.
Let's reduce the size of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel. Click Advanced Mode and the control panel shrinks to a tiny size. You can now drag the tiny EasyVoiceRecognition control panel to the top of the screen where it won't block the screen of Outlook Express.
Say "INBOX". Your Inbox will appear on the screen.
Now say "PREVIOUS" or "NEXT" to select an e-mail.
When you have selected the e-mail you want EasyVoice to read to you, say "READ".
If you want to stop the reading at any time, just say "STOP".
When this e-mail is finished reading, just say "PREVIOUS" or "NEXT" to select another e-mail, and say "READ" to read it.
To delete a given e-mail, say "DELETE". If you say "DELETE" you will be prompted to say "DELETE" again to confirm your intention. If you do not do so within a few seconds, the original "DELETE" command will be ignored.
To exit from Outlook Express, simply say "EXIT". (Once you do so, do not say "EXIT" again, or else you will then also exit from EasyVoice itself.)
 
Note: If you do not want to use Outlook Express to read your e-mail, use Training to train EasyVoice with the appropriate voice commands and corresponding keystrokes, to use your desired e-mail program.

Using EasyVoice5 to Browse the Web
Quickly train EasyVoice to browse the web
This choice allows you to quickly train EasyVoice with the appropriate word lists containing the commands you need to use Microsoft Internet Explorer to browse the web.
If you click this choice, you will be presented with lists of  words such as 'INTERNET', 'ADDRESS', 'FORWARD',  and so on, that EasyVoice5 will recognize with regards to browsing the web A box will now appear, explaining how you can use EasyVoice to browse the Web.
1.	Say "INTERNET" to start Microsoft Internet Explorer.
2.	Say "ADDRESS" to enter a web site's address.
3.	Then say "WWW", "DOT", followed by the spelling of the web site. (If you or the computer makes a mistake, say "BACKSPACE".)
4.	When done, say "ENTER". You will go to that web page.
More commands:
•	"ESCAPE" - move out of the address box
•	"FORWARD" - go forward
•	"BACK" - go backward
•	"SEARCH" - search
•	"HOME" - go to HOME page
•	"REFRESH" - reloads current page
•	"FAVORITE" - go to Favorite bookmarks
•	"PREVIOUSFAVORITE" - go up the favorite list
•	"NEXTFAVORITE" - go down the favorite list
•	"ENTER" - to select a favorite bookmark
•	"EXPANDFOLDER" - to expand a favorite folder
•	"CONTRACTFOLDER" - to close a favorite folder
•	"HISTORY" - go to History list
•	"PREVIOUSFAVORITE" - go up in History list
•	 "NEXTFAVORITE" - go down in History list
•	"ENTER" - select a History item
•	"EXPANDFOLDER" - expand History folder
•	"CONTRACTFOLDER" - contract History folder
•	"MAIL" - go to Outlook Express
•	"SEND" - e-mail current Web page to someone
•	"EXIT" - exit Internet Explorer
After reading this box, click NEXT. You will be prompted to print out the above instructions. (Although these instructions may seem quite obvious, the first time you use EasyVoice to browse the Web, it is very useful to have these instructions printed out for your quick reference.)
You will then be prompted to go ahead and to start using EasyVoice. When you click the Start button in that box  (not the Windows Start button), you will leave QuickStart Web Training Mode, and start running the actual EasyVoice program.
The EasyVoiceRecognition control panel will pop up onto your desktop. It is quite large. You can shrink by clicking Advanced Mode, but we'll do this in a minute.
Go ahead and say "INTERNET" into the microphone. If the computer recognizes your voice you will see the word displayed in red letters in the circular portion of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel. And the computer will  automatically start running Internet Explorer. In a few seconds, Internet Explorer is loaded onto you screen.
Let's reduce the size of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel. Click Advanced Mode, and the control panel shrinks to a tiny size. You can now drag the tiny EasyvoiceRecognition control panel to the top of the screen where it won't block the screen of Internet Explorer.
Say "ADDRESS". The text in the Address box is highlighted.
Say "W","W", "W", "DOT", "E", "DASH", "P", "R", "E", "S", "S", "DOT", "COM", "ENTER"  (If the computer makes a mistake interpreting a letter, say "BACK" to backspace the mistake.) The browser will bring up the  e-press web site.
Say "FAVORITES". The Favorites list will appear. 
•	"PREVIOUSFAVORITE" - go up the favorite list
•	"NEXTFAVORITE" - go down the favorite list
•	"ENTER" - to select a favorite bookmark
•	"EXPANDFOLDER" - to expand a favorite folder
•	"CONTRACTFOLDER" - to close a favorite folder
Say "FAVORITES" again to exit the Favorites box and make it close.
If a web site is pre-defined and trained, you can simply say that web site instead of entering the address letter by letter. For example, say "ADDRESS", followed by "E-PRESS", and the browser will go the e-press web site.
To navigate backwards and forwards between Web pages, simply say "BACK" or "FORWARD".  Try it out - if you have just  browsed the e-press web site and then a Favorite web site, say "BACK" to go back to the e-press web site, and then say "FORWARD" to go forward to the Favorite web site.
To exit Internet Explorer, say "EXIT".
 
Note: If you want to use another browser instead of  Microsoft  Internet Explorer to browse the web, then you must use Regular Training to train EasyVoice with the appropriate voice commands and corresponding keystrokes, to use your desired web browser program.

Training = Adding Words &  Word Lists
You can enter specific words or word lists that you would like EasyVoice to pay special attention to.
This is quite useful for specific applications. For example, there are thousands of words in the English language, but there are a dozen command words for reading your e-mail. If you tell EasyVoice to recognize 'TRAINED WORDS' (as opposed to 'ALL WORDS') (there is a selection on the top of the EasyVoice control panel), then it will more accurately recognize your commands.
As well, you can train EasyVoice to substitute specific keystrokes for specific words. For example, while you are reading your e-mail, you want the word 'NEXT' to cause Outlook Express to scroll down to the next e-mail. You don't want the word "NEXT" actually written somewhere. An important use of 'Trained Words' is to cause various control keystrokes to be entered by EasyVoice when it recognizes the corresponding word which you have trained as such.
When EasyVoice recognizes a trained word, it automatically enters the characters you have assigned to that word, as if it was pressing keys on your keyboard.
For example, you can train EasyVoice to enter in your program the character '9' whenever you say the word "nine".
For example, you can train EasyVoice to enter in your program the 'BACKSPACE' keystroke whenever you say the word "MISTAKE"
 
Train EasyVoice with Word Lists and New Words
The Training box displays the words which have already been entered. Beneath this box are choices to allow you to edit the words in this box, or add new individual words of your own choosing, or add pre-defined word lists.
As well there is a button for 'Help' and a button to 'Test Microphone'. 
Once you have finished training the words you wanted to, you should click 'Exit Training and Start EasyVoice', and you will go to the actual EasyVoice program.
 
Change keystrokes assigned to a word
If  you want to change the keystrokes assigned to a trained word, then click 'Change keystrokes assigned to a word'.  For example, if you scroll down to the word 'THOUSAND', you see that the keystrokes that will be entered when you speak this word are: '1000'.  Let's change it so that when you say "THOUSAND" the keystrokes '1,000' (ie, there is a comma now) are entered.
Click 'Change keystrokes assigned to a word'. You are shown what keystrokes are entered when the word 'THOUSAND' is spoken. Click 'Clear'. Now enter 1,000   When you are done do NOT press ENTER (or else the program will think that is a keystroke you want associated with the word). Instead, click 'Done - All keystrokes entered'.
You are now returned to the Training box. If you look at the word 'THOUSAND' you see that the keystrokes '1,000' will be entered when this word is spoken.
 
Delete a word
If you want to delete a word from the Training box, select the word and click 'Delete a word'.
For example, select 'THOUSAND', and now click 'Delete a word'. The word 'THOUSAND' is deleted from the list of trained words.
 
Add and train a new word
Since we just deleted the word 'THOUSAND', let's add it back to the word list. 
Click 'Add and train a new word'. You will be asked what you want to call this word. Enter 'THOUSAND' and click 'Next'.
You will then be asked what keystrokes you want entered. Enter '1,000' (or if you wish '1000', or even if you wish, 'one-thousand'). Click 'Done - All Keystrokes Entered'.
You will now go back to the Training box. If you look in the box of trained words, you will see 'THOUSAND' is back there now, and corresponds to whatever keystrokes you just specified. 
 
Add  a word list
EasyVoice comes with a number of pre-defined word lists, to allow you to rapidly train EasyVoice to recognize these key words.
Click 'Add  a word list'. A box with a long list of pre-defined word lists appears.
Let's train, for example, the words associated with date commands. Thus, select from the list 'Pre-defined Date Commands'. Now click 'Next'.
The words from this word list, ie, January, February, March, etc, are entered.

Note: You can individually edit, delete, change keystrokes, or re-train any of the words added from a word list. After a word is added to the Training box, it can be individually trained or edited as you wish (eg, select the word, and then click 'Change keystrokes assigned to a word', or 'Delete a word')
 
Add and train all word lists
If you click 'Add and train all word lists', then all the pre-defined word lists will be entered.
 
Help
If you click 'Help', the Help files will be displayed.

Test Microphone
If you click 'Test Microphone' the following choices will appear:
•	Test sound card/speaker (Select sound, click Preview arrow)
•	Is my microphone/sound input working? (Click red button)
•	Adjust volume controls. Check "Mute Settings"
•	In volume controls, why should microphone be mute?
•	See if Sound Card is installed and working
When you click 'EXIT' you will be returned to the point in the Training program where you came from.
 
Exit Training and Start EasyVoice
To go to the actual EasyVoice program, click 'Exit Training and Start EasyVoice'.
A blue box will pop up, giving you a summary of how to use EasyVoice. As well you can at this point, display or print out the words you added to EasyWord in training as well as the pre-defined word lists.
Click 'Start EasyVoice', and this box disappears, and the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel appears on your screen.
(If the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel is in 'EZ Mode' then it will be quite large. If you don't want it to take up so much screen space, click 'Advanced Mode'.)
(If the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel is in its 'Advanced Mode' and you are not sure what an icon represents, click 'EZ' in order for it to revert back to its 'EZ Mode' where all icons contain self-explanatory text.)

Using EasyVoice5
Summary:
•	While you use most Windows programs, EasyVoice constantly monitors your microphone to see if a sound corresponds to a trained word. If it recognizes a word, it will automatically enter the corresponding keystrokes for that word, as if you entered the keystrokes yourself on the keyboard.
•	If you select text in a Windows program, and click Speak Text on the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel, then EasyVoice will read that text aloud.
 
When you double-click the EasyVoice icon, the EasyVoice QuickStart Page appears. Click Start using EasyVoice to start using the program (as opposed to choosing training).
The EasyVoiceRecognition control panel pops up.
•	If the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel is in Easy Mode, it will be quite large. If you do not want it to take up so much screen space, click Advanced Mode.
•	If the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel is in Advanced Mode and you are not sure what an icon represents, click EZ to switch to Easy Mode.
(These help files are written from the perspective of Easy Mode. Note that the corresponding icons in Advanced Mode perform essentially the same functions.)
The EasyVoiceRecognition control panel starts with speech input working. Anything you say into the microphone will be interpreted by the computer for voice recognition. If you do not want the computer to perform voice recognition at that moment (e.g., perhaps you are talking to someone on the telephone, and not actively using your computer), then click the red button, Stop Speech Input.
To start speech input again, click the green button, Start Speech Input. EasyVoice will become active, analyzing the input from your microphone. If EasyVoice recognizes a sequence of sounds as corresponding to one of its trained words, then it will automatically enter the keystrokes that correspond to that word.
(In Easy Mode, recognized words appear in red letters in the lower circular portion of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel.)
EasyVoice will work with most Windows and EasyOffice programs. For example, if you are using EasySpreadsheet and EasyVoice is activated, then when you say the word "THOUSAND", the keystrokes '1000' will be entered in the EasySpreadsheet program, as if you entered them from the keyboard.
 
Using EasyVoice to read text aloud
If you select (highlight) text in a Windows program, and click Speak Text on the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel, then it will be read aloud.
For example, if you are using Microsoft Word and want the document read aloud, press Ctrl+A (or use the mouse)  to select all the text in the document. Then, click Speak Text on the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel, and the selected text will be read aloud by EasyVoice.
Tip: Turn voice-recognition off (i.e., click Stop Speech Input) while EasyVoice is speaking, so that extraneous noise is not wrongly interpreted by EasyVoice.

Recognize 'ALL WORDS' vs. 'TRAINED WORDS' vs. 'LETTERS'
Note: You must be in Easy Mode to see the Recognize ALL WORDS/ TRAINED WORDS/ LETTERS buttons. However, once you select what type of words to recognize, it will work, regardless of whether you are in Easy Mode or Advanced Mode.
At the top of the EasyVoiceRecognition control panel (in EasyVoice5), there are the following buttons:
•	Recognize ALL WORDS
•	Recognize TRAINED WORDS
•	Recognize LETTERS
 
Recognize ALL WORDS
EasyVoice5 will attempt to match sounds at the microphone with its extensive knowledge of thousands of  words of the English language.
This mode is useful if you are in a word processing program, and want to dictate some words and phrases.
This mode is less useful for specific tasks. For example, if you are in this mode while you are using EasyVoice5 to read your e-mail, it may misinterpret specific voice commands with other irrelevant words, and as well, will not insert the keystrokes that are associated with those words.
 
Recognize TRAINED WORDS
EasyVoice5 will forget about the thousands of English words it knows, but instead, match sounds at the microphone with specific words and word lists it has been trained to recognize.
This mode is often most useful for specific tasks such as reading your e-mail. This mode is essential for those words which you want EasyVoice to insert specific keystrokes for when it recognizes the word. For example, when you say the word "NEXT", you may want the keystrokes that scrolls your e-mail program down to the next e-mail, to be inserted, rather than the actual word "NEXT".
 
Recognize LETTERS
EasyVoice5 will try to match sounds at the microphone with one of the letters of the alphabet.
This mode is most useful for times when you need to spell out a word.
Note: Differentiating between letters of the alphabet can actually be difficult, depending on your pronunciation. Specialized routines are used to differentiate between alphabet letters than between words. If your pronunciation does not allow the current version of  EasyVoice to accurately differentiate between certain letters (e.g., 'C' vs. 'Z'), consider downloading the most recent version of EasyVoice5 control program (under 1MB and at no charge).

Japanese and Chinese Speech Recognition
The current version of EasyVoice5 that you are using only supports SAPI5 English voice recognition.
For SAPI5 Japanese voice recognition, you need to use EasyOffice Japanese .
For SAPI5 Chinese voice recognition, you need to use EasyOffice Chinese.

Un-installing EasyVoice5
When you un-install EasyOffice, the various EasyVoice5 programs are also un-installed, except for the core speech engine code, since other programs may also use this common code.
(To un-install EasyOffice see EasyHelper, or go to Start, Settings, Control Panel, Add/Remove Programs, then scroll down to EasyOffice..., and then click the Add/Remove button.)
However, there may be times when you want to un-install the core speech engine code. For example, a special upgrade of software requires un-installing the previous speech engine core code first. Or perhaps you experimented with the speech engines that EasyVoice can use, and now EasyVoice is not working properly. Before re-installing EasyVoice, you should actually remove the core speech engine code, as well as any experimental voice engine programs. This way, when you re-install EasyVoice, a completely correct installation will result, along with a fresh re-installation of the core speech engine code.
Use the Add/Remove Programs in the Control Panel to remove the core speech engine code (or another speech engine). 
(To go to Add/Remove Programs in the Control Panel, go to Start, Settings, Control Panel, Add/Remove Programs. Scroll down the list for the component which you want to remove.)

Using EasyVoice Pro (Preliminary)

Where is EasyVoice Pro?
Some versions of Easy Office Premium may include a small preliminary copy of EasyVoice Pro. It will not be on the desktop,  but you will find it in the EasyOffice menu group.
•	Go to Start, and then Programs, and then put the cursor over the EasyOffice 2001 group
•	The various programs in EasyOffice Premium are listed. Click 'EasyVoice Pro'
Please try out this program. You can download upgrades at www.e-press.com .

Starting EasyVoice Pro
After you start EasyVoice Pro, you will notice two programs popping up on your screen.
On the bottom will be EasyVoicePad. This is a simplified word processor. The words you dictate into the microphone will appear here.
On the top will be the EasyVoicePro control panel.
•	Make sure your microphone is turned on. Make sure that the Mike On button is clicked.
•	Go ahead and talk into the microphone. Say a full sentence. Wait a second (depending on your computer speed and RAM). Your sentence should appear inside EasyVoicePad.
•	Whatever you dictate inside EasyVoicePad you can save as a text file, and retrieve it in other word processors.
•	OR, you don't need to use EasyVoicePad. You can close EasyVoicePad and instead load E-Press EasyWord or Microsoft Word, or most other programs. (Tip: EasyVoicePad is useful in allowing more of your computer's RAM and processor to be devoted to voice processing, than to running a complex word processing program.)
 
Dictating letters in EasyVoicePro is as easy as this.
The remaining tutorial topics here help you improve the accuracy of your dictation, and show you how to dictate various formatting commands (for example, "New Line").

How can I make my dictation more accurate?
1.	The most important element in accurate voice recognition is not the microphone, but the sound card. On many computers, even expensive name-brand computers, the sound card is built into the motherboard, and distorts badly the microphone signal. Adding a separate sound card to your PC will often greatly increase the accuracy of your speech recognition. For example, one user reports increasing the accuracy of EasyVoice speech recognition from 42% to 98%, by installing a SoundBlaster card (one of many manufacturers making sound cards) into his PC.
2.	The microphone, is still very important, however. Noise-cancelling microphones designed for voice recognition (there are many brands), will give a superior accuracy. (In a noisy environment, you really need to wear a noise-cancelling headset microphone, rather than use a standalone desk microphone.)
3.	Your room should be quiet. Many users report dramatic increases in speech recognition accuracy by turning off noisy air conditioners, for example. 
4.	The EasyVoice speech recognition routines follow complex artificial intelligence algorithms. 128MB of RAM is good, but 256MB of RAM is even better. A 600MHz PentiumIII-equivalent PC is good, but a 1 GHz PentiumIV-equivalent PC is even better.
5.	EasyVoicePro may seem to amazingly work without training. However, training will nonetheless improve its accuracy. EasyVoicePro trains automatically every time you use it. The more you use, the more accurate it will become. However you can specifically train EasyVoicePro the first time you use it:
•	On the EasyVoice control panel, click Training. In the menu which pops up, click Training again. 
•	Click Configure Microphone.  The computer will automatically adjust the microphone signal to your voice, so that the signal is not being distorted by too loud a voice, or by being poorly received by too soft a voice 
•	Then, train your user profile. Each training episode involves reading a 10 minute story. 
6.	If you share your computer with someone else, make sure the non-default user (i.e., the second person to use EasyVoice on that computer) changes the user profile (in the Speech training section) to his/her own profile. If two or more persons use the same EasyVoice profile, then the self-learning algorithm will become confused.
•	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
•	Inside the Recognition Profiles box, click New.
7.	If speech recognition of fluent speech seems too slow for your PC, then go to the Speech training section, and reduce the accuracy slider. This will significantly increase the speed of speech recognition, often without much of a difference concerning the accuracy.
•	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
•	Inside the Recognition Profiles box, click Settings.
•	You will then see the Accuracy vs. Recognition Time box and slider.
8.	In fluent speech recognition, be patient in waiting for recognized speech to appear in your word processor. The artificial intelligence algorithms often need to hear the whole sentence before the start of the sentence can be recognized, and once that occurs, will then write the whole sentence out at once.
9.	Make sure that automatic learning (background adaptation) is turned on.
•	Go to Control Panel and click the Speech icon.
•	Inside the Recognition Profiles box, click Settings.
•	You will then see the Background Adaptation box, which should be checked on.

EasyVoicePro Control Panel
Training - This button allows you to train EasyVoicePro's speech engine to increase the accuracy of your dictation. You can also test your microphone (i.e., to see if your mike and sound system are working in your computer), or define and train your own command words.
Advanced Mode - This button shrinks the EasyVoicePro control panel, so it will occupy less desktop space. This is very useful if you are using EasyVoicePro with other programs.
Speak Highlighted Words - This button will cause EasyVoicePro to read out loud any highlighted (ie, selected) words in most Windows programs. (Tip: You can adjust the voice speed in Training->Text-to-Speech->Voice Speed. The program needs to be restarted for the setting to take effect.)
VoicePad - This button allows you to quickly switch between EasyVoicePad and EasyWord. (You have to, or will be reminded, to close one program before switching to the other, so that you don't use up to much system resources.)
Help - This button brings up these Help files.
Recognize All Words vs. Recognize Commands Only - If you are in Recognize Commands Only mode, then EasyVoicePro will only recognize words that are already in predefined command list. If you are using a program where you need a high accuracy of a certain subset of words, this mode may be more useful than Recognize All Words mode. As well, spelling out a word is much easier to perform in Recognize Commands Only mode.
Mike On vs. Mike Off - Turns your microphone on or off. (Tip: Many microphones also have an on/off switch. If your microphone does not seem to be working, make sure that the physical switch is turned on, as well as this setting.)
Exit - Exits from EasyVoicePro. If EasyVoicePad is present, you will be asked if you want to save your work, and will exit also from EasyVoicePad.

EasyVoicePad
After you start EasyVoice Pro, you will notice two programs popping up on your screen.
On the top will be the EasyVoicePro control panel.
On the bottom will be EasyVoicePad. This is a simplified word processor. The words you dictate into the microphone will appear here.
While EasyVoicePro can be used with EasyWord or other word processors, EasyVoicePad offers the advantage of using little system RAM and little of your processor's power, leaving more resources available for actual speech recognition.
EasyVoicePad uses standard basic text processing features. You can select text, and then cut it and paste it. You can print out documents.
EasyVoicePad saves files as standard text files. Other word processing programs can easily read these files. (However, note that EasyVoicePad is not capable of reading rtf or doc files that may be produced by a word processor.)

Formatting Commands
EasyVoicePro can automatically adjust to different formatting commands. Formatting Commands tell the computer to put a period at the end of your line and to start a new line or a new paragraph, and so on.
If you know voice formatting commands from another voice recognition program (for example, IBM ViaVoice or L&H Dragon Systems Naturally Speaking), you may be able to use them with EasyVoicePro. In addition to understanding formatting commands that are popularly used, EasyVoicePro will make an attempt to understand what you are trying to do, and help you do it. 
EasyVoicePro is not a 'compatible'-version of another voice recognition program, nor does it handle voice recognition commands in the exact same manner as other programs. Rather, it makes an attempt to understand what you, the user of this program, want to do.
Note: This feature is not implemented in this preliminary version of EasyVoicePro. The following limited set of commands must be used.
•	 Except for common commands such as 'period', 'new line' and 'new paragraph', for other commands better recognition will occur in Recognize Commands Only mode. Go to this mode by saying "Insertion".
•	Then say your command.
•	After the Command executes, you will automatically go back to Recognize All Words mode. (If it does not, you can go back to Recognize All Words by saying "Dictation".)
Formatting Commands Supported by this version of EasyVoicePro:
Period	places a period at end of word	
New Line	goes to next line	
New Paragraph	goes down two lines	
 	 	
Insertion	goes to Recognize Commands Only  mode	
Dictation	goes back to Recognize All Words mode (Note: You will not need to use this command often, since there is an automatic return to Recognize All Words Mode after most commands.)	

Delete Next Word	deletes next word	
Delete Previous Character	deletes previous character	
Delete Forward 2 Words	deletes next 2 words	
Delete Forward x Words	deletes next x words	
Delete Back 2 Characters	deletes previous 2 characters	
Delete Back x Characters	deletes previous x characters	
Delete Back Paragraph	deletes previous paragraph	
Delete Back 2 Paragraphs	deletes previous 2 paragraphs	
Delete Back x Paragraphs	deletes previous x paragraphs	
 	 	
Delete That	deletes selected words	
Backspace	backspaces	
Scratch That	deletes last word spoken	
Undo That	undo the last command	

 	 	
Tab Key	tabs	
Space Bar	puts a space	
No Space "word x"	no space before the word x	
 	 	
Move Up 1Line	moves up 1 line	
Move Back 2 Lines	moves up 2 lines (etc)	
Move Right 1 Word	moves right 1 word	
Move Forward 2 Words	moves right 2 words (etc)	
 	 	
Go To Top	goes to start of document	
Go To Bottom	goes to bottom of document	
Go To Beginning of Line	goes to start of line	
Go To End of Line	goes to end of line	
 	 	
Insert Before "word x"	moves cursor before word x	
Insert After  "word x"	moves cursor after word x	
 	 	
Select "word x"	selects word x (must be present)	
Select Again	selects again same word	
Select "sentence x"	selects sentence x (must be present)	
Select All	selects everything in document	
Unselect That	unselects 	
 	 	
Copy That	copies selected words	
Paste That	pastes selected words	
Cut That	cuts selected words	
Copy All to Clipboard	copies whole document	
 	 	
Cap "word x"	word x will start with a capital	
All Caps "word x"	word x will be all capitals	
No Caps "word x"	word x will be all lowercase	
Cap That	capitalizes last word spoken	
 	 	
Bold That	bolds selected text or last word	
Italicize That	italicizes selected text or last word	
Underline That	underlines selected text or last word	
Center That	centers selected text or last word	

Obtaining an Upgrade to this Preliminary Version of EasyVoicePro
EasyVoicePro has been designed so that the bulk of the many megabytes of voice processing files are separate from the portion of the program controlling these files. The control program of EasyVoicePro4 is under 1MB, and an upgrade to a more recent EasyVoicePro program can be downloaded from www.e-press.com
After you download the upgrade, run the program, and it will automatically install itself.

Easy Web Page Creator: Contents

I.	Introduction to Easy Web Page Creator
i.	Introduction
ii.	Easy Web Page Creator Tutorial
iii.	“Where is Advanced Mode?“
II.	Toolbars and Shortcuts
iv.	Toolbars
v.	Keyboard Shortcuts
vi.	International Characters
III.	Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Web Sites
vii.	Starting a New Web Site
viii.	Saving a Web Site
ix.	Retrieving a Web Site
x.	Backing Up Files
IV.	Creating and Modifying Pages
xi.	Creating Your First Page
xii.	Creating Additional Pages
xiii.	Adding Images to the Gallery
xiv.	Sound Effects
xv.	Changing a Page
xvi.	Deleting a Page
xvii.	Changing Page Order
xviii.	Navigating Your Pages
xix.	Printing Pages
V.	Publishing to the Internet
xx.	Publishing Your Web Site

Introduction to Easy Web Page Creator

Introduction
Easy Web Page Creator™ is a tool that allows you to create simple, great-looking web sites, quickly and easily. If you know how to use Easy Presentation, then you will find using Easy Web Page Creator™ just as easy.
Easy Web Page Creator will first let you create the web pages you want others to see on the Internet. Once you are done, you need to publish (send) the web pages to the Internet. To do so, click the Publish button.
To publish your web pages to the Internet, your computer must be connected to the Internet. You also need an Internet account that provides web space where these pages can reside on the Internet. (For free web space, see www.e-press.com for more details.)
 
Purpose of Easy Web Page Creator
Easy Web Page Creator was not designed to provide competition for other complex web page creation programs containing thousands of features. Rather, it was designed to allow people with no experience or knowledge about the Internet to be able to create and post  their own HTML files to a real web site.  (Opposed to the somewhat artificial experience of using a web-based program to modify existing templates already present on the web site.)

Research by e-press corp. shows that the present version of Easy Web Page Creator accomplishes these goals.  Users are able to publish a variety of information quite easily to their own web sites.
Future versions of Easy Web Page Creator will aim to leave its simplicity intact, but may include Intermediate and Advanced modes of operation.

Easy Web Page Creator Tutorial
The Easy Web Page Creator Tutorial guides you through the basic steps of creating a web site. By default, this tutorial appears each time you start Easy Web Page Creator.
To view the tutorial at any time, go to the Help menu and click Easy Web Page Creator Tutorial.
After you become experienced using Easy Web Page Creator, you will probably not want to see the Tutorial each time you start the program. Go to the Help button on the top menu. If there is a check-mark beside Start Tutorial at Startup, then click this selection. The check mark will disappear, and the next time that you start Easy Web Page Creator the tutorial will not appear. You can see the tutorial whenever you want, from the Help menu.

"Where is Advanced Mode?"
Due to the large numbers of free or nearly-free web page creation programs available, Easy Web Page Creator was not designed to provide competition for these many complex web page creation programs. Rather it was designed to allow people with no experience or knowledge about the Internet to be able to create, and post their own HTML files to a real web site. Unlike in our other programs, there currently is no 'Advanced Mode' in Easy Web Page Creator, but if the demand is there, it will be included in future versions. (However, note that if required, EasyWord can generate more advanced web pages.)

Toolbars and Shortcuts

Toolbars
Side Toolbar
The Side Toolbar, located on the right side of your screen, contains buttons for standard functions, such as retrieving and saving web sites, adding new pages, and changing the page order.
To hide Side Toolbar, go to the View menu and un-check Toolbar. 
To show the Side Toolbar again, go to the View menu and check off Toolbar.
 
Navigation Toolbar
The Navigation Toolbar, located near the top of your screen, contains buttons for navigating your pages and publishing web sites.
To hide the Navigation Toolbar:
•	Go to the View menu and un-check Navigation Toolbar. Or, 
•	Click the Remove Toolbar button. Or,
	
•	Press the F9 key on your keyboard.
To show the Navigation Toolbar:
•	Go to the View menu and check off Navigation Toolbar. Or,
•	Press the F9 key again.

Keyboard Shortcuts
Some common functions can be performed directly from your keyboard using the shortcuts below:
Keyboard Shortcut	Function	
File	
Ctrl+N	new web site	
Ctrl+O	retrieve a web site	
Ctrl+S	save a web site	
Ctrl+P	print current page	
View	
F9	show/hide Navigation Toolbar	
Space Bar	view next page	
Backspace	view previous page	
F5	refresh current page	

International Characters
You can insert an International Character by entering a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut keystroke:
To enter this character:	Use these keystrokes:	
à, è, ì, ò, ù  À, È, Ì, Ò, Ù 	Ctrl+` followed by any of these letters	
á, é, í, ó, ú, ý Á, É, Í, Ó, Ú, Ý	Ctrl+' followed by any of these letters	
 â, ê, î, ô, û Â, Ê, Î, Ô, Û	Ctrl+Shift+^ followed by any of these letters	
ã, ñ, õ Ã, Ñ, Õ	Ctrl+Shift+~ followed by any of these letters	
ä, ë, ï, ö, ü, ÿ  Ä, Ë, Ï, Ö, Ü, Ÿ	Ctrl+Shift+:  followed by any of these letters	
å, Å	Ctrl+Shift+@ followed by a or A	
æ, Æ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by a or A	
œ, Œ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by o or O	
'ç, Ç	Ctrl+, followed by c or C	
'ð, Ð	Ctrl+' followed by d or D	
¿	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+?	
ß	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by s	
¡	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+!	
ø, Ø	Ctrl+/  followed by o or O	
€	Ctrl+$	
For example, to place a circumflex accent (^) above a letter, hold the Ctrl key and the Shift key, and then press the ^ key. Let go of the keys, and then enter whatever letter you want. The ^ accent will appear on top of the letter. (This is summarized as: Ctrl+Shift+^)
Note: The shortcut for the Euro € is not a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut, but defined here for EasyOffice, due to the demand we have had for such a shortcut.
 
Language Notes
European Languages: Use any English (or other European language version) Windows to enter characters from most European languages. All languages can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Japanese: For best results, please use a Japanese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Japanese; Japanese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Traditional Chinese:   For best results, please use a Traditional Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Traditional Chinese; Traditional Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Simplified Chinese: For best results, please use a Simplified Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Simplified Chinese; Simplified Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Korean: For best results, please use a Korean version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Korean; Korean and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.

Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Web Sites

Starting a New Web Site
To start a new web site:
10.	Do one of the following: 
•	Go to the File menu and click New. Or,
•	Click the Start a New Web Site button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+N on your keyboard.
11.	Since Easy Web Page Creator can only open one web site at a time, you may be asked if you want to save the web site you are working on. If you want to save it, click Yes. If not, click No. If you choose No, any changes you made to your web site (since the last time you saved it) will be lost.
12.	A Choose a Name window will appear. 
13.	Enter a name for your web site in the text box.
14.	The folder that your web site will be displayed (usually Program Files/EasyOffice 2001/Web Pages). To change the folder, click Change Folder.
15.	When you are done naming your web site, click OK. 
16.	A message will appear to confirm that you are ready to create your first page. Click OK to create your first page. See Creating Your First Page.
Note: Clicking Cancel during any of these steps will cancel the creation of the new web site. You will be taken back to the web site you were just working on.

Saving a Web Site
Easy Web Page Creator will save a web site in two different folders:
•	The *.ezp file that controls your web site will be saved in the folder you specify.
•	The graphical files of  the web site (HTML, GIF, JSCRIPT, etc.) will be saved in a subfolder with the same name as your web site.
For example, perhaps you named a web site MySite, and saved it in the Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Web Pages\ folder. The file MySite.ezp would be saved in that folder, and a collection of graphical files would be saved in the folder Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Web Pages\MySite\.
 
Save
If you have already named your web site, you can quickly save it with the same file name, and in the same location. To save your current web site:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save. Or,
2.	Click the Save this Web Site button. Or,
	
•	Press Ctrl+S on your keyboard.
You web site will be saved.
 
Save As
If you have not yet named your web site, if you want to save it with another name, or if you want to save it in a another location, you should save as. To save as:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save As. 
2.	A Save As window will appear.
3.	The default folder used for web sites is Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Web Pages. You can select another folder or directory from the Save in box.
4.	Enter a name for your web site in the File Name box.
5.	Click Save. Your web site will be saved as an Easy Web Page Creator Web Site File (*.ezp). 

Retrieving a Saved Web Site
If you have saved a web site, and now want to retrieve it:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Open. Or,
•	Click the Retrieve a Web Site button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+O on your keyboard.
2.	An Open window will appear.
3.	Find the web site ( *.ezp) file you want to retrieve. A copy of the web site will be in a folder with same name as the web site file. (For example, if you are looking for a file named MySite.ezp, you will find it in a folder called MySite). Click on the file, and then click Open.
4.	Before the file is retrieved, you may be asked if you want to save the web site you were just working on. If you want to save it, click Yes. If not, click No. If you choose No, any changes you made to your web site (since the last time you saved it) will be lost.
5.	The web site will be retrieved. 

Backing Up Files
Easy Office Premium version:  Use EasyOffice Backup
An easy way to back up your web files is to use EasyOffice Backup (included with EasyOffice Premium). Other ways to back up your web files, as well as more technical details, are given below.
Web Page Site Files
In Easy Web Page Creator, 'web site' refers to all of the web pages that make up one web site. You can, of course, have collections of many different of web pages or sites.
Easy Web Page Creator saves your web site in two different folders: 
•	The file controlling the make up of your web site will be saved as an *.ezp file in the folder Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Web Pages\.  This file is NOT published to your Internet site. 
•	The graphical files of  the web site (HTML, GIF, JSCRIPT, etc. ) will be saved in the folder Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Web Pages\<file name>\ . These files ARE published to your Internet web site.
For example, if you name a web site Iowa,it will be saved as rogram Files\EasyOffice 2001\Web Pages\Iowa.ezp, and as a collection of files in the folder Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Web Pages\Iowa\. In the Iowa folder, there could be files such as Index.html, site1.html, site2.html, and so on. When you publish your web pages to your actual Internet web site, the files in  Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Web Pages\Iowa\ will be sent to the web site.
You cannot save web site files on a floppy diskette - there is not enough room. You can use a CD-creator program to write the web site files onto a CD. If all of your web sites are less than 650MB, then simply copy the directory  Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Web Pages\ to your CD.
Your computer may be on a network. If you want to save a web site to another computer on the network:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save As. 
2.	A Save As window will appear.
3.	Click the down-arrow at the end of the Save In box. 
4.	Click Network Neighborhood and select the computer and folder on the computer where you want to save your web site. Enter the name of your web site in the File name box. Your web site book will be saved in files of that file name in the location you chose.
If you do not have access to a local network or a CD writer, consider backing up of your files onto various backup services on the Internet. Or, use a backup utility program to write your files onto multiple floppy diskettes.
 
Picture Files
You do not have to backup the supplied picture files of Easy Web Page Creator. Should these supplied files become damaged on your computer, insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the files.
However, if you have added your own pictures to these folders, then you should backup these pictures. You can use Windows Explorer (click Start, Programs, Windows Explorer) or a backup utility program (for example, a CD creator utility program) to copy all the files (this requires a lot of storage space) or just your added files to a floppy diskette (a limited amount of space available), CD-ROM, or another computer on your network.
Picture files are stored in the directory Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\PICS\. You will see picture files with the extensions *.jpg and *.gif in this directory. You will also see the sub-directory MORE which then leads to the sub-directories 3d animations, animations, backgrounds, bitmaps and clipart.  Within these sub-directories, there are further sub-directories holding the actual picture files.  
There is also another directory containing background images. It is Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\BACKGROUNDS.  (This is a distinct directory from Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\PICS\MORE\backgrounds)
 
Program Files
You do not have to backup the program files of Easy Web Page Creator. Should the program files become damaged on your computer, you can always re-insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the program files. (If you are technically curious, the program files of Easy Web Page Creator will be found in the folder Program Files\ EasyOffice 2001\.)

Creating and Modifying Pages

Creating Your First Page
To create your first page, you must first create a new web site. After you have done this, Easy Web Page Creator will automatically ask you to create your first page. 
To create a page:
1.	A Select a Page Template window will appear, where you have a choice of 16 different page templates. Choose what you want your page to look like, and then click Next/Continue.
2.	A Select a Background window will appear, where you can choose a background image for the page. Select one of the patterns shown. If you want more choices, click More Backgrounds. If you would rather use an image file on your computer for a background, click Browse to specify the file you wish to use. Or, if you know the name and location of the file, type it in the box beside the Browse button. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
3.	A Special Effects window will appear, where you can choose a special effect for your page. A special effect allows for an exciting way of presenting your pages. Select a special effect (Box, Circle, Wipe, etc.) from the box. If you do not want a special effect for your page, choose Special Effects OFF. If you chose a special effect, use the pager below to adjust the time duration of the effect. 
4.	Choose a sound for your page. If you do not want a sound effect, choose Special Sound OFF from the menu. Under From, select the directory you want to choose the sound file from, or click Record Your Voice to make a recording. See Sound Effects for more details. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
5.	An Enter Text window will appear. Enter a title for your page in the text box. Choose a font, size, and color. In the diagram at bottom-right corner of the window, a red arrow will point to where the title will appear on your page. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
6.	Depending on the page layout you chose, you will either be asked to enter text or select an image. Note that in the diagram at the bottom-right corner of the window, a red arrow will point to the part of the page you are editing.
•	If the Enter Text window appears, enter the text you want to appear on your page. Choose a font, size, and color. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
•	If the Select an Image window appear, you can choose an image for your page. Select one of the images shown. To view more images, click More Quick Images. To use an image file from another directory or folder, click Browse Image Library, Browse 3D Animation Library, or Browse Clipart Images in Library. Or, if you know the name and location of the file, enter it in the text box. When you are done, click Next/Continue.
7.	Step 6 will be repeated until you have added text or images to all parts of your page.
8.	When you have finished adding text and images to your page, a Finish/Create Page button will replace the Next/Continue button. Click Finish/Create page to create your page.
Note: Special effects will not work if your computer is running in anything less than 8-bit color (256 colors). Special effects may not  work on certain versions of Windows (Windows95A or WindowsNT) that lack necessary support files.

Creating Additional Pages
New pages can be added anywhere in your web site.
Note that clicking Cancel during any of the steps of creating your page will cancel the creation of the new page, and your existing pages will not be affected.
 
Adding a New Page
When you add a new page, it will automatically be placed at the end of your web site. To add a new page to the end of your web site:
•	Go to the Pages menu and click Add a New Page. Or,
•	Click the Add a New Page button.

The Select a Page Template window will appear. Create your page in the same way as your first page. See Creating Your First Page for help.
 
Inserting a New Page
When you insert a new page, you can choose where you want the new page to be inserted. To insert a new page:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Pages menu and click Insert a Page. Or,
•	Click the Insert a New Page button.

2.	A Select a Page window will appear, which includes thumbnail images of all your pages.
3.	Your new page will appear before the page you click. If you do not see the page you are looking for, click More Pages. After clicking the page, click Next/Continue. 
4.	The Select a Page Template window will appear. Create your page in the same way as your first page. See Creating Your First Page for help.

Adding Images to the Gallery
You can add images to the galleries that Easy Web Page Creator uses for backgrounds and images. 
Adding Images to the Background Gallery
When creating a page, you will come to the Select a Background window. Here, you will be presented with a selection of background images from the EasyPresentation background image gallery.
You can add GIF image files to the background image gallery, so that they will be available in the gallery when you are creating a page. Use Windows Explorer to copy GIF files from other folders and directories to Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\BACKGROUNDS\ .
 
Adding Images to the Image Gallery
When creating a page, you may come to the Select an Image window. Here, you will be presented with a selection of images from the EasyPresentation image gallery.
You can add GIF image files to the image gallery, so that they will be available in the gallery when you are creating a page. Use Windows Explorer to copy GIF files from other folders and directories to Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\PICS\ .

Sound Effects
You can add sound effects to the pages in your web site.
When creating a page, you will come to the Special Effects window. The sound effect option can be found in the bottom half of this window.
Choose a special sound from the drop-down list box. If you do not want to select a sound for the page, then leave the special sound set to Special Sound OFF.
Below the list box, you can specify the source of your sound files:
•	Sound Library: This is the default setting. These sounds are included with Easy Web Page Creator, and can be found in the folder Program Files/EasyOffice 2001/Sounds.
•	My Documents: This will display the sound files in your My Documents folder. 
•	Other Directory: A window will appear, where you can select another folder or directory.
 
Recording Your Voice
You can record your voice and save it as a WAV file. This WAV file can then be used in Easy Web Page Creator pages.
To record your voice:
1.	Click the Record Your Voice button. 
2.	The Windows Sound Recorder will appear.
3.	Press the red button, and record what you want to say. Press the green triangle button to play it back. 
4.	When you are satisfied with your recording, save you file - go to the File menu and click Save. (Tip: Save the file in the My Documents folder, so that you can easily find it later on.)
To use a sound file you recorded with a page, select it from the Select a special sound for this page list box. 
 
Types of  Sound Files Supported
At present, Easy Web Page Creator supports Wave (*.wav) and MIDI (*.mid) files. Additional sound file types may be supported in future versions.
 
Copying Sound Files to the Sound Library
Sound files are stored in the directory Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Sounds\. Sound files with the extensions *.wav and *.mid can be found in this directory.
You can add sound files to the Easy Web Page Creator's Sound Library, so that they are available when you are creating a page (this library is shared by EasyPresentation). Use Windows Explorer to copy sound files from other folders and directories to Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Sounds\ .

Changing a Page
To change the appearance of a page in your web site:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Pages menu and click Change a Page. Or,
•	Click the Change a Page button.

2.	A Select a Page window will appear, which includes thumbnail images of all your pages.
3.	Click on the page you want to change. If you do not see the page you are looking for, click More Slides. After clicking the page, click Next/Continue. 
4.	A Select a Page Template window will appear, where your current page layout will be shown. Click on a new layout if you wish, and then click Next/Continue.
5.	A Select a Background window will appear, where your current page background will be shown. If you want to change the background, select a new image. Click Next/Continue.
6.	Depending on the page layout you chose, you will be presented with windows that allow you to change text and images. When you are done entering text or choosing an image, click Next/Continue.
7.	When you come to the last window, click Finish/Create Page. You will see your page, complete with the changes you made.
Note: For more details on creating pages, see Creating Your First Page.

Deleting a Page
To delete a page from your web site:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Pages menu and click Delete a Page. Or,
•	Click the Delete a Page button.

2.	A Select a Page window will appear, which includes thumbnail images of all your pages.
3.	Click on the page you want to delete. If you do not see the page you are looking for, click More Slides. After clicking the page, click Next/Continue. 
4.	A message will appear with a warning that you are about to permanently delete a page from your web site. Click Cancel if you change your mind and do not want to delete your page. Click OK to continue deleting your page.
5.	The page you chose will be deleted from your web site.
Note: You cannot delete a page if you only have one page in your web site.

Changing Page Order
To move a page somewhere else in your web site:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Pages menu and click Change Page Order. Or,
•	Click the Change Page Order button.

2.	A Select a Page window will appear, which includes thumbnail images of all your pages.
3.	Click on the page you want to move. If you do not see the page you are looking for, click More Slides. After clicking the page, click Next/Continue. 
4.	Click on another page to indicate where you want your page to be moved to. The page you are moving will be placed before the page you click. After clicking the page, click Finish/Move Page.
5.	Your page will be moved to the location you specified.
Note: When moving a page, you can only select a page which you want it placed before. If your web site has only two pages, and you want to switch their order, move the second page before the first page. You cannot move the first page after the second page.

Navigating Your Pages
Most features available to navigate through your pages can be found in the Navigation Toolbar:

•	To go back to the previous page, click the Previous button. Or, press the Backspace key on your keyboard.
•	To jump ahead to the next page, click the Next button. Or, press the Space Bar on your keyboard.
•	If the page you are viewing did not display correctly, or you would like to view the page transition again, click the Refresh button. Or, press the F5 key on your keyboard.
•	To jump back to the first page in your web site, click First Page.
•	To jump to a certain page in your web site, click Go to page no. A Display Page window will appear. Enter the number of the page you want to view, and then click OK.

Printing Pages
Pages can be printed out one at a time. However, the HTML formatted pages may print out differently on various computers and printers. The backgrounds will usually not be printed out. You can adjust  the printing somewhat via the Properties setting of your printer.
To print your current page:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Print. Or, press Ctrl+P on your keyboard.
2.	A message box will appear. Click Continue.
3.	A Print window will appear. 
4.	If necessary, adjust the paper size, source, orientation, and properties.
5.	Click OK to print your page.

Publishing to the Internet

Publishing Your Web Site
When you are finished designing your web site, you can publish your pages to the Internet. To publish your web site, you must have access to web space provided by your Internet Service Provider.
Note that if you make changes to a web page in Easy Web Page Creator, you will have to re-publish your web site to see the changes on the Internet.
To publish your site to the internet:
1.	Click the Publish to Web button.

2.	Several dialog boxes will appear, and will ask whether you have the necessary information to post your web site to the Internet. If you have: 
1.	an Internet connection
2.	a web address/URL (e.g., http://www.e-press.com), 
3.	a username
4.	a password 
then click the Yes button to begin publishing your web site.
3.	The Easy Web Page Creator will start the Microsoft Web Publishing Wizard program to guide you through the process of posting your web pages to the Internet. Follow the instructions provided by the Wizard.
4.	When you have given all the information required, Microsoft Web Publishing Wizard, should upload (send) all of your web pages and associated files to the server providing you with web space.
5.	If your web space server is active, it should accept the transmitted files. (If error messages occur, then speak to your web space or Internet service provider.)
6.	You have successfully posted your web site. You may now view your web pages on the Internet!
 
"I don't have web space. What should I do?"
You must have access to web space in order to publish your web site. If you have an internet account, you may have free web space provided with this account. Speak to your Internet Service Provider to find out if you have web space, and if so, what the web address will be. Also check to see whether  your current username and password will work. A number of free web sites are available on the Internet. These sites are often supported by displaying advertising on your web site. Go to www.e-press.com for a list of possible web sites that you could obtain free of charge.
 
"The Web Publishing Wizard does not seem to work."
If the web site to which you are publishing your files does not accept your files, the Microsoft Web Publishing Wizard will time-out, and will not publish your files to the web page. Certain web sites are much more reliable than others. If you are unable to publish to a given web site, try other free sites available (go to www.e-press.com for a list of possible free web sites). If you are able to publish to one of these free web sites, yet unable to publish to your desired site (for example, the site provided by your Internet Service Provider), then you should make sure that the password, username, and other information that you enter are valid. You should also check with the Service Provider to ensure that the web server is up and running.

Publishing files to a web site can be an easy process, but sometimes it requires a lot of patience.

Note: Microsoft Web Publishing Wizard is created and supported by Microsoft Corporation.
EasyBarCoder: Contents

I.	Introduction to EasyBarCoder
i.	Introduction
ii.	Mission-Critical and Health-Related Applications
II.	Bar Code Symbologies
iii.	Bar Code Symbologies
iv.	UPC-A
v.	UPC-E
vi.	EAN/JAN
vii.	Interleaved 2 of 5
viii.	Code, ISSN, and LOGMARS
ix.	More Symbologies
III.	Using EasyBarCoder
x.	Using EasyBarCoder
xi.	Using the Setting Files
xii.	Importing Bar Codes from Files
xiii.	Bar Code to Occupy Most of Label
xiv.	Sequentially Numbered Bar Codes
xv.	International Characters
IV.	Using EasyBar.exe
xvi.	Running from the Command Line
V.	More Information
xvii.	Obtaining UPC and EAN Numbers
xviii.	Reading Bar Codes

Introduction to EasyBarCoder

Introduction
Easy Bar Coder is a member of the EasyOffice suite.
Easy Bar Coder can:
•	Create bar code labels. A variety of label formats and bar code symbologies can be chosen.
•	Code bar codes and print them out on a variety of labels.
•	Print out sequential bar codes (i.e., the number of the bar code is incremented in each bar code printed out). This is useful for applications from asset management to ticketing.
•	Run from the command line. The program includes EasyBar.exe, which can be run from the command line.
Easy Bar Coder does not read bar codes. Bar code scanners typically include their own software for reading bar codes.
Note: Easy Bar Coder should not be used to generate bar codes for mission-critical applications nor for health-related applications. It is not designed, nor certified, for such applications.

Mission Critical and Health-Related Applications
EasyBarCoder is intended for non-critical generation of bar code labels. For example, a company could use EasyBarCoder to generate asset tags to affix to company property, or to occasionally generate UPC code labels to affix to a product.
EasyBarCoder should not be used to generate bar codes for mission-critical applications nor for health-related applications. It was not designed, nor tested nor certified, for such applications.
In all cases where EasyBarCoder is being used, you should read with a bar code scanner the label Easy Bar Coder produces, to ensure that the label is readable and that it yields the correct data when the symbol is decoded.

Bar Code Symbologies

Bar Code Symbologies
A bar code symbology refers to the way information is represented in a bar code - how the thin lines and thick lines represent data. Hundreds of different bar code symbologies exist in theory, but only a handful are used extensively in commerce and industry.
Bar code symbologies used in EasyBarCoder include:
UPC-A
UPC-E
UPC Shipping
Codabar
Code 128
Code 3 of 9
Code 93
Data Matrix
SISAC (ISSN)
 	EAN/JAN-13
EAN/JAN-8
Interleaved 2 of 5
LOGMARS
MaxiCode
MS8/Plessey
PDF 417
PostNet
OPC Code
 	
Note: Easy Bar Coder should not be used to generate bar codes for mission-critical applications nor for health-related applications. It is not designed, nor certified, for such applications.

UPC-A
UPC-A is an abbreviation for 'Universal Product Code-A'. It is the most commonly used bar code on retail products in North America.
Although many retailers in North America use the UPC-A symbol for scanning books, the EAN Bookland bar code symbology is the one intended for the retail bar coding of books.
UPC-A encodes a 12-digit numeric bar code. The first digit identifies what type of UPC-A code is being used:
Digit(s)	Use	
0	regular UPC code	
1	reserved	
2	random weight item; the item and its weight are encoded by the bar code; the scanning system can determine a price if the cost per weight for that item is stored in the scanning system's database	
3	code used as a National Drug Code or National Health Related code	
4	 in-store use of the UPC code	
5	coupon; discount information is encoded by the bar code	
6	regular UPC codes	
7	regular UPC codes	
8	reserved	
9	reserved	
10 (5 digits)	manufacturer's identification; this number, along with the appropriate first digit, is assigned by the Uniform Code Council (UCC) in Dayton, Ohio 	
11 (5 digits)	product number of the goods to which the bar code is affixed; 100,000 (#00000-#99999) different product numbers can be encoded by a given manufacturer  	
12	modulo-10 checksum digit	
 
Checksum Digit
The last digit is a modulo-10 checksum digit. To calculate this checksum:
7.	Add the values of the digits in the odd positions
8.	Multiply this sum by 3
9.	Add the values of the digits in the even positions
10.	Add together the results of Step 2 and Step 3
11.	The smallest number which produces a multiple of 10 when added to the result in Step 4 is the checksum digit.
Example:
Consider the UPC barcode 01234567890:
1.	0+2+4+6+8+0 = 20
2.	3*20 = 60
3.	1+3+5+7+9 = 25
4.	60+25 = 85
5.	5 must be added to 85 to give 90, a multiple of 10; thus, the checksum digit is 5.
If you enter 012134567890 into a UPC-A bar code in EasyBarCoder, the checksum digit (5) will automatically be calculated and included with the bar code.
Additional Digits
The UPC-A bar code may also include a 2-digit supplemental bar code. These digits are often used for periodicals, as they indicates the week or month number.
EasyBarCoder will generate 2-digit supplemental bar codes if you enter the 2 data digits after the first 11 digits of the standard UPC-A code. Do not enter the 12th checksum digit of the UPC-A code - it will be calculated automatically by EasyBarCoder.
EasyBarCoder can also generate 5-digit supplemental bar codes.

UPC-E
UPC-E is an abbreviation for 'Universal Product Code-E'.  It is used on retail products in North America. It is a compressed version of UPC-A codes, and hence, is often used on small packages which do not have room for a 12 digit UPC-A code.
A UPC-E code is essentially a zero-suppressed UPC-A code. Consecutive zeros are not included in the UPC-E label. As a result, there are restrictions when converting UPC-A codes to UPC-E codes:
•	The UPC-A code must start with a 0 to be converted to UPC-E.
•	If the last 3 digits of a manufacturer number are 000, 100, or 200, then product code numbers 00000-00999 can be encoded by a UPC-E code.
•	If the last 3 digits of a manufacturer number are 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, or 900, then product code numbers 00000-00099 can be encoded by a UPC-E code.
•	Otherwise, if the last 2 digits of a manufacturer number are 10, 20,...,80, or 90, then the product code numbers 00000-00009 can be encoded by a UPC-E code.
•	Otherwise, for manufacturer numbers not ending in 0, only the product code numbers 00005-00009 can be encoded by a UPC-E code.
EasyBarCoder will also produce 2-digit and 5-digit bar code supplemental codes to standard UPC-E codes. These are used less often, as the purpose of UPC-E is to save space. 

EAN/JAN
Information on the EAN/JAN-13, EAN/JAN-8, and Bookland EAN symbologies is given below.
EAN/JAN-13
EAN-13 is an abbreviation for 'European Article Numbering', while JAN-13 is an abbreviations for 'Japanese Article Numbering-13'. It is used worldwide in bar coding retail goods. The Uniform Code Council has set January 1, 2005 as the date by which American and Canadian scanning systems must be able to read the EAN-13 and UPC-A codes, to eliminate the expense of relabelling  imported products.
EAN/JAN-13 is a fixed-length symbology. It is similar to UPC-A, but it includes a 13th digit. The first two characters represent the country code for where a manufacturer is registered (not necessarily where the labelled product is manufactured). The country codes assigned to the United States are 00-04 and 06-09. Then, there are 10 data characters followed by a modulo-10 checksum digit. EasyBarCoder will automatically add the checksum digit as the 13th digit of your bar code.
To calculate the EAN-13 checksum digit:
1.	Add the values of the digits in the even-numbered positions.
2.	Multiply the sum in Step 1 by 3.
3.	 Add the values of the digits in the odd-numbered positions
4.	Add the results of Step 2 with the result of Step 3.
5.	Find the smallest number which, when added to the result in Step 4, produces a multiple of 10. This is the checksum digit of the EAN-13 code.
If you apply the above routine to the EAN bar code 00-1234567890, you will obtain the checksum digit of 5. 
EAN-13 may include an additional 2-digit or 5-digit supplemental bar code, forming an EAN-13 code that encodes a total of 14 or 17 data digits. EasyBarCoder can produce both the 2-digit and 5-digit supplemental codes.EAN-13 may include an additional 2-digit or 5-digit supplemental bar code, forming an EAN-13 code that encodes a total of 14 or 17 data digits. EasyBarCoder can produce both the 2-digit and 5-digit supplemental codes.
Note: When you enter an EAN-13 bar code in EasyBarCoder, do not enter the checksum digit - it will be calculated automatically. This applies even if you are adding supplemental data digits. Do not enter the checksum digit between the last data digit of the standard EAN-13 code and where the data digits of the supplemental code begin.
EAN/JAN-8
EAN-8 is an abbreviation for 'European Article Numbering', while JAN-8 is an abbreviation for 'Japanese Article Numbering-8'.  It is essentially a shortened version of EAN-13 code, and is used when a bar code label must be affixed to a small product.
EAN-8 typically consists of 2 country code characters, followed by 5 data digits, followed by a checksum digit. In theory, a 2 digit or 5 digit supplemental bar code can be added to an EAN-8 symbol, but this is rarely done since the purpose of EAN-8 is to conserve space.
While UPC-E compresses data (by deleting the unnecessary 0's of an appropriately chosen UPC-A code) and can be converted to UPC-A, the data digits in the EAN-8 code are not compressed. The digits specifically represent a manufacturer and product. After 2 digits are used for the country code, only 5 digits are allowed for the product code (#00000-99999, or 100,000 products). Thus, only limited numbers of EAN-8 codes are given out in each EAN member country.
Note: When you enter an EAN-8 bar code in EasyBarCoder, do not enter the checksum digit - it will be calculated automatically. This applies even if you are adding supplemental data digits. Do not enter the checksum digit between the last data digit of the standard EAN-8 code and where the data digits of the supplemental code begin.
Bookland EAN
EAN-13 symbology is also used by book publishers to bar code the ISBN numbers of books.
An ISBN number typically consists of 10 digits. The first digit is the starting group identifier (usually 0 or 1 in English countries). Then, there is an 8-digit combination of publisher and title identifier digits, followed by a checksum digit. For example, the ISBN number 0-8176-5076-8 has a starting group identifier of 0, a publisher identifier of 8176, a title identifier of 5076, and the checksum digit of 8. Since there is a 4-digit publisher identifier, this publisher can produce 10,000 (#0000-#9999) titles. 
To bar code an ISBN number with EAN-13, enter 978 as the first 3 digits of the EAN-13 code. This indicates that the country code of the EAN bar code is Bookland, meaning the code refers to an ISBN number. In the future, 979 may also be used for this purpose. Do not enter the ISBN checksum digit, as EasyBarCoder will add it automatically. For example, to bar code the ISBN number 0-8176-5076-8, enter 978, followed by 081765076. The EAN-13 checksum digit of 8 will be calculated automatically by EasyBarCoder.
An EAN-13 code used to bar code an ISBN number may also include a 5-digit supplemental code, which can be used to bar code the suggested retail price. The first digit of the 5-digit supplemental code indicates the currency type (e.g., 0 for British pounds, or 5 for US dollars). For example, to indicate a US price of $39.95, the digits 53995 would be used for the supplemental code. If a supplemental code of 90000 is used, there is no suggested retail price for the book, while complementary copies are coded with supplemental code 99991. The National Association of College Stores uses the supplemental code of 99990 to indicate that a book is used.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Information on Interleaved 2 of 5, UPC Shipping Container Symbol ITF-14, and OPC Code symbologies is given below.
Interleaved 2 of 5
Interleaved 2 of 5 is used labeling master cartons, and in warehouse and industrial applications.
It is a variable-length, numeric symbology. It must consist of an even number of digits.
This code gets its name from the fact that it uses bars to represent the first character, and interleaved white spaces for the next character. Each character is composed of 5 elements, with 2 of the 5 elements being wide elements.
 
UPC Shipping Container Symbol ITF-14
The UPC Shipping Container symbology is used to mark master cartons, cases, or pallets (which themselves contain multiple units of UPC or EAN labeled goods).
The UPC Shipping Container symbology uses a 14-digit Interleaved 2 of 5 symbology, hence the abbreviation of the symbology as 'ITF-14'.
The data within this 14 digit symbol is used as follows:
Digit(s)	Use	
1	packaging indicator:
0: UPC code of contents is different from case code
1, 2: more than each
3 ,4: inner packs
5, 6: shipping cartons 
7:pallet
8: reserved
9: variable quantity content	
2-3	UPC numbering system or EAN prefix	
4-8	manufacturer identification number	
9-13	item identification number	
14	 check digit	
Although you can use EasyBarCoder's Interleaved 2 of 5 to produce UPC Shipping Container bar codes, you must know the check digit ahead of time.
OPC Code
The OPC code is used for bar coding retail optical products. It is an Interleaved 2 of 5 bar code symbology. Details can be obtained from the Optical Product Code Council in Falls Church, Virginia.

Code, ISSN, and LOGMARS
Information on the Code 128, Code 3 of 9, Code 93, SISAC (ISSN) Code, and LOGMARS symbologies is given below.
Code 128
Code 128 is a very flexible linear symbology. It can encode the full 128 ASCII character set. It can encode messages of variable lengths. It represents a high number of characters per inch of bar code. 
Code 128 is often used in new applications. It is easily read by scanning equipment, and contains several integrated message check routines. 
If the first character of a Code 128 bar code is a Function Code 2, then the bar code is part of a longer message. The message will continue until a bar code that does not have a  Function Code 2 as the first character is scanned.
Code 3 of 9
Code 3 of 9 refers to the nine elements used to code characters, with 3 of these 9 elements being wide bars, and the other 6 elements being narrow bars. Code 3 of 9, or Code 39, bar codes are often used in industrial applications. It is a variable length symbology, and thus, can encode variable length messages.
Standard Code 39 contains 43 characters: 0-9, A-Z, $, /, %, +. Full Code 39 includes the fuller 128 ASCII character set. A special character ($, /, +, %) is combined with a letter (A-Z) to form characters not present in standard Code 39. 
If the first character of a Code 39 bar code is an space (ASCII code 32) , then the bar code is part of a longer message. The scanned bar code should be appended to other scanned bar codes to yield the entire message. Once a bar code without a space as its leading symbol is scanned, the preceding message has been completed.
Code 93
Code 93 encodes the 128 ASCII character set. It is named Code 93 because it uses 9 modules organized into 3 bars. Code 93 is similar to Code 3 of 9, but has the advantage of encoding more characters per inch.
If the first character of a Code 93 bar code is space (ASCII  code 32) , then the bar code is part of a longer message. The scanned bar code should be appended to other scanned bar codes to yield the entire message. Once a bar code without a space as its leading symbol is scanned, the preceding message has been completed.
SISAC (ISSN) Code
SISAC Code is an abbreviation for 'Serials Industry Systems Advisory Committee Code'.  It uses Code 128 to uniquely identify each issue of a journal by including the ISSN number, date of publication. and volume number.
Each registered journal (or serial; includes magazines, newspapers, annual reports, scholarly journals, and so on) has an 8-digit ISSN number. These digits include 7 data digits and 1 checksum (if the checksum digit is 10, then an X is used). 
The ISSN International Centre in Paris oversees a network of national ISSN registration centers. In the United States, the National Serials Data Program within the Library of Congress performs this function.
LOGMARS
LOGMARS is an abbreviation for 'Logistics Applications of Automated Marking and Reading Symbols'. It is essentially a version of Code 3 of 9 used by the US Department of Defense as specified by MIL-STD-1189B.

More Symbologies
Information on Codabar, MS8/Plessey, PostNet, Data Matrix, MaxiCode, and PDF 417 symbologies is given below.
Codabar
Codabar encodes 10 numeric digits, plus 6 special alphanumeric characters. The Codabar symbology is variable in length, and can encode messages of any length.
Codabar is an older method, and is generally not used for new applications. Nonetheless, it is frequently found in libraries, blood banks, and other industries.
 MS8/Plessey
MS8/Plessey is a variable-length, numeric symbology. It is often used in marking product labels on retail shelves.
 PostNet
PostNet is also known as 3 of 5. It is used by the United States Postal Service for mail sorting. 
A PostNet symbol can contain a 5-digit Zip Code, a 9-digit Zip+4 Code, or an 11-digit Delivery Point Code.
EasyBarCoder will add a check digit to the end of the zip code; however, this digit will not be displayed.  This digit is the number that, when added to the sum of the digits of the zip code, produces a multiple of 10.
Data Matrix
Data Matrix is a 2-dimensional matrix bar code that encodes variable-length, alphanumeric information. A Data Matrix bar code can encode 1 to 2335 characters.
It encodes the ASCII 128 characters, as well as a variety of character sets. It has much redundancy, and error-correcting routines often allow partially damaged Data Matrix bar codes to be read correctly. 
MaxiCode
MaxiCode is fixed-size, 2-dimensional matrix bar code that can encode all 256 ASCII characters. It contains 866 hexagons arranged around a central bulls-eye finder. MaxiCode can be read quickly from most directions. It is used by United Parcel Service in automated sorting operations.
PDF 417
PDF 417 is a 2-dimensional stacked bar code that encodes variable-length, alphanumeric information. At the time of this writing, PDF417 is one of the most commonly used 2-dimensional bar code symbology.
A PDF 417 symbol can be 3 to 90 stacked rows, allowing a maximum capacity of 2150 alphanumeric characters, at a density of 340 characters per square inch. PDF 417 supports text compaction, numeric compaction and byte compaction.
The name of this code derives from the representation of each character by 4 bars and 4 spaces in a 17 module structure. Any letter, number, or almost any special character can be represented.

Using EasyBarCoder

Using EasyBarCoder
To use EasyBarCoder:
6.	Click on the EasyBarCoder icon to start the program. 
7.	The title screen will appear. Click Next to continue. 
8.	You will be asked to choose a label type. Here you can:
•	Click on the label type you will be using. The blue checkmark will move to your selection, and a sample of the approximate label size will appear below. 
•	Click Retrieve settings from 'setting file' (last option) to use the settings from a saved setting file. See Using the Setting File for more help.
Click Next to continue.
4.	You will be asked to choose the bar code type (see Bar Code Symbologies). Click on the type you want to print. The blue checkmark will move to your selected. Click Next to continue.
5.	You will be asked for the bar code value. Here, you can:
•	Enter in the bar code value in the text box provided. 
•	Check off Retrieve bar code values from a spreadsheet or text to import a series of bar codes from a spreadsheet or text file. See Importing Bar Codes from Files for more details. 
•	Check off Bar code to occupy most of label to print the bar codes in oversize on each label.
A preview will appear. Click Next to continue.
6.	You will be asked for a text description to be placed below each bar code. This could be the name of the product, or other information. Enter the description in the text box provided. Click Next to continue.
Note: If you enter more lines of description than there is room on the label, the extra lines will be ignored when printing.
7.	You will be asked to specify the number of pages you want to print. Here, you can:
•	Enter the number of sheets you will be printing in the text box provided.
•	Check off Increase bar code value by 1 on each label to have your bar code numbers sequentially increased.
•	Check off Save Setting File to save the task you just completed to a setting file. You can use this file to print the same bar codes without having to specify everything again. When this box is check off, a window will appear. Specify the file location you want to save to in the Save In box, and enter a name for the file in the File name box. Then, click Save.
A preview will appear. Click Print when you are ready to print.
8.	The Print Setup window will appear. Ensure that the paper size is correct, and that the labels are loaded in your printer. To adjust any printer settings, click the Properties button. When you are ready to print, click OK.  
 
Example:
Perhaps your company has produced 200 special item units (for example, Y Pool Filters) that you need to label with the UPC bar code 6-16340-12345. You can use EasyBarCoder to accomplish this task.
1.	Click the EasyBarCoder icon to start the program. When the title screen appears, click Next to continue.
2.	Perhaps you are using sheets of 4" x 1" standard labels. Click 4" x 1" Labels. The blue checkmark will move to this selection (or it could have already been there if this size was the default selection when you started the program). As well, a preview of the approximate label size will appear in the middle of the screen. Now, click Next.
3.	You will be asked to choose the bar code type. Since you want standard UPC labels, click UPC-A. A blue checkmark will appears beside your selection. Now, click Next.
4.	You will be asked for the bar code value. Enter 61634012345 in the text box. After you enter the eleventh digit (5), the bar code will automatically appear in the preview of the label below. The computer will automatically compute and add the check digit as the twelfth digit (also a 5). Now, click Next.
5.	You will be asked for the text description you want to appear below the bar code. Enter the name of the product, Y Pool Filters. Below the readable digits of the bar code, the text Y Pool Filters will appear. Now, click Next.
6.	You be asked how many pages of labels you want to print. If there are 20 labels on each page of labels, then in order to print out 200 labels, you would want to print 10 pages of labels. Enter 10 in the box. Then, click Print to start printing your labels.

Using the Setting File
You can create a setting file, and use it to print labels you have already printed during a previous EasyBarCoder session.
The setting file will store all aspects of bar code label generation. However, please note that if the setting file uses a spreadsheet or text file to import bar codes, then the spreadsheet or text file must in the same location as it was originally when using the setting file. This way, when the setting file tells EasyBarCoder to open the file, it will be available.
To save a setting file:
1.	Go through each step of EasyBarCoder. See Using EasyBarCoder.
2.	When you come to the last step (where you are asked how many copies you want to print), check off Save Setting File.
3.	A window will appear. Specify the file location you want to save to in the Save In box, and enter a name for the file in the File name box. Then, click Save.
4.	Your setting file will be saved. You can use this file in another EasyBarCoder session to complete the same tasks, but without having to specify everything again.
To use a setting file:
1.	Start the EasyBarCoder program. When the title screen appears, click Next to continue.
2.	You will be brought to the screen that asks you what type of label your are using. Click Retrieve settings from 'setting file' (the last option on the list).
3.	A Load Setting File window will appear.
4.	If you want the bar codes to be printed automatically after loading the setting file, check off Automatically print bar code. Your bar code(s) will be printed as specified by the setting file.
If you would rather make changes to your bar code setting before you print, check off Load in settings, but don't automatically print bar code. You will go through each step of the bar code process, so that you can make adjustments.
5.	 In the text box, specify the setting file you want to use. To browse through the files on your computer, click the ... button beside the text box.
6.	Click OK.  

Importing Bar Codes from Files
You can obtain bar code numbers from spreadsheet and text files.
Microsoft Excel (*.xls), E-Press EasySpreadsheet (*.ess), Comma Delimited (*.csv), and Tab Delimited (*.txt, *.tab) spreadsheets can be used to hold a list of bar code values and their corresponding descriptions. These files can be loaded into EasyBarCoder.
When creating your spreadsheet file, enter each bar code value in a separate cell in column A. Enter corresponding descriptions in column B. 
Tip: If you are entering long numbers and do not want the spreadsheet to use scientific notation, start each number with a single quote (').
If a value is not a valid bar code number, it will not be converted to a bar code; however, the printing will continue regardless.

Bar Code to Occupy Most of Label
You may want the bar code to occupy most of the label's height.  For example, perhaps you are using labels 1" in height, and need to print UPC bar codes that are at least 3/4" in height.
Go through the steps of EasyBarCoder, until you come to the screen where you are asked for the bar code value. Check off Bar Code to occupy most of the label.
Each bar code you print will occupy most of the label's height. Since the bar code will take up more space, the lines of descriptive text you enter will likely not have room to be printed.
Note: Generally, it is only possible to stretch linear bar codes. Two dimensional bar codes (e.g., DataMatrix) cannot be stretched in the vertical direction to occupy most of the label.

Sequentially Numbered Bar Codes
You can generate sequentially numbered bar code labels.
Printing sequentially numbered labels is often useful. For example, perhaps you are generating 1000 sequentially numbered bar code labels to be used as inventory asset tags for your company.
The value of each bar code you print will be increased by one. If you are using UPC-A bar codes, and you entered  0-00000-00001 for your first label, then the second label would be given the value 0-00000-00002. The next label would be 0-00000-00003, and so on.
To have your bar code numbers sequentially increased:
1.	Go through each step of EasyBarCoder. Set up your bar codes and labels, as described in Using EasyBarCoder. 
2.	When you come to the last step (where you are asked how many copies you want to print), check off Increase bar code value by 1 on each label.
3.	Click Print to print your labels.

International Characters
If your version of EasyBarCoder is Internationally-enabled, then you can enter International Characters as follows:
To enter this character:	Use these keystrokes:	
à, è, ì, ò, ù  À, È, Ì, Ò, Ù 	 Ctrl+` followed by any of these letters	
á, é, í, ó, ú, ý Á, É, Í, Ó, Ú, Ý	Ctrl+' followed by any of these letters	
 â, ê, î, ô, û Â, Ê, Î, Ô, Û	Ctrl+Shift+^ followed by any of these letters	
ã, ñ, õ Ã, Ñ, Õ	Ctrl+Shift+~ followed by any of these letters	
ä, ë, ï, ö, ü, ÿ  Ä, Ë, Ï, Ö, Ü, Ÿ	Ctrl+Shift+:  followed by any of these letters	
å, Å	Ctrl+Shift+@ followed by a or A	
æ, Æ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by a or A	
œ, Œ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by o or O	
'ç, Ç	Ctrl+, followed by c or C	
'ð, Ð	Ctrl+' followed by d or D	
¿	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+?	
ß	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by s	
¡	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+!	
ø, Ø	Ctrl+/  followed by o or O	
€	Ctrl+$	
For example, to place a circumflex accent (^) above a letter, hold the Ctrl key and the Shift key, and then press the ^ key. Let go of the keys, and then enter whatever letter you want. The ^ accent will appear on top of the letter. (This is summarized as: Ctrl+Shift+^)
Note: The shortcut for the Euro € is not a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut, but defined here for EasyOffice, due to the demand we have had for such a shortcut.
 Languages
European Languages: Use any English (or other European language version) Windows to enter characters from most European languages. All languages can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Japanese: For best results, please use a Japanese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Japanese; Japanese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Traditional Chinese:   For best results, please use a Traditional Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Traditional Chinese; Traditional Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Simplified Chinese: For best results, please use a Simplified Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Simplified Chinese; Simplified Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Korean: For best results, please use a Korean version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Korean; Korean and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.

Using EasyBar.exe

Running from the Command Line
EasyBarCoder includes EasyBar.exe, which can be run from the command line. This is useful if you want to include an instruction in a batch file to automatically create barcodes.
Running from the command line means that the normal, interactive EasyBarCoder program will not appear. Instead, depending on the command line switch settings you specify, EasyBar.exe will automatically follow your setting file to create the bar codes specified.
EasyBar.exe can be found in the Windows\System directory. When EasyOffice Premium is installed from a CD-ROM, EasyBar.exe is automatically installed to this directory.
Note:  Certain downloadable versions of EasyOffice may include EasyBar.exe; however, to conserve bandwidth, most downloadable versions do not include this program. To obtain the program, you may need to purchase the CD-ROM.
EasyBar.exe Usage
The usage of EasyBack.exe on the command line is as follows:
•	EasyBack settingfile: This will automatically perform a backup in accordance with the settings in the specified setting file.
Example:
This example will illustrate how to create a set of labels from the command line. It will use the setting file labelset123.bar, which was created the previous time the usual EasyBarCoder program was used.
1.	Go to the Start Menu and click Run. 
2.	Enter Command.
3.	Enter c:\Windows\System\EasyBar. 
4.	Enter c:\My Documents\labelset123.bar.
5.	The bar codes will automatically be created, following the instructions in the setting file labelset123.bar.

More Information

Obtaining UPC and EAN Numbers
To obtain a unique UPC company prefix number, contact the Uniform Code Council (UCC) in Dayton, Ohio: www.uc-council.org. 
To obtain an EAN number,  contact EAN International in Belgium: www.ean-int.org. Or, contact a local EAN member.

Reading Bar Codes
Easy Bar Coder codes bar codes, and prints them on a variety of labels.
Easy Bar Coder does not read bar codes. Bar code scanners typically come with their own software for reading and decoding bar codes.
To read a bar code, a bar code scanner shines light on the bar code. Its photodetectors see what light is reflected and received, to distinguish white space from the printed bars. Its logic circuits then analyze the detected signal, and decode it into a numeric or alphanumeric string, representative of the encoded bar code.
Types of bar code scanners include:
•	Wand Scanners: Inexpensive, pen-like scanning devices. Manually operated and dependent on user expertise.
•	CCD Scanners: The entire bar code is essentially imaged, digitized and then decoded. More expensive than a wand scanner, but less expensive than a laser scanner.
Laser Scanners: Often sends a laser beam bounced off a rotating mirror to generate a large pattern of scan lines. More expensive than CCD scanners, but better results, and can scan at a distance.
EasyBookkeeper: Contents

I.	Introduction to EasyBookkeeper
i.	Introduction
ii.	EasyBookkeeper Tutorial
iii.	I've never done bookkeeping before
II.	Bookkeeping 101
iv.	What is Bookkeeping?
v.	Your Books are Always in Balance
vi.	What are Assets?
vii.	What are Liabilities?
viii.	What is Equity?
ix.	What is Income?
x.	What are Expenses?
xi.	What are Financial Statements?
xii.	Where does the Accounting Equation Come From?
xiii.	Accounting Equation - Debts & Credits
xiv.	Example Transactions
III.	Learning to Use EasyBookkeeper
xv.	Learning to Use EasyBookkeeper
xvi.	Starting the EasyBookkeeper Program
xvii.	Exiting EasyBookkeeper
IV.	Shortcuts
xviii.	Keyboard Shortcuts
xix.	International Characters
V.	Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Books
xx.	Starting New Books
xxi.	Saving Books
xxii.	Automatic Savings of Books
xxiii.	Useful Tip: Incremental Savings
xxiv.	Retrieving Books
xxv.	Password Protection
xxvi.	Backing Up Files
VI.	Accounts and Transactions
xxvii.	Changing Account Names
xxviii.	Adding Transactions
xxix.	Sorting Transactions
xxx.	Value Added Tax Transactions
xxxi.	Keeping Track of Value Added Tax
xxxii.	Accounts Payable
xxxiii.	Accounts Payable Transactions
xxxiv.	Accounts Receivable
xxxv.	Accounts Receivable Transactions
xxxvi.	Searching for Transactions
VII.	Reports
xxxvii.	Detailed vs. Summary Reports
xxxviii.	Dated Reports
xxxix.	Expense Reports
xl.	Name & Date on Reports
xli.	Printing Reports
VIII.	Journals and Year-Ends
xlii.	Audit Trails
xliii.	Year-End (or Period-End)
xliv.	I just did a year-end closing by mistake...
IX.	Voice Features
xlv.	Voice
X.	FAQ
xlvi.	Where are the Debts and Credits?
xlvii.	Where is the Trial Balance?
xlviii.	How do I correct a mistake?
xlix.	Retrieving Books
l.	Chart Obstructing First Lines of Income Statement

Introduction to EasyBookkeeper

Introduction
EasyBookkeeper is a member of the EasyOffice  family that makes bookkeeping extremely simple.
EasyBookkeeper is an actual double-entry bookkeeping system that produces standard bookkeeping/accounting reports such as a Balance Sheet and Income Statement.
EasyBookkeeper is easy to learn to use.
Instead of simply keeping your expenses, receipts and other business transactions in various paper folders (or spreadsheet lists, etc.), you can enter every business transaction into EasyBookkeeper. Without much more effort than entering your transactions into spreadsheet lists or writing them down on paper, your business transactions will automatically be organized in a classical double-entry bookkeeping/accounting style. An up-to-date Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Aged Accounts Receivable Report, Aged Accounts Payable Report, and Expense Reports will always be immediately available. 

EasyBookkeeper Tutorial
The EasyBookkeeper Tutorial guides you through the basic functionality of EasyBookkeeper. By default, this tutorial appears each time you start EasyBookkeeper.
To view the tutorial at any time, go to the Help menu and click EasyBookkeeper Tutorial.
After you become experienced using EasyBookkeeper, you will probably not want to see the tutorial each time you start the program. If you do not want to view the tutorial each time you start the program, go to the Help menu and un-check Show Tutorial at Startup.

I've never done bookkeeping before
EasyBookkeeper is a true, double-entry bookkeeping system that produces classical accounting reports, such as Income Statements and Balance Sheets.
Double-entry bookkeeping is not necessarily a simple subject. Many people take college-level courses to learn this subject.
However, double-entry bookkeeping with EasyBookkeeper is extremely easy. There are no confusing debits and credits to worry about. EasyBookkeeper will not let you post a transaction unless it is balanced. In most cases, EasyBookkeeper automatically helps you balance your transactions. There are no trial balances to worry about, and your Income Statements, Balance Sheets, and other reports are automatically prepared for you in real-time.
Nonetheless, learning a tiny bit about double-entry bookkeeping will make using EasyBookkeeper more meaningful to you. Included in the EasyBookkeeper help files is Bookkeeping 101. It discusses bookkeeping, assets, liabilities, equity, and so on. If you have never attempted bookkeeping before, spend a half-hour reading through this section, and you will find using EasyBookkeeper, as well as looking at any financial statements in general, more understandable.

Bookkeeping 101

What is Bookkeeping? 
Bookkeeping is the practice of organizing a set of books. A set of books records a business' or organization's financial activities.
Bookkeeping may also be called accounting, and many bookkeeping software packages may be called accounting software.
 
"Who needs bookkeeping information?"
All organizations need some sort of bookkeeping method. Whether an organization is a small business, a large corporation, a non-profit charitable organization, or a government, records of financial activities must be kept.

Your Books are Always in Balance
Financial transactions are grouped into accounts. For example, all transactions with respect to putting money into the bank and taking money out of the bank, may be grouped in the 'Cash' account.
Accounts can be Assets, Liabilities, Equity, Income, or Expenses. 
Your books should always be in balance, such that Assets = Liabilities + Equity. That is, the total of your Assets should equal the total of your Liabilities plus your Equity. (Income and Expense accounts will affect the value of your Equity.)
In EasyBookkeeper, any transactions you enter must be balanced. If they are not balanced, they will not be allowed to be added to your books.
Transactions must be balanced such that:
Assets = Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses	
For example, if you receive $1000 for services you provided, you would enter this business transaction as follows:
•	Cash (an account in Assets) +1000
•	Service Sales (an account in Income) +1000
Since both sides of the equation increase by 1000 (Assets increases by 1000, and Income increases by 1000), the equation remains balanced. EasyBookkeeper will allow these transactions to be posted (added to your books. This way, your books always are in balance. 

What are Assets?
Assets are objects that a business (or organization) owns.
Examples of assets are physical cash (bills and coins), cash in a bank account, furniture, accounts receivable (money that other people or businesses must pay to the business), inventory, and so on.
EasyBookkeeper contains several asset accounts called Asset1, Asset2, Asset3, and so on.
You can rename these accounts. For example, you could change the name Asset5 to Furniture. The value of any furniture that the business owns would be listed in the Asset account named Furniture. Any changes in the furniture assets of the business would affect this account. For example, if you bought a $300 desk for your business, you would have to increase the Furniture account by $300.
Depending on the business or organization, you can have more general or more specific accounts. For example, you might want to have the following accounts related to cash:
•	Cash on Hand
•	Cash in Checking Account
•	Cash in Payroll Bank Account
•	Cash in Cash Drawer
•	Cash in Petty Cash
Or, perhaps you may simply want to have one account called Cash.
Each business or organization will need to set different accounts. Some asset accounts that may be set up include:
•	Cash on Hand
•	Cash in Checking Account
•	Cash in Payroll Bank Account
•	Cash in Cash Drawer
•	Cash in Petty Cash
•	Deposits Business has Paid Out
•	Prepaid Insurance
•	Accounts Receivable
•	Notes Receivable
•	Inventory - Finished Goods
•	Inventory - Raw Materials
•	Machinery - Original Cost
•	Machinery -Accumulated Depreciation
•	Furniture and Fixtures - Original Cost
•	Furniture and Fixtures - Accumulated Depreciation
•	Land
•	Buildings and Improvements - Original Cost
•	Buildings and Improvements - Accumulated Depreciation
•	Investments
•	Goodwill
Current Assets are cash or other assets that can be converted to cash readily.
Investments are more long-term - they are not to be converted to cash for a period of time.
Plant or Equipment are long-term assets used for long periods of time.
Intangible Assets have no physical basis, but nonetheless have value to the business or organization. Examples of intangible assets would be goodwill, patents, trademarks, etc. 

What are Liabilities?
Liabilities are objects, generally money, that a business (or organization) owes to other organizations or individuals.
Examples of liabilities are a credit card balance that is owed, a loan that is owed, or a supplier that is owed money.
EasyBookkeeper includes liability accounts called Liability1, Liability2, Liability3, and so on.
You can rename these accounts. For example, you could change the name Liability8 to XYZ Bank Loan. Any changes in your loan from the XYZ Bank would affect this account.
If you were to buy a $300 desk for your business, you would have to increase the Furniture account by $300.
Each business or organization will need to set up different accounts. Some liability accounts that may be set up include:
•	Credit Cards Payable
•	Accrued Salaries
•	Accounts Payable
•	Sales Tax Payable
•	Payroll Withholding Payable
•	Other Tax Payable
•	Customer Deposits
•	Bank Loans
•	Mortgages Payable
Current Liabilities generally have to be paid within the near future. 
Accounts Payable reflects current liabilities owed to suppliers.
Long-term Liabilities do not have to be paid off completely in the near future. 

What is Equity?
Equity can also be called Capital.
Equity represents a financial value of the business or organization.
EasyBookkeeper includes equity accounts called Equity1, Equity2, Equity3, and so on.
You can rename these accounts. For example, you can change the name Equity1 to Owners' Equity. Equity3 (or other account) is automatically renamed Retained Earnings.
The net profit (or loss) of the business is automatically put into the Retained Earnings account by EasyBookkeeper.
Each business or organization will need to set up different accounts. Some equity accounts that may be set up include:
•	Owner's Investment
•	Owner's Withdrawals
•	Shareholders' Investment
•	Dividends Paid
•	Retained Earnings (set up automatically by Easy Bookkeeper)
•	Current Year Earnings (set up automatically by Easy Bookkeeper)

What is Income?
Income is also called Revenue.
Income is a net increase in the assets (usually cash or accounts receivable) of a business. It generally comes about by the sale of goods and services.
EasyBookkeeper includes income accounts called Income1, Income2, Income3, and so on.
You can rename these accounts. For example, you can change the name Income1 to Parts Sales, and Income2 to Service Sales.
Each business or organization will need to set different accounts reflecting the types of Income they receive.

What are Expenses?
Expenses are the costs the business or organization spends in order to produce its income.
EasyBookkeeper includes expense accounts called Expense1, Expense2, Expense3, and so on.
You can rename these accounts. For example, you can change the name Expense2 to Car Expense.
Each business or organization will need to set up different expense accounts. Some expense accounts that may be set up include:
•	Cost of Materials
•	Wholesale Cost of Sales
•	Retail Cost of Sales
•	Delivery Expenses
•	Office Supplies 
•	Telephone
•	Advertising
•	Rent
•	Utilities
•	Car Expense
•	Salaries Expense
•	Vacation Pay Expense
•	Employer Payroll Expense
•	Employee Benefit Expense
•	Legal and Accounting
•	Bank Charges
•	Corporation Taxes
•	Depreciation
•	Amortization

What are Financial Statements?
The basic financial statements are the Income Statement and Balance Sheet.
The Income Statement lists the income accounts, followed by the expense accounts. At the bottom of the Income Statement, the net income or profit is computed by subtracting the total expenses from the total income.
The Income Statement is usually generated for a given time period. For example, it may be generated for the time period from January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001 to show the income, expenses, and profit for the business during the 2001 year accounting period.
The Balance Sheet lists an organization's assets, liabilities, and equities. If the books of the organization are balanced, then the total of the assets will equal the total of the liabilities plus the equities.
The Balance Sheet is generated for a given date. It represents a snapshot of the organization's assets, liabilities, and equities on that given date.
The profit computed by the Income Statement is used within the Balance Sheet. There will usually be an equity  account named Retained Earnings (or equivalent) which contains the profit (or loss) or the business.
In Summary reports, only the accounts themselves are displayed along with the net amount in an account. In Detail Reports, all the transactions that have occurred within a given account are displayed. 

Where Does the Accounting Equation Come From?
The accounting equation used by Easy Bookkeeper is an algebraic representation of standard bookkeeping procedures: 
Assets = Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses	
If you would like to see how it comes about, consider the following discussion:
You start a business and place $10,000 in a bank account. The $10,000 in the bank is considered to be an asset. The equity (financial value) of the business is equal to its assets . Thus,
•	Equity = Assets, or if we turn the equation around, Assets = Equity
If you borrow any money, or buy something on credit, the value of your assets will increase. The equity value of your business will not increase, since you have to pay the money back. 
You now borrow $5000 from the bank for your business. You have $10,000 that you placed in your bank account, plus another $5000 from the bank, for a total of $15,000 in your bank account. Since you owe the bank $5000, you have taken on a liability of $5000. Equity remains unchanged at $10,000. Thus, 
•	Assets = Liability + Equity
•	15,000 = 5,000 + 10,000 (balanced)
Your business receives income from the sales you make, and these sales bring about expenses. Income will increase the equity of the business, while expenses will decrease the equity of the business. Thus, the full equation can be written as:
•	Assets = Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses

Accounting Equation - Debits & Credits
Research by e-press corp. shows that the debit and credit nomenclature used in traditional bookkeeping is confusing for users with modest bookkeeping experience.  Credit does not always mean 'increase' or 'positive', and debit does not always mean 'decrease' or 'negative'. For example, by standard bookkeeping nomenclature, a cash bank balance is considered to have a debit balance.
EasyBookkeeper avoids the potentially confusing debit and credit nomenclature.  Instead, it makes sure that the equation, Assets = Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses, is respected. As shown in the previous section, this equation is simply an algebraic representation of standard bookkeeping procedures, and indeed, the reports that EasyBookkeeper produces are standard bookkeeping reports. 
The relationship between the accounting equation and the traditional debit and credit nomenclature is as follows:
Accounting Equation	Equivalent Debit and Credit	
assets (+) are increased	assets are debited	
assets (-) are decreased	assets are credited	
liabilities (+) are increased	liabilities are credited	
liabilities (-) are decreased	liabilities are debited	
equity (+) is increased	equity is credited	
equity (-) is decreased	equity is debited	
income (+) is increased	income is credited	
income (-) is decreased	income is debited	
expense (+) is increased	expense is debited	
expense (-) is decreased	expense is credited	

Example Transactions
All sets of transaction entries must keep the books in balance such that:
Assets = Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses	
 
Example 1 - Receiving $1000 in cash for services you provided
•	Cash (an account in Assets) +1000
•	Service Sales (an account you named in Income) +1000
Both sides of the equation are increased by $1000. On the left side, Assets goes up by $1000; on the right side, Income goes up by $1000.
The equation is balanced.

Example 2: Selling $1000 of services, but not receiving payment yet
•	Accounts Receivable ( an account in Assets) +1000.
•	Service Sales (an account you named in Income) +1000.
Both sides of the equation go up by $1000. On the left side, Assets goes up by $1000; on the right side, Income goes up by $1000.
The equation is balanced.

Example 3: Buying a $400 desk for your business and paying in cash
•	Cash (an account in Assets) -400
•	Furniture (an account in Assets) +400
Assets goes down by $400, and then up by $400; therefore the net change in Assets is zero.
The equation remains balanced.

Example 4: Buying a $400 desk for you business on credit
•	Accounts Payable (an account in Liabilities) +400
•	Furniture (an account in Assets that you named) +400
Both sides of the equation are increased by $400. On the left side, Assets goes up by $400; on the right side, Accounts Payable goes up by $400.
The equation is balanced.

Example 5: Investing $10,000 cash in your business
•	Cash (an account in Assets) +10 000.
•	Owner's Equity (an account in Equity that you named) +10 000.
Both sides of the equation go up by $10 000. On the left side, Assets goes up by $10 000; on the right side, Equity goes up by $10 000.
The equation is balanced.

Learning to Use EasyBookkeeper

Learning to Use EasyBookkeeper
EasyBookkeeper makes bookkeeping and accounting as easy as possible for you to do.
Before using EasyBookkeeper, you should know a little about bookkeeping. To learn the basics, read the Bookkeeping 101 help section. While reading the section, you may want to take a piece of paper and pen, and make notes. Doing so is an effective way to remember and understand what you read.
Once you know the bookkeeping basics, you will need to learn to how use EasyBookkeeper. EasyBookkeeper is very straightforward to use; however, you should experiment with it and learn about it before using it to record your financial transactions.
You do not have to read all of the help files in the "Using EasyBookkeeper" section in order to be able to use the program. Start a new book called 'Training' (or something similar), and enter sample transactions for some fictitious company. If you have particular questions at any point, you can always click Help and search for a related topic.
However, if you are willing to spend an hour reading all the files below, you may find the knowledge obtained makes using EasyBookkeeper a very pleasant experience. While reading the help files, try them out. Start a new book called 'Training' (or something similar). While you are reading each help topic, enter transactions into EasyBookkeeper and explore what happens. By doing so, you will gain an excellent proficiency in using EasyBookkeeper. You can also print the help files as you go.  
 
Sample Books
A number of sample books are included. Explore these sample books, enter transactions, perform Year-Ends, and look at the Income Statement and Balance Sheet.

Starting the Easy Bookkeeper Program
To start the EasyBookkeeper program:
6.	Double-click on the EasyBookkeeper icon on the Desktop. Or, go to Start, Programs, EasyOffice 2001, EasyBookkeeper. 
7.	This EasyBookkeeper program will open. If tutorial at startup is turned on, a the EasyBookkeeper Tutorial will automatically start. If you already know how to use EasyBookkeeper, click Exit to leave the tutorial. However, if it's your first time using Easy Bookkeeper, you should go through this brief tutorial.
8.	EasyBookkeeper will ask if you would like to Start a New Book or Retrieve a Book. 
9.	If you selected Start a New Book, EasyBookkeeper will ask you to provide a Name for the Company. This name will appear as the Company Name on your reports. You can easily change this name later if you wish. Enter a name, and click OK. A blank book will appear, without any transactions.
If you select Retrieve a Book, EasyBookkeeper will open the Books folder. Select the book you want to work on, and click Open. Your book will appear.
Note: If you do not want to view the tutorial each time you start the program, go to the Help drop-down menu at the top of your screen. If you see a checkmark beside Start Tutorial at Startup, then click this selection. The checkmark will disappear, and the tutorial will no longer start automatically.

Exiting EasyBookkeeper
When you are finished, exit the program:
•	Go to the File menu and click Exit. Or,
•	Click the x in the right-hand corner of your screen.

Shortcuts

Keyboard Shortcuts
Some common functions can be performed directly from your keyboard using the shortcuts below:
Keyboard Shortcut	Function	
Ctrl+N	new book	
Ctrl+O	retrieve a book	
Ctrl+S	save a book	
Ctrl+P	print current book	

International Characters
If your version of EasyBookkeeper is Internationally-enabled, then you can enter International Characters as follows:
To enter this character:	Use these keystrokes:	
à, è, ì, ò, ù  À, È, Ì, Ò, Ù 	 Ctrl+` followed by any of these letters	
á, é, í, ó, ú, ý Á, É, Í, Ó, Ú, Ý	Ctrl+' followed by any of these letters	
 â, ê, î, ô, û Â, Ê, Î, Ô, Û	Ctrl+Shift+^ followed by any of these letters	
ã, ñ, õ Ã, Ñ, Õ	Ctrl+Shift+~ followed by any of these letters	
ä, ë, ï, ö, ü, ÿ  Ä, Ë, Ï, Ö, Ü, Ÿ	Ctrl+Shift+:  followed by any of these letters	
å, Å	Ctrl+Shift+@ followed by a or A	
æ, Æ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by a or A	
œ, Œ	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by o or O	
'ç, Ç	Ctrl+, followed by c or C	
'ð, Ð	Ctrl+' followed by d or D	
¿	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+?	
ß	Ctrl+Shift+& followed by s	
¡	Alt+Ctrl+Shift+!	
ø, Ø	Ctrl+/  followed by o or O	
€	Ctrl+$	
For example, to place a circumflex accent (^) above a letter, hold the Ctrl key and the Shift key, and then press the ^ key. Let go of the keys, and then enter whatever letter you want. The ^ accent will appear on top of the letter. (This is summarized as: Ctrl+Shift+^)
Note: The shortcut for the Euro € is not a standard Microsoft International Character shortcut, but defined here for EasyOffice, due to the demand we have had for such a shortcut.
 
Language Notes
European Languages: Use any English (or other European language version) Windows to enter characters from most European languages. All languages can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Japanese: For best results, please use a Japanese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Japanese; Japanese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Traditional Chinese:   For best results, please use a Traditional Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Traditional Chinese; Traditional Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Simplified Chinese: For best results, please use a Simplified Chinese version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Simplified Chinese; Simplified Chinese and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.
Korean: For best results, please use a Korean version of Microsoft Windows or a version that supports Korean; Korean and English characters can co-exist in EasyOffice.

Starting, Saving, and Retrieving Books

Starting New Books
To start a new book:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click New. Or,
•	Click the Start a New Book button. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+N on your keyboard.
2.	A Company Name window will appear.
3.	Enter a name for your company in the text box, and then click OK.
4.	Since EasyBookkeeper allows only one book to be open at a time, you may be asked if you want to save the book you were just working on. If you want to save it, click Yes. If not, click No. If you choose No, any changes you made to your book since the last time you saved it will be lost.
5.	A new, blank book will appear, ready for you to work on.

Saving Books
You can save your work at any time, and then continue working with EasyBookkeeper. Even if you do not save a book, it will be saved automatically each time you post a transaction.
To save your book:
•	Go to the File menu and click Save. Or,
•	Click the Save Books button. Or,   
	
•	Press Ctrl+S on your keyboard.
By default, EasyBookkeeper saves books as E-Press EasyBookkeeper (*.ezb) files in the folder Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Books\.  
 
Saving with Another File Name
You may want to save your book with another file name. For example, you may want to make a copy of your book to enter some 'what if' transactions (what if there is an income of $20,000, etc.), but you want to keep your original book intact. 
To save with a different file name:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save As.
2.	A Save window will appear.
3.	Enter the new name for your book in the File name box.
4.	Click Save. Your book will be saved with the new file name. The old copy of your book will not be affected.
 
Saving in Another Folder or on a Floppy Disk
You may want to save your book in another location; for example, you may want to save it on a floppy disk instead of the hard drive of your computer.
To save with a different file name:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save As.
2.	A Save window will appear.
3.	Click on the down arrow in the Save in box to choose another folder or directory. (To save on a floppy disk, select Floppy. Or, simply type A: before the file name in the File name box.)
4.	Click Save. Your book will be saved in the location you chose. The old copy of your book will not be moved.
 
Saving as a Spreadsheet File
You can save your book as an Excel-compatible spreadsheet (*.xls) file.
To save your book as a spreadsheet file:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save As.
2.	A Save window will appear.
3.	Click the down arrow on the Save as type box and select Microsoft Excel Files (*.xls).
4.	Click Save. Your book will be saved as a spreadsheet file.

Automatic Saving of Books
 Easy Bookkeeper automatically saves you book each time you post information.  
If you do not save a book, it is saved for you automatically, each time you post a transaction. If you forget to save a book, your computer crashes, or your computer does not work properly after a suspend or sleep mode,  your last transactions will have already been saved.

Useful Tip: Incremental Savings
Advanced users find it useful to save books occasionally as different copies. This sometimes proves useful in tracking down errors since a record of snapshots of books is kept at different dates.
For example, you can start your books off with the name "ABC Company". Perhaps at the end of each month save your books as (click 'File' and then 'Save As')  "ABC Company2", "ABC Company3", "ABC Company4", and so on.

Retrieving Books
You may be keeping books for multiple companies. After working on one book, you can open another book.
To retrieve a saved book:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File menu and click Open. Or,
•	Click the Retrieve Books button. Or,
		
•	Press Ctrl+O on your keyboard.
2.	An Open window will appear.
3.	The default folder for EasyBookkeeper is Program Files/EasyOffice 2001/Books. To find a book in another folder or directory, click the down arrow on the Look in box.
4.	The default file format for books is E-Press EasyBookkeeper Files (*.ezp). To view books of another file type (XLS or ZIP), click the down arrow on the Files of Type box, and select the file format you want to view. 
5.	Click on the file you want to open, and then click Open.
6.	Your book will be retrieved, and ready for you to work on.
 
Retrieving Excel-Compatible Spreadsheet File
If a book is in an Excel-compatible format that is compatible with EasyBookkeeper, you can retrieve it. For example, if you previously saved a book as an Excel file, you can retrieve it with EasyBookkeeper.
When you click Retrieve Books and the Open window appears, select Microsoft Excel Files (*.xls) from the Files of Type box. Click on the Excel-compatible file you want to retrieve, and then click Open.
Before the file is loaded into EasyBookkeeper, its format will be verified. Then, EasyBookkeeper will verify that the accounting equation is balanced (Assets = Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses).

Password Protection
For security purposes, you may want to save your book with a password. EasyBookkeeper has the useful feature of being able to save and retrieve encrypted ZIP files. These files require a password to open them.  
To save your book with a password:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save with Password.
2.	A warning will appear to inform you that your file will be compressed, and can only be retrieved if you remember your password.  Click Yes to continue.
3.	A Set Password window will appear for you to type in your secret password.  Type your password in the Password box, then confirm your password by typing it again in the Confirm Password box below. Click OK.
4.	Your book will be automatically be saved with a password. It will be saved as a *.zip file.
 To open a password-protected book:
1.	Click Retrieve Books or press Ctrl+O.
2.	An Open window will appear.
3.	Click the down arrow on the Files of type box and select Password-protected ezb (*.zip).
4.	Click on the file you want to open, and then click Open.
5.	A window will appear asking you to enter the password. You must know the password in order to open the file. Enter the password, and then click OK.
6.	EasyBookkeeper will decompress and open your encrypted book file.
 Notes
1.	Industry-standard ZIP encryption is performed. This is reasonably good encryption for normal purposes.
2.	At the time of this writing, there is no 'master' password or back door that we at e-press know about. If you forget your password, you will not be able to retrieve your file (nor will we be able to help you).
3.	There may be methods known to the encryption community for opening such files, even if the password is not known.
4.	This is NOT Microsoft Office encryption. You will not be able to open the encrypted file in Microsoft Office, although you will be able to open up the file any standard ZIP program.
If password-protected file is saved, but a non-password protected file of the same name exists in that directory, then the non-password protected file will usually be deleted. It is assumed that you are using password protection so that unauthorized users do not have access to your file.

Backing Up Files
EasyOffice Premium version: Use EasyOffice Backup
An easy way to back up your EasyBookkeeper files is to use EasyOffice Backup (included with EasyOffice Premium version). Other ways to back up your EasyBookkeeper files, as well as more technical details, are given below.
Book Files (Your Sets of Books)
EasyBookkeeper will save your bookkeeping records (books) in the folder  Program Files\EasyOffice 2001\Books\.  EasyBookkeeper automatically saves you book each time you post information. 
Books are saved as E-Press EasyBookkeeper (*.ezb) Files. For example, Iowa.ezb.
An easy way to back up a book is to save it on a floppy diskette. To save on a floppy disk:
1.	Insert a floppy disk into drive A: (or your floppy drive).
2.	Go to the File menu and click Save As. 
3.	A Save window will appear.
4.	In the File name box, type a: followed by your file name. For example, if you wanted to name your book Iowa, type a:Iowa.
5.	Click Save. Your book will be saved on the floppy diskette.
Your computer may be on a network. To save a book on another computer on the network:
1.	Go to the File menu and click Save As. 
2.	Click the down arrow on the Save In box. 
3.	Click Network Neighborhood, and then select the desired computer and folder on the computer where you want to save your file. 
4.	Click Save. Your file will be saved in the folder on the computer you specified.
 
Program Files
You do not have to backup the program files of EasyBookkeeper. Should the program files become damaged on your computer, insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and re-install the program files. (If you are technically curious, the program files of EasyBookkeeper will be found in the folder Program Files\ EasyOffice 2001\)

Accounts and Transactions

Changing Account Names
By default, EasyBookkeeper's accounts are set up as follows:
•	Asset accounts are called Asset1, Asset2, Asset3, and so on.
•	Liability accounts are called Liability1, Liability2, Liability3, and so on.
•	Equity accounts are called Equity1, Equity2, Equity3, and so on.
•	Income accounts are called Income1, Income2, Income3, and so on.
•	Expense accounts are called Expense1, Expense2, Expense3, and so on.
•	In most versions of Easy Bookkeeper, some accounts have already been renamed:
•	Asset1 will usually be called Cash
•	Asset4 will usually be called Accounts Receivable
•	Liability2 will usually be called Accounts Payable
•	Equity2 will usually be called Current Earnings
•	Equity3 will usually be called Retained Earnings
•	You can choose names for the remaining accounts
•	Whether or not you choose names for the accounts, the EasyBookkeeper program will work. For example, you can use the Expense2 account to enter your car expenses. On your Income Statement, the amounts of your car expenses will be shown in the Expense2 account. However, it is better to give your accounts meaningful names. 
•	Regardless of the name you choose, an asset account will always be considered an asset account, an expense account will always be considered an expense account, and so on.
 
 Changing Account Names
Perhaps you are using the Expense2 for your car expenses, but you want to change the account name to Car Expenses.
To change the account name:
1.	Go to the Tools menu and click Change Account Name. Or, click the Change Category Name button.
	
2.	A Change Account Name window will appear.
3.	Click on an icon to choose a main category (account). For example, if you want to change the Expense2 account, click the Expenses icon.
4.	In the list below, click on the name of the account you want to change, and then click the Edit button.
5.	Type in the new name of your account. For example, if you want to change Expense 2 to Car Expenses, type Car Expenses.
6.	Click Close.
7.	The name of your account will be changed.
 
Automatic Setup of Account Names
Every business is unique and needs its own account names. However, to get a new set of books organized a bit quicker, you may want to take advantage of the automatic setup of account names feature, and then change any names not appropriate for your business.
1.	Go to the Tools menu and click Change Account Name. Or, click the Change Category Name button. 
2.	A Change Account Name window will appear.
3.	Click the Account Setup button at the bottom of the window.
4.	You can choose account names that could be used with a Retail Company, Service Company, or Manufacturing Company. To return to the default names of Expense1, Expense2, etc., choose Erase Names.
5.	Click OK. The new account names will appear. If any account names are inappropriate, you can change them.
 
Account Buttons
When you click the Add New Transactions button, the Edit Transaction window appears. Note that the accounts appear in the following order:
•	Row 1: Asset accounts (Asset1 - Asset5)
•	Row 2: Liability accounts (Liability1 - Liability5)
•	Row 3: Income accounts (Income1 - Income5)
•	Row 4: Expense accounts (Expense1- Expense5)
•	Row 5: Expense accounts (Expense6 - Expense10)
•	Row 6: Frequently used accounts not shown above
If an account is not displayed on one of  these buttons, then click the arrow on the Please choose an account drop-down list, and select the account.
When you name your accounts, keep in mind that the first five asset, liability, and income accounts, and the first ten expense accounts are the ones displayed as quick buttons. Use these accounts for frequently entered transactions.
The advantage of these buttons is that you can quickly choose an account with one click while entering transactions. For example, perhaps you enter car expenses every day, and you have renamed the Expense22 as Car Expenses.  When you want to enter your car expense transactions, you will have to hunt for Car Expenses in the drop-down list (after the first time, it may remain in the bottom row of buttons). However, if you named, for example, Expense8 account as Car Expenses, it would always be displayed for you (since buttons for Expense1 to Expense10 are displayed). 

Adding Transactions
The purpose of bookkeeping is to add transactions to your set of books.  
For example, on your desk is an invoice you paid today, and a check you received from a customer. These are business transactions, and they can be entered into your book.
To add new transactions:
1.	Click the Add New Transactions button. 
	
2.	An Edit Transaction window will appear. You will enter each of your transactions here. Once you have entered the transactions and they are balanced, you will add them to your book.
3.	Click on the button for the account you want to add a transaction to (Cash, Asset 1, Accounts Payable, Expense 1, etc.). Or, select an account from the drop-down list at the top of the window. See "Account Buttons" in Changing Account Names for more details. The account name will appear in the Account box.
4.	Today's date will appear in the Date box. To select another date, click the down arrow on the Date box, and a calendar will appear. In the calendar, click on the date you want to use (click the arrow buttons to view the next or previous month).
5.	Enter a description of your transaction in the Description box.
6.	 Enter the amount in the Amount box. For example, if you are entering a transaction for the invoice for a $599.99 chair, enter 599.99.
7.	When you are ready to add your transaction, click the Add button.
	
8.	An Add New Transaction window will appear, with a list of your transactions. Here, you can:
•	Edit an existing transaction. Click the transaction in the list, and then click the Edit a Transaction button.
•	Delete an existing transaction. Click the transaction in the list, and then click the Delete a Transaction button.
•	Delete all the transactions in the list. Click the Delete these Transactions button.
9.	Under the list is the Balance section with the accounting equation Assets = Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses. This equation must be balanced before you can post your transactions:
•	If you see ASSETS =X LIABILITIES + EQUITY + INCOME - EXPENSES, your equation is not balanced, and you cannot post the transactions. Click the Add a Transaction button to add another transaction.

•	If you see Balanced! (OK to press "POST TRANSACTIONS"), your equation is balanced. Click the Post Transactions button to add the transactions to your book.
 
10.	After posting your transactions, you can add more transactions if you like. When you want to return to your book, click the Exit button.
 
Add Transaction Example
On your desk is an invoice you paid today, and a check you received from a customer. The invoice you paid is for $230.00 for a new power drill. The check you received is for $600. from Mr. Ablloy. You want to add these transactions to your book:
Click the Add New Transactions button, and the Add New Transactions window will appear.
Let's enter the $230 invoice first:
1.	Choose an asset account. Click Asset 2 (or, perhaps you have already renamed Asset 2 with a name such as Power Tools).
2.	Today's date is already in place for you. You could, of course, change the date if the invoice is from last week.
3.	Enter something about the transaction in the Description box. For example, you could type 'Power Drill, Model XX'.
4.	In the Amount box, enter 230.
5.	Click the Add button. The blue screen will appear, where 'Assets2   xx/date/xx    Power Drill, Model...    230.00' will be listed.
6.	 In the Balance section, you will see the equation ASSETS =X LIABILITIES + EQUITY + INCOME - EXPENSES. There is a red X because the equation is not yet balanced. There is $230 in Assets, representing the asset value of the drill, but nothing else in the equation. EasyBookkeeper will not allow you to post the transaction to your set of books. You must enter how you paid for the drill. Assume that you paid for the drill by means of check or cash (as opposed to putting it on your account, in which case you would have to enter it in your Accounts Payable).
7.	Click the Add a Transaction button. The Edit Transaction screen will appear.
8.	Click the Cash account button.
9.	The date is already present from your previous entry, as is the description. Also, EasyBookkeeper has automatically figured out that if you are paying cash for your drill, then the amount should be -230. (You are decreasing the amount of cash in the Cash account by $230.) 
10.	Click the Add button. The blue screen will appear, where you will see this second transaction listed. 
11.	In the Balance section, the accounting equation will be balanced. The message Balanced! (OK to press "POST TRANSACTIONS") will appear. 
(The equation shows all zeros. This is normal. You increased the Assets of your business by $230 in buying the drill (a drill is an asset), but at the same time, decreased the Assets of your business by $230 in paying for the drill (cash is also an asset). +230-230 equals 0; thus, the assets of your business actually remain unchanged.)
12.	Click the Post Transactions button. The transactions will be posted in your set of books.
Next, let's add the $600 check you received from Mr. Ablloy today:
1.	Perhaps the $600 check represents income for business services you provided. For simplicity, assume that this income should be placed in the Income 1 account; thus, click the Income 1 button.
2.	The current date will be provided for you.
3.	Enter a Description; for example, 'Repairs for Mr. Ablloy'. 
4.	In the Amount box, enter 600.
5.	Click the Add button. The blue screen will appear, and the income from Mr. Ablloy will be listed in the box.
6.	In the Balance section, the accounting equation is unbalanced. Your income was increased by $600. At the same time, you received a check which will increase your Cash account (assume that this account includes both physical cash and checks, i.e., cash and checks are the same; of course, you could set up your books with different accounts for cash, for checks, for coin money, and so on).
The increase in income of $600 has been entered, but you still must enter the increase in cash to your business of $600.
7.	Click Add a Transaction. The Edit Transaction screen will appear.
8.	Click the Cash button. 
9.	The date an description are already present from your previous entry. EasyBookkeeper has already figured out that if your income increased by $600, then the amount of your Cash account should also increase by $600; thus, there is a +600 in the Amount box.
10.	Click the Add button. The blue screen will reappear. Your two transactions will be listed, and the accounting equation will be balanced.
11.	Click Post Transactions, and these transactions will be posted to your set of books.
Now, let's see where these transactions ended up in the books, that is, where in the Balance Sheet and Income Statement these transactions are listed:
1.	Click Exit. The window will disappear, and you will be brought back to your set of books.
2.	At the top of the screen, you see the Income Statement. There will be a graphic showing total expenses compared to total income.
3.	In the Income Statement, the $600 transaction 'Repairs for Mr. Ablloy' will be listed in the Income1 category. There are no other income listings, and indeed, the Total Income is $600. There are no expenses listed. Remember, the drill represented an increase in assets of the business, not an expense. However, at the end of the year, since the drill is now used and of less value, part of the drill's cost can be treated as an expense. Since there was $600 in Income and $0 in Expenses, the Net Income shown is $600.
4.	Scroll down the screen until you reach the Balance Sheet.
5.	In the Cash category, you will see the $600 you received from Mr. Ablloy (+600), and the $230 you paid out for the drill (-230). Thus, the Total of the Cash category will be $370. In the Assets2 category, you will see the $230 entry for the drill. There are no other assets listed. The Total Assets of the company are $370 Cash and $230 Assets 2, for a total of $600.
6.	There were no accounts payable or other liabilities entered, and Total Liabilities is listed at 0.
7.	In the Equity categories, in the category Current Earnings, EasyBookkeeper has automatically placed the $600 in Net Income shown on the Income Statement. Thus, the Total Liabilities and Equity is $600, which balances with the $600 in Total Assets.
"Why is the purchase of the drill not an expense?  Why do we classify it as an asset?"
We classify the drill as an asset because it is something that has value. As the drill becomes older and more used, its value will decrease. Each year a depreciation expense can be set up for the drill, whereby a percentage of the drill's cost is expensed. Thus, the purchase of the drill does eventually become an expense (or rather series of smaller expenses spread out over many years). 
On the other hand, if you pay money for something like electricity, you can treat it as an expense immediately. You have used up the electricity, and it no longer has any value.

Sorting Transactions
Transactions appear in each category in the order in which they were entered.  However, you can sort transactions in each category by the date of the transaction or by the amount of the transaction.
To sort your transactions:
1.	Go to the Tools menu and click Sort. Or, click the Sort button at the top of the screen. 
	
2.	A Sort Transactions window will appear.
3.	Choose to sort by date, by amount, by journal transaction number, or by description. For example, if you click Sort by Description, from A-Z', then in each category, the transactions whose description begins with an A appear first, and then B, and so on. When you Sort by Description, from Z-A, the reverse happens.)
4.	Click OK.
If you now inspect the Income Statement and Balance Sheet (as well as the Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable and Expense reports), the transactions in each category are in the sorted order you specified.
Tip: Users with many accounts payable or accounts receivable transactions find it useful to put the company name to whom they owe money (AP) or are owed money (AR), in the description of the transactions when posting. These users will usually sort by description before posting changes to their accounts payable or accounts receivable. This way, all the invoices from a given company are grouped together, and it is easy to review which invoice should be 'Marked as Paid'.

Value Added Tax Transactions
You may be in a jurisdiction where you need to keep track of taxes paid for each transaction. For example, in Canada, businesses can claim GST taxes paid in the course of business back from the government. In such Canadian businesses, it may be necessary to keep track of the GST paid for each transaction.
It is fairly easy to keep track of value added or other taxes with EasyBookkeeper.
Consider the Canadian business example above. Perhaps you had a freight expense of $200, plus $14 for the GST, making a total of $214. You paid for this item with a check.
1.	Set up an Asset account called GST Tax Receivable, and an Expense account called Freight Expense. See Changing Account Names for help.
2.	Click the Add New Transaction button, and the Edit Transaction window will appear.
3.	Click the Cash account button, and then -214 in the Amount box. Click Add.
4.	The blue screen will appear, and the accounting equation will be unbalanced. Click Add a Transaction.
5.	Now, enter the GST paid for the item. Click GST Tax Receivable, and then enter +14 in the Amount box. Click Add.
6.	The screen will reappear, and the accounting equation will remain unbalanced. Click Add a Transaction.
7.	Now, enter the business expense itself. Click the Freight Expense button. The amount will be entered automatically as 200. Click Add. 
8.	The blue screen will appear again, and the accounting equation will be balanced. Click Post Transactions to add the transactions to your books.
In the Canadian business example, at the end of the period or year when you need to claim back the GST tax that you paid from the government, look at the GST Tax Receivable account in your Balance Sheet. You will see a list of all the transactions and the total GST that is receivable.
In the example above, you may also want to set up a Liability account called GST Tax Payable, to keep track of transactions that will be remitted to the government will at the end of the period. Every time a sale is made and GST is collected from a customer, the amount will go into the GST Tax Payable account.
These concepts apply to any business that needs to keep track of taxes collected or paid. If you need to keep track of a state sales tax you collect from customers, set up a Liability account called State Sales Tax Payable.

Keeping Track of Value Added Tax
It is fairly easy to keep track of value added or other taxes with EasyBookkeeper:
1.	Set up an Asset account called VAT  Receivable. See Changing Account Names for help.
2.	Each time you pay VAT on an item, enter the amount of VAT you paid to the VAT Receivable account
For example, suppose you had a business expense of 2.00 Pounds for the expense itself and .35 Pounds for the VAT, making a total of 2.35 Pounds. You paid for this item from petty cash.
1.	Click Add New Transactions, and the Edit Transaction window will appear. 
2.	Click Petty Cash, and then enter -2.35 in the Amount box. Click Add.
3.	The blue screen will appear, and the accounting equation remains unbalanced. Click Add a Transaction.
4.	Now, enter the VAT paid for this item. Click VAT Tax Receivable, and enter +.35 in the Amount box. Click Add.
5.	The blue screen will reappear, and the accounting equation still remains unbalanced. Click Add a Transaction.
6.	Now, enter the business expense itself. Perhaps it was an office expense. Click the Office Expense button (assuming that you have set up an Office Expense account). The amount will automatically be entered as 2.00. Click Add. 
7.	The blue screen will reappear, and the accounting equation is balanced. Click Post Transactions to add the transactions to your books.

Accounts Payable
Accounts Payable is important - it is the money your business owes its suppliers.
To see the status of your Accounts Payable:
•	Go to the View menu and click Accounts Payable. Or,
•	Click the Accounts Payable button. 
	
You will immediately see a graphic showing the aged status of your Accounts Payable. The accounts use the following color scheme:  
•	Green: current Accounts Payable (less than 30 days old)
•	Blue: 30-60 days old.
•	Yellow: 60-90 days old. 
•	Orange: 90-180 days old.
•	Red: 6 months or more old
All transactions that were posted to the Accounts Payable category are listed. If you would like to see only those older than 30 days, or older than 60 days, or older than 90 days or older than 6 months, simply click the corresponding button. To view all Accounts Payable transactions again, click the Show All Transactions button.
The aged status of the Accounts Payable is determined by the date of the transaction. For example, if an Accounts Payable transaction was entered with a mid-July date, and today it is the beginning of September, then this Accounts Payable transaction will be considered 30-60 days old.
When you make payment for an Accounts Payable, a negative amount cancels out the previous Accounts Payable, and a corresponding negative amount of the payment goes into Cash (you reduce your Cash account each time you pay an Accounts Payable). For example, perhaps in mid-July, you received a shipment from a supplier for which you were invoiced $300. In doing your bookkeeping in mid-July, perhaps you put +300 into Expense1 category, and +300 into Accounts Payable category. Now, for example, in September you pay a check for $300 to this supplier. Thus, you enter a -300 transaction in the Accounts Payable account, and a -300 transaction in the Cash account.
You need to let the computer know when a particular invoice has been paid, so that it will not be placed into one of the aged accounts. For example, if an invoice dated from 40 days ago is paid today, then it should not appear in the 30-60 day category since it is no longer outstanding - it is now paid. You will automatically be prompted to mark as paid the appropriate invoices when you enter a negative Accounts Payable transaction. Or at any time, click the Mark as Paid button to mark whatever invoices you want as paid.

(It is not mandatory to mark invoices as paid. The software will still function normally. However, the aged listings will not make sense.  You can click the Mark all Invoices as Paid button any time you want.)
To print out a listing of your Accounts Payable, simply click the Print button.

Accounts Payable Transactions
The best way to learn about EasyBookkeeper's Accounts Payable system is to enter some sample Account Payable transactions.
Start a new book for this example. (Do not try out sample transactions on your actual books, since you cannot erase transactions afterwards. You should start a booked called 'Training', and use it for the examples here and in other help sections.)
Suppose you received a bill from the telephone company for $320.21, but you will not be paying this bill until next month.
1.	Click the Add New Transactions button, and a window will appear.
2.	You could have named one of the expense accounts 'Telephone Expense', but for the moment assume that sales from landscaping work are put in Expense 1 account. Click the Expense 1 button.
3.	Today's date will be set for you. In the Description box, enter Telephone Bill. In the Amount box, enter 320.21.
4.	Click the Add button. The blue screen will appear. The accounting equation is, of course, not balanced. $320.21 has been entered as an expense, but you must enter how this amount is paid. Since you are not actually paying it now, enter the payment as coming from Accounts Payable.
5.	Click the Add a Transaction button.
6.	Click the Accounts Payable button. The amount will automatically be set to +320.21 (EasyBookkeeper helps you balance the accounting equation.) This is indeed correct, since the Accounts Payable would be increasing by $320.21.
7.	Click the Add button. The blue screen will appear, and the accounting equation will be balanced. 
8.	Click the Post Transactions button, and the transactions will be posted added to your books.
Assume that a few weeks have passed, and you are now paying your bills. To pay the telephone bill, you will write a cheque for $320.21 from your bank account. 
1.	Click the Cash button. Today's date will appear. In the Description box, enter Payment of  telephone bill. In the Amount box, enter -320.21 (since you are decreasing your cash by $320.21). 
2.	Click the Add button. The blue screen will appear. The accounting equation will not be balanced. You have taken $320.21 from your Cash account, but now must enter a transaction for how you spent this money. This money pays off an Accounts Payable, and so, will have to be entered as such.
3.	Click the Add a Transaction button. 
4.	Click the Accounts Payable button. The amount will automatically be changed to -320.21. This is correct, since you are decreasing Accounts Payable by $320.21.
5.	Click the Add button. The blue box screen will appear, and the accounting equation will be balanced. 
6.	Click  the Post Transactions button, and the transactions will be added to your books. Also, a small grey box will appear, reminding you to mark any invoices this transaction covers as paid.
In the Accounts Payable section, an aged list of all Accounts Payable transactions is kept. If you make use of this aged listing, you will want to know which specific invoices were paid off, and which have still not been paid. (Note: You are not obligated to do so. Some users with few transactions may not want to bother keeping track of formally which specific invoices have been paid. No problem. The Accounts Payable section is actually separate from the rest of the program, and there will be no problems if you don't make use of it.)
Click Continue.  A large grey box titled Mark Accounts Payable automatically pops up. You can see your 'Telephone Bill' for $320.21 listed in this box as 'Not Paid'.  Click the telephone bill and the transaction is highlighted. Now click the Paid button since you just paid this bill. (The Partial Paid button is used if you have only partially paid an invoice, and there is still money owing on that invoice.) A checkmark now appears beside the telephone bill transaction and it is marked as paid. Click Exit, and you are automatically returned to the grey box where you can enter additional transactions.
Let's look at the Income Statement and Balance Sheet. Click Exit. The Income Statement now appears. In Expense 1, you will see the telephone bill transaction for $320.21. If you scroll down to the Balance Sheet, you will see an entry of -320.21 in the Cash account, which was for the payment of the telephone bill. Scroll down a bit further to the Accounts Payable account, and you will see entry of the telephone bill in the Accounts Payable for +320.21, and then when the bill was paid, the entry in the Accounts Payable for -320.21.

Now, let's look at the Accounts Payable section of EasyBookkeeper. Click the Accounts Payable button. The total accounts payable will be shown as $0.00 (unless you have some other sample transactions already entered), which is correct. If you click Mark as Paid, you will see the list of Accounts Payable transactions entered, as well as payments of these Accounts Payable.

Mark as Paid
As mentioned above,  if you are using the Accounts Payable section of EasyBookkeeper to keep track of your Accounts Payable, then you should keep track of which invoices are paid and which are not.
You need to let the computer know when a particular invoice has been paid so that it will not be placed into one of the aged categories. For example, if an invoice dated from 40 days ago is paid today, then it should not appear in the 30-60 day category since it is no longer outstanding - it is now paid. To let the computer know that an invoice has been paid, simply click the Mark as Paid button. 
When you pay off an Accounts Payable (i.e., when a negative amount is entered for an Accounts Payable), the program will automatically bring you to the Mark as Paid list, so that you can enter the appropriate invoice(s) as paid. (Invoices if one payment covers several invoices, as the case may often be.) 
However, you are not obligated to mark invoices as paid, and do not need to do so at that time. Your books will nonetheless still balance (but your Aged Accounts Payable listings will not be meaningful).
Similarly, you can enter the Accounts Payable section any time you wish, click the Mark as Paid button, and mark as being paid whatever invoices you would like.
 
Tip
If you have many Accounts Payable transactions, and you want to be able to quickly find the invoices you should mark as paid, then put the company name at the beginning of  the description when you add a transaction. Keep your transactions sorted in alphabetical order, and all the invoices for a given company will appear grouped together in the Mark as Paid listing.

Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable is important -  it is the money that your business is owed by its customers.
To see the status of your Accounts Receivable:
•	Go to the View menu and click Accounts Receivable. Or,
•	Click the Accounts Receivable button. 
	
You will immediately see a graphic showing the aged status of your Accounts Receivable, which follows the color scheme below:
•	Green: current Accounts Receivable (less than 30 days old)
•	Blue: 30-60 days old
•	Yellow: 60-90 days old.
•	Orange: 90-180 days old. 
•	Red: 6 months or more old.
All transactions that were posted to the Accounts Receivable category are listed. If you would like to see only those older than 30 days, or older than 60 days, or older than 90 days or older than 6 months, simply click the corresponding button.
The aged status of the accounts receivable is determined by the date of the transaction. For example, if an accounts receivable transaction was entered with a mid-July date, and today it is the beginning of September, then this accounts receivable transaction will be considered 30-60 days old.
You need to let the computer know when a particular invoice has been paid so that it won't be put into one of the aged categories. For example, if an invoice dated from 40 days ago is paid today, then it should no longer appear in the 30-60 day category since it is no longer outstanding - it is now paid. To let the computer know that an invoice has been paid, simply click the Mark as Paid button. 

You will then be shown a list of Account Receivable transactions, and you will be asked which one should be marked as paid.
(It is not mandatory to mark invoices as paid. The software will still function normally and your books will be in balance.  However, the aged listings will not make sense.)
To print out a listing of your Accounts Receivable, simply click the Print button.

Accounts Receivable Transactions
The best way to learn about the Accounts Receivable system of EasyBookkeeper is to actually enter some sample Accounts Receivable transactions.
Start a new book for this example. (Do not try out sample transactions on your actual books, since you cannot erase transactions afterwards. You should start a booked called 'Training', and use it for the examples here and in other help sections.)
Suppose you have invoiced a customer for  $700.00 for landscaping work you have done, but you will not be actually paid by our customer until next month.
1.	Click the Add New Transactions button.
2.	We could have named one of the income accounts 'Landscaping Income', but for the moment we will assume that sales from landscaping work are put in Income 1 account. Click the Income 1 button.
3.	In the Description box, enter Acme Property - Stone Wall. In the Amount box, enter 700.00. 
4.	Click Add. The blue screen will appear. The accounting equation is not balanced, of course. You have entered 700.00 as an income, and now need to enter how this amount is paid. Since you are not actually  getting paid now, enter payment as coming from (eventually) Accounts Receivable.
5.	Click Add a Transaction. 
6.	Click Accounts Receivable. The amount will automatically be entered as +700.00. (EasyBookkeeper helps you balance the accounting equation.) This is correct, since Accounts Receivable would be increasing by $700.00.
7.	Click Add. The blue screen will appear, and indeed, the accounting equation is balanced. 
8.	Click Post Transactions, and the transactions will be added to your books.
Assume that a few weeks have passed, and today you receive a cheque from the Acme Company as payment for the $700 invoice for the landscaping work. 
1.	Click Cash. In the Description box, enter Acme - payment. In the Amount box, enter 700.00 (since you will be increasing your Cash by $700.00). 
2.	Click Add. The blue screen pops up. The accounting equation is not balanced, of course. You have put $700.00 into your Cash account, but now have to enter a transaction for where this money came from. This money pays off an Accounts Receivable, and so, will have to be entered as such.
3.	Click Add a Transaction. 
4.	Click Accounts Receivable. The amount will automatically be changed to -700.00. This is correct, since you are decreasing Accounts Receivable by $700.00.
5.	Click Add. The blue screen will appear, and indeed, the accounting equation is balanced. 
6.	Click Post Transactions, and the transactions will be posted added to your books. Also, a small grey box will pop up, reminding you to mark any invoices this transaction covers as paid.
In the Accounts Receivable section, an aged list of all Accounts Receivable transactions is kept. If you make use of this aged listing, you will want to know which specific invoices were paid off, and which have still not been paid - it is important to know who owes you money, and especially those invoices which have not been paid for long periods of time. (Note: You are not obligated to do so. Some users with few transactions may not want to bother keeping track of formally which specific invoices have been paid. No problem. The Accounts Receivable section is actually separate from the rest of the program, and there will be no problems if you don't make use of it.)
Click Continue.  A large grey box titled Mark Accounts Receivable automatically pops up. You can see your invoice  for $700.00 listed in this box as 'Not Paid'.  Click the transaction, and it is highlighted. Now click the Paid button since you were just paid this invoice. (The Partial Paid button is used if you have only been partially paid for an invoice, and there is still money owing on that invoice.) A checkmark now appears beside the $700 invoice and it is marked as paid. Click Exit, and you are automatically returned to the grey box where you can keep on entering additional transactions.
Let's look at the Income Statement and Balance Sheet. Click Exit. The Income Statement now appears. In Income 1 you will see the  transaction for $700.00. If you scroll down to the Balance Sheet, you will see an entry of 700.00 in the Cash Account which was for the payment of our invoice. Scroll down a bit further to the Accounts Receivable account, and you will see entry of the invoice in the Accounts Receivable for +700.00, and then when the invoice was paid, the entry in the Accounts Receivable for -700.00.

Now, let's look at the Accounts Receivable section of EasyBookkeeper. Click the Accounts Receivable button. The total accounts receivable will be shown as $0.00 (unless you have some other sample transactions already entered), which is correct. If you click Mark as Paid, you will see the list of Accounts Receivable transactions entered, as well as payments of these Accounts Receivable.

Mark as Paid
As mentioned above,  if you are using the Accounts Receivable section of EasyBookkeeper to keep track of your Accounts Receivable, then you should keep track of which invoices are paid and which are not.
You need to let the computer know when a particular invoice has been paid so that it will not be placed into one of the aged categories. For example, if an invoice dated from 40 days ago is paid today, then it should not appear in the 30-60 day category since it is no longer outstanding - it is now paid. To let the computer know that an invoice has been paid, simply click the Mark as Paid button. 
When you pay off an Accounts Receivable (i.e., when a negative amount is entered for an Accounts Receivable), the program will automatically bring you to the Mark as Paid list, so that you can enter the appropriate invoice(s) as paid. (Invoices if one payment covers several invoices, as the case may often be.) 
However, you are not obligated to mark invoices as paid, and do not need to do so at that time. Your books will nonetheless still balance (but your Aged Accounts Receivable listings will not be meaningful).
Similarly, you can enter the Accounts Receivable section any time you wish, click the Mark as Paid button, and mark  as whatever invoices you would like as paid.
 
Tip
If you have many Accounts Receivable transactions, and you want to be able to quickly find the invoices you should mark as paid, then put the company name at the beginning of  the description when you add a transaction. Keep your transactions sorted in alphabetical order, and all the invoices for a given company will appear grouped together in the Mark as Paid listing.

Searching for Transactions
You can search your set of books for particular transactions by date, amount, or description.
To search for transactions:
1.	Go to the Tools menu and click Search. Or, simply click the Search button.
	
2.	A Search window will appear.
3.	Choose to Search Amount, Search Date or Search Description:
•	If you want to search for a transaction involving a certain dollar (or other currency) value, then click Search Amount, enter a value. The program will first search for the exact value you entered, but if unsuccessful, will then search again ignoring the cents (or amount after the decimal point for other currencies). The search will not distinguish between negative and positive numbers (i.e., debits and credits).
•	If you want to search for a transaction taking place on a certain date, then click Search Date. Click the down arrow on the box to view a calendar, and select a date.
•	If you want to search for transactions with a particular description,then click Search Description and enter a description. The search is not case sensitive (e.g., it will find 'Acme' whether you write 'acme' or 'ACME' or 'Acme'). As well, you need not know the full description; it will find parts of the description.
4.	Click Search.
5.	A list of transactions will appear. (If no transactions are found, no transactions will be listed, and a message will appear below the list box.)
6.	Click Exit to return to your books.

Reports

Detailed vs. Summary Reports
In the Detailed Report, the Income Statement and Balance Sheet Reports are shown in full detail.  All of the transactions for every category are visible.

As time goes by, and you keep adding transactions to your set of books, the Income Statement and Balance Sheet reports will become very long. There will be occasions when you do not want to see or to print out every transaction, but just the total for each category.
If you click on the Summary Report button (shown below) on the top of the screen, all of the transaction details disappear from the Income Statement and the Balance Sheet. Instead, just the totals for each category are shown. (You may also go to the Report menu and click Summary Report.)

If you click on the Short Summary Report button (shown below) on the top of the screen, then the reports are summarized even further - the graphs are removed, as are all the categories that contain zero balances. (You may also go to the Report menu and click Short Summary Report.)

Note: Excessively Long Reports
The scroll-down Detailed Report was designed to conveniently hold several thousand transactions for typical users of EasyBookkeeper. If you input many more thousands of transactions, you will not be able to scroll down past the first few thousand transactions. (However, all your data is safe and sound. You can keep on entering even more transactions without any worry.) For cases of excessively long reports, you can access the details of your Detailed Report by clicking Print Preview (the choice will pop up automatically in excessively long reports, or you can access it in the File drop-down menu). Here, many thousands of transactions can be organized over hundreds of pages, and easily viewed by you.

Dated Reports
There will be occasions where you do not want to see the hundreds (or thousands) of transactions in your set of books, but you nonetheless want to see, for example, all of the transactions that occurred in the last month. In such a case, the Summary Report would not help you. Instead, you need to view a Dated Report.
To view a Dated Report:
1.	Go to the Report menu and click Dated Report. Or, click the Dated Report button.
	
2.	A Dated Report window will appear.
3.	Enter the date you want to view. 
4.	Click Keep the transactions summarized.
5.	Click OK. In each category, any transactions that occurred prior to the date will be summarized (i.e., they will be lumped together and they will not individually appear in the report) as Balance Forward as of  <<date>>.
6.	If you want all the transaction details to reappear in your Detailed Report, then click Dated Report again and click Don't summarize the transactions anymore.
 
Note: At year-end or period-end closing, transactions are removed from various categories, and also summarized. However, the phrase used is 'Starting Balance'. (The Dated Report button, of course, will not bring back these closed-out transactions.)

Expense Reports
Knowing how much money you are spending on expenses is vital to any business. 
To examine the transactions of the Expense categories in more detail, click the Expenses button (or, go to the View menu and click Expense.)

You will immediately see a graphic showing your largest expenses. Below this graphic all of your Expense accounts and their transactions are listed.
To examine a particular Expense account:
•	Click the pull-down box arrow at the top of the screen and double-click  the expense account  you want to view
•	That Expense account will be shown in detail. 
•	As well, a graphic will show this Expense account  in relation to the other Expense accounts.
If you want to go back to view all the expenses, simply click the Display All Expenses button. (To quickly view the chosen account in detail again, click the Display Category button.)
To print out a listing of all your expenses or a particular expense account, simply click the Print button. Whatever is displayed on the screen will be printed out.

Name & Date on Reports
Name on Reports
To change the name of the company that appears on your reports:
1.	Go to the Tools menu and click Change Company Name. Or, click the Name on Report button. 
	
2.	A Name on Report window will appear.
3.	Enter the new name, and click OK.
For example, perhaps your reports should say "Acme Inc." rather than just "Acme".
Note: Changing the name on your reports will not change any file names.
 
Date on Reports
The date on your reports is obtained from the computer's system clock. The date on your reports is not linked to data inside your reports, and you can change it to any date you want. (Although it will look questionable if your report is dated, e.g., December 31, and you have transactions from February of the following year within your report.)
If you want to change the date on a report (e.g., it is February 11th, but you want your report to read 'Balance Sheet as of December 31', then temporarily change the system clock to this date. At the top, go to the Date menu and click Change system date. You can then enter the desired date (e.g., December 31 in the example above).
Be sure to restore your computer's date back to normal when you are finished printing out reports.

Printing Reports
You can print the report you are currently viewing on your screen.
To print your current report:
•	Go to the File menu and click Print. Or,
•	Click the Print Report button. Or,
	
•	Press Ctrl+P on your keyboard.
A Print box will appear, where you can set various options, such as printing to another network printer, or printing selected pages, or printing multiple copies. Click OK when you are ready to print.
 
Print Preview
If you want to see what the report will look like before printing it out, go to the File menu and click Print Preview. 
The buttons in the Print Preview are self-explanatory. Your report is shown on a page by page basis, and you can go to the Next Page or the Previous Page. If you click Two Page, then two pages will be shown on the screen at once, while if you click One Page, only one page will be shown at a time. Zoom In and Zoom Out let you zoom in (useful to see details more closely) or zoom out (useful to see more of the page on the monitor). If you click Print, then the displayed report will be printed out. If you do not want to print out the report, then click Close and you will exit from the Print Preview.

Journals and Year-Ends

Audit Trails
A paper trail of all the transactions entered into your set of books is available.
Posted transactions are also put into an Entry Journal.  In your Income Statement and Balance Sheet, every transaction has a journal transaction number listed beside it. You can easily find where these transactions were entered by journal transaction number.
The Entry Journal is a chronological list of all the transactions that were posted into your book.  Of importance, the Entry Journal shows which transactions were posted together (before they were split apart and put into different categories).
The Entry Journal can be viewed, but not adjusted. To view the Entry Journal, click the View Journal button (or, go to the View menu and click Journal). To print out the journal, click Print Journal.

The Entry Journal records performance of  Year-End Operations. After a Year-End Operation, the Entry Journal is not cleared or summarized (as are the Income Statement and Balance Sheet) - all journal entries from the day your books began are present.
 
"My Book is 5 years old, and there are 8000 journal entries. How do I finally clear it?"
The journal cannot be cleared for audit control purposes.
However, keep in mind you do not have to print out the entire journal. When you click Print Journal, the Print box pops up, and you can select pages in the Print Range section.
If you nonetheless want to clear out your journal, the only mechanism is:
•	After your next Year-End operation, print out your Balance Sheet.
•	Start a new set of books, and enter the summarized totals of each Account into the new accounts of the new set of books
(This takes about 15 minutes to do, and effectively, you have the same set of books but without the transaction history in your Entry Journal.)

Year-End (or Period-End)
At end of your fiscal period (which may or may not be a December 31 year end; many businesses have different period-endings), you should do a period-end closing of your books.
If you click the Year End button (or, go to the Tools menu and click Year End), you will be asked if you are sure that you want to close out your book for the year or period. If you click Yes, you will be told what operations will occur. If you then decide to click Continue, then the following will occur:
•	A backup copy of your books (your present books, before the year-end operations are done) is saved. (The filename of this backup copy will be the existing name, plus today's date and time. For example, if the filename of your books is acme.ezb and today's date and time are January 4, 2001  9:15AM, then the backup copy will be saved with the filename acmeJan-04,2001 0915.ezb.)
•	The amount in the Current Earnings category will be transferred (added) to the Retained Earnings category. 
•	All transactions in the Income and Expense categories are cleared. These categories will be filled up again with transactions in the next year or accounting period.  (The net value of these transactions, i.e. the net income value which is placed in the Current Earnings category, was added to Retained Earnings in the previous step. Now all of the Expense categories, Income categories and Retained Earnings category are at  0, ready for the new accounting year or period.)
•	The many transactions in each of the Asset, Liability and Equity categories will be summarized (i.e., lumped together) as Starting balance.  
Notes:
Each of the Asset, Liability and Equity categories is now empty of transactions, except for the one line Starting balance. These categories will be filled up again with transactions in the next year (or accounting period).
It is a good strategy to print out your full, detailed Income Statement and Balance Sheet, prior to performing a year-end closing. After the closing, you should print out the Income Statement and Balance Sheet again. In the Income Statement, the Income and Expense categories will all be at 0. Even though the many transactions are no longer present in your Balance Sheet, the totals of each category will be identical to the Balance Sheet you printed out just prior to the year-end closing. (Except for the Current Earnings category, which has been added to the Retained Earnings category.)

"I just did a year-end closing by mistake."
If you performed a year-end closing by mistake, or if you still have some transactions to enter for the previous year, you can always restore your set of books.
1.	Click  the Retrieve Books button, and select the backup copy of your books which was created before the year-end operations were performed. 
	
2.	Click Open. Now, save this book with a new name that does not sound like a backup. For example, if the backup name was acmeJan-04,2001 0915.ezb, and the original file before backup was acme.ezb, perhaps you can now use acme2.ezb as the name for your file.
3.	Go to the File menu at the top of the screen, and then click Save As. A window will appear. In the File name box it will say, for example, acmeJan-04,2001 0915.ezb. Hit Backspace on the keyboard, and this name will disappear. 
4.	Type in the name (e.g., acme2.ezb) that you decided on.
5.	Click the Save button.
6.	Your books have been restored to the way they were before the year-end closing. They have the filename acme2.ezb. The next time you start EasyBookkeeper and want to access this set of books, you should retrieve acme2.ezb. 

Voice Features

Voice
It is sometimes useful to have the computer read back to you a list of transactions. For example, if you are trying to balance your bank account, it might be useful for the compute to read back to you the entries in the bank account of your books.
The Detailed Report must be displayed in order for the Voice to work. (Otherwise, the Voice button is dimmed.)
Click the Voice button, or go to the Voice menu and click Voice Readback. If you click Entire Detailed Report, the computer will read the entire Income Statement and Balance Sheet to you. If you click Selected Account, the computer will read the chosen account to you.
To stop the voice, go to the Voice menu at the top of the screen, and then click Stop Voice (or Pause Voice).
 
First time use - 'Please select a Text-to-Speech engine from the list'
The first time you use the voice feature, you may be asked to select a text-to-speech engine from a list presented to you. Select Mary (or any other voice you would like) and then click OK.
Depending on your Windows setup, the first time you use the voice feature in EasyBookkeeper, a 'You must choose an account from the list' error message may appear. Click that you want to read 'Entire Detailed Report'. You will then be prompted to select a text-to-speech engine from the list.

FAQ

Where are the Debits and Credits?
Research by e-press corp. shows that the debit and credit nomenclature used in traditional bookkeeping is confusing for users with modest bookkeeping experience.  Credit does not always mean 'increase' or 'positive', and debit does not always mean 'decrease' or 'negative'. For example, by standard bookkeeping nomenclature, a cash bank balance is considered to have a debit balance.
EasyBookkeeper avoids the potentially confusing debit and credit nomenclature.  Instead, it makes sure that the equation, Assets = Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses, is respected. This equation is simply an algebraic representation of standard bookkeeping procedures, and indeed, the reports that EasyBookkeeper produces are standard bookkeeping reports.

Where is the Trial Balance?
There is no Trial Balance produced by EasyBookkeeper, since the debits and credits within the different categories are always automatically balanced. 
EasyBookkeeper will not let you post entries to your books unless the equation seen below is balanced:
Assets = Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses	
If you would like to see the transactions which have been entered into your set of books in chronological order, click View Journal. You will see each set of transactions which were posted to your books. (Each set of transactions will be balanced, i.e., the equation Assets= Liabilities + Equity + Income - Expenses, will hold.)

How do I correct a mistake?
If you add an incorrect entry to your books, you cannot delete this entry.
You must make another entry that contains the negative amount of the incorrect entry, in order to cancel out the incorrect entry. Although the two amounts will now simply cancel out, a record of the mistake is still left on your books, as it should be. 

Chart Obscuring First Lines of Income Statement
(Windows 2000/NT)

If the chart on the main page is obscuring the first few lines of the Income Statement, switch to a higher video resolution: 1024x768.
EasyZip: Contents

I.	Introduction to EasyZip
i.	Introduction
ii.	EasyZip Tutorial
II.	Using Easy Mode
iii.	Zipping Files and Folders
iv.	Unzipping Files
v.	Self-Extracting Zip Files
III.	Using Advanced Mode
vi.	Advanced Mode
IV.	Advanced Mode: Creating, Opening & Unzipping Files
vii.	Creating Zip Files
viii.	Opening Zip Files
ix.	Unzipping Files
x.	Self-Extracting Zip Files
xi.	Creating Program Groups
V.	Advanced Mode: Adding, Deleting & Viewing Files
xii.	Adding Files
xiii.	Adding Folders
xiv.	Deleting Files
xv.	Viewing Files
VI.	Advanced Mode: Zip File Options
xvi.	Moving Zip Files
xvii.	Copying Zip Files
xviii.	Deleting Zip Files
xix.	Renaming Zip Files
xx.	Printing File Lists
xxi.	E-mailing Zip Files
xxii.	Password Protection
xxiii.	Virus Scanning Zip Files
VII.	Advanced Mode: Displaying Images
xxiv.	Viewing Images with EasyImage
VIII.	Advanced Mode: Shortcuts
xxv.	Keyboard Shortcuts
xxvi.	Drag & Drop
IX.	GZIP & TAR Files
xxvii.	GZIP & TAR Files
xxviii.	Creating GZIP Files
xxix.	Unzipping GZIP Files
xxx.	Creating TAR Files
xxxi.	Unzipping TAR Files
X.	Encoded Files
xxxii.	UU-Encoding
xxxiii.	Base64 & Quoted-Printable Encoding
xxxiv.	Creating Encoded Files
xxxv.	Unzipping Encoded Files
xxxvi.	Sending & Receiving Encoded Files
XI.	Using EasyZipp.exe
xxxvii.	Running EasyZipp.exe from the Command Line
xxxviii.	EasyZipp.exe Command Line Options
XII.	Using EasyZip from Windows
xxxix.	Using EasyZip from Windows
XIII.	FAQ
xl.	Can there be more than one file in a zipped file?
xli.	Do I need EasyZip to zip my EasyWord files?
xlii.	When I zip a file, is the original file destroyed?
xliii.	Is EasyZip compatible with other zip programs?

Introduction to EasyZip

Introduction
EasyZip is an important member of the EasyOffice  family that lets you compress (zip) or decompress (unzip) data files.
While hard drives now have large storage capacities, floppy disks are still limited to about 1.4MB. If you want to store, a 3MB text file, on a single floppy disk, you can often do so by zipping it down in size. The zip (compression) process, removes the empty space in the file and stores the data in a more space-efficient manner.
You will also find many zipped files on the Internet. It takes time to transfer files on the Internet, even with high-speed connections. Reducing (zipping) the file size reduces the time needed for download (or upload). It takes one-third the time to transfer a 1MB zipped file, than it does to transfer the original, for example, 3MB file.
If you want to access a zipped file, you must unzip (decompress) it. The unzip process decompresses the file, and returns it to the way it was before compression. Some zipped files have their own built-in unzip software; however, others require you to use an unzip program such as EasyZip.
EasyZip will allow you to easily zip and unzip files:
•	EasyZip files are compatible with industry-standard zip files.  If you create a zip file with EasyZip, then someone else using, for example, WinZip, will be able to unzip your file.
•	EasyZip is well integrated with Windows, and will let you right-click on a file to zip it, unzip it, create a self-extracting file or zip, and e-mail the file.
•	EasyZip allows you to create self-extracting files. A self-extracting zip file has the zip program built into it. A zip program, such as EasyZip or WinZip, is not needed to unzip the file. When the self-extracting zip file is double-clicked in Windows, a program within the file will automatically be used to unzip it.
•	EasyZip allows you to password protect your files. If there is confidential information you do not want others to see, creating a password-protected zip file is often a reasonable solution. Although not intended as an encryption system, EasyZip will create fairly good encrypted files. The password-protected zip files created by EasyZip are fully industry-compatible. Another zip program, such as WinZip, can be used to open the file (assuming the correct password is known, of course).
•	EasyZip will compress/decompress GZIP and TAR files. Linux and Unix systems often use these files. If you need to unzip (or zip) such a file, you can do so with EasyZip.
•	EasyZip will encode/decode UU-encoded, Base64 and Quoted-Printable files. Older legacy systems still use UU-encoded files as a means to send binary files. You will be able to decode (and encode if necessary) such files with EasyZip. Older systems or faulty e-mail systems will result in isolated Base64 or Quoted-Printable files. You will be able to decode (and encode if necessary) such files with EasyZip.
•	EasyZip will allow you to view and edit many image formats via EasyImage. If you have a CD-ROM version of EasyOffice with EasyImage included, then EasyZip will allow you to view and edit many common image formats.
•	EasyZip includes EasyZipp.exe which can be run from the command line. You can run EasyZipp.exe from the command line, with many of the same switches used in the command line versions of PKZIP and WinZip. This is useful if you want to include an instruction in a batch file to automatically zip a certain directory. Running from the command line means that the interactive EasyZip program does not appear. Instead,  depending on the command line switch settings you specify, EasyZipp.exe will automatically follow your switches (i.e., commands you place on the command line after the word easyzip.exe), and without any user intervention, zip or unzip the files and folders specified.
EasyZip Tutorial
The EasyZip Tutorial guides you through the basic steps of using EasyZip. By default, this tutorial appears each time you start EasyZip in Easy Mode (but not in Advanced Mode).
To view the tutorial at any time, go to the Help menu and click EasyZip Tutorial.
After you become experienced using EasyZip, you will probably not want to see the Tutorial each time you start the program. If you do not want the tutorial to appear each time you start EasyZip, go to the Help menu and un-check Start Tutorial at Startup.

Using Easy Mode

Zipping Files and Folders
Perhaps you have a 3MB text file that you want to take home with you, but a floppy disk holds only 1.4MB.  You can zip the file to a smaller size (probably less than 1.4MB), so that it can fit on your floppy disk.
When you zip a file, you compress the file. Empty spaces are removed and the data is stored more efficiently.  Zipping files saves space and time - smaller files can be transferred over the Internet in a fraction of the time it would take to transfer the larger original version of the file.
To zip a file in Easy Mode:
7.	Start the EasyZip program. 
8.	You will be asked what you want to do. Check off Zip, and then click Next.
9.	You will be asked to select files or folders to zip. You can zip a single file, many files, entire folders, or files and folders together. EasyZip will automatically compress all the files to produce a single zipped file. When you later unzip file, all of the files and folders within it will automatically reappear.
To add a file, click the File(s) button. A window will appear, where you can search for the file you want to add. To add a file, click it and click Open, or simply double-click it.
To add a folder, click the Folder button. A window will appear, where you can search for the folder you want to add. To add a folder, click on the folder, and then click OK.
4.	After adding a file or folder, you will be asked if you want to add more files or folders. Click Yes to add more files or folders, and you will be brought back to the screen in Step 3. Click No when you are finished.
5.	When you are finished adding the files, a list of the files or folders you added will appear. Here, you can:
•	Add more files or folders to the list by clicking Add another file or folder to the above list. You will repeat Step 3 and 4.
•	Remove a file or folder by clicking it, then clicking Remove file/folder from above list.
Click Next to continue.
6.	You will be asked if you want to encrypt your zip file with a password. If you use a password, then the password will be required to unzip the file. To use a password, Yes. Text boxes will appear, where you can enter your password twice. Click Next to continue.
7.	You will be asked to specify the name and location of your zip file. 
EasyZip will automatically give your file a name (with the *.zip extension). To change it, click the Choose another name button. A window will appear. Enter a new name, and then click OK.
EasyZip will automatically put your file in the My Documents folder. To put the file in a different folder, directory, or drive (e.g., a floppy disk), click the Choose another folder button. A window will appear, where you can search for a folder. Click on the folder, and then click OK. 
8.	When you are ready to zip, click Zip Now.
9.	EasyZip will zip your file. When finished, a message will appear telling you that the file was successfully zipped, and where it is located.
Unzipping Files
Someone gave you a floppy disk containing a zipped file, or perhaps you downloaded a zipped file from the Internet. To use these files, you must unzip them first.
The unzip process decompresses a file, and restores it to the way it was before it was zipped. (Why do persons zip files? To save space and time - smaller files can be transferred over the Internet in a fraction of the time it would take to transfer the larger original version of the file.)
To unzip a file in Easy Mode:
1.	Start the EasyZip program. 
2.	You will bed asked what you want to do. Check off UnZip, and then click Next.
3.	A window will appear, where you can search for the file you want to unzip. Use the Look in box to move through other folders and directories. Click the zip file you want to open, and then click Open.
4.	You will be asked to specify where you want your file(s) to be unzipped to. By default, your unzipped files will be put in the My Documents folder. To specify a different folder or directory, click Choose another folder.  
5.	Click the Unzip Now button. 
6.	The zip file you selected will be unzipped. A message will appear to tell you that the file was successfully unzipped, and that the unzipped files were put in a particular directory. Remember (or write down) the directory that the un-zipped files were put into.
7.	Close the EasyZip program by clicking Exit. You can now access your un-zipped files. For example, if you un-zipped a text file that you wanted to read, you can use EasyWord to read it.

Self-Extracting Zip Files
A self-extracting zip file has the zip program built into it. The file does not need EasyZip, WinZip, or any other zip program to unzip it.  When the zip file is double-clicked in Windows, a program within the file will automatically unzip it.
To create a self-extracting zip (*.exe) file in Easy Mode:
1.	If you have not already done so, create an ordinary zip file. See Zipping Files and Folders for help.  
2.	Go to the first screen of Easy Mode and click Create a self-extracting *.exe file from a zip file. Then, click Next.
3.	Enter the name and the path of the program (*.exe) file that will be produced. For example, C:\My Documents\ZipFile.exe. To search for an existing file, click the Browse button. Click Next to continue.
4.	Enter the name and path of the zip file you want to convert to a self-extracting file. To search for an existing zip file, click the Browse button.
5.	Click Create Now. The self-extracting file will be created.
6.	If you double-click the self-extracting file in Windows, it will unzip automatically.
 
Unzipping Self-Extracting Zip Files
To unzip a self-extracting zip file produced by EasyZip:
1.	In Windows (using Windows Explorer or a similar program), double-click on the file.
2.	A window will appear.
3.	Enter an Extract-to Path (or, click Browse to search for a path). This is where the unzipped contents of the self-extracting zip file will be placed. My Documents is usually given as the default path.
4.	Since zip files can contain hundreds of files, you are asked to select which files should be extracted:
•	To select one file, click the file name. 
•	To select multiple files, click one file name. Hold down the Ctrl key while you click the other file names.
•	To select all the files in the list, click the Select All button (at the bottom-left corner of the window).
5.	If you want the folder-sub-folder hierarchy preserved when you place all the files in the specified folder, check off  Append Item's Path.
6.	If you a password is required to unzip the files, enter it in the Password box. (If a password is required and you do not enter one, a series of dialog boxes will appear when you try to extract the files. Go back to the main dialog window, and be sure to enter the correct password in the Password box.)
7.	Click the Extract Items button, and the selected items will be unzipped (extracted) to the folder you specified.
Note: After unzipping the self-extracting zip file, you may receive a technical prompt to re-boot the computer to ensure all paths are in order. You may ignore this prompt by clicking the option NOT to reboot your computer.

Using Advanced Mode

Advanced Mode
More experienced users may want to use Advanced Mode.
When using Advanced Mode, remember that a zip file may contain many original files. When you open a zipped file, you will see the files contained in the zipped file. You can delete files, or add other files to the zipped file. If you actually want to unzip the files contained in the zipped file, then after you open it, you must extract the files it contains.
To switch to Advanced Mode from Easy Mode, click the Advanced Mode button.

To switch to Easy Mode from Advanced Mode, click the EZ Mode button. Or, go to the File2 menu and click Go to Easy Mode.

Advanced Mode: 
Creating, Opening & Unzipping Zip Files

Creating Zip Files in Advanced Mode
To create a new zip file in Advanced Mode:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File1 menu and click New Archive. Or,
•	Click the Create a New ZIP File button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+N on your keyboard.
2.	A Create a New ZIP File window will appear.
3.	Enter a name for you new zip file in the first box. 
4.	Specify a location for your zip file in the next box. Click Change Folder to select an existing folder.
5.	Select the type of compressed file you want to create (standard ZIP file, TAR ZIP file, or GZIP file).
6.	Click OK.
7.	An Add Files window will appear, where you can add one or more files to your zip archive. See Step 3 to Step 9 of Adding Files in Advanced Mode for help.

Opening Zip Files in Advanced Mode
Before unzipping a file in Advanced Mode, you must open it. After opening a file, you can unzip it, add files, delete files, and view files.
To open a zip file:
1.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File1 menu, and click Open Archive. Or,
•	Click the Open a ZIP File button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+O on your keyboard.
2.	An Open Archive window will appear. Search for the zip file using the Look in box. To choose a file, click on the file and click Open, or simply double-click the file.
3.	The name of the zip file you opened will appear at the top of your screen. A list of all of the files contained in the zip file will appear below the main toolbar. At this point, the zip file is not unzipped, but simply opened. You can unzip the files, add files to the list, delete files, and view files.

Unzipping Files in Advanced Mode
To unzip a file in Advanced Mode, you must open the file, and then extract the files it contains. 
To unzip (extract) the files:
1.	Open the zip file you want to extract. See Opening Zip Files in Advanced Mode for help.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Action menu and click Extract. Or,
•	 Click the Unzip Files (Extract) button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+E on your keyboard.
2.	An Unzip window will appear. 
3.	The folder that EasyZip will put your files will appear in the Unzip to box. To change the folder, click the Change Folder button. A window will appear, where you can search for another folder.
4.	Check off Skip older files to avoid overwriting a newer file with an older file, when both files have the same name. If a file you unzip has the same name as a file already in the destination folder, and the unzipped file is older than the other file, then it will not be copied to the folder. 
5.	Check off Extract with paths to preserve the sub-folder, sub-sub-folder, and so on, structure of the zip file. The hierarchical path structure of any files and folders in the zip file will be preserved. Files will not simply be listed in the destination folder, but rather, they will be listed in their sub-folders, sub-sub-folders, and so on.
6.	When you are ready to extract your files, click the Unzip button. The files contained in the zip file will be unzipped as you have specified.
 
Extracting to Last Folder Used, My Documents, or Desktop
EasyZip allows you to instantly extract your files to the last folder you used, to the My Documents folder, or to the desktop as shortcuts.
To quickly extract your files:
1.	Open the zip file you want to extract. See Opening Zip Files in Advanced Mode for help.
2.	Go to the Action menu. Now:
•	To extract your files to the last folder you used, click Extract component files to the last folder used.
•	To extract your files to My Documents, click Extract component files to My Documents.
•	To extract your files to the desktop as shortcuts, click Extract component files to desktop.
3.	The files will instantly be extracted to the destination you chose.
 
Drag & Drop
You can quickly extract files to folders in Windows by dragging and dropping. See Drag & Drop in Advanced Mode for details.

Self-Extracting Zip Files in Advanced Mode
A self-extracting zip file has the zip program built into it. The file does not need EasyZip, WinZip, or any other zip program to unzip it.  When the zip file is double-clicked in Windows, a program within the file will automatically unzip it.
To create a self-extracting zip (*.exe) file in Advanced Mode:
1.	Open the zip file you want to use to create the self-extracting zip file. See Opening Zip Files in Advanced Mode for help.
2.	Go to the File1 menu and click Create Self-Extracting *.exe file.
3.	A Create executable file window will appear. 
4.	Enter the name of the file and path in the text box. To search for an existing program file, click Browse.
5.	Click OK. The self-extracting file will be produced.
6.	If you double click the self-extracting file in Windows, it will unzip automatically. See "Unzipping Self-Extracted Zip Files" in Self-Extracting Zip Files for details.

Creating Program Groups in Advanced Mode
In Advanced Mode, you can automatically create a program group when you unzip your files.
To create a program group:
1.	Ensure that zip file you want to create the program group for is open on your screen. See Opening Zip Files in Advanced Mode for help. 
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the File1 menu and click Create Program Group. Or,
•	Click the Create a Program Group button.

3.	A Create a Program Group window will appear. 
4.	A directory will be suggested where the files will be unzipped to. Choose another location by clicking the Change Folder button. 
5.	A program group name will be suggested. You can enter a different name in the text box.
6.	Click OK. The files will be automatically unzipped to the specified directory, and a program group will be set up for the files.
7.	In Windows, go to the Start menu, and then Program. Scroll down the list of program groups, and you will see the program group you just created. When you put your cursor over the program group, shortcuts for the *.exe and *.doc files in the program group will appear.

Advanced Mode: 
Adding, Deleting & Viewing Files

Adding Files in Advanced Mode
In Advanced Mode, you can add more files and folders to an existing zip file. You can add as many files as you want (within reasonable storage ranges).
To add file(s):
1.	If you do not have a zip file currently open, open a zip file. See Opening Zip Files in Advanced Mode for help.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Action menu and click Add another component file/folder to current compressed file. Or,
•	Click the Add File to Existing ZIP File button.

3.	An Add Files window will appear.
4.	Use the Look in box to search for files in other folders and directories.
5.	Select a Compression (maximum, normal, fast, or none).
6.	If you want to save your zip file with a password, click the Password button. A window will appear. Enter your password twice, and then click OK. (If you decide you do not want a password, un-check Password Protected.)
7.	If you want the full path (e.g., My Documents/Pictures/June2002) to be stored with your file(s), check off Save full path.
8.	Add your file(s):
•	To add one file, click it, and then click Add.
•	To add multiple files, click one file, and then hold down the Ctrl key while you click the other files. Click the Add button.
You may instead use wildcards to add all the files in your current folder, or to add all files of a certain type:
•	If you want files in the subfolders within your current folder to be added as well, check off If using *.* add all the subfolders also. If this is not checked off, then all files in the subfolders will be ignored. 
•	To add files of a certain type, enter *. followed by the file extension (e.g., *.txt) in the File name box. Then, click Add file names containing *.  
•	To add files of all types, enter *.* in the File name box, and then click Add file names containing *.
9.	The files you specified will be compressed and added to your current zip file.
 
Drag & Drop
You can quickly add files to your zip archive by dragging and dropping files from Windows. See Drag & Drop in Advanced Mode for details.

Adding Folders in Advanced Mode
In Advanced Mode, there is no button used to zip folders. Instead, wildcards are used to zip folders.
To zip a folder: 
1.	After clicking Create a New ZIP File or Add File to Existing ZIP File, you will eventually arrive at the Add Files window.
2.	Using the Look in box and standard Windows commands, search for the folder you want to add. Double-click it, and all of its files and subfolders will be displayed.
3.	Enter *.* in the File name box. This is the wildcard, and it means that all files within your current folder will be added.
4.	Ensure that If using *.* add all the subfolders is checked off. This way, all the files within the subfolders of your current folder will also be added. If you do not check off this option, then subfolders will be ignored.
5.	Ensure that Save full path is checked off. This way,  the full paths of your files will be saved, and when you unzip the files, the subfolder structure will be preserved. If you do not check off this option, then paths of the will not be saved, and all the files in the folders and its subfolders will all be put together.
6.	Click the Add file names containing * button.
7.	All the files of the folder will be added to your zip file. If you chose to include the files within the subfolders, then all these files will also be added. Subfolders are not individually displayed; however, if you saved the path, then the folder and subfolder of each files will appear under Path. If you unzip (extract) the files to a certain directory, the subfolders will be in place.

Deleting Files in Advanced Mode
To delete files from your current zip file in Advanced Mode:
1.	If your zip file is not currently open, open a zip file. See Opening Zip Files in Advanced Mode for help.
2.	Select the file(s) you want to delete:
•	To select one file, click it.
•	To select multiple files, click one file, and then hold down the Ctrl key while you click the other files.
•	To select all files in your current zip archive, go to the Action menu and click Select all files displayed below. Or, press Ctrl+A on your keyboard.
•	Perhaps you want to delete all files in your current archive, except for a few select files. Select the files you do NOT want to delete, then go to the Action menu and click Invert selection of selected files below.
3.	Delete your selected file(s):
•	Press the Delete key on your keyboard. Or,
•	Go to the Action menu and click Delete selected component file/folder from current compressed file. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+D on your keyboard.
4.	A Delete window will appear. Choose to delete only your selected files, or all the files in your current archive. Then, click OK.
5.	The file(s) will be deleted from your current archive. They will NOT be deleted from other locations your computer.

Viewing Files in Advanced Mode
To view a file within a zip file:
1.	Open a zip file. See Opening Zip Files in Advanced Mode for help.
2.	A list of files contained within the zip file will appear below the main toolbar.
3.	Do one of the following:
•	Click on the file, and then go to the Action menu and click View. Or,
•	Click on the file, and then click the View a File button. Or,

•	Click on the file, and then press Ctrl+V on your keyboard. Or,
•	Double-click the file.
4.	The file will open with the program associated with it. 

Advanced Mode:
Zip File Options

Moving Zip Files in Advanced Mode
To move your current zip file to another location:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to move is currently open.
2.	Go to the File1 menu and click Move compressed file.
3.	A Move window will appear.
4.	Select the folder or directory you want to move your zip file to.
5.	Click OK. Your file will be moved.

Copying Zip Files in Advanced Mode
To copy your current zip file to another location:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to copy is currently open.
2.	Go to the File1 menu and click Copy compressed file.
3.	A Copy window will appear.
4.	Select the folder or directory you want to copy to. For example, if you wanted to copy your zip file to a floppy disk, select the A: drive.
5.	Click OK. Your zip file will be copied to the destination you chose.

Deleting Zip Files in Advanced Mode
To delete your current zip file:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to delete is currently open.
2.	Go to the File1 menu and click Delete compressed file.
3.	A Confirm File Delete window will appear.
4.	Click OK. Your file will be deleted from its current folder or directory, and sent to your computer's Recycle Bin.

Renaming Zip Files in Advanced Mode
To rename your current zip file:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to rename is currently open.
2.	Go to the File1 menu and click Rename compressed file.
3.	A Rename window will appear.
4.	Type a new name for your file in the To box.
5.	Click OK. The zip file will be renamed (in the current folder or directory only).

Printing File Lists in Advanced Mode
To print a list of the files in your current zip file:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to print is currently open.
2.	Go to the File2 menu and click Print out list of files displayed below.
3.	A Print Setup window will appear.
4.	Adjust the printer properties (paper size, orientation, etc.) as necessary.
5.	Click OK. Your file list will be printed.

E-mailing Zip Files in Advanced Mode
In Advanced Mode, you can attach your current zip file to a new e-mail.
To e-mail a zip file:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to send is currently open.
2.	Go to the File2 menu and click E-mail current zip/compressed file.
3.	Your default e-mail program will open to a new message, with your current zip file as an attachment.  

Password Protection in Advanced Mode
For security purposes, you may want to save your zip file with a password. This password will be required to open the file.
To set a password:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to set the password for is currently open.
2.	Do one of the following:
•	Go to the Action menu and click Add another component file/folder to current compressed file. Or,
•	Click the Add File to Existing ZIP File button. Or,

•	Press Ctrl+A on your keyboard.
3.	An Add Files window will appear.
4.	Click the Password button.
5.	A Set Password window will appear. Enter your password twice, and then click OK. 
6.	Password Protected will be checked off. (If you decide you do not want a password, un-check Password Protected.
7.	Click Cancel.
 
Note: If you would like to be prompted automatically to set a password when you create a new zip file, go to the File1 menu and check off Ask for password when creating a ZIP file.

Virus Scanning Zip Files in Advanced Mode
In Advanced Mode, you can scan zip files for viruses.
To scan for viruses:
1.	Open the zip file you want to scan. See Unzipping Files in Advanced Mode for help.
2.	Go to the File2 menu and click Virus scan all files displayed below.
3.	Your default virus scanning program will scan the files in the current zip file.
 
Configuring Virus Scanner
If your virus scanner has not been registered with EasyZip, you must do so before scanning for viruses.
To configure your virus scanner:
1.	Go to the File2 menu and click Configure virus scanner for use with EasyZip.
2.	A Tell EasyZip which Virus Scanning Program to use window will appear. 
3.	Click the ... button beside the Virus Scan program to use text box. A window will appear, where you can search for your virus scanner program file. Click on the file, and then click Open.
4.	Enter Parameters as required by your virus scan program.
5.	Check off Run Virus Scan Program minimized if you prefer to have the virus scan program minimized (hidden) when it runs.
6.	Click OK.

Advanced Mode:
Displaying Images

Viewing Images with EasyImage
If you installed EasyOffice Premium from a CD-ROM, then a copy of EasyImage was also installed.
If you unzip a file that contains images, it is very convenient to use EasyImage to view or modify the images. To do so, click the image file you want to view, go to the Display Images menu, and click Display Selected File Below using EasyImage.
To instead view an image file using your default image browser, click the image file you want to view, go to the Display Images menu, and click Display selected File Below using Computer' s Default Image Browser. Or, simply double-click the image file you want to view.

Advanced Mode: 
Shortcuts

Keyboard Shortcuts in Advanced Mode
In Advanced Mode, you can perform many common functions directly from your keyboard.
Keyboard Shortcut	Function	
Ctrl+N	create new zip archive	
Ctrl+O	open existing zip archive	
Ctrl+C	close current zip archive	
Ctrl+E	unzip (extract) all files in current archive	
Ctrl+A	select all files in current archive	
Ctrl+D	delete selected file(s) from current archive	
Delete	delete selected file(s) from current archive	
Ctrl+V	view selected file	

Drag & Drop in Advanced Mode
You can drag and drop files to and from Windows to quickly add files to your archive, or to unzip files in your archive.
Adding Files
To add a file from Windows to your current zip file:
1.	Ensure that you currently have a zip file open.
2.	Search for the file in Windows (using a program such as Windows Explorer).
3.	Drag the file from Windows to your zip file (click the file, hold down your left mouse button, move the file to your zip archive, and release the mouse button).
4.	The file will automatically be added to your zip archive.
Note: You cannot add folders to your archive by dragging and dropping.
 
Unzipping Files
To unzip (extract) a file in your current archive:
1.	Ensure that you currently have a zip file open.
2.	Open the folder in Windows that you want to extract to (using a program such as Windows Explorer).
3.	Drag the file from your zip archive to the folder in Windows (click the file in your archive, hold down your left mouse button, move the file to the folder, and release the mouse button).
4.	The file will automatically be unzipped and placed in the folder.

GZIP & TAR Files

GZIP & TAR Files
EasyZip can successfully compress and decompress GZIP and TAR files.
If you are a mainstream PC user, you will rarely deal with GZIP and TAR files; however, if you interact with Unix and Linux users, or if you download files from a variety of archives, you will encounter GZIP and TAR files. You may need to zip or unzip these types of files. 
 
Origins of Zip Algorithms
ZIP originally referred to the Lempel-Ziv compression algorithm. ZIP then commonly referred to the PKZIP compression (using Lempel-Ziv) and archival algorithm. 
When one speaks of a zip file now, it is assumed that files are compressed, and that files are archived into a zip file. A single zip file can be unzipped and de-archived into multiple files, which are decompressed. The advantage of holding multiple compressed files in a single zip file is that many separate files do not have to be dealt with.
GZIP (or 'GNU zip') was written by Jean-Loup Gailly and Mark Adler. (GNU refers to the GNU Project, the name recursively derived from 'GNU's Not Unix', which started in 1984 to develop a complete Unix-like operating system which was free software.)  GZIP was intended to be a replacement for the Compress program; it is a compression-only algorithm that does not archive multiple files into one file. It produces compressed files with a *.gz extension, and can decompress files created by GZIP, Compress, and Pack.
TAR (or 'Tar') is an archival algorithm. GZIP and TAR are often used together. TAR will archive a number of files into one file, which GZIP will then compress.
BZIP2 is a variation of GZIP, which is better at compressing than GZIP, but is much slower to execute. It is not commonly used. BZIP2 is not currently supported by EasyZip.
 
Summary of Zip Algorithms
ZIP: Compresses and archives many files into one ZIP file.
GZIP: Unix-like zip that compresses one file into one GZIP file.
TAR: Archives files into one file.
GZIP/TAR: Archives a number of files into one TAR file, and then a GZIP file to reduce its size.
 
Advantages of GZIP/TAR vs. ZIP
If a file that is already compressed (e.g., a GIF image file) is zipped, little compression will be achieved. Thus, if you try to zip 10MB of a number of GIF files into one zip file, you will end up with a zip file close to 10MB.
However, of compressed files are archived into one TAR file, and then GZIP is used to compress it, significant size reduction will be achieved. The GZIP algorithm may not be able to compress the files on an individual basis, but by looking for common strings in the whole group of files, it will find further areas that can be compressed.
 
Other Archival Formats
EasyZip supports the compression and archival formats above. Numerous other archival formats exist, and with sufficient demand, EasyZip may support some of these formats in the future.
•	ARC: Older format that is infrequently used now.
•	ARJ: Archive format created by Robert Jung and manipulated by his ARJ program.
•	LZH: Archive format manipulated by Haruyasu Yoshizaki's LZH program.
•	CAB: Archive format used by Microsoft to install software programs.
TAR/GZIP variants may be found on various Unix-based computers.
Creating GZIP Files
GZIP files can be zipped and unzipped in both Easy Mode and Advanced Mode.  GZIP files can contain only one file. As well, if you have set a password, it will be disregarded when using GZIP files.
Zipping GZIP Files in Easy Mode
To create GZIP file in Easy Mode:
1.	Go to the first screen of Easy Mode, where you are asked what you want to do.
2.	Click Zip a file into a GZIP compressed file. Then, click Next.
3.	Add a file by clicking the Files button. An Add Files window will appear. Click the file you want to add and click Open (or, simply double-click the file you want to add).
4.	You will be asked to specify the name and location of your zip file. 
EasyZip will automatically give your file a name (with the *.gz extension). To change it, click the Choose another name button. A window will appear. Enter a new name, and then click OK.
EasyZip will automatically put your file in the My Documents folder. To put the file in a different folder, directory, or drive (e.g., a floppy disk), click the Choose another folder button. A window will appear, where you can search for a folder. Click on the folder, and then click OK. 
5.	Click Zip Now. Your file will be compressed into a GZIP file.
 
Zipping GZIP Files in Advanced Mode
To create a GZIP File in Advanced Mode:
1.	Begin creating a new zip file as you would normally (click Create a New ZIP File or press Ctrl+N). 
2.	A Create a New ZIP File window will appear. Enter the name and location, as usual. Ensure that Create GZIP File is selected.
3.	Continue as you would normally. See Creating Zip Files in Advanced Mode for help. Remember that GZIP files can contain only one file - if you try to add another file to the archive, the old file will be replaced by the new one.

Unzipping GZIP Files
GZIP files can be zipped and unzipped in both Easy Mode and Advanced Mode.  GZIP files can contain only one file. As well, if you have set a password, it will be disregarded when using GZIP files.
Unzipping GZIP Files in Easy Mode
To unzip a GZIP file in Easy Mode:
1.	Go to the first screen of Easy Mode, where you are asked what you want to do.
2.	Click Unzip, and then click Next.
3.	A window will appear. Select GZip files from the Files of type box. Then, search for your GZIP file, click it, and click Open.
4.	You will be asked to specify the folder you want your GZIP file to be unzipped to. To browse for another folder, click Choose another folder.
5.	Click Unzip Now. Your GZIP file will be decompressed and placed in the folder you specified. If a TAR file is detected within the GZIP file, it will be un-archived automatically. If, for some reason, it is not detected nor un-archived, simply double-click on the TAR file in Advanced Mode to un-archive it.
6.	You will be given the option to go to the folder that your file was unzipped to, go back to the start, or exit EasyZip.
 
Unzipping GZIP Files in Advanced Mode
To unzip a GZIP file in Advanced Mode:
1.	Begin opening a zip file as you would normally (click Open a ZIP File or press Ctrl+O).
2.	An Open Archive window will appear. Select GZip Files from the Files of type box. Then, search for your file, click it, and click Open.
3.	Your GZIP file will be opened.
4.	Unzip the files as you would normally. See Unzipping Files in Advanced Mode for help. If there is a TAR file within your GZIP file, double-click it to un-archive it.

Creating TAR Files
TAR files can be zipped and unzipped in both Easy Mode and Advanced Mode.  TAR files can contain multiple files.
Zipping TAR Files in Easy Mode
To create TAR file in Easy Mode:
1.	Go to the first screen of Easy Mode, where you are asked what you want to do.
2.	Click Archive files into a single TAR file. Then, click Next.
3.	You will be asked to select files or folders to zip:
•	To add a file, click the File(s) button. A window will appear, where you can search for the file you want to add. To add a file, click it and click Open, or simply double-click it.
•	To add a folder, click the Folder button. A window will appear, where you can search for the folder you want to add. To add a folder, click on the folder, and then click OK.
4.	After adding a file or folder, you will be asked if you want to add more files or folders. Click Yes to add more files or folders, and you will be brought back to the screen in Step 3. Click No when you are finished.
5.	When you are finished adding the files, a list of the files or folders you added will appear. Here, you can:
•	Add more files or folders to the list by clicking Add another file or folder to the above list. You will repeat Step 3 and 4.
•	Remove a file or folder by clicking it, then clicking Remove file/folder from above list.
Click Next to continue.
6.	You will be asked to specify the name and location of your zip file. 
EasyZip will automatically give your file a name (with the *.tar extension). To change it, click the Choose another name button. A window will appear. Enter a new name, and then click OK.
EasyZip will automatically put your file in the My Documents folder. To put the file in a different folder, directory, or drive (e.g., a floppy disk), click the Choose another folder button. A window will appear, where you can search for a folder. Click on the folder, and then click OK. 
7.	Click Zip Now. Your file will be compressed into a TAR archive file.
 
Zipping TAR Files in Advanced Mode
To create a TAR file in Advanced Mode:
1.	Begin creating a new zip file as you would normally (click Create a New ZIP File or press Ctrl+N). 
2.	A Create a New ZIP File window will appear. Enter the name and location, as usual. Ensure that Create TAR File is selected.
3.	Continue as you would normally. See Creating Zip Files in Advanced Mode for help. Remember that TAR files can contain multiple files, and thus, you can add more files to your TAR file.

Unzipping TAR Files
TAR files can be zipped and unzipped in both Easy Mode and Advanced Mode.  TAR files can contain multiple files.
Unzipping TAR Files in Easy Mode
To unzip a TAR file in Easy Mode:
1.	Go to the first screen of Easy Mode, where you are asked what you want to do.
2.	Click Unzip, and then click Next.
3.	A window will appear. Select TAR files from the Files of type box. Then, search for your TAR file, click it, and click Open.
4.	You will be asked to specify the folder you want your TAR file to be unzipped to. To browse for another folder, click Choose another folder.
5.	Click Unzip Now. Your TAR file will be decompressed and placed in the folder you specified. 
6.	You will be given the option to go to the folder that your file was unzipped to, go back to the start, or exit EasyZip.
 
Unzipping TAR Files in Advanced Mode
To unzip a TAR file in Advanced Mode:
1.	Begin opening a zip file as you would normally (click Open a ZIP File or press Ctrl+O).
2.	An Open Archive window will appear. Select TAR Files from the Files of type box. Then, search for your file, click it, and click Open.
3.	Your TAR file will be opened.
4.	Unzip the files as you would normally. See Unzipping Files in Advanced Mode for help.

Encoded Files

UU-Encoding
UU-encoding is a method of converting a file into an encoded file which contains only standard text characters. UU-encoded files can be sent over any e-mail system.
You will not usually have to UU-encode files. If you want to send a file with an e-mail, and you are using an MIME-compliant e-mail program (e.g., Microsoft Outlook Express), then send the file as an attachment and let Outlook Express take care of the details.
However, if you are using MSMail or CompuServe (WinCIM), you may need to UU-encode and UU-decode files. You can do so with EasyZip.
 
The Need for UU-Encoding and Equivalent Encoding Schemes
When computers first arose, they used 26 letters in the English alphabet, 26 lower case letters, 10 digits, and a few punctuation marks. It was felt that a 7-bit encoding was more than sufficient, and such a 7-bit code was standardized as the ASCII character set, or Code ISO 646.
The 7-bit ASCII encoding set worked well initially, and allowed users to send text messages to each other. Computers were expensive at this time, and multimedia was not in widespread use.
Problems emerged when users wanted to send non-text messages to each other. Non-text files are arranged in bytes, which use 8-bit encoding. UU-encoding was developed to encode binary files consisting of bytes (8-bit values) into 7-bit or lower ASCII encoding. The text characters representing the original binary file can easily traverse the different e-mail and computer communication systems. At the other end, a UU-decoding program converts the text characters back to the original binary file.
UU-encoding takes 3 bytes of the original binary file (24 bits), and splits them into 4 6-bit (24 bits total) characters. The 6-bit characters can be handled by diverse e-mail and computer communication systems.
UU-encoding would encode a binary file representing an image as, for example, "MR4FRR7DFERRF#EF"@DD-<A........."  These characters can go through most e-mail systems as text characters. At the receiving end, a UU-decoder would convert the characters back to the original binary file.
 
Problems with UU-encoding; XX-encoding
UU-encoding uses ASCII characters with values from 32 to 95. ASCII character 32 is the space character. Some e-mail systems truncate spaces in order to reduce file sizes, and as a result, will interfere with UU-encoding.
XX-encoding is a variant of UU-encoding. It uses the tilde ~ character (ASCII value 96) instead of the space character to encode the value of 0. Thus, it overcomes this problem in UU-encoding.
Another problem is that UU-encoding assumes an ASCII character set will be transmitted by the e-mail system.  Older IBM computers, however, do not use ASCII. Instead, they use an EBCDIC character set, which is missing some of the ASCII characters required for UU-encoding. As a result, a number of \other variants of UU-encoding have emerged.
UU-encoding is still the most popular UU-encoding scheme, followed by XX-encoding, and then followed by BinHex encoding. BinHex encoding converts an 8-bit binary file into 7-bit characters.
EasyZip currently focuses on standard UU-encoding; however, if there is sufficient demand, variant UU-encoding schemes can be included in the future.

Base64 & Quoted-Printable Encoding
UU-encoding and XX-encoding do not deal with the problem that many e-mail systems truncate messages that are too large. The e-mail system may expect text messages to be no more than, for example, a thousand pages of text. This is a reasonable assumption if one is typing an e-mail text message; however, if one is converting a large binary image file into a text file, the resulting text file may exceed a thousand pages of text in size. In such a case, the e-mail system would truncate the resulting UU-encoded text file, and the receiving computer would not have the full file to decode.
In 1993, Borenstein and Freed published RFC 1521 'Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions', or MIME, to deal with some of the problems (including internationalization) e-mail systems posed to UU-encoding. In 1996, RFC 2045 replaced RFC 1521, but the basic concepts remained the same.
According to MIME:
•	An e-mail message could contain multiple parts. Base64 encoding was used to encode the binary data in an e-mail. Quoted Printable encoding was used to encode non-ASCII plain text.
•	Binary files could be included in an e-mail message by way of an attachment. The multiple parts of an e-mail could each have headers, and on the receiving computer, the MIME system can re-assemble the parts of the e-mail.
MIME works well, and most users are typically not aware of its use. When you use, for example, Outlook Express to send an attachment, the attachment is encoded to allow passage as text characters through various e-mail systems, as specified by MIME. At the receiving computer, is decoded back together again. ('Simple Mail Transport Protocol' (SMTP) was specified originally in RFC 821 in 1982, and did not deal with binary data. 'Network News Transport Protocol' (NNTP), which is from 1986 and is used for newsgroup articles, also did not deal with binary data.)
 
"If MIME works so well, why is there a need for the end-user to deal with Base64, Quotable-Printable, or UU-encoding?"
Not all e-mail systems are MIME-compliant. Older legacy systems are not MIME-compliant, and users have to use UU-encoding. Some e-mail systems are faulty, and produce faulty attachments that do not re-assemble properly.
Thus, there may be times when you need to decode UU-encoded, Base64, Quoted Printable file. EasyZip will handle the decoding of these files for you. EasyZip will also handle the encoding of these file formats for you.
Other encoding variants do exist, but are more rare and are not supported by EasyZip; however, if there is sufficient demand, additional encoding variants can be implemented into future versions of EasyZip.
 
"Is encoding necessary with 'Hypertext Transfer Protocol' (HTTP)?"
No. HTTP (RFC 2068 and above) was designed to deal with binary data. Thus, if you are using a web browser to download a binary image or sound file, you do not need to encode or decode, since the HTTP protocol will handle the binary file.

Creating Encoded Files
UU-encoded, Base64, and Quoted-Printable files can only be created in Advanced Mode. If you are in Easy Mode, switch to Advanced Mode by clicking the Advanced Mode button.
UU-Encoded Files
To create a UU-encoded file:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to UU-encode is currently open.
2.	Go to the File1 menu and click Create compressed file in UU-encode format.
3.	A UU-encoded file will automatically be created. A message will appear, giving you the name and path of the UU-encoded file. It will be given the same name as your zip file, but with the extension *.uue, and it will be placed in the same folder as your zip file.
 
Base64 Encoded Files
To create a Base64 file:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to encode is currently open.
2.	Go to the File1 menu and click Create compressed file in Base64 (MIME) format.
3.	A Base64 file will automatically be created. A message will appear, giving you the name and path of the Base64 file. It will be given the same name as your zip file, but with the extension *.b64, and it will be placed in the same folder as your zip file. 
 
Quoted-Printable Encoded Files
To create a Quoted-Printable file:
1.	Ensure that the zip file you want to encode is currently open.
2.	Go to the File1 menu and click Create compressed file in Quoted-Printable (MIME) format.
3.	A Quoted-Printable file will automatically be created. A message will appear, giving you the name and path of the Quoted-Printable file. It will be given the same name as your zip file, but with the extension *.mim, and it will be placed in the same folder as your zip file. 

Unzipping Encoded Files
UU-encoded, Base64, and Quoted-Printable files can only be opened and unzipped in Advanced Mode. If you are in Easy Mode, switch to Advanced Mode by clicking the Advanced Mode button.
To open and unzip a UU-encoded, Base64, or Quoted-Printable file:
1.	Begin opening a zip file as you would normally (click Open a ZIP File or press Ctrl+O).
2.	An Open Archive window will appear. Select Encoded Files from the Files of type box. Then, search for your encoded file, click it, and click Open.
3.	Your encoded file will be opened.
4.	Extract the files as you would normally (click Unzip Files or press Ctrl+E). See Unzipping Files in Advanced Mode for help.

Sending & Receiving Encoded Files
The MSMail and CompuServe (WinCIM) e-mail systems may require you to encode (or decode) files that you send (or receive) as attachments.
If you are using an MIME-compliant e-mail program (e.g., Microsoft Outlook Express), then you will usually not have to encode files. If you want to send an image file with an e-mail, send the file as an attachment, and Outlook Express take care of the details.
However, if you are using MSMail or CompuServe (WinCIM), it may be difficult to transfer files. In such a case, use EasyZip to create a UU-encoded file, and then attach your the file to your e-mail.

Using MSMail
To e-mail an encoded file with MSMail:
1.	Use EasyZip to create the UU-encoded file. See Creating Encoded Files for help.
2.	In MSMail, click Attach, and then File.
3.	Select the UU-encoded file you want to attach to your e-mail.
4.	Send your message.
To receive an encoded file in MSMail:
1.	Highlight the message that contains the UU-encoded file.
2.	Click File, then Save As, and choose a file name ending with *.uue.
3.	Use EasyZip to unzip the file. See Unzipping Encoded Files for help.
 
Using CompuServe (WinCIM)
To e-mail an encoded file with CompuServe (WinCIM):
1.	Use EasyZip to create the UU-encoded file. See Creating Encoded Files for help.
2.	In CompuServe, click Attach. (In WinCIM Version 2, click File, then Attach.)
3.	Select the UU-encoded file you want to attach to your e-mail.
4.	Highlight the selected file in the Attach Files box, click Text in File Type, and then click OK.
5.	Send your message.
To receive an encoded file in CompuServe (WinCIM):
1.	Double-click the message.
2.	Click File, then Save As, and choose a filename ending with *.uue.
3.	Use EasyZip to unzip the file. See Unzipping Encoded Files for help.
 
Receiving Multiple Encoded Files
If you receive multiple e-mail messages, each containing a portion of a UU-encoded file, receive and unzip each file. Then, put the pieces of the file together manually (for example, by using EasyWord).

Using EasyZipp.exe

Running EasyZipp.exe from the Command Line
EasyZip includes EasyZipp.exe, which can be run from the command line. 
EasyZipp.exe can be run from the command line with many of the same switches used in the command line versions of PKZIP and WinZip. This is useful if you want to include an instruction in a batch file to automatically zip a certain directory. 
Running from the command line means that the interactive normal EasyZip program does not appear. Instead, depending on the command line switch settings you specify, EasyZipp.exe will automatically follow your switches (i.e., commands you place on the command line after the word easyzip.exe), and without any user intervention, zip or unzip the files and folders specified.
EasyZipp.exe can be found in the Windows\System directory. When EasyOffice Premium is installed from a CD-ROM, EasyZipp.exe is automatically installed to the Windows\System directory.
Note:  Although certain downloadable versions of EasyOffice may include EasyZipp.exe, most downloadable versions do not include this program to conserve bandwidth. To obtain EasyZipp.exe, you may need to purchase a CD-ROM or UserID (or use your existing UserID) and download the program separately.
 
Running EasyZipp.exe from the Command Line
EasyZipp.exe uses industry standard parameters and switches:
The usage of EasyZipp.exe on the command line is as follows:
•	EasyZipp [options] zipfile  [files to zip...]
Note: When creating a zip file, you should (but do not have to) specify the .zip extension of the zip file - it will be added automatically. However, when unzipping a file, you must specify the exact the zip file name, including the .zip extension.
 
Zipping Files from the Command Line
Perhaps you wanted to zip all the files in My Documents from the command line, and write them to the zip file MyZip.zip on the desktop. (Note: If your My Documents is elsewhere, or you are using drive D instead of usual drive C, make the relevant changes to the command line below.)
1.	Go to the Start menu and click Run. 
2.	Enter Command, and then enter:
c:\windows\system\EasyZipp -a c:\Windows\Desktop\MyZip "c:\My Documents\*.*"
(There are quotes around "c:\My Documents\*.*" because there is a space between My and Documents)
(*.* means all the files in this directory)
3.	Press Enter. You will be told that myzip.zip does not exist, documents are being added from My Documents, and myzip.zip has been created.
4.	Go to the desktop and double-click the file MyZip.zip - EasyZip will open it, and it will contain copies of all the files in your My Documents folder.
 
Unzipping Files from the Command Line
EasyZipp.exe is used for both zipping and unzipping. There is no EasyUnZipp.exe.  Depending on the command line options used, EasyZipp.exe can zip or unzip files. To unzip files, an -e is used, followed by any additional options.
Perhaps you wanted to unzip MyZip.zip (that was created above).
1.	On your desktop, create a folder called Receiver to receive the files (right-click, click New, click Folder, and name it Receiver).
2.	Go to the Start menu and click Run. 
3.	Enter Command, and then enter:
c:\windows\system\EasyZipp -e c:\Windows\Desktop\MyZip.zip c:\Windows\Desktop\Receiver
(Note: You need to use the full filename of the zip file, including the .zip extension.)
4.	Press Enter.  There may be a short delay if the My Documents folder you previously zipped was very large in size. Then, you will see each file being unzipped line by line .
5.	Go to your desktop and double-click the Receiver folder - you will see that it contains a copy of all the files in your My Documents which you previously stored in the MyZip.zip file you created.
 
GZIP, TAR, UU-Encoded, Base64, and Quoted-Printable Files
The present version of EasyZip does NOT support the creation of these files from the command line.

EasyZipp.exe Command Line Options
Multiple command line options can be used with EasyZipp.exe.
For example, perhaps you wanted to zip all the files in the My Documents folder, write this to a zip file called MyZip.zip on the desktop, .and set the compression to maximum compression (which takes longer, but produces a smaller zip file):
1.	Go to the Start menu and click Run.
2.	Enter Command, and then enter:
c:\windows\system\EasyZipp -a -ex  c:\Windows\Desktop\MyZip "c:\My Documents\*.*"
3.	Press Enter.
 
Command Line Options for Zipping Files
 
-a	Add files (default option; adds files to an existing zip file or creates the zip file; if you do not specify any options, then EasyZip will assumes this option is the one to be done)	
-a+	Add files and  remove archive attribute from files (after files are added to the specified zip file, the file archive attribute is reset)	
-b[drive|path]	Specifies use of another drive for usage of the temporary file EasyZipp creates during zipping (useful if you are zipping a very large file and space is constrained on the default drive)(example: you want to use the root directory on your extra hard drive e: for the temporary file - thus you would specify this option as: -be:\ )	
-d	Deletes a specified file from the specified zip file 	
-ex	Set compression to maxmum (produces smallest file size, but takes longer)	
-en	Set compression to normal	
-ef	Set compression to fast (takes less time, but file size is larger)	
-es	Set compression to superfast (takes less time, but file size is larger)	
-e0	Set compression to no compression	
-f	Freshen (replaces existing files of a zip file with newer files; if the file does not already exist in the zip file, then it will not be added; only existing files are replaced)	
-h (or -?)	Help file will be shown	
-i	Add a file only whose archive attribute is set, and then reset the archive attribute	
-i-	Add files only whose archive attribute is set, and leave the archive attribute set	
-p	Folder names are not stored (this is usually used with -r option to zip subfolders; eg, easyzipp -a -p -r  myzip.zip myfolder\*.* )	
-P	Folder names are stored, including subfolder recursed folders (this is usually used with -r option to zip subfolders; eg, easyzipp -a -P -r  myzip.zip myfolder\*.* )	
-r	Recurse into subfolders; requires -p or -P option if want to save path (this is usually used with -p option to zip subfolders; eg, easyzipp -a -P -r  myzip.zip myfolder\*.* )	
-s	Zip with password which will be asked by prompts	
-s[password]	Zip with specified password (for example, if you wanted to specify the password 'mypassword' you would specify the option as -smypassword)	
-t	Add files with date equal to or greater than the current date	
-t[date]	Add files with date equal to or greater than the specified date (format to use depends on the country settings; USA: mmdd[yy]yy OR [m]m/[d]d/[yy]yy; Europe: ddmm[yy]yy OR [d]d.[m]m.[yy]yy; Japan: [yy]yymmdd OR [yy]yy/[m]m/[d]d)	
-tf[date]	Add files with date equal to or greater than the specified date with format as [yy]yymmdd OR [yy]yy-[m]m-[d]d	
-u	Add to zip file only changed files (will skip same  files with the same date as those already in the zip file; will add file if file does not already exist)	
-v[b|t][r][m][c][d|e|n|o|p|s]	View the files in the specified zip file	
-v	View the files in normal format	
-vb	View the files in brief format	
-vt	View the files in technical format	
-vr	View the files with sort order reversed	
-vm	View the files with pauses after each screen	
-vc	View the files with file comments	
-vd, or -ve, or -vn, or -vo, or -vp or -vs	View the files sorted by date, extension, name, original order, percentage compression or uncompressed size	
-v[b|t][r][m][c][d|e|n|o|p|s]f	View the files in the specified zip file with date in yyyy-mm-dd format (regardless of system settings, date will appear in this format)	
-whs	Includes hidden and system files	
-Whs	Excludes hidden and system files	
-x<filename>	Excludes adding the specified file(s)	
-yp	Prompts "Press any key to continue..." when zipping is finished	
-z	Create (edit) a zip file comment	
-&	Span to multiple diskettes (eg, easyzipp -a -& a:\myzip myfile)	
-^ (WinNT: "-^"  or -^^)	Display command line on screen	
 
Command Line Options for Unzipping Files
 
-e	Extract (ie, unzip) files in specified zip file (this option must  always be used if EasyZipp is to unzip files, regardless of other options used)	
-c	Display contents of the zip file	
-cm	Display contents of files and don't allow text to scroll off screen	
h (or -?)	Display help file	
-n	Extract (unzip) only newer files	
-o	Overwrite existing files without any prompts	
-o-	Overwrite existing files without any prompt BUT, automatically replying NO to any overwrite prompt	
-P	Extract with paths (will show sub-directories)	
-s	Will prompt for password to enter to unzip file	
-s[password]	Uses specified password to unzip file	
-t	Tests the zip file	
-v[b|t][r][m][c|d|e|n|o|p|s][f]	View the list of files in the zip file B (same usage as above when this option is used in a 'zip' mode of EasyZip)	
-yp	Prompts "Press any key to continue..." when unzipping is finished	
-^  (WinNT: "-^"  or -^^)	Display command line on screen	

Using EasyZip from Windows

Using EasyZip from Windows
EasyZip is well integrated with Windows. When you right-click on a file, you can zip it, unzip it, create a self-extracting file, or zip and e-mail the file. To use these features, EasyZip does not have to be running. Simply right-click any file, and you will be presented with a variety of options regarding zipping or unzipping the file.
Note: If, after installing EasyZip, you installed another company's  zip program that took the file associations away from EasyZip, then this feature may not work. Go to EasyHelper to set file associations back to EasyZip so that the right-clicking features will work.
 
Right-clicking a File to Zip it
Right-click any normal file (that is NOT already a zip file).  For example, perhaps you right-click a file called calendar.cm.
A small menu box will appear with the usual choices, such as Cut, Copy, Delete, and so on. The following choices will also appear in the menu box:
•	Add (or create) to a ZIP file: A default path and name (e.g., calendar.zip) is chosen for you, but you can change the path and name in the first dialog box that then pops up, as well as the compression method. Click OK and the zip file will be created. EasyZip will also open with this file, to allow you any further modifications.
•	Add to calendar.zip: This method of creating or adding to a zip file is quicker, but you cannot select the zip file name. The file calendar.cm will be added to the zip file calendar.zip.
•	Add to recent zip file: This will add the file (in this case, calendar.cm) to an existing zip file. It will show you the last 4 zip files created.
•	Zip and Email calendar.zip: This will zip the file (in this case, calendar.cm) and send it out by e-mail. Your default mail client, usually Outlook or Outlook Express, will be called, and calendar.zip will be attached to a blank e-mail.
•	Zip, Password and Email calendar.zip: This will zip and password-protect  the file (in this case, calendar.cm) and send it out by e-mail. You will be prompted to confirm that you want it password-protected, and to enter the password.
 
Right-clicking a File to Unzip it
Right-click any zip file.  For example, perhaps you right-click a file called myzip.zip.
A small menu box will appear with the usual choices, such as Cut, Copy, Delete, and so on. The following choices will also appear in the menu box:
•	Unzip to ...
•	Unzip to folder c:\my documents
•	Create Self-Extracting File (myzip.exe)
•	E-mail myzip.zip
 
Unzip to ...: The file (in this case, myzip.zip) will be unzipped to a location of your choice. EasyZip will then be started, with this file opened.
Unzip to folder c:\my documents: The file (myzip.zip) will automatically be unzipped to your My Documents folder.
Create Self-Extractor (myzip.exe): The file (myzip.zip) will be used to create the self-extracting file myzip.exe.
E-mail myzip.zip: The file (myzip.zip) will be sent out by e-mail. Your default mail client, usually Outlook or Outlook Express, will be called, and myzip.zip will be attached to a blank e-mail.

FAQ

Can there be more than one file in a zipped file?
Yes.
Many users find this confusing. Often you will use EasyZip to zip a single file that is too large to fit onto a floppy disk. Your original file might be called ABC.TXT, and the compressed, zipped file produced might be called  ABC.ZIP .
However, a zipped file can contain many files, even many folders. For example, you could zip together INCOME.TXT, SALES.TXT, REPORT1998.TXT all into one single zipped file, that perhaps was called INCOME.ZIP.  When you later un-zip INCOME.ZIP, you will extract out of this file the original files, i.e.,  INCOME.TXT, SALES.TXT, and REPORT1998.TXT.
When you are zipping files with EasyZip you are not asked for the single file you want to zip, but instead, are asked for the files and folders you want to 'add' to your list to be zipped into a single zip file.

Do I need EasyZip to zip my EasyWord files?
Not really. EasyZip is already built into EasyWord. You can create zip files directly from EasyWord and you can read/retrieve and unzip files directly from EasyWord.

When I zip a file, is the original file destroyed?
No. 
If you compressed ABC.TXT into a smaller file by zipping it, then ABC.ZIP would be produced. The original file ABC.TXT will remain intact.
When we talk about zipping files, it sounds like we are converting them to something else. This is true, but the original file is not affected, as zipping occurs on a copy of the file.

Is EasyZip compatible with other zip programs?
Yes.  
Many zip programs (such as WinZip and PKZIP) produce zip files, and EasyZip will be able to unzip these files. Other programs will be able to unzip the zip files that EasyZip produces.
EasyImage: Contents

I.	Menus, Toolbars, and Shortcuts
i.	Toolbar
ii.	Status Bar
iii.	Keystroke Shortcuts
II.	Window and View Options
iv.	Zooming
v.	Magnifying Glass
vi.	Full Screen View
III.	Acquiring and Saving Images
vii.	Opening Image Files
viii.	Acquiring Scanner or Camera Images
ix.	Capturing Screens
x.	Saving Images
IV.	Editing Tools
xi.	Undo
xii.	Copy and Paste
xiii.	Drawing Shapes
V.	Resizing and Transforming
xiv.	Resizing Images
xv.	Rotating Images
xvi.	Flipping Images
xvii.	Shearing Images
VI.	Image Effects and Filters
xviii.	Posterize
xix.	Mosaic
xx.	Average and Median
xxi.	Blur and Sharpen
xxii.	Add Noise
xxiii.	Emboss
xxiv.	Spatial Filters
VII.	Color Options
xxv.	Invert Colors
xxvi.	Halftone and Grayscale
xxvii.	Color Resolution
xxviii.	Brightness and Contrast
xxix.	Hue
xxx.	Saturation
xxxi.	Gamma Correct
xxxii.	Fill
VIII.	Printing
xxxiii.	Print Setup
xxxiv.	Print Preview
xxxv.	Printing Images
IX.	Image Directories and Slideshows
xxxvi.	Browsing the Current Directory
xxxvii.	Viewing Images
xxxviii.	Deleting Images
xxxix.	Creating and Running Slideshows

Menus, Toolbars, and Shortcuts

Toolbar
The main toolbar is located above your image. It contains buttons that perform common tasks, such as opening a file, printing an image, and zooming.
To show or hide the toolbar:
4.	Go to the View menu.
5.	To show the toolbar, check off Toolbar. To hide it, un-check Toolbar.

Status Bar
The status bar, located at the bottom of your screen, displays information while you are editing your image. 
To show or hide the status bar:
1.	Go to the View menu.
2.	To show the status bar, check off Status Bar. To hide it, un-check Status Bar.

Keystroke Shortcuts
Keystroke shortcuts exist for several of commonly used features of EasyImage. Keystroke shortcuts offer you the advantage of performing various functions directly from the keyboard, without having to use the mouse.
Function	Keystroke	
File	 	
Open	Ctrl+O	
Save As	Ctrl+S	
Print	Ctrl+P	
Create/Run Slide Show	W	
 	 	
Edit	 	
Copy	Ctrl+C	
Paste	Ctrl+V	
Undo	Ctrl+Z	
 	 	
Zoom	 	
Original Size	Ctrl+H	
Zoom In	+	
Zoom Out	-	
 	 	
View File	 	
Next File in Directory	Space Bar	
Previous File in Directory	Backspace	
First File in Directory	Ctrl+F	
Last File in Directory	Ctrl+L	
 	 	
Rotate/Flip	 	
Rotate Left	L	
Rotate Right	R	
Vertical Flip	V	
Horizontal Flip	H	
 	 	
Other	 	
Image Information	I	
 	 	
Note: You do not have to enter the capitalized form of the above letters. Nor should you be entering a plus (+) sign.  For example, the shortcut for undo (Ctrl+Z) means press the Ctrl key and the Z key at the same time.

Window and View Options

Zooming
Zooming involves changing the size of your image as you see it on your screen. It will not affect the sizing of your sheet when it is printed.
Zooming In or Out
Each time you zoom in, the image on your screen will be enlarged by 50 percent. To zoom in:
•	Go to the View menu, and click Zoom In. Or,
•	Click the Zoom In icon (shown below). Or,
	
•	Press the + key.
Each time you zoom out, the image on your screen will be reduced in size by 50 percent. To zoom out:
•	Go to the View menu, and click Zoom Out. Or,
•	Click the Zoom Out icon (shown below). Or,
	
•	Press the - key.
 
Original Size
To view an image at its original size (with zoom percentage of 100 percent):
•	Go to the View menu, and click Original Size. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+H on your keyboard.
 
Custom Zoom
To enter your own zoom percentage:
1.	Go to the View menu, and click Zoom User Define.
2.	A Zoom window will appear.
3.	Use the Amount meter to adjust the zoom percentage. Or, enter your own in the text box.
4.	Click OK.
 
Fit to Window
To have the zoom percentage adjusted so that your image fills the width or height your screen:
•	Go to the View menu, and click Fit Image to Window.

Magnifying Glass
The magnifying glass allows you to view a close up of an area of your image.
To use the magnifying glass:
1.	Go to the View menu, and click Magnifying Glass.
2.	Your cursor will change into a square magnifying glass. 
3.	Place the magnifying glass over an area of your image. To magnify the area, click and hold down your left mouse button. You can also hold down the mouse button, and drag the mouse to magnify other areas. To stop magnifying, release the mouse button. 
4.	When you are finished using the magnifying glass, turn it off. Go to the View menu, and un-check Magnifying Glass.

Full Screen View
EasyImage allows you to hide all toolbars and menus, so that you can view your image on the full screen.
To view your image on the full screen:
1.	Go to the View menu, and click Full Screen View. Or, simply press the Enter key.
2.	All toolbars and menus will be hidden.
3.	To view the next image in your directory, click your left mouse button.
4.	To exit the full screen view and return to EasyImage, press the Esc key.

Acquiring and Saving Images

Opening Image Files
To open an image file:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Open. Or,
2.	Click the Open icon (shown below). Or,
 	
•	Press Ctrl+O on your keyboard.
An Open window will appear. Here, you can:
1.	Search for an image file by selecting folders or directories in the Look in box. Move to other folders following standard Windows commands. Press the Up One Level folder-like icon to move up a level in the folder hierarchy. Or, press the down arrow in the Look In box to select another folder at that level, or to move around in the folder hierarchy. You can also switch from your main hard drive (usually C:\) to a floppy drive (usually A:\), or to a CD-ROM drive (usually D:\, E:\, or F:\).
2.	Choose to only see files of one type by selecting a type from the Files of type box. This may be useful if you know the type of the image that you are looking for.  To see files of all types, ensure that All Files is selected.
3.	Select an image file by clicking it once, then clicking the Open button. 
The image file will be opened, and ready for you to edit.  

Acquiring Scanner or Camera Images
EasyImage allows you to acquire images from scanners and digital cameras.
First, select the scanner or camera you will be using:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Select Source Device.
2.	A Select Source window will appear. 
3.	A list of scanner and camera devices installed on your computer will appear in the Sources box. Choose a source from this list.
4.	Click Select.
Now, to acquire an image:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Acquire Scanned or Camera Image.
2.	The software for the source you selected will open, allowing you to scan or capture the image. 

Capturing Screens
EasyImage allows you to create an image of your current screen.
To capture the screen:
1.	Outside of EasyImage (in Windows), open the programs, files, or windows that you want to capture. If nothing is open, your desktop will be captured.
2.	In EasyImage, go to the File menu, and click Capture the Current Screen.
3.	The current screen will be captured, and the image will appear in EasyImage.

Saving Images
To save an image:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Save As. Or,
2.	Click the Save As icon (shown below). Or,
	
•	Press Ctrl+S on your keyboard.
An Save File window will appear. Here, you can:
1.	Type the name of your image file in the File name box. 
2.	Select an image file type from the Save as type box. EasyImage is capable of saving in many image formats, including: JPEG, PNG, CALS, DIC, EPS, JBIG, IFF, ITG, IOCA, MODCA, CLP, Dr. Halo, EXIF, FAX, FLC,FPX, GEM, Mac PICT,  MacPaint, PCX, PBM, PGM,PPM, PSD, SUN, SGI, TAG, TIF, OS/2 BMP, Win BMP, WinCursor, WinIcon, Animated Cursor,  Winfax, WMF, EMF, WPG, XBM, XPM, XWD. (Within many of these types, a large variety of file formats exists, e.g., TIF 1-bit, TIF 2-bit, TIF 3-bit, ... TIF 64-bit.)
Note: Due to a patent held by Unisys, EasyImage cannot save images in the GIF file format.
3.	Select a directory or folder to save your image file in from the Save in box. Move to other folders following standard Windows commands. Press the Up One Level folder-like icon to move up a level in the folder hierarchy. Or, press the down arrow in the Save In box to select another folder at that level, or to move around in the folder hierarchy.
In the Save In box, you can also switch from your main hard drive (usually C:\) to a floppy drive (usually A:\), or to a CD-ROM drive (usually D:\, E:\, or F:\). For example, to save a file on a floppy disk, insert the floppy disk into your computer, and use the Save In box to select your floppy drive (A:\).
4.	When you are ready to save your image, click the Save button.

Editing Tools

Undo
EasyImage allows you to reverse your last step.
To undo your last step:
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Undo. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+Z on your keyboard.

Copy and Paste
You can copy your current image and paste it into another program. You may also paste images you copy onto your current image.
To copy your current image:
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Copy. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+C on your keyboard.
 
To paste the last image you copied:
•	Go to the Edit menu and click Paste. Or,
•	Press Ctrl+V on your keyboard.

Drawing Shapes
The Draw Shape tools allow you to select only part of your image. Filters and effects can then be applied to the selection, without affecting the entire image. The selection can also be moved to another location with your mouse. 
To use a Draw Shape Tool:
1.	Go to the Edit menu, and then Draw Shape. 
2.	A drop-down menu will appear. Select a shape:
•	Rectangle: Draws a rectangle or square.
•	Rounded Rectangle: Draws a rectangle or square with rounded corners.
•	Ellipse: Draws an oval or circle.
•	Free Hand: Draws any shape; allows you to trace an area.
3.	Move your mouse to your image. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse. As you move the mouse, the shape you selected will appear as a dashed outline. When you are finished sizing the shape, release your mouse button. 
4.	You can now apply effects and filters to the selected portion of your image. For example, if you go to the Color menu and click Invert, the colors of the selected portion would be inverted, but the colors of the remaining part of the image would not be changed. 
5.	You can move a copy of your selection to another part of the image. Click the selection with your left mouse button. Continue to hold down the mouse button, and drag the selection to its new location. When you are done, click somewhere outside of the selection.
 
De-selecting
When you are finished with a selection, you should de-select it. To do so:
•	Go to the Edit menu, then Draw Shape, and then click Cancel Shape. Or,
•	Click your mouse somewhere outside of the selection.

Resizing and Transforming

Resizing Images
To change the size of your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu, and click Resize.
2.	An Image Resize window will appear.
3.	To keep the width-to-height ratio the same when you resize, ensure that Maintain Aspect Ratio is checked off. In this case, if you double the width, then the height will be doubled automatically. 
To allow distortion when you resize, un-check Maintain Aspect Ratio. In this case, changing the width will not affect the height, and changing the height will not affect the width.
4.	Specify the new dimensions for your image. These dimensions can be specified in:
•	Pixels: Under New Image, enter the new pixel values of the width and height in the text boxes on the left.  
•	Percent: Under New Image, enter the new percentage values of the width and height in the text boxes on the left. A percentage value greater than 100 will increase the image size, while a percentage value less than 100 will reduce the image size. The percentage value must be greater than 0.
•	Pixels Per Inch: Under Resolution, enter new horizontal and vertical resolutions in the text boxes.
5.	Click OK. Your image will be resized.

Rotating Images
To automatically rotate your image by 90 degrees:
1.	Go to the Image menu.
2.	To rotate your image in the counter-clockwise direction, click Rotate Left. To rotate your image in the clockwise direction, click Rotate Right. 
 
To rotate your image by a custom angle:
1.	Go to the Image menu, and click Rotate Any Angle.
2.	A Rotate window will appear.
3.	Use the Clockwise Angle meter to select an angle, or type an angle in the text box. The angle of rotation is measured in degrees, and can range from -360 to 360 degrees. A positive angle will rotate the image in the clockwise direction, while a negative angle will rotate the image in the counter-clockwise direction.
4.	To have your image sized to fit the image box when it is rotated, check off Resize.
5.	To change the background color behind your image, click the Background box. A Color Picker window will appear, where you can choose a new color. After selecting a color, click OK.
6.	When you are done, click OK. Your image will be rotated.

Flipping Images
Flipping creates a horizontal or vertical reflection of an image.
To flip your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu.
2.	To flip your image along its horizontal axis (from left to right), click Horizontal Flip. To flip your image along its vertical axis (from top to bottom), click Vertical Flip.

Shearing Images
Shearing shifts the sides of an image, producing a parallelogram effect.
To shear your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu, and click Shear.
2.	An Shear window will appear.
3.	Use the Clockwise Angle meter to select an angle, or type an angle in the text box. The angle is measured in degrees, and can range from -45 to 45 degrees. A positive angle will shear the image in the clockwise direction, while a negative angle will shear the image in the counter-clockwise direction. 
4.	Your image will be sheared vertically, by shifting its left and right sides up and down. To instead shear your image horizontally, by shifting its top and bottom sides to the left and right, check off Horizontal.
5.	To change the background color behind your image, click the Background box. A Color Picker window will appear, where you can choose a new color. After selecting a color, click OK.
6.	When you are done, click OK. Your image will be sheared.

Image Effects and Filters

Posterize
Posterizing reduces the number of colors used in an image, resulting in a poster or art print effect.

Before	
After	
To apply the posterize effect to your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu, put your cursor over Effects, and click Posterize.
2.	A Posterize window will appear.
3.	Use the Levels of color per plane meter to adjust the number of colors used. Or, enter a number in the text box. For example, if it is set to 2 and your image is using BGR color (Blue-Green-Red), then there will be two levels of blue, two levels of green, and two levels of red. 
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Mosaic
The mosaic effect separates your image into square tiles of a given size. Each tile is made up of only one color. 

Before	
After 	
To apply the mosaic effect to your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu, put your cursor over Effects, and click Mosaic.
2.	A Mosaic window will appear.
3.	Use the Tile size meter to adjust the pixel size of each tile. Or, enter a size in the text box.
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Average and Median
The average and median effects are used to smooth images. Both effects adjust the colors of pixels according to other nearby pixels.
The Average Effect
The average effect can be used to blur an image. The color of each pixel will be replaced by the average color of all adjacent pixels within a specified range.  The average color is not necessarily a color that is already present within the image. 
To apply the average effect to your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu, put your cursor over Effects, and click Average.
2.	An Average window will appear.
3.	Use the Sample size meter to adjust the sample size, or enter a size in the text box. This size is the radius of each sample range, in pixels.  
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.
 
The Median Effect
The Median effect can be used to reduce the noise in an image. The color of each pixel will be replaced by the median color of all adjacent pixels within a specified range.  The median color is the middle color of all pixels in the range; thus, no new colors will be added to the image. 
To apply the Median effect to your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu, put your cursor over Effects, and click Median.
2.	An Median window will appear.
3.	Use the Sample size meter to adjust the sample size, or enter a size in the text box. This size is the radius of each sample range, in pixels.
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Blur and Sharpen
EasyImage allows you to adjust the focus of your image. Blurring will soften the edges within your image, while sharpening will harden the edges. 
To blur or sharpen your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu, put your cursor over Effects, and click Sharpen.
2.	A Sharpen window will appear.
3.	Use the Percentage meter to adjust the focus, or enter a percentage in the text box. A negative percentage will blur the image, and a positive percentage will sharpen the image. 
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Add Noise
The add noise effect adds pixel noise to an image. It results in a static electricity or film grain effect. 

Before	
After	
To add noise to your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu, put your cursor over Effects, and click Add Noise.
2.	An Add Noise window will appear.
3.	Use the Level meter to adjust the amount of noise, or enter a level in the text box. The noise level can range from 0 to 100.
4.	Select a channel from the Channel box. The Master channel will add noise to all color channels, but you may want to add noise to only one color channel instead.
5.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
6.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Emboss
The emboss effect produces an image that resembles a three-dimensional carving on a gray surface.  

Before	
After	
To apply the emboss effect to your image:
1.	Go to the Image menu, put your cursor over Effects, and click Emboss.
2.	An Emboss window will appear.
3.	Use the Depth meter to adjust the depth of the carving, or enter a depth in the text box. The depth can range from 0 to 100.
4.	Select a carving direction from the Direction box.
5.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
6.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Spatial Filters
Spatial filters are used to detect edges or line discontinuities in images. Each pixel that is not on a detected edge or line will be changed to black.

Before	
After	
EasyImage's edge detection filters include the Gradient, Sobel, Prewitt, and Shift and Difference filters. Line detection filters include the Laplacian and Line Segment filters.  
To apply a spatial filter:
1.	Go to the Image menu, put your cursor over Spatial Filters, and click the filter of your choice.
2.	A window will appear.
3.	Choose an edge or line direction from the Filter Value box.
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Color Options

Invert Colors
When the colors of an image are inverted, the image will be converted it to a negative of itself.

Before	
After	
To invert an image:
1.	Go to the Image menu.
2.	Click Invert.

Halftone and Grayscale
Halftone
Halftone images are 1-bit images made up of tiny, black dots. Different shades of gray are produced by varying the size, intensity, and density of these dots. 

Before	
After	
To convert your image to halftone:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click Halftone.
2.	A Halftone window will appear.
3.	Use the Angle meter to adjust the halftone angle, or type an angle in the text box. The angle is measured in degrees, and can range from -180 to 180 degrees. 
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.
 
Grayscale
Grayscale images are made up of 256 shades of gray, or 8 bits per pixel. A good example of a grayscale image is a black and white photograph.

Before	
After	
To convert your image to grayscale:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click GrayScale.
2.	Your image will automatically converted to 8-bit grayscale.

Color Resolution
To adjust the color resolution of your image:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click Color Resolution.
2.	A Color Resolution window will appear.
3.	Select a resolution from the Bits Per Pixel box. Typically, color images are 24-bit, grayscale images are 8-bit, and halftone (black and white) images are 1-bit.
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Brightness and Contrast
Brightness
Brightness refers to the intensity of light. Increasing the brightness will intensify white tones, and lighten your image. Decreasing the brightness will intensify black tones, and darken your image.  
To adjust the brightness of your image:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click Brightness.
2.	A Change Brightness window will appear.
3.	Use the Percentage meter to adjust the brightness, or type a percentage in the text box. A positive percentage will lighten your image, while a negative percentage will darken you image. 
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.
 
Contrast
Contrast refers to the difference between light and dark tones in your image. Increasing the contrast will enhance the difference between light and dark, while decreasing the contrast will reduce this difference.  
To adjust the contrast of your image:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click Contrast.
2.	A Change Contrast window will appear.
3.	Use the Percentage meter to adjust the contrast. Or, type a percentage in the text box. A positive percentage will increase the contrast, while a negative percentage will decrease the contrast. 
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.
 
Histo-Contrast
Histo-contrast allows you to the adjust the contrast of your image, but uses a more advanced method than the standard contrast filter. The middle brightness value of the image will be determined. Pixels brighter than the middle value will be brightened, while pixels darker than the middle value will be darkened.   
To adjust the histo-contrast:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click Histo-Contrast.
2.	A Change Histo-Contrast window will appear.
3.	Use the Percentage meter to adjust the contrast. Or, type a percentage in the text box. A positive percentage will increase the contrast, while a negative percentage will decrease the contrast. 
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Hue
Hues are the pure colors of the spectrum or rainbow: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet. 
To adjust the hues in your image:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click Hue.
2.	A Change Hue window will appear.
3.	Use the Angle meter to adjust the angle of rotation of the color wheel, or type an angle in the text box. The angle is measured in degrees.  
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.
Note: Hue applies to color images only. The hues of grayscale and halftone images cannot be adjusted.

Saturation
Saturation refers to the strength of colors. The colors of a highly saturated image are very bright and intense. Images with a low saturation contain dull, gray shades.   
 To adjust the color saturation of your image:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click Saturation.
2.	A Change Saturation window will appear.
3.	Use the Percentage meter to adjust the saturation, or type a percentage in the text box. The angle is measured in degrees. A positive percentage will increase the saturation and intensify colors. A negative percentage will decrease the saturation, making colors appear more gray. 
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.
Note: Color saturation applies to color images only. The saturation of grayscale and halftone images cannot be adjusted.

Gamma Correct
Gamma refers to the intensity of midtones in your image. You can adjust the intensity of certain colors individually.
To adjust the gamma:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click Gamma Correct.
2.	A Gamma Adjustment window will appear.
3.	Enter new gamma values for the red, green, and blue channels. The values can range from 10 to 500. Increasing the gamma of the red channel, for example, will intensify the red tones in your image. 
To adjust all channels at once, check off All Channels. When you enter a new gamma value for one channel, the other two channels will be adjusted automatically. For instance, if you increase the gamma of the red channel by ten, then the blue and green channels will also be increased by ten. 
If the gamma values of all channels are low, the image will be dark. If the gamma values of all channels are high, the image will be bright.

All Channels Low	
All Channels High	
4.	A preview will be shown in the After box. To view another part of the image, move your mouse to either the Before of After box. Your cursor will change to a white hand. Click and hold down your left mouse button, and move your mouse to scroll to another part of the image.   
5.	When satisfied with your image, click OK.

Fill
You can fill your entire image with a solid color.
To fill:
1.	Go to the Color menu, and click Fill.
2.	A Color window will appear.
3.	Select a basic color from the palette provided. To instead create your own color, click Define Custom Colors. 
4.	After selecting a color, click OK. Your image will be filled.

Printing

Print Setup
To adjust the print settings:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Print Setup.
2.	A Print window will appear.
3.	Under Printer, your default printer will appear in the Name box. This printer is often attached to the LPT1 port of your computer. You may select another printer from the Name box. 
4.	Under Paper, you can set the paper size and source. Select the paper size that your printer will be using (e.g., Letter, A4, etc.) from the Size box. If you are using a printer with multiple trays, you can select a source from the Source box. 
5.	Under Orientation, you can choose either Portrait (long edge vertical) or Landscape (long edge horizontal).
6.	For further print options, click the Properties buttons. The available features will depend on your printer.
7.	To return to your image, click OK.

Print Preview
To see what your image will look like when printed:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Print Preview. Or, click the Print Preview icon (shown below).
 	
2.	Your image will appear on a page, as it will look when printed. 
3.	To enlarge the page, click Zoom In. To shrink the page, click Zoom Out.
4.	To see the next page, click Next Page. To see the previous page, click Prev Page.
5.	If you would like to print your image, click Print.
6.	To return to your image, click Close.

Printing Images
To print your image:
•	Go to the File menu, and click Print. Or,
•	Click the Print icon (shown below). Or,
	
•	Press Ctrl+P on your keyboard.
A Print window will open. Ensure that your printer settings are correct (see Print Setup), and click OK.

Image Directories and Slideshows

Browsing the Current Directory
You can view thumbnails (small images) of the image files in your current directory or folder.
To browse your current directory:
1.	Go to the File menu, and click Browse Files in Current Folder.
2.	A window will appear.
3.	To move to another directory or folder, use the Look in box. Move to other folders following standard Windows commands. Press the Up One Level folder-like icon to move up a level in the folder hierarchy. Or, press the down arrow in the Look In box to select another folder at that level, or to move around in the folder hierarchy. You can also switch from your main hard drive (usually C:\) to a floppy drive (usually A:\), or to a CD-ROM drive (usually D:\, E:\, or F:\).
4.	When you are in the directory you want to browse, click on any image file. Then, click Select.
5.	A Browsing window will appear, which contains thumbnails of all the images in your directory. Use the scroll bar on the right to move to thumbnails of other images in the directory.
6.	If you click on a thumbnail, the image will open in the EasyImage window.
7.	When you are finished browsing, click the X button in the top-right corner of the window. 

Viewing Images
You can quickly view and edit another image in your current directory.
Viewing the Next or Previous Image File
To view the next image file in your current directory:
•	Go to the View menu, and click Next File in Directory. Or,
•	Press the Go to Next Image icon (shown below). Or,
 	
•	Press the Space bar on your keyboard.
To view the previous image file in your current directory:
•	Go to the View menu, and click Previous File in Directory. Or,
•	Press the Go to Previous Image icon (shown below). Or,
 	
•	Press the Backspace key on your keyboard.
 
Viewing the First or Last Image File
To view the first image file in your current directory:
•	Go to the View menu, and click First File in Directory. Or,
•	Press the Ctrl+F on your keyboard.
To view the last image file in your current directory:
•	Go to the View menu, and click Last File in Directory. Or,
•	Press the Ctrl+L on your keyboard.

Deleting Images
To delete your currently opened image:
•	Go to the File menu, and click Delete File. Or,
•	Click the Delete icon (shown below).
	
The image file will removed from its current directory on your hard drive.

Creating and Running Slideshows
You can create and view a slideshow of images in your current directory.
To create and run a slideshow:
1.	Ensure that your currently opened image is from the directory you want to create the slideshow from. Your currently opened image will be the first image in your slideshow.
2.	Go to the File menu, and click Create and Run Slideshow. Or, click the Create or Run a Slideshow icon (shown below).
	
3.	A Slideshow window will appear. Here, you have the following options:
•	Slideshow Time: To have the slides change automatically, click Automatic after X seconds, and enter a time in the text box. If you would rather click your mouse to change the slides, click Automatic after mouse/keyboard input.
•	Loop: If you want your slideshow to start over automatically after the last slide is reached, check off this option. If you would rather be warned after the last slide is reached, un-check this option.
•	Hide Mouse Cursor: If you want the cursor to be visible during your slideshow, un-check this option.
•	Show Image Filename: If you want the image filename to appear at the top the screen for each slide, check off this option. 
4.	When you are ready to start your slideshow, click OK.
5.	Your slideshow will begin. If you selected Automatic after X seconds, the slides will change automatically. If your selected Automatic after mouse/keyboard input, you must press your left mouse button to view the next slide. 
6.	Press the Esc key to exit the slideshow at any time.

EasySpeller and EasyThesaurus: Contents

I.	EasySpeller
i.	EasySpeller Dictionary
ii.	Spell Check with Outlook Express
II.	EasyThesaurus
iii.	EasyThesaurus
iv.	EasyThesaurus with Outlook Express

EasySpeller

EasySpeller Dictionary
EasyOffice features a full English dictionary that you can access quickly from your desktop.
To use the EasySpeller Dictionary:
7.	To start the dictionary program:
•	There may be a green checkmark (shown below) at the bottom-right corner of your screen. If there is a checkmark, single-click it. A menu will pop up. Select Look up word in Reference Dictionary. Or, 
	
•	If the EasyOffice icons appear on your desktop, there should be an EasySpeller icon (shown below). Double-click the icon. Or,
	
•	If the EasySpeller icon is not on your desktop, you can open the program via the Start menu. Go to Start -> Programs -> Easy Office 2001 -> EasySpeller.
2.	An EasySpeller window will appear.
3.	Type a word in the Lookup box, and press the Enter key (or, click the Search button). 
4.	The definition of the word will appear below the Lookup box.  If the word, as you entered it, does not exist in the dictionary, a list of words close in spelling will appear below. Double-click on any of these words for a full definition.
5.	The definitions, synonyms, antonyms, etc. that appear for a word are interconnected. Double-click on any of the words in the definition or synonym list, for example, and the definition for that word will appear.
6.	To exit the program, click Close.

Spell Check with Outlook Express
EasySpeller allows you to spell check e-mails you write in Microsoft Outlook Express.
To check the spelling of an e-mail:
1.	Open Outlook Express.
2.	Start a new e-mail, or reply to an e-mail. Type your letter.
3.	When you are ready to check the spelling, double-click on the green checkmark (shown below) at the bottom-right corner of your screen. (Note: If you do not see this green checkmark, you will have to open either EasySpeller or EasyThesaurus.)
 	
4.	The EasySpeller spell check will automatically begin. EasySpeller will use the current spelling dictionary that EasyWord is using.  
5.	If possible spelling errors are detected, a Check Spelling window will appear.  
6.	Your misspelled word will be displayed in the Consider Changing box.
7.	If the word is not an actual spelling error (for example, perhaps it is a name), click the Add button. The word will be added to your User Dictionary.
8.	If the word is not an error, but you do not want to add the word to your User Dictionary, click the Ignore button.
9.	If the word is an error, you can change it:
•	EasyWord will suggest possible 'correct' alternatives for this word in the Suggestions box. You can select one of these suggested words, and it will appear in the Change To box. Or,  type your own correct word in the Change To box.
•	Click the Change button. EasySpeller will automatically replace the misspelled word in your e-mail with the Change to word.
•	If have made the same spelling error more than once in your e-mail, you can correct all of the occurrences simultaneously. Click the Change All button  
10.	To change the spell check options, click the Options button (at the bottom-left corner of the EasySpeller window). An Options window will appear, where you will be given choices on how the spelling check routine works. For example, you can have it ignore capitalized words. (See Setting Spelling Checker Options.)
11.	To stop the spelling check at any time, click the Cancel button.
12.	When the spelling check is complete, a window will appear to let you know. It will tell you how many errors were detected, and how many of these were changed. Click OK, and you will be brought back to your e-mail.

EasyThesaurus

EasyThesaurus
EasyOffice features a thesaurus that you can access quickly from your desktop.
To use EasyThesurus:
1.	To start the program:
•	There may be a green checkmark (shown below) at the bottom-right corner of your screen. If there is a checkmark, single-click it. A menu will pop up. Select Look up Synonym. Or,
	
•	If the EasyOffice icons appear on your desktop, there should be an EasyThesaurus icon (shown below). Double-click the icon. Or,
 	
•	Open the program via the Start menu. Go to Start -> Programs -> Easy Office 2001 -> EasyThesaurus.
2.	A Thesaurus window will appear. 
3.	Type a word in the Enter Word here box. After typing in a word, click Look Up.
4.	A list of synonyms will appear. 
5.	If you would instead like an antonym (a word of opposite meaning):
•	Check off the Antonyms box.
•	Click Look Up, and a list of antonyms will appear.
6.	To close the program, click Cancel.

EasyThesaurus with Outlook Express
EasyThesaurus allows you to use a thesaurus while writing e-mails in Microsoft Outlook Express.
To use EasyThesaurus with Outlook Express:
1.	Open Outlook Express.
2.	Begin typing an e-mail. (Start a new e-mail, or reply to an e-mail).
3.	Select (highlight) the word in your e-mail that you want to look up.
4.	Open EasyThesaurus:
•	There may be a green checkmark (shown below) at the bottom-right corner of your screen. If there is a checkmark, single-click it. A menu will pop up. Select Look up Synonym.
 
•	Or, if the EasyOffice icons appear on your desktop, there should be an EasyThesaurus icon (shown below). Double-click the icon.
 
•	Or, you can open the program via the Start menu. Go to Start -> Programs -> Easy Office 2001 -> EasyThesaurus.
5.	A Thesaurus window will appear. 
6.	The selected word will appear in the Enter Word here box. (If this field is empty, or you would like to look up another word, type a word in the Enter Word here box. After typing in a word, click Look Up.)
7.	A list of synonyms will appear. 
8.	If you would instead like an antonym (a word of opposite meaning):
•	Check off the Antonyms box.
•	Click Look Up, and a list of antonyms will appear.
9.	If you would like to replace your word with one of the synonyms (or antonyms) given, single-click it with your mouse. It will appear in the top-right text box. Or, if you would rather choose your own alternative word, you can type it in this text box.
10.	When you are satisfied with the alternative word your have chosen, click the Replace button. The word in your e-mail will be replaced with this alternative word. 

EasyOffice Backup: Contents

V.	Introduction to EasyOffice Backup
i.	Introduction
ii.	EasyOffice Backup Tutorial
VI.	Using EasyOffice Backup
iii.	Do I need to use EasyOffice Backup?
iv.	Where should I back up my data to?
v.	Backing Up to Floppy Disks
vi.	Backing Up to Network Computers
vii.	Backing Up to CD-Rs
viii.	Backing Up to the Internet
ix.	Backing Up Microsoft Word & Excel Files
x.	Backing Up a Server
xi.	Using Setting Files	
xii.	Restore from Floppy Disks
xiii.	Restore from Another Computer
xiv.	Restore from CD-R
xv.	Restore from the Internet
xvi.	“The restore path is incorrect...“
VII.	Using EasyBack.exe
xvii.	Using EasyBackup from the Command Line
xviii.	Automatic Scheduled Backups

Introduction to EasyOffice Backup

Introduction
EasyOffice BackupTM is an important member of the EasyOffice  family that lets you backup (or restore) your EasyOffice data files.
Computers can break and lose all the data on their hard disks. 
If your computer broke down, and, for example, needed a new hard drive, you could have your computer repaired. However, you would then have to restore the information your hard drive lost. You could simply put in the EasyOffice CD-ROM, and all the EasyOffice programs would be re-installed. But what about the data? (The documents, spreadsheets, contact lists, presentations, bookkeeping books, etc, that you created are the 'data'.)
You must 'backup' your data files and keep them somewhere else besides on your computer. If your computer ever breaks, then you can use these 'backup' data files to 'restore' the data back to your repaired computer.
You can keep 'backup' data files on a floppy disk (or on many floppy disks if you have many data files), or on another computer on your office network, or on another computer on the Internet, or on a writable CD-ROM (usually called a 'CD-R'). The idea is to have a copy (i.e., the 'backup') of your data somewhere else besides on your computer.
EasyOffice Backup will allow you to easily backup your EasyOffice data files as well as any other files on your computer (and should the worst ever happen, it will allow you to restore these files back to your computer).
EasyOffice Backup is quite easy-to-use and has a number of very useful features:
•	Backs up (and restores) EasyOffice data files as well as any other files and folders you specify
•	Specify backup procedure only 1 time - remembered in a 'setting file' . Each time you perform a backup, EasyOffice Backup will remember what files you want backed up, where you want them backed, how you want them backed up, etc.
•	'Setting File' can be specified by System Administrator, if so desired,  and downloaded as simple text file to all users' computers.
•	Can select files created in last week, month, etc.
•	Will work with Microsoft Backup or other backup programs, if so desired
•	Will work with CD-writer programs and other storage device programs (all data will be packaged within a single directory, ready to be written to physical media by other programs, if so desired)
•	Will automatically span backup onto multiple floppy disks, if so desired
•	Backups can automatically be Zipped and/or password protected
•	Includes EasyBack.exe which can be run from the command line

EasyOffice Backup Tutorial
The EasyOffice Backup Tutorial guides you through the basic steps of using EasyOffice Backup. By default, this tutorial appears each time you start EasyOffice Backup.
•	To view the tutorial at any time, select EasyOffice Backup Tutorial, found in the Help menu.
To stop the Tutorial from appearing, you can answer "No" to the question that appears when you exit the program and asks if you want the Tutorial to appear again the next time. As well, you can also go to the Help button and click, and a menu will drop down. If there is a check mark beside 'Start Tutorial at Startup', then click this selection. The check mark will disappear, and the next time that you start EasyOffice Backup the tutorial will not appear.

Using EasyOffice Backup

I always copy my files to a floppy whenever I use one of the EasyOffice Programs. Do I need to use EasyOffice Backup?
No (not for backup; but you can still use EasyOffice Backup for 'restore', should it ever be needed).
If every time you write a document with EasyWord you copy it to a floppy disk from within EasyWord (or, every time you create a spreadsheet you copy it to a floppy disk from within EasySpreadsheet, and so on), then you already have backups.
 (You should, of course, also store a copy of your documents, spreadsheets, etc on the hard drive of your computer so that if the floppy disk is damaged, you have another copy of your work. It is dangerous to allow your work to only reside on a floppy disk -- floppy disks can be easily damaged.)
If your computer should ever break down and you lose your data, you can simply retrieve the lost file from the floppy disk.

Where should I back up my data to?
Floppy disks
Floppy disks are a good choice for many users. They are very portable, easy for the computer to write, and easy to store. Generally, you should ZIP your backup files (you are given the option to do so in Step 5 of the backup procedure) if you are going to backup to floppy disks. Doing so will save space requiring less floppies for backup, plus also allow your files to be 'spanned' across multiple floppies if necessary.
However, if you have many files, or very large files, you may want to consider other means of backing up your data.
 
Another Computer on Network
If you are in an office that has its computers networked together, one of these computers (often the server computer) may be designated as the place to which to backup your data. Backing up over a network is usually very convenient.
 
The Internet
Several sites on the Internet offer users a place to store their files. At the time of this writing, a number of Internet sites actually offer this service for free (although users may see some advertising while using their sites). Check www.e-press.com for more information.
 
CD-ROMs
A CD-ROM that you burn yourself in your computer is sometimes called a CD-R (or CD-RW if it is re-usable).
CD-Rs can hold more than 600MB of data - the equivalent of many hundreds of floppy disks.
If you have many files, backing up to a CD-R is often the most efficient solution. EasyOffice Backup will group and copy all the files you need to back up to one convenient folder, which you can then back up using your CD-R software.
 
Tape and Other Backup Media
EasyOffice Backup will group and copy all the files you need to back up to one convenient folder, which you can then back up using any specialized backup systems you may have.

Backing Up to Floppy Disks
Step 1
When you start EasyOffice Backup, you will be asked if you want to you back up or restore your files. Choose Backup files.
If you want to use a setting file, you can do so here. Check off Load settings from 'setting file'. See Using Setting Files for help.
Click Next to continue.
 
Step 2
You will be asked which types of EasyOffice data files you want to back up. By default, it will back up all the EasyOffice data files.
Un-check the data files you do NOT want to back up. If you are backing up onto floppy disks (which have limited storage capacity), you should un-check any data files you do not need backed up. For example, you may have 10MB of presentation files, which you currently do not need to back up. In this case, un-check Easy Presentation so you do not need a half-dozen extra floppies to back up its data files.
Click Next.
 
Step 3
You will be asked if you want to back up any other files or folders. Check off the folders and files you want to back up. This step is optional. 
Click Next.
 
Step 4
You will be asked if you want to back up all files, or only files that were changed within a certain time period (within the last week, month, 3 months, or year). Again, remember that if you are backing up onto floppy disks which have limited storage space, only back up what you really need to. If you make backups every week, then you really only need to back up the files that changed in the last week. If you have not made backups for a month, then you should select those files that were changed in the last month. If you are not sure what backups you have made, you can, of course, simply choose to back up all the files.
Click Next.
 
Step 5
EasyOffice Backup will tell you the size of the files and folders that you have selected to back up. If this size seems too large (for example, you only have a limited number of floppy disks to use as backups), then click Back and re-select the files and folders you want backed up.
EasyOffice Backup also asks where you want your data backed up. 

Below, note that you have the option to zip your backup files, and to zip and password-protect your backup files. If you are backing up onto multiple floppy disks, you should choose to zip your backup so that the files can be spanned across the disks. (If you do not, this option will be chosen for you automatically. If you force a backup of this size onto multiple floppy disks without zip-spanning, you will receive a message that backup onto floppies is not possible, and instead, all files have been consolidated in the folder c:\EasyBackup.)
Click Next.
 
Step 6
You will be asked to specify a name for the zip file. If you chose to backup onto floppy disks, a default name of a:\EasyBackup.zip will be chosen for you. You can use this name, unless you want to use a specific, unique name.
Click Next.
 
Step 7
You will then be asked to specify a setting file name. Essentially all the settings of this backup session (what types of files were backed up, where, and how) will be saved in the setting file. It is useful to have a setting file so that the next time you do a backup, you do not have to go through each step.
The default setting file name, which will be selected for you if you do not have one, is EasyBackup.sav. The default directory where setting files are saved to is typically c:\EasyBackup or a:\EasyBackup.
 Note: The setting file MUST be saved with the backup, so that the backup can later be restored. However, if the setting file is saved to drive a:, as in the case of a backup to floppy disks, then a copy of the setting file will be placed in c:\EasyBackup automatically, so that you can use the setting file without retrieving it from the floppy disk.
If you do not want to specify and save a setting file, click Skip this step... I don't want to specify a 'setting file'.

 Step 7..continued
Now that all the settings have been specified, the backup will start to run. In this case, if you chose to backup your files onto multiple floppy disks, you will see a small message box asking you insert the first floppy disk. Click OK. You will see a message "Backup is now running.... Please wait" and graphical bars showing the backup in progress.
 
Step 8
After all the files have been copied to floppy disks, you will see a message, "Your data files have been successfully backed up to A:"
 
Step 9
You will see a message here about your backup and/or how to restore these files in the future, etc. Click End to close the EasyOffice Backup program. Click Home to restart the program.

Backing Up to Network Computers
If you are in an office that has its computers networked together, one of these computers (often the server computer) may be designated as the place to which to back up your data. Backing up over a network is usually very convenient. 
Step 1
Start EasyOffice Backup, and you will be asked if you want to backup or restore files. Choose Backup files and click Next.

Step 2 to Step 4
EasyOffice Backup will ask which data files you want to back up. You will then be asked if you want to back up all files, or files that were changed in the last week or month or year, and so on.
   
Step 5
EasyOffice Backup will then ask where you want your data backed up to. Choose Another Computer on My Network.

Now, click Next.
EasyOffice Backup will first make sure that your computer is connected to the network. It will then ask you to select where on the network you would like to backup your files to.  It will then backup your files to this location, and upon completion tell you that your data files have been successfully backed up to this location.
 
Step 6
You will be asked to choose where on the network you want to back up the files to. Select the folder on the computer you want to back up to.
Click Next.

Backing Up to CD-Rs
If you have large numbers of data files to back up, and you have a CD-writer in your computer, then you should consider making backups on CD.
Step 1
Start EasyOffice Backup, and you will be asked if you want to backup or restore files. Choose Backup files and click Next.
 
Step 2 to Step 4
You will be asked which data files you want to back up. You will then be asked if you want to back up all files, or files that were changed in the last week or month or year, and so on. 
If you have more than 650MB of data files, then you should select perhaps the files that have changed in the last week or month (as appropriate for the last backup done), so that you will be able to fit your entire backup onto a single CD. As well, the smaller the size of the backup files, the less time it takes to write the CD.
If you have more than 650MB (or 700MB, depending on the CD type) of data to back up, this is not usually a problem, except that you will need more than one CD for your backup. When you use your CD-writer's CD-creating software, if it does not have automatic spanning, then  you will simply have to select 650MB or less of files to write to each CD, one CD at a time, until you have copied all the files in c:\EasyBackup to the CDs.
 
Step 5
You will be asked where you want to back up your data to.  Choose To the folder, C:\EasyBackup. 

Now, click Next. 
 
Step 6
If you want to backup your data in another folder or on another drive besides c:, you will be given the choice to do so. Otherwise, just click Next to continue.
 
Step 7
EasyOffice Backup will automatically copy and group all of the selected files from EasyOffice to c:\EasyBackup (or other directory that you have specified).
You can now use your CD-creating software that comes with your CD-writer to copy the directory c:\EasyBackup to a CD.

Backup to the Internet
If you have a high-speed connection to the Internet, then backing up your files to the Internet can be very convenient. As well, you can always access these files from anywhere in the world, as long as you have an Internet-connected computer.
At the time of this writing, there are a number of companies that allow you to backup your files on their Internet-connected storage sites for free. There is usually a limitation on size (often 20MB of files, sometimes up to 100MB of files), but reasonable rates are to be had if you need to store more files than this. As well, often there is advertising associated with these sites. At the time of this writing, popular sites include www.xdrive.com and www.anuvio.com.
Step 1
When you start EasyOffice Backup, it will ask you if you want to back up or restore files. Choose Backup files. If you want to use a setting file, you can do so here. Check off Load settings from 'setting file'. See Using Setting Files for help.
Click Next.
 
Step 2
You will be asked which data files you want to back up. By default, all EasyOffice data files will be backed up. If you have a large number of files that you do not want to waste time uploading to the Internet, then you could check only specific programs from EasyOffice to back up. For example, if you do not need to back up presentation files, un-check the EasyPresentation box.
Click Next.
 
Step 3
You will be asked if you want to back up any other files or folders. Check off the folders and files you want to back up. This step is optional. 
Click Next.
 
Step 4
You will be asked if you want to back up all files, or only files that were changed in the last week or month or year.  Again, if you have large numbers of files and do not want to waste the upload time on files that have already been backed up, then you should consider this option, and select perhaps the files that have changed in the last week or month (as appropriate for the last backup done).
Click Next.
 
Step 5
You will be asked where you want your data backed up to.  Choose To the folder, C:\EasyBackup.

Now, click Next. 
 
Step 6
If you have set up your Internet storage site as if it is one of your local drives, e.g., as many www.xdrive.com users do, then instead of  the folder c:\EasyBackup, you should choose to back up your files to the xdrive folder.
Click Next.
 
Step 7
EasyOffice Backup will then automatically copy and group all of the selected files from EasyOffice to c:\EasyBackup (or other directory that you have specified).
You can now copy c:\EasyBackup to your Internet storage site. (Or, if you are using your Internet storage site as a local drive, you have already done so, and are finished your backup.)

Backing Up Microsoft Word & Excel Files
EasyOffice Backup automatically backs up Microsoft Word documents and Microsoft Excel spreadsheets that are in the default 'My Documents' directory, when backing up EasyWord documents and EasySpreadsheet spreadsheets, respectively.
As well, in Step 3 of the backup procedure, you are asked to choose any additional files or folders you wish to have backed up. You can choose any other Microsoft Word or Excel, or any other files or folders whatsoever, at this step.

 

Backing up a Server with EasyOffice Backup
Although EasyOffice Backup was designed as a personal backup program, we have many users running EasyOffice Backup on their WindowsNT servers and their Windows2000 servers.
Operation of EasyOffice Backup on a server is similar to operation as described in the sections above. You can specify one time what files and folders you want EasyOffice Backup to back up, and where you want it to back up these files and folders, and then manually (or automatically via Windows) periodically run the backup.
Prior to using EasyOffice Backup on your server on a regular basis, you should do a test backup and restore, to ensure there are no conflicts or security issues.

Using Setting Files
When you perform a backup, a setting files stores the type of files and folders backed up, where the files are backed up, and so on. You can have many different setting files, each corresponding to a different type of backup. 
Suppose you just finished a backup to floppy disks. (If you did not, then perhaps do such a backup so that it will be easier to follow the descriptions below.) You have a setting file saved. Assume that you used the default name, EasyBackup.sav.
When you start EasyOffice Backup, you will have the option to back up or restore files. Choose Backup files.
To use a setting file, check off Load settings from 'setting file'.  A window will appear, where you can select the setting file you want to use (c:\EasyBackup\EasyBackup.sav in the example above). Instead of going through all the many steps of specifying the backup procedure to follow, the entire backup will be performed automatically, as specified by this setting file. (If you want the previous backup settings loaded into your current backup session, but do not want the backup to occur automatically, then check off Load in settings, but don't automatically backup or restore.) If this is your first time using EasyOffice Backup, then there will be no setting files. 
Click Next.

Restore from Floppy Disks
The worst has happened - your computer's hard drive failed and you lost all your programs and files.
Restoring the programs of EasyOffice is easy. Simply insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM and install the programs again.
If you have made backups, then restoring the data files (documents, spreadsheets, etc.) is just as easy, using EasyOffice Backup.
Step 1
Start the EasyOffice Backup program, choose Restore lost files, and then click Next.
 
Step 2
You will be asked where your data is. 

Choose On a floppy disk, and then click Next. 
You will be asked to insert the last disk of the set of floppy disks that your backup resides on. Insert the last disk or your set of floppy disks (or the only disk if your data is on one disk) and click Next again.
You will now see a message that your backup files are being unzipped. This will go on for a few moments. You will then be asked to insert "Disk Volume 1 of ...." (i.e., the first floppy disk). The unzipping will continue. If there are additional floppy disks, you will be asked for them one after another, until everything is unzipped, and your files are restored.

Step 3
You will see a message "Your data files have been successfully restored".
 
"Incorrect path found...." or  "Setting file could not be found..."
A setting file must be saved along with the backed up file (and will be automatically saved along with the backed up file, even if you do not specify one). If this setting file (*.sav) has been accidentally erased, then the backup cannot be automatically restored by EasyOffice Backup. (In such a case, you would have to manually copy back up files to their appropriate directories.)

Restore to Another Network Computer
The worst has happened - your computer's hard drive failed and you lost all your programs and files.
Restoring the programs of EasyOffice is easy - simply put the EasyOffice CD-ROM in, and install the programs again.
And, if you've made backups, restoring the data files (your documents, spreadsheets, etc) is just as easy by using EasyOffice Backup.

Step 1
After you start the EasyOffice Backup program, choose Restore lost files and click Next.
 
Step 2
You will then be asked where is your data. Click On Another Computer in my Network.

Click Next.
 
Step 3
You will then be asked to select the location in your network where you data is located. These data files will be copied over the network, and copied to the appropriate folders within EasyOffice. After doing so, you will see a message stating that your data files have been successfully restored from the data stored on the network.
Click Next.

Restore from CD-R
The worst has happened - your computer's hard drive failed and you lost all your programs and files.
Restoring the programs of EasyOffice is easy - simply put the EasyOffice CD-ROM in, and install the programs again.
And, if you have made backups, restoring the data files (your documents, spreadsheets, etc.) is just as easy by using EasyOffice Backup.

 Step 1
After you start the EasyOffice Backup program, choose Restore lost files and click Next.
You will then be asked where is your data. Click On CD-R.

Insert the CD with your backup data, and click Next.
The data from the CD will be restored to the correct place in EasyOffice.
Note: The Restore of EasyOffice is very flexible. You do not need a full set of backup disks to restore. If you have numerous CDs with backups from various dates, but just want to restore the last  CD (or any CD or CDs), that is fine. As well, the data on the backup disks is usually not compressed, but is in original format. This can be very useful under a variety of circumstances. For example, let's say you accidentally erased a document file, "ABC.doc".  You can use Windows Explorer to take a look at your backup CDs. Find the file "ABC.doc" and copy it to  c:\EasyBackup and restore just that file.

Restore from the Internet
The worst has happened - your computer's hard drive failed and you lost all your programs and files.
Restoring the programs of EasyOffice is easy -- simply put the EasyOffice CD-ROM in, and install the programs again.
And, if you have made backups, restoring the data files (your documents, spreadsheets, etc) is just as easy by using EasyOffice Backup.
First, copy the files from your Internet storage site to the folder c:\EasyBackup. (If you are using your Internet storage site as a local drive, then it is not necessary to do so.)
 
Step 1
After you start the EasyOffice Backup program, choose Restore lost files and click Next.
 
Step 2
You will then be asked where is your data. Click In a folder.

Click Next.
 
Step 3
If your backup files have already been copied from your Internet storage site to c:\EasyBackup, then just click Next to continue. However, if you use your Internet storage site as a local drive, then select the folder representing this site and your EasyOffice backup files.
The data files will then be copied back to the appropriate locations within EasyOffice.

 "The restore path is incorrect..."
Every backup that EasyOffice Backup makes will be saved along with an internal (or specified) *.sav setting file \
Do NOT erase this file.  EasyOffice Backup will need this file should you ever decide to restore your files. If you erase this file, EasyOffice Backup will not know how to restore the files, and the restore will fail, and you will see the error message "The restore path is incorrect..."
 
"I accidentally erased the *.sav file, and now EasyOffice Backup will not restore my files. What should I do?"
If the data is essential, then you will have to restore it manually. If files are zipped, then use EasyZip to manually unzip the files. Then manually copy the files to their appropriate directories.

Using EasyBack.exe

Using EasyBackup from the Command Line
EasyBackup includes EasyBack.exe which can be run from the command line.
You can run EasyBack.exe from the command line. This is useful if you want to include an instruction in a batch file to automatically perform a backup. 
Running from the command line means that the interactive normal EasyBackup program does not appear, but instead, depending on the command line switch settings you specify, EasyBack.exe will automatically follow your setting file to perform the backup.
EasyBack.exe can be found in the Windows\System  directory
When EasyOffice Premium is installed from a CD-ROM, EasyBack.exe is automatically installed to the Windows\System directory.
Note:  Although certain downloadable versions of EasyOffice may include EasyBack.exe, in order to conserve bandwidth, most downloadable versions will not include this program. In order to obtain in such a case, you may need to purchase a CD-ROM.
 
EasyBack.exe Usage
The usage of EasyBack.exe on the command line is as follows:
•	EasyBack settingfile - This will automatically perform a backup in accordance with the settings in the specified ettingfile'.
•	EasyBack -r settingfile - This will automatically perform a restore in accordance with the settings in the specified 'settingfile'.
 
Example of Running EasyBack.exe from the Command Line
From the command line, let's perform a backup operation using the setting file easybackup.sav (which was created the previous time the normal EasyBackup program was used).
•	Click Start, then Run, and then enter Command. Enter:
c:\Windows\System\EasyBack c:\easybackup\easybackup.sav
•	Following the instructions in the setting file easybackup.sav a backup operation will be automatically performed.
If you now delete some of the original files, we can try a restore from the command line, using the same setting file. EasyBack.exe will automatically restore the missing files that were previously backed up in accordance with the setting file 'easybackup.sav'.
•	Click Start, then Run, and then enter Command. Enter:
c:\Windows\System\EasyBack -r  c:\easybackup\easybackup.sav
•	The missing files will have been restored.
 
Keep track of the Setting File
You need a setting file to back up files from the command line. If you later want to restore the backed up files, you will need that same setting file, since it specifies all the paths where the files are to be restored to. 
Tip: If you are backing up to floppy disks or other removable media or offsite media, you should copy the setting file to this location as well. For example, in the example above, before you begin your backup you could specify:
copy  c:\easybackup\easybackup.sav a:
Doing this will ensure that a copy of the setting file is there in the future when you need to restore these files.
Why copy the setting file before the backup is started?  
•	You do not have to, but doing so will ensure there is space on the floppy disk to do so.
What happens if I can't find the setting file and I have to restore lost files?
•	You can still obtain the backed up files. (If they have been zipped, simply unzip with EasyZip.) However, you will have to manually copy them back to where they belong, file by file.

Automatic Scheduled Backups
In Windows98 and above, you can use EasyBack.exe to perform automatically scheduled backups.
Click Start -> Programs -> Accessories -> System Tools -> Scheduled Tasks.
The Windows Scheduled Tasks box will appear. The top item will be called Add Scheduled Task. Double-click this item.
The Scheduled Task Wizard will appear. Click Next. You will now see a list of programs. Scroll down until you come to EasyOffice Backup. Click this selection and click Next.
You can now give a new name for this task or use the default 'EasyOffice Backup' name. You also have to specify when and how often you want EasyOffice Backup to be automatically run.
On the next screen click Open advanced properties for this task when I click Finish. Then, click Finish.
In the Run box, enter the command line options and switches you want EasyOffice Backup.exe to use when it runs. (As well, you have the option here of changing when the program should be scheduled to run, as well as specify various settings, such as 'Stop the task if it runs for more than xx hours', etc.)
Click OK.
EasyBack.exe will now be automatically run on the schedule that you have specified.

FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)

Some programs don't work, but instead give an error message that a file (eg. shell32.dll) is missing.
EasyOffice needs a full version of Internet Explorer 5 (or higher). 
EasyOffice 2001 is built to work with the Internet, and needs a full version of Windows® that includes Internet Explorer 5 (or higher) and active desktop. If you install EasyOffice from the CD-ROM, these components of Windows® will automatically be installed (if you agree to the prompt).
Possible reasons why Internet Explorer is not present on your computer:
•	Downloaded a version of EasyOffice to a computer that did not contain Internet Explorer 5+ or active desktop. 
•	Installed from the EasyOffice CD-ROM but responded "not to install Internet Explorer". 
•	Subsequently removed Internet Explorer of active desktop. 
To correct this problem:
1. Uninstall EasyOffice (go to Control Panel -> Add/remove programs)
2. Install the full version of Internet Explorer 5+, by doing either of the following:
•	Put your EasyOffice CD-ROM back into your computer and follow the install prompts 
•	Or, download Internet Explorer 5.5 from the Microsoft® web-site. 
3. Install EasyOffice again (if you put the EasyOffice CD-ROM back in the computer, then it was automatically installed in Step 2).

How do I obtain web space to post my Easy Web Page Creator files to the Internet?
You need to be assigned web space on the Internet before you can post your website. If you have an Internet account, you may be entitled to free web space with your Internet account package. Contact your Internet Service Provider (ISP) to find out whether or not you have web space assigned to you.
If you do, you will need the following information from your ISP in order to be able to post files on the Internet:
11.	The web address (e.g. http://www.company.com/~yourname) 
12.	The server name (e.g. ftp.company.com) 
13.	Your username (e.g. jsmith) 
14.	Your password (e.g. rosebud) 
Once you have all this information, write it down so you'll remember it! Chances are you'll need it again later.
If you are in a large company, ask your system administrator if web space is available for your use.
If you can't get web space assigned to you through your ISP, there are several companies based on the Internet who will give you free web space. Some of them are listed below:
Tripod - www.tripod.com
Freehomepage - freehomepage.com
Prohosting - prohosting.com
On these sites, you can sign up for a free account, and specify your own username and password. All the information you will need to access your web space will be provided on the service's website. Some also provide easy and powerful ways to post your files to your web space, if you choose not to do it through Easy Web Page Creator.
How do I post a website on the Internet that I created with Easy Web Page Creator?
1.	Click the button labeled Publish to Web. 
2.	Several dialogue boxes will appear, and will ask whether you have the necessary information to post your web site to the Internet. If you have 1) an Internet connection, 2) a web address/URL (ie. http://www.e-press.com), 3) a username, 4) and password, you can click the Yes button in order to begin publishing your web site. 
3.	The Easy Web Page Creator" will start the Microsoft® Web Publishing Wizard program to guide you through the process of posting your web pages to the Internet. Follow the instructions provided by the Wizard. 
4.	When you have given all the information required, Microsoft® Web Publishing Wizard, should upload (send) all of your web pages, and associated files to the server providing you with web space. 
If your web space server is active, it should accept the transmitted files. (If error messages occur, then speak to your web space/internet service provider. Otherwise, you have successfully posted your web site. You may now view your web pages on the Internet!

*Microsoft ® Web Publishing Wizard is created and supported by Microsoft ® Corporation.
*When you decide to make changes to a web page in Easy Web Page Creator, you have to re-publish your web site in order to see the changes on the Internet.

Why isn't Web Publishing Wizard working?
If the web site to which you are publishing your files does not accept your files, the Microsoft® Web Publishing Wizard will time-out and not publish your files to the web page.
Certain web sites are much more reliable than others. If you are unable to publish to a given web site, try another one of other free sites listed above. If you are able to publish to one of these free web sites, yet unable to publish to your desired site, (for example, the site provided by your Internet Service Provider) then you should check to make sure that the password, username, etc, that you enter are valid. You should also check with the Service Provider to ensure that the web server is up and running.

What do I do if I get an  Installshield error during EasyOffice installation?
InstallShield will not proceed with the installation of EasyOffice if your computer's memory appears to have become corrupted. 
Do the following:
1.	Shutdown your computer, and then restart it. 
2.	Insert the EasyOffice CD-ROM, and it should install properly.

How can my speech recognition accuracy be improved?
1. The most important element in accurate voice recognition is not the microphone, but the sound card. On many computers, even expensive name-brand computers, the sound card is built into the motherboard, and distorts badly the microphone signal. Adding a separate sound card to your PC will often greatly increase the accuracy of your speech recognition. For example, one user reports increasing the accuracy of EasyVoice speech recognition from 42% to 98%, by installing a SoundBlaster card (one of many manufacturers making sound cards) into his PC.
2. The microphone, is still important, however. Noise-cancelling microphones designed for voice recognition (there are many brands), will give a superior accuracy. (In a noisy environment, you really need to wear a noise-canceling headset microphone, rather than use a standalone desk microphone.)
3. Your room should be quiet. Many users report dramatic increases in speech recognition accuracy by turning off noisy air conditioners, for example. 
4. The EasyVoice speech recognition routines follow complex artificial intelligence algorithms. 128MB of RAM is good, but 256MB of RAM is even better. A 600MHz PentiumIII-equivalent PC is good, but a 1 GHz PentiumIV-equivalent PC is even better.
5. EasyVoice5 seems to amazingly work without training. However, training will nonetheless improve its accuracy. EasyVoice5 trains automatically every time you use it. The more you use, the more accurate it will become. However you can specifically train EasyVoice5 the first time you use it:
•	Click 'Train Speech' or go to Control Panel and click the 'Speech' icon 
•	First set up the microphone. The computer will automatically adjust the microphone signal to your voice, so that the signal is not being distorted by too loud a voice, or by being poorly received by too soft a voice 
•	Then, train your user profile. Each training episode involves reading a 10 minute story. 
6. If you share your computer with someone else, make sure the 'non-default' user (ie, the second person to use EasyVoice on that computer) changes the user profile (in the Speech training section) to his/her own profile. If two or more persons use the same EasyVoice profile, then the self-learning algorithm will become confused.
7. If speech recognition of fluent speech seems too slow for your PC, then go to the Speech training section, and reduce the accuracy slider. This will significantly increase the speed of speech recognition, often without much of a difference concerning the accuracy.
8. In fluent speech recognition, be patient in waiting for recognized speech to appear in your word processor. The artificial intelligence algorithms often need to hear the whole sentence before the start of the sentence can be recognized, and once that occurs, will then write the whole sentence out at once.